Humanities and Social Sciences - CiteSeerX

CATALOGUEEastern Economy Editions

JANUARY 2014

Humanitiesand

Social Sciences

PHI Learning’s Eastern Economy Editions (3Es) consist ofoutstanding works of Indian authors and unabridged reprintsof established titles widely used by universities. These lower

priced editions are published for the benefit of students.

ContentsHUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ................................................................................... 3

Education ...................................................................................................................... 3

English Literature ....................................................................................................... 22

History ......................................................................................................................... 27

Journalism/Language/Linguistics .............................................................................. 27

Law ............................................................................................................................ 46

Library Science ............................................................................................................ 60

Music ........................................................................................................................... 61

Philosophy/Religion .................................................................................................... 61

Political Science/Public Administration ..................................................................... 69

Psychology .................................................................................................................. 90

Social Work ............................................................................................................... 103

Sociology ................................................................................................................... 104

Foundations of Modern Sociology Series ....................................................... 115

Tourism ..................................................................................................................... 116

AUTHORWISE ALPHABETICAL LISTING ............................................................................. 119

WHOLESALERS AND STOCKISTS ....................................................................................... 127

• The export rights to Eastern Economy Editions are vested solely with the publisher.

Humanities and Social Sciences

3

EDUCATION

Content Based Methodology

JOSHI & SALUNKEContent Based MethodologyANANT N. JOSHI, Director, School of Education,Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University(YCMOU), Nashik.KAVITA S. SALUNKE, Lecturer in School of Education,YCMOU.

This concise and easy-to-read book deals with the theoryand practice of content based methodology. It begins byshowing the importance of integration of teaching unitsof one discipline with those of other disciplines and acritical evaluation of the subject curriculum, syllabi andtextbook to identify their limitations. Thereafter, the textdescribes the methods for determining the higher level ofknowledge required for a teacher to teach a specificteaching unit. Besides, considerations which teachersneed to take into account before teaching their subjects,pedagogical analysis of content, selection of properapproaches, teaching methods, and models of teaching tosuit the nature of teaching contents are also explained.Finally, those factors which are to be taken into accountfor verifying whether the objectives have been achievedor not are discussed with sufficient examples.

Primarily meant for undergraduate students of education(B.Ed. and D.Ed.), the text can also serve as a sourcebook for teacher-educators, teachers, and teacher-trainees, whatever their teaching subjects may be.

Contents: Preface. Content-cum-Methodology: Conceptand Nature. Nature and Structure of Discipline. Role ofCurriculum, Syllabus and Textbooks in Teaching. ContentAnalysis of Teaching Units. Knowledge Enrichment.Pedagogical Analysis. Integration of Content and TeachingMethod. Knowledge Representations. Evaluation inContext of Content-cum-Methodology. Bibliography.Index.

Latest Print 2006 / 204 pp. / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-81-203-2977-5 / ` 175.00 / (e-book also available)

Counselling and Guidance

GIBSON & MITCHELLIntroduction to Counseling and Guidance,7th ed.ROBERT L. GIBSON and MARIANNE H. MITCHELL, IndianaUniversity.

This revised edition gives an all-inclusive overviewand presents a broad and general understanding ofthe subject. The book provides practical examples anddiscussion of all major facets of counseling in a widerange of counselor’s work settings. The text explainsthe techniques of assessment, including a standardizedtesting and subjective approach to appraisal such asobservation and self-reporting.

Suitable for courses related to education psychology,education and counseling and guidance.

Special features of the book

• Provides historical perspectives and current activities ofcounselors

• Describes the role and function of counselors in avariety of settings

• Explains techniques utilized by the counselors• Multicultural considerations in counseling• Explains the impact and role of technology on

counselor functioning• Teaches how to organize counseling programs?• Provides legal and ethical guidelines

Contents: Preface. Historic Perspectives. What DoCounselors Do? Where Counselors Work. IndividualCounseling. Group Techniques for Counselors. Multi-cultural Counseling. Human Assessment for Counseling.Counseling for Career Planning and Decision Making. TheCounselor as Developmental and Educational Consultant.Prevention and Wellness. Counseling Program Develop-ment and Management. Ethical and Legal Guidelines.Appendices—A: Position Statement: Child Abuse/NeglectPrevention (ASCA). B: Responsibilities of Users ofStandardized Tests (Rust) (AAC). C: Code of Ethics (ACA).D: Code of Ethics (AMHCA). E: Code of Ethics (AAMFT).F: Code of Ethics (NBCC). G: Guidelines for the Use of theInternet for Provision of Career Information and PlanningServices (NCDA). H: The Practice of Internet Counseling(NBCC). I: Career Counseling Competencies (NCDA).J: Competencies in Assessment and Evaluation for SchoolCounselors (AACE). References. Name Index. SubjectIndex.

Latest Print 2012 / 544 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cmISBN-978-81-203-3547-9 / ` 450.00

PHI Learning — CATALOGUE 20144

Developmental Psychology

BERKChild Development, 9th ed.LAURA E. BERK, Illinois State University.

This book continues to be the cutting-edge standard forchild development texts. It is topically organized, and hasengaging writing style, exceptional cross-cultural andmulti-cultural focus, rich examples, and up-to-datescholarship. It also offers students research-based,practical applications that they can relate to theirpersonal and professional lives.

The ninth edition represents the rapid transformationsthat have taken place in the field with a wealth of newcontent and teaching tools:

1. Diverse pathways of change are highlighted.2. The complex, bidirectional relationship between

biology and environment is given greater attention.3. Inclusion of interdisciplinary research is expanded.4. The links among theory, research, and applications—

a theme of this book since its inception—arestrengthened.

5. Both health and education are granted increasedattention.

6. The role of active student learning is made moreexplicit.

What Reviewers Are Saying...

“Berk’s Child Development is about as good as anundergraduate textbook could get. It is lively, readable,and engaging.”

—Scott P. Johnson, UCLA

“The overall organization and coverage of Berk’s text areexcellent. The chapters cohere and interweave quitenicely. . . . I like all the features used throughout the text,[and] each edition of Child Development features cutting-edge material.”

—John C. Gibbs, The Ohio State University

Contents: A Personal Note to Students. Preface forInstructors. Part I: Theory and Research in ChildDevelopment—History, Theory, and Applied Directions.Research Strategies. PART II: Foundations of Develop-ment—Biological Foundations, Prenatal Development,and Birth. Infancy: Early Learning, Motor Skills, andPerceptual Capacities. Physical Growth. PART III:Cognitive and Language Development—CognitiveDevelopment: Piagetian, Core Knowledge, and VygotskianPerspectives. Cognitive Development: An Information-Processing Perspective. Intelligence. Language Develop-ment. PART IV: Personality and Social Development—Emotional Development. Self and Social Understanding.Moral Development. Development of Sex Differences andGender Roles. PART V: Contexts for Development—TheFamily. Peers, Media, and Schooling. Glossary.References. Name Index. Subject Index.


MUNGERChanging Children’s Behavior byChanging the People, Places, andActivities in Their LivesRICHARD L. MUNGER.

Written by a practicing child psychologist, thisbook shows that the behaviour of all children isenvironment centric. It discusses how the environmentaround children in which they live, play and study aremore important than personality in shaping theirbehaviour and contributing in constructing it for good orbad. Hence, making changes in the people, places, andactivities in a child’s life can have profound effects on hisor her behaviour.

In the book, the reader will find ten “behaviour settings”in which children and adolescents spend most of theirtime—home, neighbourhood, school, after-school,electronic (TV, computer and other media), friends, work,faith, recreation and leisure, and sports. These settingsand the presence of interesting, challenging activities andadult mentors in them can make a big difference inhelping children develop into motivated, compassionate,and competent adults. For example, the same child whoflounders in a big school with academic, athletic, andactivity opportunities limited to an elite group of studentsmay flourish if enrolled in a small school dependent oninvolving many of its students in order to field sportsteams, form a band or drama club, etc.

The readers will also find a quiz at the end of eachchapter with the help of which they can develop andanalyze a profile of a child’s environmental strengths andweaknesses and then make suggestions to improve them.Also given are the research findings about the impact ofthe ten environments on children’s lives.

An invaluable guide to parents, educationists, childpsychologists, teachers and researchers.

Contents: Acknowledgments. Preface. Children’sEnvironments and Their Pathways. Patterns of Time Usein Childhood. The Importance of “Flow” in Children’sLives. Home Setting. Neighborhood Setting. School, Co-Curricular, and Service-Learning Settings. After-SchoolSettings. Electronic Setting. Friends Setting. Faith Setting.Work Setting. Recreational and Leisure Settings. SportsSettings. Creating a Lifetime of Enthusiasm for Sports.Promoting a Lifestyle of Vigorous Physical Activity.Examining Children’s Lifestyle Profiles. Professionals’Involvement in Arranging Lifestyle Activities. Finding theBalanced Lifestyle. ATOGAKI A Japanese-Style Afterword.APPENDIX Creating Environmental Opportunities forChildren. About the Author. Index.


HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 5

Early Childhood Care andEducation

FEENEY, et al.Continuing Issues in Early ChildhoodEducation, 3rd ed.STEPHANIE FEENEY, Professor Emerita, University ofHawaii.ALICE GALPER, Educational Consultant.CAROL SEEFELDT, Professor Emerita, Late of the Institutefor Child Study, University of Maryland, College Park.

This revised text gives readers new insights into thecurrent issues of early childhood education and enhancestheir ability to articulate the needs of young children andthe nature of the field. Contributed by experts in thefield, the chapters provide background, impart timelyknowledge and research about the subject, offerstrategies, and explore prospects for the future.

It is designed to assist students of early childhood careand education to become knowledgeable practitionersand reflective decision makers.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Introduction.Part 1: Who Is Responsible for the Care and Education ofYoung Children?—Governing American Early Care andEducation: Shifting from Government to Governance andfrom Form to Function. The Role of Government in EarlyChildhood Education and Care: An InternationalPerspective. Part 2: What Kinds of Programs Do ChildrenNeed to Support Their Development?—Programs forInfants and Toddlers. Quality in Early ChildhoodPrograms. Children’s Readiness for Success in School.Part 3: Who Will Teach Young Children?—The EarlyChildhood Education Workforce. The ProfessionalDevelopment of Teachers of Young Children. What DoEarly Childhood Educators Need to Know and Do to Workin Urban Settings? Professionalism and Ethics in EarlyCare and Education. Part 4: What Is The Early ChildhoodCurriculum?—Curriculum in Early Childhood Education:Teaching the Whole Child. Play Theory and Practice inContemporary Classrooms. Early Learning Standards andDevelopmentally Appropriate Practice: ContradictoryCompatible? Part 5: How Can We Meet the Needs of AllYoung Children?—Educating Young Children withDevelopmental Differences: Principles of InclusivePractice. Negotiating Diversity in Early ChildhoodEducation: Rethinking Notions of Expertise. Part 6: HowWill Early Childhood Education Be Evaluated?—AssessingYoung Children. Evaluating Programs for Young Children.Part 7: What Is the Role of Families in Early Care andEducation?—Family-Centered Early Care and Education.Part 8: How Can We Advocate for Young Children?—Advocacy for Young Children. Index.


ROOPNARINE & JOHNSONApproaches to Early ChildhoodEducation, 5th ed.JAIPAUL L. ROOPNARINE, Syracuse University.JAMES E. JOHNSON, The Pennsylvania State University.

This comprehensive and authoritative book by experts inthe field, covers a variety of approaches. Students areexposed to some of the major early childhood educationcurricula as well as the history of the program’sdevelopment giving importance both to understand thehistorical foundations as well as the philosophy andtheory behind the applications described.

It also addresses current tensions within early childhoodeducation and covers new developments in curricula,methods, and assessment strategies thereby helpingreaders stay on the cutting edge in the field. Early childspecial education, working with infants, and theVygotskian approach to educating young children areeach covered in separate chapters.

New topics/chapters in this edition:

• “Early Prevention Initiatives”• “Early Development and Education Programs in Public

Schools”• “Tools of the Mind: The Vygotskian Approach to Early

Childhood Education”

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I:Introduction—History of Early Childhood Education inMulticultural Perspective. The Program for Infant/ToddlerCare. The Head Start Program. The Portage Model: AnInternational Home Approach to Early Intervention forYoung Children and Their Families. Part II: IntegralDimensions—Including Everyone: A Model PreschoolProgram for Children With and Without Disabilities. AFramework for Culturally Relevant, Multicultural, andAntibias Education in the Twenty-First Century. EarlyPrevention Initiatives. Early Development and EducationPrograms in Public Schools. Part III: Specific Approaches:United States—The High/Scope Model of Early ChildhoodEducation. Tools of the Mind: The Vygotskian Approachto Early Childhood Education. From Spectrum to Bridging:Approaches to Integrating Assessment with Curriculumand Instruction in Early Childhood Classrooms. TheDevelopmental-Interaction Approach at Bank StreetCollege of Education. The Project Approach: An Overview.Part IV: Specific Approaches: Europe—Reggio Emilia’sApproach to Early Care and Education: Creating Contextsfor Discussione. The Waldorf Approach to Early ChildhoodEducation. Montessori Education Today. The PyramidMethod. Index.



SEN GUPTAEarly Childhood Care and EducationM. SEN GUPTA, Professor and Principal, KIIT College ofEducation, Gurgaon.

Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) programmehas gained importance today. Driven by socio-economiccompulsions these days both parents seek jobs andremain away from the child for the whole day. EarlyChildhood Care centres provide them a safer alternativewhere their children can grow and develop in astimulative environment. Therefore, ECCE has beencomprehensively included in teacher training programmesat all levels.

Designed as a text for the undergraduate students ofeducation (B.Ed.) and elementary education (B.El.Ed.),it provides uptodate and ready to use material. Acomplete section in the book is devoted to planninga pre-school or ECCE centre, organizing and managingit for its optimum utility and efficient functioning.The effort has been made to include the topics which willhelp students to understand the ECCE and its functioningin a straightforward and unconventional manner.

KEY FEATURES

• Written in a conversational style• Comprehensive coverage with sample activities• Numerous figures and illustrations for better

understanding of the subject• Integration of theory and practice• Conceptual clarity and practical approach

The book would also be extremely useful to the nurseryschool teachers, teacher educators, parents, post-graduate students of education (M.Ed.) and for thosewho would like to run an ECCE centre as a goodreference material.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Early Childhood Care andEducation in India: Progress and Prospects. Growth andDevelopment of Child. Health, Nutrition and PersonalSafety. Early Childhood Education Curriculum. ECCEProgramme Planning, Organization and Management.Stimulating Child-centred Programme. SAMPLEACTIVITIES—1. Fostering Physical Skills. 2. ConductingSelf-expressional Activities. 3. Conducting a Field Trip.4. Conducting Home Visits. 5. Conducting a Case Study ofa Child. 6. Story Telling. 7. Organizing Parent EducationMeetings. 8. Preparing Flash Cards. 9. Making Puppets forChildren. 10. Developing Reasoning and Problem Solving.11. Developing Memory Skills. 12. Developing ReadingReadiness. References. Index.

Latest Print 2010 / 320 pp. / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-978-81-203-3964-4 / ` 275.00 / (e-book also available)

lsu xqIr

izkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk% ns[k&Hkky vkSj f'k{kkeathr lsu xqIr] funs'kd] os$-vkbZ-vkbZ-Vh-] dkWyst vkWQ ,tqos$'ku]xqM+xkaoA

Ekkuo thou esa izkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk vR;ar laosnu'khy rFkkHkkoh laHkkoukvksa os$ }kj [kksyus esa fu.kkZ;d fl) gksrh gSA

bl iqLrd esa 0&6 o"kZ os$ cPpksa dh ns[kHkky] mudh f'k{kkckSf)d] 'kkjhfjd o HkkoukRed vko';drkvksa ,oa mfprikyu&iks"k.k os$ rF;ksa dks mnkgj.k lfgr ljy Hkk"kk esa le>k;kx;k gSA izkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk ns[k&Hkky vkSj f'k{kk osa$nz dhLFkkiuk lacaèkh rF; ,oa fofoèk xfrfofèk;ksa os$ uewus Hkh bliqLrd esa izLrqr fd, x, gSa tks m|fe;ksa rFkk iz'kkldksa dkekxZn'kZu djus esa l{ke gSaA

oSKkfud fo"k;&oLrq dks O;kogkfjd 'kSyh esa izLrqr fd, tkusos$ dkj.k ;g iqLrd ch-,M- rFkk ch-,y-,M- fo|kfFkZ;ksa os$vfrfjDr lHkh ekrk&firk] izf'k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa] vè;kidksa] vè;kidizf'k{kdksa rFkk 'kksèkdÙkkZvksa os$ fy, leku :i ls mi;ksxh fl)gksxhA

iqLrd dh fo'ks"krk,a

• ljy Hkk"kk esa izLrqrhdj.kA• vusd izsjd fØ;kvksa o fp=k lfgr fØ;kfof/k;ksa dk fcanqokj

o.kZuA• Hkkjrh; ifjfLFkfr;ksa ,oa ijaijkvksa dks /;ku esa j[krs gq,

f'k{kk osa$nzksa dk o.kZuA• lS)kafrd vkSj O;kogkfjd nksuksa i{kksa ij i;kZIr cyA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA vkeq[kA vkHkkjksfDrA Hkkjr eas izkjafHkdckY;koLFkk ns[kHkky vkSj f'k{kk % izxfr ,oa laHkkouk,aA cPpsdh o`f) vkSj fodklA LokLF;] iks"k.k rFkk O;fDrxr lqj{kkAizkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk f'k{kk dh ikB~;p;kZA izkjafHkdckY;koLFkk ns[kHkky vkSj f'k{kk dk;ZØe dk fu;kstu] laxBurFkk izcaèkA lh[kuk % ,d lgt izo`fÙkA mn~nhid %cky&osa$fnzr dk;ZØeA fØ;k,a % 'kkjhfjd dkS'kyksa dk fodkl(vkRekfHkO;fDr dh fØ;kvksa dk lapkyu( {ks=k&Hkze.k dklapkyu( ?kj ij eqykdkr dk lapkyu( cPps os$ thou&o`Ùkdk v/;;u( dFkk okpu( ekrk&firk dks f'kf{kr djuss gsrqcSBosa$ vk;ksftr djuk( ¶yS'k dkMZ cukuk( cPpksa os$ fy,dBiqrfy;ka cukuk( roZ$ rFkk leL;k lek/kku os$ dkS'ky dkfodkl( Le`fr dkS'ky dk fodkl( iBu rRijrk dk fodklAlanHkZ xzaFkA vuqØef.kdkA



Education inEmerging Indian Society

GHOSHEducation in Emerging Indian Society:The Challenges and IssuesSUNANDA GHOSH, former Principal, and Professor ofEducation, Stella Matutina College of Education, Chennai.

The principal objective of education is to nurture anindividual completely. Education in India, has reacheda remarkable height, since independence. This compre-hensive book provides a detailed insight on the stages ofevolution of education in the country, and the ongoingtrends in the field.

Divided into twenty-four chapters, the book clearlyexplains the classical concepts of education andphilosophies of the country, which frame its aims. Apartfrom tracing on the history of Indian education throughits various education commissions, (which are imposedand modified from time to time) the book skilfullyidentifies the shortcomings of these commissionssuggesting the suitable remedies to correct the flaws.

The primary goals of education like education of a girlchild; free, compulsory, universal education for all (up to14 years); and restructuring higher education to meet theneeds of the researchers are dealt with in detail. Thebook also elucidates the importance of sex education,fundamental rights and the use of technology in future-building process.

Primarily intended for the undergraduate students ofeducation, this book will also be beneficial for theteachers and the educationists teaching in various schoolsand universities of India.

Contents: Preface. Education: An Overview. Philosophyand Education. Contemporary Indian Society. Society andCulture. Agencies of Education. The Teacher. Evolution ofIndian Education: The Stages. Education CommitteeReports Since Independence. The Indian Constitution andEducation. Boards of Education. Pre-primary Education.Primary Education. Secondary Education. HigherEducation. Adult Education. Democracy, Human Rights,Children’s Rights and Education. EnvironmentalEducation. Social Change, Sustainable Development andEducation. Population Education. Education for NationalIntegration. Education for Peace and InternationalUnderstanding. Value Education. Some Statutory Bodies.Review of the Issues and Challenges of Indian Education.References. Further Reading. Index.

Latest Print 2009 / 216 pp. (Hard Cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-978-81-203-3793-0 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)

Educational Psychology

GOWDALearning and the Learner: Insights intothe Processes of Learning and TeachingN. SUKUMAR GOWDA is Founder-Director of Centre forStudies in Education, Puttur (D.K.), Karnataka since 1995.

This book discusses the processes and problemsof learning in the classroom conceptual framework ofinteractive triad of learner–curriculum–teacher. Thepurpose of the book is to help the educators developnewer insights into the nature and problems of thelearner, and as a result, to enable them develop theirown approaches to teaching so as to improve learning.The phenomenon and the process of learning has beenlooked at in a comprehensive and integrated manner inthis book.

The author discusses the concept of learning by positingits meaning in the wider context of school curriculum andeducation. He attempts to answer the question ‘howpeople learn’ from the philosophical, physiological andpsychological perspectives.

The concepts of intelligence and creativity, as related tolearning, are discussed. The book describes in great detailthe role of language in human communication, literacydevelopment, and in reading and writing as modes oflearning.

Pedology and pedagogy are the two major componentsof educational theory. The chapter on ‘CreativePedagogy’ outlines the conceptual and practicalinterrelationship between learning and teaching. Thischapter also outlines the different modes of teaching,and discusses the teacher’s role in fostering creativity andteaching children how to learn. Learning disabilitiesparticularly those related to reading, spelling andcomputation are also presented.

Finally, the author envisions the future classrooms andstrongly advocates liberated, creative, democratic,collaborative and humanistic classrooms. He recommendsthat Learning Resource Centres should be preferred tothe traditional classrooms.

This book is intended to be a useful handbook foreducators, researchers and students of education at alllevels.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. How People Learn.Psychological Correlates of Learning. Intelligence,Creativity and Learning. Language and Communication.Language, Literacy and Learning. Reading and Writing asModes of Learning. Creative Pedagogy. LearningDisabilities. Desiderata. Endnotes. References. Index.



KAKKAREducational PsychologyS.B. KAKKAR, Formerly, Head, Department of Psychology,Government College of Education, Patiala.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate courses inEducational Psychology, this well-organized study givesa detailed description of key concepts such as learning,intelligence and personality and various contemporarytheories governing these. The present volume attemptsto provide teachers and prospective teachers with thosefacts, principles and procedures which are of maximumutility in the classroom situations. Apart from helpingthe teacher-trainee gain a clearer understanding of thenature and behaviour of the learner, the book alsoprovides assistance in evaluation and in understandingthe concept of guidance services. The significance ofeducational and vocational guidance, particularly ofexceptional children, is clearly and forcefully brought out.The text is well illustrated with diagrams to elucidate theconcepts discussed.

KEY FEATURES• The book is child centred and practical in its approach

and views Educational Psychology from the standpointof actual problems faced by classroom teachers.

• A chapter is devoted to elementary statistics.• Importance of guidance and counselling services is

clearly brought out.• One full chapter is set apart for a discussion on

guidance of exceptional children.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Growth andDevelopment. Learning. Intelligence. Personality.Measurement and Evaluation. Elementary Statistics.Guidance. Organization of Guidance Services. Guidance ofExceptional Children. References. Bibliography. SuggestedReading. Author Index. Subject Index.


MANGALAdvanced Educational Psychology,2nd ed.S.K. Mangal, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).

This revised and expanded edition is a sequel tothe first edition which was warmly received bythe student and teaching community for its in-depth analysis and refreshing approach to the subject.

NEW CHAPTERS TO THIS EDITION• Psychology of Individual differences• Transfer of Learning or Training• Emotional Development and Emotional Intelligence• Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.Beginning with an introduction to the nature and scope,

and the various schools of psychology, the book discussesthe systems propounded by Freud, Adler, Jung andPiaget, taking into account their critical importance to thesubject. It then focuses on the psychology of growth anddevelopment, psychology of individual differences,motivation, attention and personality, with an emphasison the individual’s attitude towards learning, and thefactors influencing learning. The text also elaborates thenature and theories of learning and the aspects ofmemory such as remembering and forgetting. Thecognitive aspect, i.e. intelligence, and vital topics likecreativity and the psychology of thinking, reasoning andproblem-solving have been accorded due prominence. Adetailed discussion on exceptional children and learningdisabled children together with the educational measuresfor overcoming such disabilities is also included. The textconcludes with an important aspect of human behaviour,namely, adjustment.Interspersed with examples, illustrations and tables, thistext is ideally suited for postgraduate students ofeducation and psychology. It can also be profitably usedby teachers, teacher-educators, guidance and counsellingpersonnel, and administrators of educational institutions.Contents: Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Methods of Educational Psychology. Systems or Schoolsof Psychology and Their Bearing on Education. Psycho-analysis—Freud’s System of Psychology. Adler’s System ofIndividual Psychology. Analytical Psychology—Jung’sSystem of Psychology. Piaget’s Developmental Psychologyand its Bearing on Education. Psychology of Growth andDevelopment. Psychology of Individual Differences.Psychology of Motivation. Attention. Nature and Theoriesof Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Memory—Remembering and Forgetting. Intelligence. EmotionalDevelopment and Emotional Intelligence. Creativity.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-solving.Aptitude. Personality. Educating Exceptional Children.Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.Psychology of Adjustment.


MANGALEssentials of Educational PsychologyS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).

A harmonious blend of the theoretical and practicalaspects of educational psychology, this student-friendlytext provides a base for the understanding of the subject.

The book discusses the various aspects of growth anddevelopment, specifically during childhood and adole-scence, and accords due importance to the cognitiveaspect of human behaviour with elaborate text onintelligence, creativity, thinking, reasoning and problem-solving.


Besides maintaining a logical progression of topics, theauthor has interspersed the text with examples andillustrations to provide an in-depth analysis of the subjectmatter.

The book is ideally suited for the B.Ed. and B.A.(Education) courses but can also be a valuable referencefor teachers, teacher-trainees, and practising counsellorsat various levels of school education.

KEY FEATURES• Cogent and coherent style of writing• Assignment problems and sample tests at the end of

various chapters• Wide range of examples and over 50 illustrations to

support and explain the topics discussed

Contents: Preface. Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Methods of Studying Behaviour. Heredity andEnvironment. Human Growth and Development—Stagesand Dimensions. Physical Growth and Development.Cognitive or Mental Development. Emotional Develop-ment and Emotional Intelligence. Social Development.Spiritual Development (Development of Character). StageSpecific Characteristics and Developmental Tasks. Growthand Development during Adolescence. Maturation andTraining. Individual Differences. Learning—Concept,Nature and Domains. Factors Influencing Learning.Theories of Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training.Motivational Aspect of Behaviour. Memory. Forgetting.Intelligence—Concept, Theories and Measurement.Creativity. Aptitude—Concept and Measurement.Attitude—Concept and Measurement. Attention.Interest—Meaning, Nature and Measurement. Habits—Meaning, Nature and Development. Concept Formation.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-Solving.The Concept and Structure of Personality. Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. ExceptionalChildren. Behavioural Problems—Meaning, Concept andTreatment. Adjustment, Frustration and Conflicts. MentalHealth and Hygiene. Sex Education. Guidance andCounseling. Group Dynamics and Group Behaviour.Statistical Data—Meaning, Organisation and Presentation.Measures of Central Tendency and Percentiles. Measuresof Variability or Dispersion. Correlation. Administrationand Interpretation of Psychological Tests (Practical Work).Index.


eaxyf'k{kk euksfoKku,l-ds- eaxy] izèkkukpk;Z ¼lsokfuo r½] lh-vkj- dkyst vkWQ ,twds'ku]jksgrd] gfj;k.kkA

f'k{kk euksfoKku ds fl)kUr rFkk O;kogkfjd igyqvksa ls i;kZIr rkyesyfcBkrh gqbZ ;g jpuk f'k{kk euksfoKku ls lEcfUèkr lHkh vko';dvk/kkjHkwr izdj.kksa ¼ftUgsa ns'k ds fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa us ch-,M- rFkkch-,- ds 'kSf{kd ikB~;Øeksa esa LFkku ns j[kk gS½ ij leqfpr izdk'k

Mkyrh gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Bhd rjg tkudj mUgsa euksfoKku dsfl)kUrksa dk vuqlj.k djkrs gq, vf/kxe iFk ij vxzlj djus] mudkHkyh-Hkk¡fr lek;kstu djus] ekufld LokLF; dks cuk;s j[kus rFkkmuds O;fDrRo ds lok±xh.k fodkl gsrq f'k{kk euksfoKku dh ftuvk/kkjHkwr ckrksa dk Kku ,oa dkS'ky f'k{kdksa rFkk f'k{kk izsfe;ksa ds fy,pkfg,( og lHkh bl iqLrd esa mfpr] Øec)] ljy ,oa cks/kxE; :iesa izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA fuLlansg ;g iqLrd fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa ,oaf'k{kd izf'k{k.k laLFkkuksa ds Mh-,M-] ch-,M- rFkk ch-,- ¼f'k{kk½ dsikB~;Øeksa dh vko';drkvksa dks leqfpr <ax ls iwjk djrh gSA bldslkFk gh ;g iqLrd ,e-,M-] ,e-,- ¼f'k{kk½ ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa] f'k{kdksa] f'k{kkijke'kZnkrkvksa] rFkk 'kSf{kd iz'kkldksa vkfn gsrq Hkh lexz n f"Vdks.k lsfo'ks"k mi;ksxh gSA

eq[; vkd"kZ.k• fo"k;-oLrq dk ljy] ljl] jkspd ,oa cks/kxE; izLrqrhdj.kA• lS)kfUrd vkSj O;ogkjkRed Kku dk mfpr leUo;A• v/;k; fo'ks"k esa D;k iBu lkexzh gS] ;g tkuus gsrq v/;k; ds

izkjEHk esa v/;k; :ijs[kk rFkk var esa iqujko fÙk gsrq lkjka'k* rFkkfo'ks"k v/;;u gsrq lanfHkZr ,oa fo'ks"k vè;;u xzUFkksa dh izLrqfrA

• ikB~; lkexzh ds mfpr izLrqrhdj.k gsrq mnkgj.kksa] n "Vkarksa]rkfydkvksa rFkk js[kkfp=kksa ,oa vkjs[kksa dk lekos'kA

• fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh {kerkvksa ,oa ;ksX;rkvksa ds vkdyu gsrq izkjfEHkd,oa 'kSf{kd lkaf[;dh dk izLrqrhdj.kA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA euksfoKkuµvFkZ] izÑfr ,oa {ks=kA f'k{kkeuksfoKkuµvFkZ] izÑfr] {ks=k ,oa dk;ZA euksfoKku dh fof/k;k¡A oa'kkuqØe,oa okrkoj.kA o fð ,oa fodklµvoLFkk;sa ,oa vk;keA 'kkjhfjd o fð,oa fodklA ckSfðd vFkok ekufld fodklA laosxkRed fodkl ,oalaosxkRed cqfðA lkekftd fodklA vkè;kfRed ;k pkfjf=kd fodklAvoLFkktU; fo'ks"krk,¡ ,oa fodklkRed dk;ZA fd'kksjkoLFkk esa o fð ,oafodklA ifjiDork ,oa izf'k{k.kA oS;fDrd HksnA vfèkxeµvoèkkj.kk]izÑfr ,oa vuq{ks=kA vfèkxe dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA vfèkxe ;klh[kus ds flðkUrA lh[kus vFkok izf'k{k.k dk LFkkukUrj.kA O;ogkjdk vfHkizsj.kkRed i{kA Le frA foLe frA cqfðµizÑfr] flðkUr ,oaekiuA l tukRedrkA vfHk#fpµ lEizR;; ,oa ekiuA vfHko fÙkµlEizR;;,oa ekiuA è;ku ;k voèkkuA #fpµvFkZ] izÑfr ,oa ekiuA vknrsaµvFkZ]izÑfr ,oa fodklA fparu] rdZ ,oa leL;k lekèkku dk euksfoKkuAO;fDrRoµizÑfr] izdkj ,oa flðkarA O;fDrRo ds fuèkkZjdA O;fDrRodk ewY;kaduA fof'k"V ckydA lek;kstu] dq.Bk ,oa var%}U}A ekufldLokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA ekxZn'kZu ,oa ijke'kZA lewg xfr'kkL=k,oa lewg O;ogkjA vk¡dM+ksa ;k iznÙkksa dk O;oLFkkiu ,oa izLrqrhdj.kAdsUæh; izo fÙk ds izekiA fopyu ds izeki ;k fopyu ekuA lglacaèkAeuksoSKkfud ijh{k.kµiz'kklu ,oa O;k[;kA vuqØef.kdkA


SKINNER (Ed.)Educational Psychology, 4th ed.Edited by CHARLES E. SKINNER, Visiting Professor atSouthern Illinois University.

The book presents a systematic and authoritativetreatment of child and adolescent development, learning,


and adjustment in educational situations and develops aclear understanding of the educative process.

Contents: Introduction—Nature and Methods ofEducational Psychology. Teaching: The Art of GuidingLearning Experiences. Guidance: A New Dimension ofCreative Teaching. Personality and Adjustment—ATeacher’s Theory of Personality: Development, Dynamics,Ideal. Personality and Children’s Adjustment Problems.Special Learning and Adjustment Problems of Handi-capped Children. Growth and Development During Child-hood and Adolescence—General Nature of Development.Physical Growth and Motor Development. Mental Growthand Development. Emotional Development. SocialDevelopment. Development of Attitudes, Interests, andValues. Personal Development During Childhood andAdolescence. Learning—Basic Learning Theory forTeachers. Nature and Conditions of Learning. Motivationin School Learning. Transfer and Functional Learning.Learning Motor Skills and Knowledge. Creative Thinking,Reasoning, and Problem-Solving. Learning the BasicSchool Subjects. Subject Disabilities: Special Difficulties inSchool Learning. Evaluation and Measurement—StatisticalProcesses in Education. Discovering the Child’s Potentia-lities: Intelligence and Aptitudes. Evaluation of Learning.Individual Differences in Mental Abilities: TheirEducational Implications. Index.


Educational Technology

MANGAL & MANGALEssentials of Educational TechnologyS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, and Professor andHead, Department of Post Graduate Studies at C.R.College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana.UMA MANGAL, formerly Principal, Vaish College ofEducation, Rohtak, Haryana.

Use of technology has permeated all areas of knowledge,and Education is no exception. This accessible and easy-to-read book, emanating from an author who hasdistinguished himself as teacher and able administratorof education, and devised several educational andpsychological tests, encompasses a broad spectrum ofareas in educational technology. It focuses on themodern trends and innovations in EducationalTechnology to equip the teacher trainees and in-serviceteachers with the necessary skills in this area.

The book not only covers the objectives, concepts, useand management of Educational Technology, it alsoemphasises the role of education and various othertechniques that help in teaching-learning.

KEY FEATURES• The coverage is quite comprehensive and elaborate

catering to the needs of the students of most Indianuniversities.

• The concepts given are illustrated with plenty of tables,figures, and examples to make the reader comprehendthe subject better.

This book is ideally suited for the students of B.Ed.,M.Ed., BA/MA (Education) courses. Besides, the text canbe profitably used by in-service teachers, teachereducators, educational technology-resource personnel,and school administrators.

Contents: Preface. Educational Technology: Meaning,Nature and Scope. Psychological Basis for the Use ofHardware and Software Technologies. HardwareInstructional Aids. Software Instructional Aids. Concept ofTeaching and Learning. Task of Teaching. Theories ofTeaching. Principles and Maxims of Successful Teaching.Formulation of Teaching or Instructional Objectives.Teaching Strategies and Devices. Communication andTeaching-Learning. Management of Teaching-Learning.Modification of Teacher Behaviour and InteractionAnalysis. Action Research. Microteaching. Role Playingand Gaming. Teacher Evaluation. Systems Approach.Programmed Learning or Instruction. Learner ControlledInstruction (LCI). Personalized System of Instructions(PSI). Computer-Assisted and Managed Instruction.Training Psychology. Cybernetics. Models of Teaching.Lesson Planning. Team Teaching. Audio-tutorial System,Language Laboratory and Teleconferencing. CooperativeLearning. Information and Communication Technology(ICT). Computers: Operation and Networking. ResourceCentres of Educational Technology. Virtual Classroomsand e-Learning. Distance Education. Bibliography. Index.


eaxy ,oa eaxyf'k{kk rduhdh (Educational Technology),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWiQ ,twds'ku] jksgrd (gfj;k.kk)ds izkpk;Z] izksiQslj ,oa foHkkxkè;{k in ls lsok&fuo`Ùk gSaAmek eaxy] izkpk;kZ in ls lsok&fuo`Ùk] f'k{kk txr dh ,dtkuh&ekuh f'kf{kdk] iz'kkld] ysf[kdk rFkk 'kks/d=khZ gSaA

izLrqr iqLrd lqlaxfBr fo"k;oLrq ds lkFk jkspd 'kSyh esa fy[khx;h gSA bldh Hkk"kk vR;ar ljy] cks/xE; rFkk ifjek£tr gSAblesa f'k{kk rduhdh ls lacaf/r lHkh vk/kjHkwr izdj.kksa ijmfpr izdk'k Mkyk x;k gSA fo"k;oLrq dks lkjx£Hkr rFkk jkspdcukus ds fy, blesa ;FkklEHko rkfydkvksa] fp=kkas rFkk mnkgj.kksadk lekos'k fd;k x;k gSA ;g iqLrd Mh-,M-] ch-,M-],e-,M-] ,e-,- (f'k{kk'kkL=k) rFkk ,e-fiQy- (f'k{kk'kkL=k)ds fy, vR;ar mi;ksxh gSA blds vykok] ;g vè;kidksa]vuqla/kudÙkkZvksa rFkk fo|ky;ksa ,oa dkWystksa ds iz'kkldksa dsfy, Hkh ykHkdkjh gksxh lkFk gh f'k{k.k laLFkkuksa }kjk lsokjrvè;kidksa ds izf'k{k.k ds fy, le;≤ ij vk;ksftrdk;Z'kkykvksa ds fy, Hkh ;g mi;ksxh lkfcr gksxhA

f'k{kk rduhdh ds {ks=k esa lHkh izdkj ds vk/qfudre fopkjksarFkk uohure iz;ksxksa] tSlsμfo|kFkhZ fu;af=kr vuqns'ku] O;fDrxr


vuqns'ku iz.kkyh] fofue;kRed fo'ys"k.k lfgr d{kk&d{kvar%fØ;k fo'ys"k.k dh fofHkUu rduhdsa] lkbcjusfVDl] izf'k{k.keuksfoKku] Vksyh f'k{k.k] lgdkjh vf/xe] vkWfM;ks V~;wVksfj;yiz.kkyh] Hkk"kk iz;ksx'kkyk] VsyhdkaizQsaflax] bZ&y£uax] daI;wVj lgk;rFkk izcaf/r vuqns’ku] lwpuk ,oa laizs"k.k rduhdh] vokLrfodd{kk&d{k rFkk nwjorhZ f'k{kk vkfn dk blesa ;Fkksfpr o.kZufd;k x;k gSA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA 'kSf{kd rduhdhμvFkZ] izÑfr ,oa {ks=kAvk/kqfud rduhfd;ksa ds iz;ksx gsrq euksoSKkfud vkèkkjA gkMZos;j;k dBksj midj.kA lkWÝVos;j ;k e`nqy midj.kA f'k{k.k ,oavfèkxe dh voèkkj.kkA f'k{k.k dk;ZA f'k{k.k fl¼kUrA f'k{k.kds izfu;e ,oa lw=kA f'k{k.k ;k vuqns'kukRed mn~ns';ksa dk fuekZ.kAf'k{k.k O;wg jpuk;sa rFkk izfof/;k¡A laizs"k.k ,oa f'k{k.k&vf/xeAf'k{k.k&vf/xe dk izca/uA f'k{kd O;ogkj dk ifjektZu ,oavUr%fØ;k fo'ys"k.kA fØ;kRed vuqla/kuA lw{e f'k{k.kA HkwfedkfuokZg ,oa ØhM+uA f'k{kd ewY;kaduA iz.kkyh mikxeA vfHkØfervf/xeA fo|kFkhZ fu;af=kr vuqns'kuA O;fDrxr vuqns'ku iz.kkyhAdaI;wVj lgk; ,oa daI;wVj izcaf/r vuqns'kuA izf'k{k.k euksfoKkuAlaizs"k.k fu;a=k.k foKkuA f'k{k.k izfrekuA bdkbZ ;kstuk ,oa ikB;kstukA Vksyh f'k{k.kA vkfM;ks&V~;wVksfj;y iz.kkyh] Hkk"kk iz;ksx'kkyk,oa VsyhdkaizQsaflaxA lgdkjh vf/xeA lwpuk ,oa laizs"k.k rduhdhAdaI;wVjμdk;Ziz.kkyh ,oa usVofd±xA 'kSf{kd rduhdh ds lalk/udsanzA vokLrfod d{kk&d{k rFkk bZ&yfu±xA nwjorhZ f'k{kkA ys[kdvuqØef.kdkA fo"k; vuqØef.kdkA


RADHA MOHANTeacher EducationRADHA MOHAN, Principal, Rajalakshmi College ofEducation, Thandalam, Chennai.

Teacher education is at the base of all educationalsystems. To make it effective, it is necessary to put inplace an education system which equips the traineeteachers with the skills needed to enable their studentsto be successful. This book discusses how to trainteachers, improve teacher education programmes andimpart quality education.

The book is divided into eight parts. Part I takes adetailed look at the various stakeholders of teachereducation. Part II focuses on micro-teaching, interactionanalysis and practice teaching, which is a naturalprogression of the teacher trainee’s skill development.Part III addresses the issues and modalities of pre-serviceteacher education. Part IV concentrates on methodsof teaching and techniques adopted. Part V coversthe performance and evaluation of teacher education,with reference to the Indian context. Part VI discussesprofessional practice and ethics. Part VII highlights theimportance of research as well as the use of actionresearch in teacher education. Part VIII dwells on thecurrent issues and trends in teacher education.

The book is meant for the postgraduate students ofeducation (M.A., Education), B.Ed. and M.Ed. Besides,teacher educators, distance education personnel, school-based administrators and policymakers will also find thebook quite useful.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Reflections on TeacherEducation—Stakeholders. Distance Education. Part II:Process and Practice—Microteaching. InteractionalAnalysis. Practice Teaching. Part III: Stages and Phases—Pre-Service Teacher Education. Induction. In-ServiceTeacher Education. Part IV: Methods and Techniques:General and Modern—General Methods of Teaching.Modern Techniques in Use in Teacher Education. Part V:Performance and Evaluation—Evaluation in TeacherEducation. Central Agency for Accreditation. Part VI:Professional Practice and Ethics—Characteristics of aProfession. Professionalism in Teacher Education.Part VII: Research and Action—Research in TeacherEducation. Action Research. Part VIII: Way Forward—Current Issues and Problems in Teacher Education.Index.


English Language Teaching

VYAS & PATEL (Eds.)Teaching English as a Second Language:A New Pedagogy for a New CenturyEditors:MANISH A. VYAS, Senior Lecturer with the Department ofEnglish, VPMP Polytechnic, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.YOGESH L. PATEL is with the Department of English, LDRPInstitute of Technology and Research, Gandhinagar,Gujarat.

Today, English Language Teaching (ELT), especially Englishas a Second Language (ESL) and English as a ForeignLanguage (EFL), has been witnessing unprecedentedchanges in curriculum, teaching methodology, and theapplication of learning theories. This has created ademand for teachers who can teach English to learners ofvaried cultural, socio-economic and psychologicalbackgrounds.

This book discusses the modern trends, innovations, aswell as the difficulties and challenges in teaching andlearning ESL in a non-native context. The book, withcontributions from many experts (each one specializing ina particular field) from countries such as UK, USA,Australia, New Zealand, India, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, China,and Japan, provides new methods, strategies andapplication-oriented solutions to overcome the problemsin a practical way.

The book deals with all topics pertinent to ESL and theseare reinforced by a large number of examples andquotations from different sources. What distinguishesthe text is its focus on modern innovations and use


of technology in ELT/CLT (communicative languageteaching).

Teachers, teacher-trainees (B.Ed./M.A. Education/M.Ed.),and teacher-educators who are concerned with teachingEnglish as a Second Language (ESL) should find this bookimmensely helpful.

Contents: Preface. List of Contributors. English: AnAlladin’s Lamp. Part 1: Communicative Language Teachingin ESL Context—What Can We Learn from ClassroomObservations?: A study of CLT in a Chinese UniversityContext. Communicative Language Teaching and EnglishLanguage Teaching in Nigeria. Communicative LanguageTeaching: An Indian Teacher Resolves a MethodologyDilemma. Integrating ICT in the Language Classroom: AnIntercultural Journey? Part 2: Multimedia in ELT—Computer-Assisted Language Learning: Its Future.Podcasting as an Effective Tool for Language Learning.Making Language Teaching Relevant for the Digital Age.Part 3: Content-Based Instruction—Familiarity andPlanning in Task-based Learning. A Fine ‘How Do You Do’:Contextual Factors within English Greetings. Part 4:Factors Affecting ESL Teaching. Motivation andDemotivation Factors in Language Learning. Talking tothe Other, and Writing for Oneself: Pursuing TeacherProfessionalism through Narrative Inquiry. RedefiningLearner Autonomy in the Indian ESL Context. TeachingEnglish at the Undergraduate Level: Groping in the Dark?Applying Knowledge of Psycholinguistics in LanguageTeaching and Learning. Part 5: Games and Activities inESL Classroom—Language-based Games and Motivation:Using Games in the ESL Classroom. Dynamic, InteractiveClassroom Activities. Games and Students’ Motivation inForeign Language Learning. Part 6: VocabularyDevelopment—Vocabulary Learning through ExperienceTasks. Enhancing ESL Learners’ Lexical Competence.Morphological Analysis and Vocabulary Development:Critical Criteria. Code Switching, Code Mixing and theTeaching Process. Part 7: Pedagogical Reorientation ofGrammar—Revising Our Paradigm: Teaching Grammar asText Inquiry. A Reflection of Pedagogic Value on Swan’sDesign Criteria and Westney’s Approach to GrammarTeaching. Part 8: Developing Communication Skills—Developing the Speaking and the Writing Skills atTechnical Institutes: A Classroom Investigation withSuggestions. Integrating Skills: Business Presentations forBusiness Students. Part 9: Multiculturalism in ESL—Linguistic Migrations: Teaching English in MulticulturalContexts. Identity Maintenance for Non-native Speakersof English. Enacting a Plurilingual Pedagogy: EnglishLanguage Policy and Instruction in India. InvestigatingLinguistic Diversity in American Classrooms. Crosstalk inMultilingual Interactions among Non-native Speakers ofEnglish. Part 10: Curriculum Development—Universals inthe Process of Curriculum Development in ELT. Commu-nicative Language Teaching: Problems of DesigningSyllabuses and Producing Materials. ConstructingCurriculum for an Intensive English Program. Part 11:

Language Testing—Testing Communicative Competence.Index.


Foundations of Education

SAMUEL RAVIComprehensive Study of Education, AS. SAMUEL RAVI is with the Department of Education,Immanuel Arasar College of Education, Tamil Nadu.

Intended for the undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of education, this book is an earnest endeavourto provide the readers with a thorough understanding ofthe various concepts of education. The exhaustivetreatment of the topics in a cogent manner will enablethe students to grasp the subject in an easy-to-understand manner.

Organized in seven units, the chapters encompass thedifferent pedagogical features of education addressingsome of the broad areas of concern, and upholding theintrinsic details of education in the emerging society. Thevarious education commissions, their roles in spreadingeducation in the present age and the remedies to correcttheir laws are also covered in great details.

This textbook can also be useful to the teachers andresearch scholars as a reference material.

Contents: Preface. Unit I: Description of Education—Meaning and Nature of Education. Functions ofEducation. Aims of Education. Unit II: EducationalPhilosophy—Educational Philosophy. Idealism. Realism.Naturalism. Pragmatism. Existentialism. Unit III: Indianand Western Philosophers—Rabindranath Tagore.Mahatma Gandhi. Swami Vivekananda. Sri AurobindoGhosh. Jiddu Krishnamurti. Jean Jacques Rousseau.Friedrich August Froebel. John Dewey. Maria Montessori.Ivan Illich. Unit IV: Educational Sociology—Meaning andScope of Educational Sociology. Education and SocialMobility. Education and Social Stratification. School andCommunity. Education and Social Change. Education andCulture. Education and Human Resource Development.Education and Economic Development. Unit V: Educationand Society—Universalisation of Elementary Education.Education for Democracy. Education for Secularism.Brahminisation and Sanskritisation. Education andModernisation. Values in Education. PopulationEducation. Women’s Education. Adult Education. DistanceEducation. Health and Physical Education. Equalization ofEducation Opportunities. Education for NationalIntegration. Education for International Understanding.Education and Globalization. National Youth Programmes.National Festivals. Unit VI: Education Commission,Committees and Organisations—University EducationCommission (1948–1949). Secondary EducationCommission (1952–1953). Indian Education Commission(1964–1966). New Education Policy (1986). Revised Policy


on Education (1992). NCERT, NCTE, UGC, DIET and NAAC.Unit VII: Environmental Education—Meaning, Natureand Scope of Environmental Education. EnvironmentalPollution. Environmental Hazards. Environmental Crisesand Control. Environmental Conservation and SustainableDevelopment. Index.


Measurement and Evaluation

REYNOLDS, et al.Measurement and Assessment inEducation, 2nd ed.CECIL R. REYNOLDS, Texas A&M University.RONALD B. LIVINGSTON, University of Texas at Tyler.VICTOR WILLSON, Texas A&M University.

The text includes an introduction to the basicmathematics of measurement, and expands traditionalcoverage to include a thorough discussion ofperformance and portfolio assessments, a completepresentation of assessment accommodations for studentswith disabilities, and a practical discussion of professionalbest practices in educational measurement.

This Second Edition employs a pragmatic approach to thestudy of educational tests and measurement so thatteachers can understand essential psychometric conceptsand be able to apply them in the classroom.

Highlights of this text

• User friendly text helping students to master the moretechnical aspects of educational assessment.

• Ethical principles, legal issues, and professionalstandards relevant to classroom assessment arecovered thoroughly.

• An entire chapter is devoted to the use of assessmentsfor students with disabilities.

• Contemporary issues regarding the assessment ofstudents are covered in detail.

• Numerous pedagogical devices such as exercises, cases,and end-of-chapter problems are included throughoutthe text so that students can explore topics further.

Contents: Preface. Introduction to EducationalAssessment. The Basic Mathematics of Measurement.The Meaning of Text Scores. Reliability for Teachers.Validity for Teachers. Item Analysis for Teachers.The Initial Steps in Developing a Classroom Text. TheDevelopment and Use of Selected-Response Items.The Development and Use of Constructed-ResponseItems. Performance Assessments and Portfolios. Assign-ing Grades on the Basis of Classroom Assessments.Standardized Achievement Tests in the Era of High-StakesAssessment. The Use of Aptitude Tests in the Schools.Assessment of Behavior and Personality. AssessmentAccommodations. The Problem of Bias in EducationalAssessment. Best Practices in Educational Assessment.

Appendices—A: Summary Statements of The StudentEvaluation Standards. B: Code of ProfessionalResponsibilities in Educational Measurement. C: Codeof Fair Testing Practices in Education. D: Rightsand Responsibilities of Test Takers: Guidelines andExpectations. E: Standards for Teacher Competence inEducational Assessment of Students. F: Proportions ofArea under the Normal Curve. G: Answers to PracticeProblems. References. Index.


THORNDIKE & THORNDIKE-CHRISTMeasurement and Evaluation inPsychology and Education, 8th ed.ROBERT M. THORNDIKE, Western Washington University.TRACY THORNDIKE-CHRIST, Western WashingtonUniversity.

In this classic introduction to educational andpsychological measurement, Thorndike and Thorndike-Christ provide all of the pertinent information futureprofessionals need to know in order to develop the skillsto use test information wisely. It focuses on basic issuesin measurement and provides a general overview that isnot overly specialized. Incorporating standard measure-ment concepts as they apply to both educationaland psychological assessments, the new eighth editioncontinues to provide a technically rigorous treatment ofthe core issues in measurement in an easy-to-read, easy-to-understand presentation. It describes problems inmeasurement, explains how these problems areapproached and solved, surveys a broad range of sources,and provides guidance in how to find, evaluate, and useinformation about specific tests.

The new eighth edition includes

• Increased coverage of “No Child Left Behind”• Extended coverage of the role of ethics in tests• A new chapter on advanced topics in testing.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Technical Issues—Fundamental Issues in Measurement. Measurement andNumbers. Giving Meaning to Scores. Qualities Desired inAny Measurement Procedure: Reliability. QualitiesDesired in Any Measurement Procedure: Validity.Practical Issues Related to Testing. Part Two: TestingApplications—Assessment and Educational DecisionMaking. Assessing Special Populations: Psychometric,Legal, and Ethical Issues. Principles of Test Development.Performance and Product Evaluation. Attitudes andRating Scales. Aptitude Tests. Standardized AchievementTests. Interests, Personality, and Adjustment. Appendix.References. Index.



Methods of Teaching

JOYCE, et al.Models of Teaching, 8th ed.BRUCE JOYCE, Booksend Laboratories.MARSHA WEIL, ETR Associates.EMILY CALHORN, Booksend Laboratories.

This classic text aspires to connect teacher candidatesand teachers to a variety of well-developed ways andmodels of teaching. It combines rationale and researchwith real-world examples and applications to provide astrong foundation for new educators. The text containsdetailed and rich variety of approaches to teaching, withsufficient numbers of illustrations in order to providemodels for practical situations. Encompassing all of themajor psychological and philosophical approaches toteaching and schools, this new edition proves to be atthe core of a successful teacher education program.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• New studies on models of teaching apprise readers

with current picture of education today.• Refreshed and updated research ensuring accuracy and

currency• Abundance of both classic and contemporary

teaching models, classified into four families: Social,Information-Processing, Personal and BehavioralSystems

• Each model includes suggestions for putting the teach-ing strategies to use in classroom with applications andthrough a Summary Chart.

Contents: Preface. Foreword. Part One: Frame ofReference—Beginning the Inquiry: Creating Communitiesof Expert Learners. Where Models of Teaching ComeFrom: Multiple Ways of Constructing Knowledge.Studying the Slowly Growing Knowledge Base onEducation: A Basic Guide through the Rhetorical Thickets.Three Sides of Teaching: Styles, Models, and Diversity.Part Two: The Information-Processing Family of Models—Learning to Think Inductively: Forming Concepts byCollecting and Organizing Information. AttainingConcepts: Sharpening Basic Thinking Skills. The Picture-Word Inductive Model: Developing Literacy across theCurriculum. Scientific Inquiry and Inquiry Training: The Artof Making Inferences. Memorization: Getting the FactsStraight. Synectics: The Arts of Enhancing CreativeThought. Learning from Presentations: AdvanceOrganizers. Part Three: The Social Family of Models—Partners in Learning: From Dyads to Group Investigation.The Study of Values: Role Playing and Public PolicyEducation. Part Four: The Personal Family of Models—Nondirective Teaching: The Learner at the Center.Developing Positive Self-Concepts: The Inner Person ofBoys and Girls, Men and Women. Part Five: TheBehavioral Systems Family of Models—Learning to Learnfrom Mastery Learning. Direct Instruction. Learning fromSimulations: Training and Self-Training. Part Six: Individual

Differences, Diversity, and Curriculum—Learning Stylesand Models of Teaching: Making Discomfort Productive.Equity: Gender, Ethnicity, and SocioeconomicBackground. Creating Curriculums: The Conditions ofLearning. A Bit of the Future: Distance Education andLeaving None Behind. Afterword. Appendix: PeerCoaching Guides. Related Literature and References.Index.


OLSON & HERGENHAHNIntroduction to Theories of Learning, An9th ed.MATTHEW H. OLSON, Hamline University.B.R. HERGENHAHN, Professor Emeritus, HamlineUniversity.

This new edition of the book is totally reorganized andstreamlined. However, as in the previous editions, thefocus of the book remains the following:

• Defining learning and showing how the learningprocess is studied.

• Placing learning theory in historical perspective.• Presenting the essential features of major theories of

learning.• Including the materials that reflect current research

and scholarship.

THE NEW EDITION1. Takes into account the cognitive neuroscience of

Gestalt psychology including studies of the “Aha!”phenomenon.

2. Provides more information that Piaget underestimatedthe cognitive abilities of infants and toddlers.

3. Includes exploration of the role of mirror neurons inobservational learning.

4. Consists new information on the role of hippocampusin consolidation and spatial learning.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Introduction to Learning—What is Learning? Approaches to the Study of Learning.Early Notions about Learning. Part Two: PredominantlyFunctionalistic Theories—Edward Lee Thorndike. BurrhusFrederic Skinner. Clark Leonard Hull. Part Three:Predominantly Associationistic Theories—Ivan PetrovichPavlov. Edwin Ray Guthrie. William Kaye Estes. Part Four:Predominantly Cognitive Theories—Gestalt Theory. JeanPiaget. Edward Chace Tolman. Albert Bandura. Part Five:A Predominantly Neurophysiological Theory—DonaldOlding Hebb. Part Six: An Evolutionary Theory—Robert C.Bolles and Evolutionary Psychology. Part Seven—A FinalWord. Glossary. References. Name Index. Subject Index.



Research/Statistics in Education

ASTHANA & BRAJ BHUSHANStatistics for Social Sciences(with SPSS Applications)HARI SHANKAR ASTHANA, Reader, Department ofPsychology at Kumaun University, Nainital (AlmoraCampus), Uttarakhand.BRAJ BHUSHAN, Assistant Professor, Department ofHumanities and Social Sciences, Indian Instituteof Technology Kanpur.Designed as a text for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of psychology, education, sociology,demography and economics, this comprehensive bookexplains the theoretical and computational aspects ofstatistics. Since the students of social sciences often findit difficult to comprehend easily the statistical techniquesdue to complex mathematical steps involved, this bookexplains the concepts as well as steps in a simple andclear manner.The text provides solutions to basic concepts andproblems using a number of illustrations. In addition, itdemonstrates the simplest way of using SPSS software forstatistical analysis.SPSS screen images are used to make the ideas clearerfor the readers. This is preceded by theoretical detailsand solved examples so that even readers having minimalknowledge of computer can use SPSS easily andcomprehend the complex intermediate steps involved instatistical analysis.Besides the undergraduate and postgraduate students ofsocial sciences, researchers in the field of social sciencesshould find this book immensely useful.

KEY FEATURES• Demonstrates the simplest way of using SPSS for

statistical analysis.• Provides solved examples throughout the text in

ascending order of complexity.• Gives chapter-end exercises and key terms for better

grasp of the topics covered.Contents: Preface. Introduction. Sampling. NormalProbability Curve. Classification and Graphing Techniques.Measures of Central Tendency. Measures of Dispersion.Chi Square Test. Hypothesis Testing. Correlation. Analysisof Variance (ANOVA). Regression Analysis. Non-ParametricStatistics. References. Index.


BEST & KAHNResearch in Education, 10th ed.JOHN W. BEST, Butler University, Emeritus.JAMES V. KAHN, University of Illinois Chicago.

This book covers research methods and statistics in

a readable and student-friendly format. It provides a widevariety of methodologies including descriptive, experi-mental and quasi-experimental research, historicalstudies, qualitative methods and single subject designs. Acomplete range of tools as well as descriptive andinferential statistics are also included making thistext the definitive resource for introductory researchcourses.

NEW TO THIS EDITION

• Major update and expansion of the chapter onQualitative Research brings more balanced perspectiveto text

• An expanded section on meta-analysis that strengthensthis current methodology for students

• Additional and more current research examples areused in the methods chapters

Contents: Preface. Part One: Introduction to EducationalResearch: Definitions, Research Problems, Proposals, andReport Writing. Fundamentals of Research. Selecting aProblem and Preparing a Research Proposal. TheResearch Report. Part Two: Research Methods—HistoricalResearch. Descriptive Studies: Assessment, Evaluation,and Research. Experimental and Quasi-ExperimentalResearch. Single-Subject Experimental Research.Qualitative Research. Methods and Tools of Research.Part Three: Data Analysis—Descriptive Data Analysis.Inferential Data Analysis. Computer Data Analysis.Appendices—A: Statistical Formulas and Symbols.B: Sample Data Microsoft Excel Format. C: Percentage ofArea Lying between the Mean and Successive StandardDeviation Units under the Normal Curve. D: CriticalValues for Pearson’s Product-Moment Correlation (r).E: Critical Values of Student’s Distribution (t). F: AbridgedTable of Critical Values for Chi square. G: Critical Valuesof the F Distribution. H: Research Report Evaluation.I: Answers to Statistics Exercises. Author Index. SubjectIndex.


BOGDAN & BIKLENQualitative Research for Education:An Introduction to Theories andMethods, 5th ed.ROBERT C. BOGDAN and SARI KNOPP BIKLEN, bothSyracuse University.

This is a concise, applied, and very clearly writtenintroduction to qualitative research methods.

It provides the reader with a background for under-standing the uses of qualitative research in education(and other professions) examining its theoretical andhistorical underpinnings, and providing the “how-to’s”of doing qualitative research. This new edition placesqualitative research within current debates aboutresearch methods and alternative ways of knowing.


New to this edition:• Rewritten chapter, “Data Analysis,” places more

emphasis on the interpretive aspect of research andresearch writing.

• Expanded coverage of action or practitioner researchhighlights a topic that is of immediate use.

• Added emphasis on technology and qualitative ana-lysis software in qualitative research helps students touse and incorporate technology efficiently.

• Expanded coverage of such topics as formal researchdesigns, work with different cultures, critical racetheory, and the debate over quantitative vs. qualitativeresearch.

• New end-of-chapter summaries, questions, and fieldassignments.

Contents: Preface. Foundations of Qualitative Researchfor Education. Research Design. Fieldwork. QualitativeData. Data Analysis and Interpretation. Writing It Up.Applied Qualitative Research for Education. Appendices.Glossary. References. Index.


CRESWELLEducational Research: Planning,Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitativeand Qualitative Research, 4th ed.JOHN W. CRESWELL, University of Nebraska-Lincoln.

This book is an introductory educational research textthat offers a balanced and integrated treatment of bothquantitative and qualitative methods. Written in clearand practical language Educational Research helps itsreaders get started doing their own research and alsobecome better readers of research.

Updates for this edition include:

• Increased coverage of ethics reporting and EvaluatingResearch.

• A new boxed feature called “Ethical Dilemma” hasbeen added to every chapter in part three. Each EthicalDilemma ends by posing a discussion question to thereader.

• The majority of the sample articles have beenreplaced with more recent articles.

• Additional information on the difference betweendissertation, thesis, and journal article writingstrategies.

• Updated information on statistical programs andsimulation programs for learning statistics.

• Additional information on the relationship betweenresponse rate and response bias.

Contents: Preface. Part I: An Introduction to EducationalResearch. The Process of Conducting Research UsingQuantitative and Qualitative Approaches. Part II: TheSteps in the Process of Research—Identifying a ResearchProblem. Reviewing the Literature. Specifying a Purpose

and Research Questions or Hypotheses. CollectingQuantitative Data. Analyzing and Interpreting QuantitativeData. Collecting Qualitative Data. Analyzing andInterpreting Qualitative Data. Reporting and EvaluatingResearch. Part III: Research Designs—ExperimentalDesigns. Correlational Designs. Survey Designs. GroundedTheory Designs. Ethnographic Designs. Narrative ResearchDesigns. Mixed Methods Designs. Action ResearchDesigns. Appendices. Glossary. References. Index.


MANGALStatistics in Psychology and Education,2nd ed.S.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).

This extensively revised and fully updated second editionis designed as a textbook for M.A. (Education), M.Ed.,M.A. (Psychology and Sociology) and for researchstudents pursuing courses in Statistics related to thesesubjects. It takes into account the present syllabi ofvarious universities and institutes of education across thecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Six new chapters added with emphasis on advanced

statistical concepts and techniques such as thefollowing:– Biserial correlation, point biserial correlation,

tetrachoric correlation, phi coefficient, partial andmultiple correlation.

– Transfer of raw scores into standard scores, T, C andStanine scores.

– Non-parametric tests like the McNemar test, Signtest, Wilcoxon test, Median test, U test, Runs test,and KS test.

– Analysis of covariance.• Some chapters modified and reshuffled to reflect the

new emphasis.• Entire text thoroughly checked and marked

improvements made to bring the topics up-to-date.

KEY FEATURES• Statistical procedures and methods have been

simplified to facilitate understanding of the subject,and only the minimum necessary mathematics ispresented

• Gives detailed discussion on parametric tests usingvery small samples for drawing valuable statisticalinferences.

• Numerous solved examples and assignments areprovided for practice and to illustrate the concepts andapplications.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Statistics—Meaning and Use. Organization of Data. Graphical


Representation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency.Percentiles and Percentile Rank. Measures of Variability.Linear Correlation. The Normal Curve and its Applications.Significance of the Mean and Other Statistics. Significanceof the Difference between Means. Chi Square andContingency Coefficient. Further Methods of Correlations.Partial and Multiple Correlation. Regression andPrediction. Scores Transformation. Non-Parametric Tests.Analysis of Variance. Analysis of Covariance. Answers.Appendices. Bibliography. Index.


MANGAL & MANGALResearch Methodology in BehaviouralSciencesS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head ofthe Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. Collegeof Education, Rohtak (Haryana).SHUBHRA MANGAL, Dean, Professor and Head, School ofEducation, Lingaya’s University, Faridabad.

The quality and productivity of a research work verymuch depends on the competency of the researchers.Such competency needs to be generated and nurturedproperly among the researchers from the very beginningof their research career. This comprehensive book onresearch methodology discusses in detail how to carryout research studies in various disciplines of behaviouralsciences in an organized manner.

The book is meant for the postgraduate students ofEducation (M.Ed.), Sociology, Psychology andManagement. In addition, it will also be useful toresearch scholars in learning the art of doing qualitativeand quantitative research studies in behavioural sciences.

Contents: Preface. Research Nature and FundamentalConcepts. Research in Behavioural Sciences: Nature andTypes. Historical Research. Descriptive or NormativeSurvey Research. Developmental Research. ExperimentalResearch and Designs. Quasi-experimental Research. Ex-post Facto Research. Qualitative Research. EthnographicResearch. Case Study and Single Subject Study Research.Documentary Analysis Research. Research Problem:Identification and Writing a Research Proposal (Synopsis).Searching and Reviewing the Related Literature. ResearchHypotheses. Sampling. Data Collection Tools andTechniques. Data Collection Tools Observation. DataCollection Tools Questionnaire. Data Collection ToolsInterview. Data Collection Tools Rating Scales. DataCollection Tools Attitude Scales. Data Collection ToolsAchievement Tests. Data Collection Tools Sociometry orSociometric Techniques. Data Collection Tools Personalityand Adjustment Inventories. Data Collection ToolsProjective Techniques. Construction and Standardizationof Research Tools. Interpretation of Test Scores ScoresTransformation and Development of Test Norms.Reliability of Research Tools. Validity of Research Tools.Quantitative Data Analysis. Qualitative Data Analysis.

Writing Research Report. Using Computer Technology inResearch. Appendix. Bibliography. Index.


Special Education/Education forExceptional Children

MANGALEducating Exceptional Children:An Introduction to Special EducationS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).Intended as a text for undergraduate, postgraduate(B.Ed./M.Ed.; B.A., M.A. Education) and diploma levelcourses in Education as well as for courses in SpecialEducation, this comprehensive and accessible bookprovides a sound base for understanding Special Childrenthrough an insightful and incisive analysis on SpecialEducation.

The text dwells on exceptional children, or children withspecial needs, who are found to be in one extreme orthe other and suffer from various deficits or disabilitiesor are gifted. They cover a wide spectrum—the mentallyretarded, the visually and hearing impaired, theemotionally disturbed, those with autism, cerebral palsy,and the deprived, as well as the gifted and the creative.

This well-organized and pedagogically rich text should beextremely useful to students as well as professionals—special education teachers, those engaged in guidanceand counselling, educational policy makers, and fieldworkers, who have an abiding interest in the education ofexceptional children and in special education.

KEY FEATURES• Has student-friendly features like illustrations,

examples, tables, and research-based experimentalfindings.

• Provides a complete picture of exceptionality, from theearly years of human history to the present day.

• Gives case histories to practically illustrate the subject.

Contents: Preface. List of Figures. List of Tables. Conceptof Exceptionality and Exceptional Children. Concept andProvisions of Special Education. Historical Perspectives inSpecial Education. Organization and Administration ofSpecial Education in India. Mentally Retarded Children.Orthopaedic Impaired Children. Visually ImpairedChildren. Hearing Impaired Children. Learning Disabilitiesand Learning Disabled Children. Emotionally DisturbedChildren. Children with Communication Disorders.Children with Autism. Children with Attention DeficitHyperactive Disorder. Children with Cerebral Palsy.Children with Multiple Disabilities. Deprivation andDeprived Children. Slow Learners or Educationally Back-


ward Children. Juvenile Delinquents. Gifted Children.Creative Children. Glossary. Author/Name Index. SubjectIndex.


SMITH, et al.Teaching Students with Special Needs inInclusive Settings, 6th ed.TOM E.C. SMITH is currently Dean of the College ofEducation and Health Professions, and UniversityProfessor of Special Education, at the University ofArkansas.EDWARD A. POLLOWAY is the Rosel H. Schewel Professorof Education and Human Development at LynchburgCollege in Virginia.JAMES R. PATTON is an Educational Consultant andAdjunct Associate Professor at the University of Texas atAustin.CAROL A. DOWDY is Professor of Special Education at theUniversity of Alabama at Birmingham.

This text reflects the major changes in how students withspecial needs are provided education opportunities intoday’s elementary as well as secondary schools. Itinterprets research into practical ideas for teachers andother educational personnel. Thereby, helping readersmake the necessary, practical and satisfying connectionsinvolved in successful inclusive teaching.

The new edition includes

• Characteristics and Implications: These chapterelements clarify the characteristics of each disabilitycategory and pinpoint instructional implicationsteachers need to be aware of.

• Cross-Chapter references: These margin notes help thereaders make the content connections across chapters.

• Visits and revisits to one particular student in everychapter to re-examine his or her needs, therebyreinforcing the concepts discussed in the chapter.

Contents: Preface. Inclusive Education: An Introduction.Professional Collaboration and Home–SchoolCollaboration. Identifying and Programming for StudentNeeds. Managing and Differentiating Class-rooms.Teaching Students with Learning Disabilities. TeachingStudents with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders.Teaching Students with Intellectual Disabilities. TeachingStudents with Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder.Teaching Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders.Teaching Students with Sensory Impairments. TeachingStudents with Low-Incidence Disabilities. TeachingStudents with Speech and Language Disorders. TeachingStudents with Special Gifts and Talents. TeachingStudents Who Are at Risk. Teaching Students with SpecialNeeds in Elementary Schools. Teaching Students withSpecial Needs in Secondary Schools. Appendices—A: Sample IEP for an Elementary Student. B: Sample IEP

for a Middle School Student. C: Sample IEP for aSecondary School Student. Index.


WERTS, et al.Fundamentals of Special Education:What Every Teacher Needs to Know,3rd ed.MARGARET G. WERTS, Appalachian State University.RICHARD A. CULATTA, Appalachian State University.JAMES R. THOMPKINS, Appalachian State University.This book gathers into one source the critical informationneeded to understand students with disabilities.Concise yet complete, it is an essential resource foreducators as it provides the basic parameters of eachdisability area and defines the issues that impact currentinterventions and practices, helping teachers to under-stand historical and legal issues that have influencedcurrent practices and interventions. Each categoricalchapter has an “Issue of Importance” section to highlightsome of the concerns of students, families, teachers, andother professionals who deal with students with specialneeds on a daily basis. In addition, this edition includes:• What Would You Do?—a feature in every chapter

asking the reader to take the position of a teacher ofother concerned individual and reflectively considera complex situation.

• What Every Teacher Should Know About Technology—afeature on current technology in today’s schools.

• A new chapter on Autism Spectrum Disorders.• Updated, contemporary literature, recent research, and

expert commentary addressing current trends andissues in the field, leading to the establishment of bestpractices.

• Additional information on working with diversestudents with special needs as well as partnering withother teachers, families, and service professionals.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Introduction toSpecial Education. Students with CommunicationDisorders. Students with Mental Retardation orDevelopmental Disabilities. Students with LearningDisabilities. Students with Attention Deficit/HyperactivityDisorder. Students with Emotional and BehavioralDisorder. Students with Physical and Health Impairments.Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Students withHearing Impairments. Students with Visual Impairments.Students with Severe or Multiple Disabilities. StudentsWho Are Gifted and Talented. Appendices. Index.



Teaching of Biology

AHMADTeaching of Biological Sciences(Intended for Teaching of Life Sciences,Physics, Chemistry and GeneralScience), 2nd ed.JASIM AHMAD, Sr. Assistant Professor at Jamia MilliaIslamia, New Delhi.

Students of today, especially at the school level, perceivescience as a collection of facts to be memorized,whereas, in reality, it is constantly changing as newinformation accumulates and new techniques developevery day. The objective of teaching is not restricted toimparting scientific information to students, but also tohelp them apply these principles in their daily lives. Thiscomprehensive book, written in an easy-to-understandlanguage, covers the entire syllabus of teaching ofBiological Sciences in particular and Science Teaching ingeneral. In so doing, it takes into account the needs ofteacher-trainees and in-service teachers.

Organized into 20 chapters, the book discusses in detailthe many facets and aspects of Biology/Science Teaching.The text introduces modern approaches to teaching, withthe aim of improving student learning throughout theircourse. It emphasizes the need for pedagogical analysisvis-à-vis subject teaching, constructive approach,laboratory work, Continuous and ComprehensiveEvaluation (CCE). In addition, the text highlights thedifference between microteaching and simulatedteaching. It also shows how e-learning and co-curricularactivities can be successfully integrated in biologicalsciences teaching.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONInclusion of one chapter on ‘Concept Mapping in BiologyTeaching’. This chapter advocates the popularizedconstructivist approach of teaching-learning process.Besides, some figures, tables and flow charts are alsoadded to make the book more useful to the readers.

KEY FEATURES• Analyses Constructivism versus Behaviourism.• Includes self-explanatory model lesson plan.• Discusses Information and Communication Technology

(ICT) in the context of Biology/Science teaching-learning.

• Suggests how apparatus and devices can be securedand cultured, and used in classroom demonstrationsand student projects.

Primarily intended as a text for students of B.Ed. pursuingcourse on Teaching of Biological Sciences/Life Sciences,the book should prove equally useful for B.Ed. studentsfollowing courses on Teaching of Physical Sciences. Inaddition, diploma students of Elementary TeacherEducation (ETE) having a paper on Teaching of EVS

(General Science), and M.Ed. and M.A. (Education)students with an optional/elective paper on ScienceEducation would find the book extremely useful.

Contents: Preface. New to This Edition. Acknowledge-ments. Basic Concepts. Nature and Scope of BiologicalSciences. Objective-based Teaching. Curriculum inBiological Sciences. Constructivism versus Behaviourism.Pedagogical Analysis. Methods of Teaching BiologicalSciences. Unit Planning and Lesson Planning. TeachingSkills. Microteaching and Simulated Teaching.Instructional Aids or Teaching Aids. General Science andBiological Sciences Laboratory. Biology through Co-curricular Activities. Information and CommunicationTechnology in Biology Teaching. E-Learning in Biology.Evaluation in Biological Sciences. ProfessionalCompetencies of Life Science Teachers. Preparation ofSlides and Collection and Preservation of Specimens.Vivarium, Aquarium, Terrarium and Herbarium. ConceptMapping in Biology Teaching. References. Index.


Teaching of Science

DAVARTeaching of ScienceMONIKA DAVAR, Assistant Professor at MaharajaSurajmal Institute, Delhi.

A frequent use of scientific and technical methodologieshas revolutionized various fields of education, andscience education is not an exception. This bookelaborates on various important aspects of scienceeducation, and comprehensively deals with its objectivesand applications in the classroom programmes.

The purpose of this book is to help the trainee teacherslearn the nitty-gritty of science teaching, and instill inthem the teaching skills and inquiry-based teachingmethodologies, so that they can apply these skillspractically. Divided into six units comprising 23 chapters,the book discusses step-by-step methodologies ofteaching science and the ways and means of preparingthe lesson plans. The chapter on Teaching aids providesuseful tips on using teaching aids to make the teaching-learning process more interactive.

The book is intended for the undergraduate students ofEducation and can also be used as a reference book forthe Science teachers.

KEY FEATURES

• Defines the objectives of science teaching as perthe National Curriculum Framework (NCF) 2005, andsimultaneously provides an exposure to other latestpolicy perspectives.

• Provides up-to-date information on new evaluationsystem of CCE and grading for Class X introduced bythe CBSE board in the year 2010.


• Guides the trainee-teachers in constructing practicalTest Paper, Viva Questions and Multiple ChoiceQuestions as per the latest CBSE guidelines.

Contents: Preface. Unit 1: Concept and Objectives ofScience—Science: The Basics. Objectives. Unit 2:Pedagogical Analysis—Science: The Basics. Unit 3:Planning for Transaction of Curricular and Co-curricularActivities—Unit Planning. Lesson Planning. TeachingAids. Development of Demonstration Experiments.Co-curricular Activities. Unit 4: Methods of ScienceTeaching—Teaching-Learning Approaches. LectureMethod. Lecture-demonstration Method. InquiryApproach. Project Method. Cooperative Learning.Constructivism. Heuristic Method. Problem-SolvingMethod. Laboratory Method. Computer Based Teaching.Unit 5: Teaching Skills and Improvisation of Apparatus—Teaching Skills. Improvisation of Apparatus. Unit 6:Evaluation—Concept of Evaluation. Tools and Techniquesof Evaluation. References. Index.


KALRAScience Education for Teacher Traineesand In-service Teachers: Learning toLearn Modern ScienceR.M. KALRA, formerly Adjunct Professor in the Faculty ofHealth Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BritishColumbia, Canada.

KEY FEATURES• Focuses on innovative methods for science teaching.• Discusses science education in the context of globali-

zation.• Includes interesting, thought-provoking questions

at the end of each chapter to encourage groupdiscussions.

This book is intended for the students undergoingelementary teacher training courses, nursery teachertraining courses, and courses in B.Ed., B.A. (Education)and M.A. (Education). It will also be immensely helpful toin-service science teachers for the effective teaching ofscience.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Science and TechnologyEducation in the 21st Century. Recent Advances inScience Technology and the Motivation ProcessEncouraging Creativity. Objective Based ScienceEducation. Development of National Science Standards atthe School Stage in India. Developing an Inventory forDetermining the Attitude of Students Towards Science.Teaching of Science and Inculcation of Values. Methodsof Science Teaching. Professional Growth andCompetencies of Science Teachers. InterdisciplinaryApproach in Science Teaching. Curriculum Developmentin Science Education. Science Education and ActionResearch. Development of Scientific Temper. ScienceBlock in a High School. Evaluation and Examination in

Science Education. Assessment of Elementary andNursery Level Students. School Science: PsychologicalBasis of Learning. Co-Curricular Activities in ScienceEducation. School Science Education in the Context ofHigher Education. Suggested Reading. Index.


KALRA & GUPTATeaching of Science: A Modern ApproachR.M. KALRA, formerly Adjunct Professor in the Faculty ofHealth Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, BritishColumbia, Canada.VANDANA GUPTA, Assistant Professor at MaharshiValmiki College of Education (University of Delhi).

This well-organized book emphasizes the various aspectsof science education, viz. the use of computers in scienceeducation, software programs, the Internet, e-Learning,multimedia, concept mapping, and action research. Itintroduces students to the latest trends in the methodsof teaching. The book also strives to foster scienceeducation through non-formal approaches, such asdistance education with special reference to common-wealth of learning model, or academic games.

What distinguishes this text is its emphasis on making theteachers understand that learning students’ psychology isthe prerequisite for the success of any educationprogramme. Keeping this view in mind, the text explainsthe well-known theories of learning of Piaget, Ausubel,Bruner and Gagne—which are closely related to scienceteaching.

Primarily intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents (degree and diploma) of Education (B.Ed. andD.Ed.), this could serve as a source book for in-serviceteachers and science educators. In addition, curriculumdevelopers and policy makers working in the field ofscience education having an abiding faith in mouldingyoungsters to face the challenges of 21st century shouldfind this book useful and stimulating.

KEY FEATURES• Lays emphasis on inculcating values or the

development of scientific temper in students.• Cites a number of examples related to teaching

methods from both urban and rural areas to illustratethe concepts discussed in the text.

Contents: Preface. Teaching of Science at the SchoolLevel in the 21st Century. Science and TechnologyEducation in Modern India. Aims and Objectives ofTeaching Science. Curriculum Development in ScienceEducation. Teaching Aids in Science: Audio and VisualAids. Using Computers in Science Education. ConceptMapping: A Tool for Effective Science Teaching. ModernMethods of Science and Technology Teaching. Planningfor Classroom Instruction: Lesson Planning and UnitPlanning. Science Laboratory. Non-Formal Approaches inScience and Technology Teaching. Distance Learning with


Special Reference to Commonwealth of Learning Mode.Evaluation and Examination in Science Education. ActionResearch in Science Education. Microteaching. Theories ofLearning Relevant to Science Education. Science Fair andAcademic Games in Science Teaching. Teaching of Scienceand Values. Inculcation and Implementation of HumanValues in Science Education at the School Level.Development of Science Temper. Suggested Reading/References. Index.


RADHA MOHANInnovative Science Teaching: ForPhysical Science Teachers, 3rd ed.RADHA MOHAN, Principal, Rajalakshmi College ofEducation, Thandalam, Chennai.

Science teaching has recently evolved as a blend ofconventional methods and modern aids owing tothe changing needs and techniques of education. Thisupdated Third Edition aims to strike this balancebetween modern teaching methods and time-testedtheories.

All the existing chapters are suitably updated and newchapters on theories of learning, teaching models, andstatistics are included in the text. Checklists are providedto help teachers handpick appropriate material from thevast available resources. The introductory chapter onstatistics should help them interpret and analyze the testscores of their students.

THIS NEW EDITION FEATURES• Four new chapters—Statistics for Science Teacher,

Theories of Learning, Models of Teaching, andConstructivism in Science Education.

• Updated e-learning materials and website addressesrelevant to science teaching and teachers.

• Completely revised chapters and elaborate coverage ofall aspects of modern teaching.

This edition of Innovative Science Teaching is designedfor the undergraduate and postgraduate students ofeducation specializing in science teaching. It can also beused as reference by physical science teachers andteacher-trainees.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:Background for Teaching of Physical Science—Nature andScope of Physical Science. Theories of Learning withSpecial Reference to Science Education. Aims andObjectives of Teaching Physical Science. Curriculum inPhysical Science. Models of Teaching. Constructivismin Science Education. Part II: Techniques and Methods ofTeaching Physical Science—Microteaching. Methodsof Teaching Physical Science. Part III: Planning forInstruction—Unit Planning. Lesson Planning. The ScienceLaboratory. Educational Aids to Science Teaching.Weaving e-Learning into the Science Classroom. Part IV:Evaluation in Science Teaching—Tools and Techniques of

Evaluation in Physical Science. Statistics for the ScienceTeacher. The Science Teacher. References. Index.


Teaching of Social Studies

MANGAL & MANGALTeaching of Social StudiesS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, and Professor andHead, Department of Post Graduate Studies at C.R.College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana.UMA MANGAL, formerly Principal, Vaish College ofEducation, Rohtak, Haryana.

Written in a simple and engaging style, this text is ideallysuited to the needs of B.Ed. and M.A. (Education)students. Besides, it can also be profitably used for thein-service teacher education programmes organized bythe Central and State Education Boards.

This comprehensive book provides what is needed by thesocial studies teacher for the teaching of the subject. Itimparts the desired knowledge and skills related to theformulation of instructional objectives, methodology ofteaching, use of instructional material, organization of thesocial studies room, and utilization of the resources ofthe community and co-curricular activities. It also equipsthe teacher with the knowledge and application of theinnovations in the field of social studies teaching suchas team teaching, microteaching, and individualizedinstruction through programmed learning. Moreover, thetext elaborately deals with the pedagogical analysis of thecontent material, unit planning and lesson planning,evaluation devices, diagnostic testing, and remedialteaching.

KEY FEATURES• Discusses various topics with the help of a number of

figures and tables to facilitate better understanding ofthe subject matter.

• Gives Summary at the end of each chapter to helpreaders review key concepts.

• Provides chapter-end Study Questions to reinforcestudents’ understanding of the concepts.

Contents: Preface. Social Studies—Its Meaning, Nature,Scope and Importance. Values or Advantages of SocialStudies Teaching. Aims and Objectives of Teaching SocialStudies. Formulation of Instructional Objectives in SocialStudies. Social Studies Curriculum. Relationship of SocialStudies with other Subjects. Methods of Social StudiesTeaching. Social Studies Teacher. Social Studies Textbook.Social Studies Room or Laboratory. Instructional Materialor Teaching Aids in Social Studies. Utilization ofCommunity Resources in Social Studies Teaching.Organization of Co-curicular Activities in Social Studies.Individualized Self-Instruction Through ProgrammedLearning. Development of Teaching Skills Through Micro-teaching. Team Teaching in Social Studies. Pedagogical


Analysis of the Contents in Social Studies. Unit Planningand Daily Lesson Planning in Social Studies. Evaluation inSocial Studies. Diagnostic Testing and Remedial Teachingin Social Studies. Index.


ENGLISH LITERATURE

ABRAHAMWomen’s Writings in the Nineteenth andTwentieth Centuries—Short StoriesTAISHA ABRAHAM, Associate Professor, Department ofEnglish, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi.

Intended as a text for undergraduate students of Englishfor their course on Women’s Writings in the Nineteenthand Twentieth centuries, this compact and well-organizedbook provides both the history of the development of theshort story in America and Britain and a comprehensiveintroduction to the modes on critical practices based onfeminst thinking. It takes into account the strategies usedby the women writers of the period in the backdrop ofthe gender issues that agitated their minds.

The text is divided into three parts—Part I: Introduction—containing two chapters that deal with the developmentof the American short story and the resurgence of radicalfeminism in America. These provide the historical and thefeminist frame within which the short stories by theAnglo American Women’s Writers should be read. Part IIgives four short stories: Kate Chopin—The Story of AnHour; Charlotte Perkins Gilman—The Yellow Wallpaper;Willa Cather—Coming, Aphrodite!; and KatherineMansfield—Bliss. Each short story is preceded by a criticalintroduction, detailed references for further reading, anda biographical time line. Part III comprises three criticalessays which provide sharp insights into the period inwhich the four women writers were writing.

This book will be treasured not only by students but alsoby those who wish to study critically the feminist writingsof the period. In addition, it will enrich readers’understanding of American and British literary history andculture.

SALIENT FEATURES

• The critical introduction to each short story traces thedevelopment of the form from its origins, bothhistorically and in terms of female literarycontributions to its development.

• The chapter on Radical Feminism is mapped in thecontext of social, political and cultural development.

• The book provides historical, literary and biographicalcontexts of the writers and their short stories.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:Introduction—The Development of the American ShortStory. The Resurgence of Radical Feminism in America:

Mapping the Field. Part II: Short Stories—Kate Chopin(1850–1904). Charlotte Perkins Gilman (1860–1935). WillaCather (1873–1947). Katherine Mansfield (1888–1923).Kate Chopin’s Canonical and Market Place: Authorship,Authorization and Authority—BONNIE JAMES SHAKER.Bibliography. Women Readers and Reading in VictorianBritain and America—CATHERINE J. GOLDEN. Gay LiteraryTraditions—JOHN P. ANDERS.


CHAKRABORTY (Ed.)Indian Drama in EnglishKAUSTAV CHAKRABORTY (Ed.), Assistant Professor,Department of English, Southfield (formerly Loreto)College, Darjeeling, West Bengal.

This edited volume on Indian Drama in English, includingIndian plays in English translation, with contributionsfrom experts specializing on the different playwrights,covers the works of major dramatists who have given adistinctive shape to this enormous mass of creativematerial.

This comprehensive and well-researched text exploresthe major Indian playwrights in English. It encompassessuch works as Rabindranath Tagore’s Red Oleanders;Vijay Tendulkar’s Silence! The Court is in Session,Kanayadan, The Vultures, and Kamala; Girish Karnad’sHayavadana, Tughlaq, Naga Mandala, and The Fire andthe Rain; Mahasweta Devi’s The Mother of 1084; MaheshDattani’s Final Solutions, Tara, Dance Like a Man, andBravely Fought the Queen; Habib Tanvir’s CharandasChor; Indira Parthasarathy’s Auranzeb; and Badal Sircar’sEvam Indrajit. The book focuses on different aspects oftheir plays and shows how the Indian Drama in English,while maintaining its relation with the tradition, hasmade bold innovations and fruitful experiments in termsof both thematic and technical excellence.

The book is intended for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of English literature. Besides, it willalso be valuable for those who wish to delve deeper intothe plays covered and analyzed in the text.

Contents: Preface. Contributors. Introduction:Representative Playwrights of Indian English Drama—KAUSTAV CHAKRABORTY. Tagore’s Red Oleanders: A ThematicStudy—ANANDA LAL. Translation of Symbols andOther Tropes and Schemes in Red Oleanders—BASUDEB

CHAKRABORTI. The Outsider’s Vision: Samant in Silence! TheCourt is in Session—AMRIT SEN. De-Silencing the Silence:Legal Institutionalization of a Woman’s Victimization—SHYISTA AAMIR KHAN. “Wound that’s born to bleed”:Critiquing Women’s Position in Indian Society throughVijay Tendulkar’s Silence! The Court is in Session—TANDRIMA GUHA. Vijay Tendulkar’s Kanyadaan: NegotiatingSocial ‘Truth(s)’—JOYDEEP BHATTACHARYYA. Vijay Tendulkar’sThe Vultures (Gidhade): A Study in Violence—ROSY

CHAMLING. Vijay Tendulkar’s The Vultures: An Interfacebetween Feminist Critique and Existential Angst—SHUBHO


RAY. Panopticons of Power: The Infusion of Family,Gender and Social Opportunism in Vijay Tendulkar’sKamala—RATUL NANDI. Girish Karnad’s HayavadanaRevisited—FR. K.L. GEORGE. Hayavadana: A Theatre-goer’sResponse—DATTATREYA DATTA. Casteism and Karnad’sHayavadana—KAUSTAV CHAKRABORTY. Reluctant to BeFramed: Reading Tughlaq as a Medley of Voices andConflicting Personas in Girish Karnad’s Tughlaq—RAJA

BASU. “And Why Should I Deserve That Madness?” TheStrange Case of Karnadian Tughlaq—ABHISHEK JHA. A Tale ofSubversion with a Conundrum of Mask: A Reading intoGirish Karnad’s Nagamandala—ZINIA MITRA. Desires fromthe World beyond and the Women in Nagamandal—PARAMITA GHOSH. Conflict between Natural Law and MoralRectitude: Girish Karnad’s The Fire and the Rain—ANTARA

SAHA. ‘Fire’ and ‘Rain’ in The Fire and the Rain—PAYEL

SINHA. Terror of Immortality in Girish Karnad’s The Fireand the Rain—SHREYASHI CHETTRI. The Mother of 1084:Political Drama Redefined—GAUTAM SENGUPTA. The Personalis Political: Re-reading Mahasweta Devi’s Mother of1084—JAYDIP SARKAR. Mahesh Dattani’s Final Solutions:A Reconsider-ation—KETAKI DATTA. History throughModernity: An Analysis of Final Solutions—SAMIPENDRA

BANERJEE. Multiple Appropriations: Writing the ContestedBody in Dattani’s Tara—PATHIK ROY. Form and Content inMahesh Dattani’s Dance Like a Man—INDRANEE GHOSH.Dance Like a Man: Revisiting the Title—NILANJANA SEN. TheIronic Gaze: A Reading of Dattani’s Bravely Fought theQueen—ANINDYA SEN. Charandas Chor: Re-imagining the‘Fold’—ANSHUMAN SINGH. Rereading Indira Parthasarathy’sAurangzeb as Religio-Political Diatribe Beneath aHistorical Façade—NITAI CHANDRA SAHA. Asif Currimbhoy:India’s First Authentic Voice? INDRANI CHAKRABORTY. Songsand Poems in Evam Indrajit: Towards a NewHermeneutics of Entrapment and Alienation—RAJADIPTA

ROY. Listening to ‘the still, sad music of humanity’: Anappraisal of Badal Sircar’s Evam Indrajit—ARCHANA BISWAS.Index.


CHOUDHURYEnglish Social and Cultural History:An Introductory Guide and GlossaryBIBHASH CHOUDHURY, Department of English, GauhatiUniversity, Guwahati, Assam.

This well-organized and accessible text provides a glimpseinto the English life and culture, starting from the MiddleAges to the Twentieth Century. As the English life andculture are inextricably interwoven with English literatureand its myriad aspects, this study becomes so significantand useful for the students of English literature.

The text begins with a description of English life andculture from the Medieval period to the Renaissance. Theauthor gives a masterly analysis of such subjectsas Feudalism, Medieval Drama and literature, theRenaissance, the Reformation and most significantly, the

Elizabethan Theatre. Then the text goes on to describe indetail about the Restoration Period and the Age ofReason. Besides, the book gives a wealth of informationon important topics like Romanticism, the IndustrialRevolution, Victorianism and Victorian literature. The textconcludes with a chapter that deals on Modernism,Literature and Culture in the Postmodern World, andAspects of Contemporary Culture and Society.

What distinguishes the text is the provision of a Glossaryat the end of each chapter, which gives not only themeaning and definition of the terms but also provides theentire cultural background and the history that theseterms are associated with.

Students of English literature—both undergraduatehonours and postgraduate students—will findthis book highly informative, enlightening, and refreshingin its style. In addition, all those who have an abidinginterest in English life and culture will find reading thistext a stimulating and rewarding experience.

Contents: Preface. From the Medieval to theRenaissance. In Transition: From the Restoration tothe Age of Reason. English Society and Culture in theNineteenth Century. From the Modern to the Post-modern: The Twentieth Century and Beyond.Bibliography.


CHOUDHURY (Ed.)Amitav Ghosh: Critical EssaysBIBHASH CHOUDHURY (Ed.), Reader, Department ofEnglish, Gauhati University, Guwahati (Assam).

Indian Writing in English has proliferated over the lastfew decades and has made a huge impact on Englishreaders. Not only do the works of Indian authors writingin English find a place on the best-seller list, they are alsoreceiving critical acclaim across the world. Starting fromRabindranath Tagore, Sarojni Naidu, R.K. Narayan, RajaRao, Mulk Raj Anand, to V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie,Vikram Seth and Amitav Ghosh, we have an array ofwriters adorning the literary horizon. All these writershave considerable following in the English speakingcountries, and Amitav Ghosh certainly occupies animportant place among them and is much acclaimed forhis literary style and content.

One of the most prolific postcolonial writers writingtoday, Amitav Ghosh has received many awards: TheCircle of Reason, winning the Prix Medici Etranger (one ofFrance’s top literary award), The Shadow Lines, winningthe Sahitya Akademi Award, and The CalcuttaChromosome, bagging the Arthur C. Clarke Award for1997. His latest novel, Sea of Poppies too has been highlyappreciated.

This book, which is an anthology of critical essays, dealswith fictional as well as non-fictional works of AmitavGhosh. It focuses on Ghosh’s idea and theory of the


novel, postcolonial rationality in The Circle of Reason,nationalism in the context of Partition in The ShadowLines, and East-West encounter in The CalcuttaChromosome. Besides, it also discusses power structureoperating within the narrative of The Glass Palace, andthe question of space, identity and cultural difference inThe Hungry Tide. Though different from each other, someof the essays take up common themes for discussion andoffer new insights into Ghosh’s works. The essays arethoughtful, incisive and refreshing.

This book is meant for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of English literature. Besides, all thosereaders who wish to delve deeper into the works ofAmitav Ghosh will find reading the text extremelyinformative, stimulating and useful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Amitav Ghosh:Modernity and the Theory of the Novel—BIBHASH

CHOUDHURY. Police and Postcolonial Rationality in AmitavGhosh’s The Circle of Reason—YUMNA SIDDIQI. NationalAllegory and Partition in The Shadow Lines—THOMAS

HALLORAN. Postcolonial Melancholy: An Examination ofSadness in Amitav Ghosh’s The Shadow Lines—IAN

ALMOND. The Calcutta Chromosome: Rereading WesternCultural Hegemony—ISABELLA BRUSCHI. History as Fiction,Fiction as History: Amitav Ghosh’s In an Antique Land—CLAIRE CHAMBERS. The Suave Steps of Memory and Rebirth:Dancing in Cambodia, Stories in Stones, At Large inBurma—ANDREA DURANTI. Mapping of Power Discourse inThe Glass Palace—N.K. RAJLAKSHMI. You and Your Stories’:Narrating the Histories of the Dispossessed in AmitavGhosh’s The Hungry Tide—HWYEL DIX. Rethinking‘Diaspora’: A Postcolonial Reading of The Hungry Tideand A Fine Balance—DEBASHREE DATTARAY. The Cult of theBomb: Amitav Ghosh’s Countdown—SANDIP AIN. Fraughtwith a Background: Identity and Cultural legacy in Sea ofPoppies—BIBHASH CHOUDHURY. Notes on Contributors. Index.


CHOUDHURY (Ed.)Charles Dickens—Great ExpectationsBIBHASH CHOUDHURY (Ed.), Reader, Department ofEnglish, Gauhati University, Guwahati (Assam).

Among all the genres of literature, the novel has alwaysheld a fascination for the readers over the centuries.Rightly so, because it tells a story in a gripping anddramatic style, which often reminds them of their lives,sometimes transporting them into an imaginary world ofentertainment and escape, and enabling them to forgettheir worries and concerns.

The 19th century England was prodigious for theproduction of novels with such luminaries as WilliamMakepeace Thackeray, Charles Dickens, the famousBronte sisters—Charlotte Bronte, Anne Bronte and EmilyBronte—George Eliot and Thomas Hardy adorning thehorizon. Among these, Dickens certainly holds a pride of

place: his prodigious writings, predominantly novels, andhis inimitable style bear testimony to this.

The child figure is ubiquitous in all his novels—fromOliver Twist, Dombey and Son to Hard Times and GreatExpectations. The child is sometimes the victim andsometimes the reminder of the innocence lost in amaterialistic world. Great Expectations is a fascinatingnovel told with remarkable drama, humour and irony. Itis a gripping story, the story of Pip, the orphan boyadopted by Mr. Joe Gragery, a blacksmith. Pip has bothgood luck and great expectations; but then he loses both.Through his rise and fall, Pip learns how to find happinessand, in the process, falls in love. Pip is neither a hero noran antihero. He is just an ordinary human being whoexperiences myriad emotions—fright, love, grief, miseryand happiness. As in his other novels, Dickens drawsmemorable and haunting characters in this novel, too,and also exposes the rampant corruption prevalentduring the period.

Besides a comprehensive Preface by the Editor, the bookgives the actual text, followed by specially written criticalessays on the novel by experts in the field, each offeringinsights on different aspects of narrative, themes andculture. Undergraduate and postgraduate students ofEnglish Literature as well as researchers in the fieldshould find this book extremely useful and immenselyreadable.

Contents: Introduction—BIBHASH CHOUDHURY. Text: GreatExpectation by Charles Dickens. Critical Essays onGreat Expectations. History in the Letter of the Text:Reading Great Expectations—HIMANSU S. MOHAPATRA. TheRepresentation of ‘Childhood’ in Great Expectations—DIPTI

R. PATTANAIK. Great Expectations as an Anti-Comic Novel—PRADIPTA BORGOHAIN. The Dialectic of Inner and Outer Space:A Reading of ‘Home’ in Great Expectations—SANGHAMITRA

DE. Anticipation and Realization: A Reading of GreatExpectations—PRONAB JYOTI NEOG.


GOSWAMIMulk Raj Anand—Early NovelsKETAKI GOSWAMI, Reader in English, East Calcutta Girls’College, Kolkata.

Today, Indian writing in English or Indo-Anglian writinghas certainly come of age, with the novel having a prideof place and names such as Salman Rushdie, V.S. Naipaul,Vikram Seth, Kiran Desai, Amitav Ghosh, Arundhati Roy,and Arvind Adiga prominently figuring in the list. But thecredit for placing Indo-Anglian writing on a high pedestalshould go to earlier writers like Rabindra Tagore, MulkRaj Anand, R.K. Narayan and Raja Rao. Among these,Mulk Raj Anand has a unique place because of the idealsand ideas he espoused through his novels.

This concise book deals with Anand’s three early novels—Coolie, Untouchable, and Two Leaves and a Bud—and afew short stories, which were conceived, written and


published during the colonial period—the Raj. It alsoincludes critical essays on such themes as Life and Art,Themes and Applications, Anand and His Use of Languageand a study on the Women in Anand’s Short Stories.

Dr. Ketaki Goswami, with her erudition and scholarshipand research findings on Mulk Raj Anand’s works, bringsout the quintessential Anand—the messiah of thedowntrodden, the unwanted and the unloved. For, Anandintricately weaves through his novels, the theme ofexploitation and the apathy, the indifference and thecondescending attitude of the affluent towards themarginalized sections of the society whose pangs andpains wrenched his heart. Anand’s life-long quest was toshow love and compassion to the poor as also toalleviate their pains and give a magic touch to thedowntrodden to make their lives bearable. In all thethree novels and the short stories discussed in the book,the author shows that the novelist believed that theSummum bonum of a human being is living a life withdignity which has been denied to the lower castes andthe outcasts—the lower dregs of humanity— because ofthe repulsive attitude of the rich. Being a humanist of thehighest order, Anand concerns himself with the wholeman, his development, sense of dignity and decency inliving.

This book should be extremely useful and invaluable tothe students of English Literature who opt for the paperon Indian Writing in English. The academic communityalso will find reading the book highly interesting,stimulating and ennobling.

Contents: Preface. Life and Art. Themes and Applications.Coolie: A Socio-realistic Novel. Untouchable: A Journeyfrom Despair to Hope. Rage and Humour in Combination.Two Leaves and a Bud: An Assessment. GenderedAssessment. Anand and His Use of Language. Colonialismand Literature. Appendix: ‘A Parrot in the Cage’: A Studyof the Claustrophobic Existence of Women in Anand’sShort Stories. Index.


MITRA (Ed.)Indian Poetry in English: Critical EssaysEdited by ZINIA MITRA, Head, Department of English,Nakshalbari College, Darjeeling.

Indian poetry in English began with the imitation ofEnglish Romantic poets but gradually Indo-Anglian poetsbegan to write on Indian themes based on Indiancontexts and Indian social scenario. Indo-Anglian poetryhas received world recognition and some of the poets areheld in high esteem. This anthology containing 35 essaysis an attempt to represent the gamut of Indian poetry inEnglish, both pre-Independence and post-Independence,from diverse critical perspectives. The thirteen poetscovered in this anthology include Michael MadhusudanDutt, Toru Dutt, Rabindranath Tagore, Sarojini Naidu,Nissim Ezekiel, A.K. Ramanujan, and Kamala Das.

The essays in the book offer innovative perspectives andtouch upon different aspects of Indian poetry in English.The tone of the essays varies from personal toargumentative to objectively discursive.

The book, with diverse and thought-provoking essays, willbe highly useful for undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of English Literature. Besides, those who areinterested to know about Indian Poetry in English willfind the book quite illuminating and interesting.

Contents: Preface. Contributors. Introduction—ZINIA MITRA.Michael Madhusudan Dutt—Extravagant Genius:Madhusudan Dutt and His Oeuvre—DR. PINAKI ROY.Michael Madhusudan Dutt: Macaulay’s Native EnglishMan and the Poet—PROF. PIYUSHBALA. Toru Dutt: May LoveDefend Thee from Oblivion’s Curse Toru Dutt and Her OurCasuarina Tree—SAPTARSHI MALLICK. Toru Dutt: AReappraisal—DR. SMITA AGARWAL. In Search of a Literaryand CulturalSpace: Toru Dutt’s (De) ColonizedSensibility—DEB DULAL HALDER. “The Queenliest Flower”:Toru Dutt and Her Poetry—LALITHASHREE GANESH.Rabindranath Tagore (1861–1941): Our Bond with theWorld: Nature in the Poetry of Rabindranath Tagore—DR.AMRIT SEN. From Eros to Agape: Mélange of Opposites: AStudy of Rabindranath’s Love Lyrics and GitanjaliPoems—ANIRBAN BHATTACHARJEE. Hundred Years of Gitanjali:Casting a Longing, Lingering Look Behind—DR. KETAKI

DATTA. Aurobindo Ghose (1872–1950): Symbolic Myths ofthe Vedic Cycle in Sri Aurobindo’s Savitri—LATHA

MUTYABOYINA. Sri Aurobindo and the Indian CriticalTradition—DR. VIVEK KUMAR DWIVEDI. Sarojini Naidu (1879–1949): “Changing Tides and Wind-Blown Canoples ofCrimson Gulmohurs” Paratactic Indianness andEmpowering Womanhood in Sarojini Naidu’s Poetry—JORGE DIEGO SÁNCHEZ. The Interplay of Text and Context inSarojini Naidu’s Poetry: A Pragmatic Approach—DR. UMESH

S. JAGADALE. Jibanananda Das (1899–1954): Strandedbetween the Extremes: Poetics of the ‘Grey’ Space inJibanananda Das—RAJADIPTA ROY. Conceptualizations inBanalata Sen and other Poems of Jibanananda Das—DR.DIPANITA GARGAVA. Nissim Ezekiel (1924–2004)—NissimEzekiel: Creative Genius—DR. VISHNU K. SHARMA & MAHESH K.SHARMA. From “Alienation” to “Claustrophobia”: A Study ofthe Elements of Modernity in the Poems of NissimEzekiel—AMRITA GHOSH. Composite Cultural Reflections inthe Selected Poems of Nissim Ezekiel—T. SASIKANT REDDY.Nissim Ezekiel—Self-styled Poet, a Mirror that ReflectsIndia and the World—ANWESHA ROY CHAUDHURY. NissimEzekiel—Poet, Lover, Watcher—RITTVIKA SINGH. RajagopalParthasarathy (born 1924)—The Body Sputters:Parthasarathy’s Poetry and the Squalling of Sex—KAUSTAV

CHAKRABORTY. From Exile to Night of the Scorpion: Indiaand/or Home in Parthasarathy and Ezekiel—SAYANTAN PAL

CHOWDHURY. Modes of Negation in Parthasarathy’s RoughPassage—MAHITOSH MANDAL. Jayanta Mahapatra (born1928): Admirable Colloquial Ease in Mahapatra—DR.PRIYANKA SHARMA. Jayanta Mahapatra: The IndigenousEnunciation of Concern—DR. ZINIA MITRA. A.K. Ramanujan(1929–1993): Forming Identity, Transforming Spaces:Exploring Ramanujan’s Poetry—NIZARA HAZARIKA. A.K.Ramanujan’s Poetry: The Indian Root—ABHINANDAN MALAS.


The Quest for Cultural Identity and Negotiation ofMultiple Cultural Heritage in A.K. Ramanujan’s Poetry—SOMASUNDARI LATHA. Arun Kolatkar (1932–2004): A CriticalAppraisal of Arun Kolatkar’s Jejuri—ASHUTOSH DUBEY. Use ofIrony in Arun Kolatkar’s Jejuri—DR. ARVIND M. NAWALE

& MR. R.N. SALUNKE. Arun Kolatkar: An Overview—S. SYANGDEN. Kamala Das—The Soul that Knows How toSing: A Post-Structural Analysis of Kamala Das’ Poetry—SWETHA ANTONY. The Sacred Fundamental: An Exploration ofIndian Womanhood in Selected Works from the Oeuvreof Kamala Das—TEHEZEEB MOITRA. Post-Colonial Ethos in theModern Indian English Poets: Ezekiel, Kamala Das andRamanujan—MEENU GUPTA. Dilip Purushottam Chitre(1938–2009): Illuminating the Interior: A Critique of thePoetry of Dilip Chitre—ASHUTOSH DUBEY. Index.


NIAZI & RAMA GAUTAMHow to Study Literature: Stylistic andPragmatic ApproachesNOZAR NIAZI, Head of the Department of Englishliterature, Lorestan University, Iran.RAMA GAUTAM, Professor and Head of the Departmentof Communication at the International Institute ofInformation Technology, Pune.

This concise and compact text shows how studying ofliterature can be an ennobling and enjoyable experiencethrough a better understanding of the function andsignificance of the language employed in the literaryworks studied. Divided into two parts—Part One:A Stylistic Approach to Literature and Part Two: APragmatic Approach to Literature—, the text analyzesthese two approaches in considerable detail as they havegained importance in recent decades in the study ofliterature.

Dr. Nozar Niazi and Dr. Rama Gautam, with their richexperience in the field, give a stylistic and pragmaticanalysis of some selected works—novels, poems andshort stories. While analyzing the novels, the authorsexamine such aspects as use of symbols and metaphor,structure of words, the plot, setting, characterization,themes and imagery. Similarly, while analyzing thepoems, the authors examine aspects such as imagery,syntax, grammar, semantics, and cohesion. Finally, whileexamining the selected short stories, they consideraspects like the setting, character, plot, themes, andcontext.Part Two of the text dealing with A Pragmatic Approachto Literature explores the role of situational contextin the formulation of meaning. Pragmatics studieslanguage not in isolation but in its socio-cultural context.The text analyzes various theories and principles oflanguage and shows that a pragmatic approach enhancesunderstanding and enjoyment of literary works.

The book would be extremely useful to postgraduatestudents of English literature and linguistics. Besides,

research students and academics would find the bookquite valuable.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. PART I: A Stylistic Approachto Literature—Introduction. Theoretical Framework. AStylistic Analysis of D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers.A Stylistic Analysis of Hemingway’s A Farewell to Arms. AStylistic Analysis of Selected Poems. A Stylistic Analysis ofSelected Short Stories. Conclusions. PART II: A PragmaticApproach to Literature—Introduction. Theoretical Frame-work. The Novel and the Five Major Speech Acts. TheRole of Indirect Speech Acts in the Novel. Other SpeechActs in the Selected Novels. Conclusions. References.Index.


PUTATUNDAR.K. Narayan: Critical EssaysSARBANI PUTATUNDA, Lecturer in English, East CalcuttaGirl’s College Kolkata.

R.K. Narayan is one of the best Indian English novelistswhose works have been under public scanner for long.His contribution to Indian English writing is huge. Thequintessence of his narrative art lies in metamorphosingthe mundane into something extraordinary. This editedvolume presents numerous useful essays written byvarious persons eminent in the field. It includes importantMalgudi novels and short stories. All these works bringout Narayan’s viewpoint regarding the psyche of theeducated section of the Indian populace and present aninteresting case study. Besides, the essays deal with thesubjects of utmost importance to the student.

The text is primarily intended for both undergraduate andpostgraduate level students of English Literature.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Overview—Introduction. Ageneral survey of Indian English writings in English.R.K. Narayan_and_Graham_Greene. Part II: The Art ofNarayan—The Art of R.K. Narayan. Narratology andR.K. Narayan’s Short Stories. Narayan’s art ofCharacterization. Hybridity and Humour: A PostcolonialReading of Malgudi Days. Part III: The Cultural Milieu ofMalgudi—Yesterday Today and Tomorrow in the Fictionof R.K. Narayan. Narayan’s Concept of Malgudi. Fractures,Heterotopologies and the In-between Spaces ofMalgudi(s). The cultural milieu of Malgudi: The maritallife of the Malgudians—The Dark Room and The EnglishTeacher. The Cultural Milieu of Malgudi: The Theme ofRenunciation–The Bachelor of Arts, The Guide andWaiting for Mahatma. Swami and Friends: The Odysseyof an Indian School Child. Part IV: Narayan’s Feminism—Narayan’s Women: A Tale of Marital Bliss? Are Narayan’sWomen Really Emancipated? Caught with the Crossroadsof Tradition and Modernity: A Study of Narayan’s Savitriand Rosie. A Romantic Betrayal: Rosie’s Case–Part V:Myths and Symbols in Narayan—Use of Myth in the


Novels of R.K. Narayan. Symbolic Connotations in R.K.Narayan’s Novels.


HISTORY

FAIRBANK & GOLDMANCHINA: A New History, 2nd enlarged ed.JOHN KING FAIRBANK was Francis Lee HigginsonProfessor of History and Director of the East AsianResearch Center at Harvard University.MERLE GOLDMAN, Professor of History, Emerita, atBoston University and Associate of the John K. FairbankCenter for East Asian Research, Harvard University.

John King Fairbank was the West’s doyen on China, andthis book is the full and final expression of his lifelongengagement with this vast ancient civilization. It remainsa masterwork without parallel. The distinguishedhistorian Merle Goldman has updated the book whichnow covers, reforms in the post-Mao period through theearly years of the twenty-first century, including theleadership of Hu Jintao. An epilogue is also there in thebook discussing the changes in contemporary China thatwill shape the nation in the years to come.

Contents: Preface to the Enlarged Edition. Introduction:Approaches to Understanding China’s History. Part 1: Riseand Decline of the Imperial Autocracy—Origins: TheDiscoveries of Archaeology. The First Unification: ImperialConfucianism. Reunification in the Buddhist Age. China’sGreatest Age: Northern and Southern Song. The Paradoxof Song China and Inner Asia. Government in the MingDynasty. The Qing Success Story. Part 2: Late ImperialChina, 1600–1911—The Paradox of Growth withoutDevelopment. Frontier Unrest and the Opening of China.Rebellion and Restoration. Early Modernization and theDecline of Qing Power. The Republican Revolution, 1901–1916. Part 3: The Republic of China, 1912–1949—TheQuest for a Chinese Civil Society. The NationalistRevolution and the Nanjing Government. The SecondComing of the Chinese Communist Party. China’s War ofResistance, 1937–1945. The Civil War and the Nationalistsof Taiwan. Part 4: The People’s Republic of China—Establishing Control of State and Countryside. The GreatLeap Forward, 1958–1960. The Cultural Revolution, 1966–1976. The Post-Mau Reforms Era. Epilogue: China at theStart of the Twenty-first Century. Suggested Reading.Author Index. General Index.


JOURNALISM/LANGUAGE/LINGUISTICS

Communication Skills

BASUTechnical WritingB.N. BASU, Dean (Research), College of Engineeringand Technology, Lodhipur, Moradabad and Consultant atMicrowave Tube Research and Development Centre,Bangalore.

This book deals with technical writing with an emphasison how to write a thesis for a university degree or aresearch paper for publication in a journal. It teachesstudents, step by step through several examples, how toplan, organize, draft, develop and prepare such adocument for presentation.

The book gives, besides usage in grammar, a precisemethod of preparing a document simply, clearly andconcisely, and organizing it by going into the details of itsfront matter, main text and end matter and itssubdivisions, without missing the finer details like figures,tables, equations, references, etc. It describes how tocompile and locate the original sources and view thespecific topic to be researched in the background ofearlier contributions. It addresses issues related toidentifying such authors and their writings through theirnames and affiliations, and abstracts of the work, etc.Some peripheral issues such as certificate and copyrighthave also been discussed.

The book will be useful to students, engineers andscientists alike, helping them break the ice by removingtheir confusion, bewilderment and hesitation in technicalwriting. It would be a boon to the beginners, as it wouldhelp them understand quickly many of the steps of thetechnique of technical writing instead of learning thehard way from long experience, which the author hasshared in this book with the prospective readers.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.Introduction. Motivation and Requirements. Organization.Basic Elements. Identification of the Author and HisWriting. Chapters and Sections. Text-Support Materials.Numbering of Elements. Peripherals. TechnicalCommunication. Appendix I: A Typical Specimen of aThesis. Appendix II: A Typical Specimen of a ResearchPaper. Bibliography. Index.


DIXSONComplete Course in EnglishROBERT J. DIXSON.

This book, the first in a series consisting of three readersfor students, is designed to help them acquire a goodcommand over written and spoken English. The focus ison the conversational and everyday vocabulary aspects of


English, giving the student ample opportunity for oralpractice while building up his vocabulary alongside. Fromthe teachers viewpoint, the text is flexible and can beadapted to a variety of teaching techniques.

KEY FEATURES• Each of the 19 units has a reading, a conversation and

a vocabulary section and a grammar review. Thereading section represents a particular style of writingeither in the form of a short story or in the form abrief conversation.

• The comprehension questions at the end of eachsection test the students understanding and fluency ofexpression.

• Pronunciation drills are included in every unit.• Grammar reviews are given in each unit along with

practice exercises.

Contents: Reading: Two Thanksgiving Day Gentlemen;Grammar: The Verb to be. Reading: The Great White-washing; Grammar: The Simple Present, Past, and FutureTenses. Reading: The Lady or the Tiger?; Grammar: TheSimple Tenses: Negatives and Questions. Reading: A LoveStory; Grammar: Articles; The going to Future. Reading:The Celebrated Jumping Frog of Calaveras County;Grammar: The Present, Past, and Future ContinuousTenses. Reading: The Gifts of Feodor Himkoff; Grammar:The Perfect Tenses. Reading: The Prince and the Judge;Grammar: The Perfect Continuous Tenses. Reading: Mr.Travers’s First Hunt; Grammar: The Passive Voice.Reading: Trouble in Bohemia; Grammar: Should/ought to/have to; say/tell. Vocabulary and Grammar Review.Reading: Goodbye, Olivia; Grammar: Can/may/used to/supposed to. Reading: The Gold Coin; Grammar:Pronouns. Reading: The Enchanted Islands; Grammar:Some/any; a few/less; much/many/a lot of. Reading: TheWoman on the Bus; Grammar: The Comparative andSuperlative Forms of Adjectives and Adverbs. Reading: APair of Silk Stockings; Grammar: The Sequence of Tenses;The Position of Adverbs. Reading: David Swan; Grammar:Direct and Indirect Speech. Reading: Portrait of aTeacher; Grammar: Short Answers; too/so/either/neither;Tag Endings. Reading: Fact or Fantasy? Grammar:Conditional Statements. Reading: Now He Belongs to theAges; Grammar: Gerunds. Vocabulary and GrammarReview. Appendix. International Phonetic Alphabet.


GANGALPractical Course for Developing WritingSkills in English, AJ.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity andHuman Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi.

Today, more than ever before, there is a realization thatcommunicating properly, especially in writing, is essentialfor all the job aspirants as well as those employees—budding managers and others—eager to build up their

career. Taking this scenario into account, this book equipsthe reader with the ability to learn and enhance thewriting skills in English.

From fundamentals of grammar to precis, paragraph andessay writing, this book dwells on all aspects of thelanguage besides listing the words (both new and old) toenhance one’s word power, and the foreign words usedin the English language.

Divided into eight sections, the book describes eighteffective tools to master the art of writing. The bookbegins with the basics of writing, and it then goes to givea careful analysis of functional grammar, vocabulary,common errors committed and their rectifications.Finally, the book showcases the intricacies of formal andinformal writings and creative writing to make a learnerproficient in these areas. Each section is supported withsimple examples, and easy-to-perform Practice Exercisesalong with their answers.

The book is intended for the undergraduate students(both regular and correspondence courses) of alluniversities, and higher secondary (plus 2) students of allboards. The book will also be beneficial for the studentsappearing for the competitive examinations andinterviews as well as for the general reader who wishesto improve his/her English writing skills.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I: Learningto Write—The Writing Process. Controlled and GuidedComposition. Part II: Functional Grammar—Parts ofSpeech: A Quick Review. Subject–Verb Agreement.Determiners. Revisiting Tenses. Speech. Active andPassive Direct—A Review. Conditionals. Modals. Part III:Common Errors and Their Rectification—Common Errorsand Their Rectification. Part IV: Working with Words—Vocabulary Enrichment. Methods and Strategies ofVocabulary Enrichment. Synonyms and Antonyms.Prefixes and Suffixes. One Word For and Odd Word Out.Frequently Used Foreign Words and Phrases. Hymonym:The Problem Words. Phrasal Verbs and Idioms. Part V:Composition Paragraph Writing—Writing a Paragraph.Writing a Free Composition [Writing an Essay]. Part VI:Mechanics of Writing—Graphics. Spelling. Punctuationand Capitalization. Part VII: Writing with a Purpose—Writing Personal Letters. Writing Official/Business/FormalLetters. Writing Applications and Résumé/CV. Writing forOfficial Meetings. Making a Diary Entry. Note-making andSummarizing. Abstracting and Summarizing. PrécisWriting. Message Writing. Letter to the Editor. Lodging aPolice Complaint. Writing a Book Review. Report Writing.Writing a Memorandum (Memo). Advertisements andNotices. Writing for Examinations. Part VIII: CreativeWriting—Figures of Speech. ABC of Creative Writing.Promoting Creativity and Creative Writing. Writing aResearch Paper/Term Paper/Dissertation/Thesis. Drawingthe Curtains. Index.



GANGALPractical Course in Effective EnglishSpeaking Skills, AJ.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity andHuman Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi, is a well-known ELT expert.

A sequel to the author’s well received book A PracticalCourse in Spoken English, this comprehensive yetcompact book provides a practical course for enhancingone’s English speaking skills. Divided into six parts and 44chapters, the book in Part I—The Knowledge Paradigm:The What and Why of Effective Speaking—discusses,among others, about phonetics and phonology, thephonemes, and stress and intonation. Part II—The SkillParadigm A—Public Speaking Skills—covers such areas asusing the 4Rs for effective speaking, combating stagefear, using audio-visual aids, and non-verbalcommunication. Part III—The Skill Paradigm B—Communicating with People—deals with such topics asmaking effective telephone calls, celebrating teacher’sday, expressing gratitude, participating in groupdiscussions, and participating in TV/radio debate. PartIV—Further Strengthening Your Communication Skills—isdevoted to a study of reinforcing the reader’s vocabularythrough such means as using phrasal verbs, linking words,consulting the Ready Reference Wordbook, andfrequently used foreign words and phrases.

The final two parts—Part V, The Desire to Achieve:Getting Motivated, and Part VI, Effective English SpeakingSkills in Action—provide the meaning and techniques ofself-motivation, evaluating daily progress, besides givingsome memorable speeches delivered by great speakerslike Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, US Presidents Kennedy andLincoln, and the civil rights activist, Martin Luther King.

The book, written in an accessible and student-friendlymanner, is meant for anyone who possesses a fairamount of English speaking skills but wishes to furtherenhance those skills. Undergraduate students of differentdisciplines and even plus two students should find thebook quite useful and interesting. As acquiringcommunication skills is a must in today’s extremelycompetitive world, this book would do wonders to thestudent as well as the lay reader.

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Knowledge Paradigm—TheWhat and Why of Effective Speaking—Why Do You Needto Speak Effectively? Effective Speaking–Meaning andConstituents. Some Myths about Effective EnglishSpeaking. English Phonetics and Phonology—The Soundsof English. The Phonemes. Stress and Intonation. Part II:The Skill Paradigm—A Public Speaking Skills—Using 4Rsfor Effective Speaking. How to Achieve Effective PublicSpeaking Skills. Combating Stage Fear. Using Audio-VisualAids. Handling Questions from Audience. Non-VerbalCommunication—The Body Language. Part III: The SkillParadigm—B Communicating with People—Talking on thePhone. Congratulating People. Farewell Function for thePrincipal. Offering Condolences. Replying to Felicitations

and Thanking. Celebrating Teacher’s Day. CelebratingValentine’s Day. Expressing Gratitude. ExpressingAdmiration and Offering Compliments. ExpressingDisapproval and Displeasure. Seeing People Off.Participating in Group Discussions (GDs). Responding toCriticism and Negative Remarks. Participating inInteractive TV/Radio Debate. Interacting with the Media.Communicating with Your Boss. Negotiating for a LastingGain. Proposing a Vote of Thanks. Part IV: FurtherStrengthening Your Communication Skills—Phrasal VerbsFrequently Used for Effective Speaking. AdditionalExpressions for Acquiring Effective English Speaking Skills.Linking Words. Using One Word for Group of Words.Personal Interview. Words Often Mispronounced. YourReady Reference Wordbook. Frequently Used ForeignWords and Phrases. Part V: The Desire To AchieveGetting Motivated—Meaning and Techniques for Self-Motivation. Evaluating Daily Progress. Drawing theCurtains. Part VI: Effective English Speaking Skills inAction—Some Memorable Speeches from World History.Some Good Anecdotes. Some Thought-Provoking Quotesand Epigrams.


KONARCommunication Skills for Professionals,2nd ed.NIRA KONAR, Assistant Professor of English and Headof the Department of Basic Sciences and Humanities,College of Engineering and Management, Kolaghat(affiliated to WBUT).

In today’s competitive and globalized world, communi-cation has become an essential tool for everyone—bethey students, academics or professionals. For techno-crats and professionals, it becomes all the morenecessary to acquire good communication skills as theyhave to communicate effectively with all their businessand professional colleagues. This book on Communi-cation Skills for Professionals, now in its Second Edition,strives to equip the students of engineering andtechnology with the requisite knowledge of effectivecommunication.

Divided into seven parts, this compact and student-friendly text discusses the various aspects of languagesuch as vocabulary, grammar, verbs, phrasal verbs,voices, tenses, transformation and synthesis of sentences.Besides, the book gives a clear analysis of such skills aswriting, reading, listening and public speaking. Finally, thebook ends with means of effective communication,business communication, situational dialogues, publicspeaking skills, body language, and group discussions(GDs).

The book which is suffused with plenty of examples andskillfully designed questions, is primarily intended as atextbook for the first-year engineering students of WestBengal University of Technology (WBUT) for their core


course on English Language and Communication. It isactivity based and classroom tested and would be highlyuseful also for B.Tech./BE students across the country.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• A new chapter on Business Communication• New sections on Business Talk and Meetings• Gives the characteristics of a good speaker• Has more indepth study of listening and reading skills.

Contents: Preface. PART I: Introduction—Vocabulary.PART II: Grammar—Sentences. Prepositions. Verbs,Phrasal Verbs, Parallel Structure and Verb Forms. Activeand Passive Voice. Direct and Indirect Speech. Tenses.Short Form Responses. Question Tags. Transformationof Sentences. Synthesis of Sentences. RectifyingGrammatical Errors. PART III: Writing Skills—TechnicalWriting. Report Writing. Memos. Precis Writing. EssayWriting. PART IV: Comprehension—Reading Compre-hension. PART V: Listening and Reading Skills—ListeningSkills. Reading Skills. PART VI: Communication, PublicSpeaking, Situational Dialogues, Making EffectiveTelephone Calls and Body Language—Communication.Business Communication. Public Speaking Skills.Situational Dialogues. Making Effective Telephone Calls.Body Language. PART VII: Conclusion—Group Discussion(GD). Bibliography. Index.


KONAREnglish Language Laboratories:A Comprehensive ManualNIRA KONAR, Assistant Professor of English and Head ofthe Department of Basic Sciences and Humanities, Collegeof Engineering and Management, Kolaghat (affiliated toWBUT).

Today, acquiring English language skills has become soessential, especially for those who are looking for newjobs in reputed organizations as well as for the practisingprofessionals. Many engineering students, even thoughthey have adequate knowledge of their subject, areunable to express themselves well in English. Taking thisinto account, engineering colleges/institutes haveintroduced exclusive English Language Laboratories wherestudents are drilled in the practical aspects of the Englishlanguage.

This compact and comprehensive book is a step-by-steppractical guide to students, telling them how to preparetechnical reports and how to acquire the basiccommunication skills—listening, speaking, reading andwriting. The book deals with conversation, situationaldialogues and role plays, and Group Discussions (GDs). Italso gives detailed discussion about Interviews—step-by-step preparation, practical and psychological preparation,the dos and don’ts for interview—besides dealingwith different kinds of interviews: telephonic, video-

conferencing, and others. In addition, the text stressesthe importance of researching the organization, andsalary negotiations. Finally, the book shows the studentshow to make powerpoint presentations (PPTs), thestructure of presentation and using audio visuals.

This activity based, skill-oriented, learner centred book isdesigned according to the WBUT syllabus on TechnicalReport Writing and Language Laboratory Practice for theB.Tech. students. However, it would be equally useful forB.Tech./B.E. students across the country.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES• A practical and student friendly text, the stress being

on the functional aspects of the language and variousactivities for acquiring the language.

• Gives the Methodology of conducting activities such asGDs, Interviews and Presentation.

• Provides model GD topics and the step-by-step processof making PPTs.

• Clearly spells out all the details, right from preparing agood job application, researching the company(including its financial health), to preparing the jobportfolio, to wearing the proper dress, handlingquestions, and negotiating salary.

• Provides an extensive list of probable questions alongwith their answers to prepare students for mockinterviews.

• Also gives well-crafted questions at the end of eachlesson.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction. PartA: Technical Report Writing—Technical Report Writing.Part B: Language Laboratory Practice—Need for andWorking of Language Laboratory. Conversation PracticeSessions. Group Discussions. Job Interviews.Presentations. Competitive Examinations. Bibliography.


PUSHP LATA & KUMARCommunicate or Collapse:A Handbook of Effective PublicSpeaking, Group Discussions andInterviewsPUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group andnucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, BirlaInstitute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani,Rajasthan.SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and SoftSkills Development Training, Triumphant Institute ofManagement Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur.

Effective communication is of immense significance to allorganizations as the professional world thrives onits capacity to be articulate and expressive, innovativeand improvising. The book, based on the vast and


variegated experience of the authors gathered whiletraining thousands of aspiring professionals, discusseshow to hone the career management skills such aswriting good resumés, presenting oneself in jobinterviews, and making a good impression in groupdiscussions.

The text explains in detail all the elements ofcommunication, for example, different types of speeches,group discussions and interviews. The book also dealswith the art of developing a speech in a planned manner,preparing an outline, and writing catchy introductionsand emphatic conclusions. In addition, it shows howto combat nervousness in a scientific manner, and usemicrophones and lecterns.

KEY FEATURES• Gives a number of sample speeches, model interviews,

model group discussions.• Provides cartoons and illustrations throughout the text

that make the book interesting to read.• Gives tips to employ body language, audio-visual aids,

humour, wit, and quotations.• Contains in-depth discussion on communication anxiety

and its management.

Intended primarily for courses in public speaking,communicative English and managerial communication,this practical text should also be of great utility andworth to students who have to appear for civil servicesexamination at the interview and those pursuingprofessional courses in their group discussion part.Finally, it would be of help to all those who wish toengage themselves in debates and public speaking.

Contents: From Authors’ Desk. Photo Credits. Part I:Fundamentals of Effective Public Speaking—PublicSpeaking: An Overview. Combating Nervousness. ListeningEffectively. Using Body and Voice to Communicate.Part II: Preparing, Organizing and Delivering theContents—Preparing and Organizing the Message. Sizingup Your Audience. Preparing an Outline. Using Audio-Visual Aids. Supporting Material for Speeches. Part III:Speaking to a Large Group—Casting Effective Introductionand Conclusion. Speaking on Special Occasions. Speakingto Inform. Persuading without Pushing. Using Humourand Wit. Speeches for Analysis and Discussion. Part IV:Public Speaking for CarEer Advancement—Placing Mindover Matters: Interviews. Shoring up in Group Discussion.Appendices—A: Sounds of English. B: Sample Interviews.C: Sample Group Discussion. Index.


PUSHP LATA & KUMARCommunicate to Conquer:A Handbook of Group Discussions andJob Interviews (DVD Included)PUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group andnucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, BirlaInstitute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani,Rajasthan.SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and SoftSkills Development Training, Triumphant Institute ofManagement Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur.

Every good student’s dream is to get into the bestprofessional course—management, computer, law or anyother—and every graduate’s and postgraduate’s dreamis to get the best job possible—in terms of bothremuneration and reputation of the company. And forthese, good performance in Group Discussions (GDs) andInterviews is so essential. What’s more, even if amanager or a senior professional wants to go up theladder, he/she has to master the art of communication.This compact and concise book shows how the readercan excel in group discussions and interviews—all thesewith an accompanying DVD.

This book gives the tools and techniques for conductingand preparing Group Discussions and Interviews andclearly explains all their components and the entireprocedure. Besides, the book provides tips for effectiveparticipation and performance in GDs and interviews.

The provision of a large number of examples andextensive practice material lends a practical flavour tothe text. The book includes sample HR and technicalinterviews, brain-teasing questions, sample groupdiscussion, and Case Study.

KEY FEATURE

• DVD records mock GDs and interviews (good and bad).

Contents: Preface. Meeting Challenges Head-on. Buildinga Meaningful Career. Sailing Successfully through GroupDiscussions. Learning by Example: An Annotated Text ofSample Group Discussion. Winning the Final Frontier inJob Interviews. Learning by Example: An Annotated Textof Sample Job Interview. Annexure: Sample TechnicalInterviews.


SENGUPTABusiness and Managerial CommunicationSAILESH SENGUPTA, Visiting Professor in a number ofleading business and professional institutes in Delhi andadjoining states.This well organised book with numerous attractivefeatures provides a comprehensive and holistic approachto business and managerial communication. It deals withthe modern practices of both verbal and non-verbal


communication, which has today become a core part ofour personality. The book has a blend of theories andstrategies adopted in speaking, listening and writingwith their practical applications at the managerial,organisational, corporate, individual and group levels.Thus, the book will be of immense use to the studentsof management and related fields of study andprofessionals-managers, advertising, marketing and publicrelations executives, businessmen and HR experts.Besides, the book will prove helpful to the job seekers.

KEY FEATURES• Illustrates theories and principles with day to day

examples.• Ensures understanding of concepts explained by using

practice sessions.• Gives special focus to lateral and soft skills in an

exclusive chapter.• Provides case studies along with discussion questions.• Invites readers' active participation by means of

analytical exercises and project tasks.• Includes skill tests, communication tasks, quizzes and

exercises.Contents: Preface. Fundamentals and Functions ofCommunication. Barriers and Malfunctions inCommunication: Perception and Reality. Building ActiveCommunication Skills: The Process, Context andClassifications. Communication Requirements andCharacteristics of Managerial Communication. Speech andSpeaking ... Towards Endless Perfection. ConversationalSkills: Listening and Persuasive Speaking. EffectiveBusiness Communication: A Bundle of Skills.Communication in Organisations. Business Writing.Business Correspondence, Business Meetings andTechnology. Business Letters. Business and TechnicalReport Writing. Lateral and Soft Skills in Communicationand Managing Self. Research in Business andOrganisational Communication. Group Communicationand Group Problem Solving Process. Management ofInformation. Motivation, Morale and CommunicativeLeadership. Conflict and Negotiation in Organisations.Corporate Communication I. Corporate Communication II.Resume, Cover Letters and Thank You Letters. TheInterview Process. Index.


SHARMA & MISHRACommunication Skills for Engineers andScientistsSANGEETA SHARMA, Group Leader and AssistantProfessor in the Language Group at Birla Institute ofTechnology and Science (BITS), Pilani (Rajasthan).BINOD MISHRA, Assistant Professor in the Departmentof Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute ofTechnology Roorkee.In the era of information technology, organizations seekemployees who have excellent communication skills. The

advantage is for the individuals who, with their excellentcommunicative ability, are able to meet the challenges ofthe professional world through diverse paths such aswriting, speaking, reading, and listening.

This comprehensive and student friendly book dwells onvarious aspects of technical communication that studentsof science and engineering should be familiar with.Divided into two parts, Part A of the text describes indetail the planning, designing and drafting of documentsfor a broad range of situations and applications. The textexplores the types of business letters reflecting currentpractices, and different techniques of drafting them.Since, in the professional settings, executives have towork in teams, the book explains various causes ofcommunication breakdown and ways to overcome them.A separate chapter is devoted to Advertising.Part B elaborates on Group Communication taking intoconsideration the collective and individual requirements.This part also includes individual chapters on EffectivePresentation, Non-Verbal Cues, Speeches, Interviews, andNegotiation Skills so as to orient young professionalstowards new challenges.This compact book is intended primarily as a text forundergraduate students of engineering and science.Besides, students of business management would alsofind the book immensely valuable. In addition, the textwould be a handy reference for practicing professionalswho wish to hone their communication skills forachieving better results and should prove extremelyuseful for those involved in everyday communication.

Contents: Preface. Foreword. PART A—Technical ReportWriting: An Overview. Communication Breakdown.Listening. Business Letters. Types of Business Letters.Techniques of Writing. Report Writing. SampleReports. Advertising. PART B—Effective Presentation.Communicating without Words. Interviews. Speeches.Negotiation Skills. Group Discussions. Most FrequentlyWrongly Spelt Words. Appendix A: List of FrequentlyMisused Words. Appendix B: British vs AmericanVocabulary. Index.


TYAGI & MISRAAdvanced Technical CommunicationKAVITA TYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Departmentof English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut(Uttar Pradesh).PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School ofManagement, BIT, Meerut.Businesses use technical writing extensively tocommunicate both within and outside the organization.And so, it is essential for an individual aspiring to be anexecutive to master the art of communication. Thisaccessible and compact book on Advanced TechnicalCommunication discusses how students can learn andmaster not only the basic skills of communication but


also complex skills such as soft skills and skills requiredfor preparing technical documents.

The book begins with a discussion on the concept oftechnical communication and then it goes on to describethe differences between technical writing and generalwriting, and layout and format of business letters andrésumé. What is more, it elaborates on technicaldocuments such as technical proposals, reports, andspecialized documents like theses, research papers anddissertations, differentiating them adequately. Finally, thetext covers many of the soft skills required today, forexample, presentation skills, interpersonal skills, andgroup discussion (GD) skills.

This student-friendly book, suffused with practicalexamples, is primarily intended as a text for the first yearstudents of Engineering (B.Tech.) of UttarakhandTechnical University for their course on AdvancedTechnical Communication. It will also be of immensebenefit to undergraduate students in other universitiesand engineering colleges/institutes as well as technicalprofessionals.

Contents: Foreword by Vice Chancellor, UttarakhandTechnical University. Preface. Part I: TechnicalCommunication—Introduction to Technical Communi-cation. Process of Technical Writing. Part II: BusinessCommunication—Introduction to Business Communi-cation and Letter Writing. Types of Letter. Notice, Agendaand Minutes. Job Application Letters. Part III: TechnicalDocuments—Report Writing—Types of Report. Elementsof a Formal Report. Style and Formatting in ReportWriting. Special Technical Documents: Thesis, Dissertationand Scientific Article. Special Type of TechnicalDocuments: Proposal Writing. Part IV: Critical Reading—Critical Reading: Animal Farm—George Orwell. Part V:SOFT SKILLS—Non-Verbal Communication: Kinesics andProxemics. Presentation Skills and Paralanguage.Interpersonal Skills. Corporate Communication Skills. TheTechnique of Conducting Group Discussion and JAMSession. Facing Interview and Tips for Interview. Index.


TYAGI & MISRABasic Technical CommunicationKAVITA TYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Departmentof English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut(Uttar Pradesh).PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School ofManagement, BIT, Meerut.

The younger generation today aspires to work formultinational corporations, large organizations, or thecivil services. With the competition becoming stiffer eachpassing day, the ability to communicate effectively,precisely as well as acquiring communication skills hasbecome an important determinant in success. A plethoraof books have flooded the market to capitalize on thisfrantic effort of the younger generation to become

adept in communication and more so in technicalcommunication. This comprehensive book on BasicTechnical Communication strives to focus on thecommunication skills needed by professionals.Divided into five parts and 19 chapters, the text dealswith the four essential ingredients of communication—reading, writing, listening and speaking skills—as well astheir importance, objectives, types, and methods ofimproving these skills. The book also discusses how theseskills can be effectively applied and provides considerablepractice exercises. One of the major aims is to enablestudents to acquire proficiency in English language.This student-friendly book, suffused with practicalexamples, is primarily intended as a textbook for the firstyear students of engineering (B.Tech.) of UttarakhandTechnical University for their course on Basic TechnicalCommunication. It will also be of immense benefit toundergraduate students and technical professionalsacross the country.Contents: Preface. Part I: Basics of Technical Com-munication—Introduction to Technical Communication.Process and Barriers to Communication. Part II: ReadingSkills—Learning Reading Skills. Word Formation.Vocabulary. Paragraph Development. Practice Readings(Reading 1–Of Discourse). Practice Readings (Reading 2–Unity of Minds) Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam. Part III: WritingSkills—Learning Technical Writing Skills. FunctionalGrammar. Requisites of Sentence Construction. PrecisWriting. Value based Critical Reading of Short Stories.Part IV: Listening Skills—Learning Listening Skills. Study ofOne-Act Play. Part V: Speaking Skills—Learning SpeakingSkills. Organs of Speech and Phonetics. Syllable, Stress,Rhythm and Intonation. Part VI: Writing Skills—Formaland Informal Letters. General Speaking Skills andMethods of Improving Speaking Skills. Bibliography.


TYAGI & MISRAProfessional CommunicationKAVITA TYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Departmentof English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut(Uttar Pradesh).PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School ofManagement, BIT, Meerut.

With the younger generation today seeking jobs inmultinational corporations, large companies, or the civilservices in the government, and the competitionbecoming stiffer and stiffer with each passing day, it isonly natural that the ability to communicate effectively,precisely as well as to acquire communication skills hasbecome more important than ever before. A plethora ofbooks have flooded the market to capitalize on thisfrantic effort of the younger generation to become adeptin communication. And professional communication is noexception to this. This accessible and compact book onProfessional Communication strives to focus on thecommunication skills needed for the professionals.


Divided into five parts and 19 chapters, the book beginswith a discussion on the concept of communication, andthen it goes on to give in detail features of a language asa tool of communication, the communication processmodels and barriers to communication. The text alsoelaborates on word formation, vocabulary, sentencestructure and paragraph development. In addition, itexplains different forms of technical communication; theformat, layout and style of business communication;technical documents such as theses, scientific articles andresearch papers; and technical proposals. Furthermore,the book provides value-based text reading fromcelebrated writers.

This student-friendly book, suffused with practicalexamples, is primarily intended as a textbook for the firstyear students of engineering (B.Tech.) of UP TechnicalUniversity for their course on Professional Communi-cation. It will also be of immense benefit to under-graduate students and technical professionals across thecountry.

KEY FEATURES• Gives a broader perspective on communication and its

barriers.• Provides a more comprehensive division of the

different types of reports.• Elaborates on various approaches to presentation

strategies.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Basics of Technical Commu-nication—Introduction to Technical Communication.Process of and Barriers to Communication. Communi-cation Channels and Directions. Part II: Constituences ofTechnical Written Communication—Word Formation.Vocabulary. Requisites of Sentence Construction.Paragraph Development. The Art of Condensation (PrecisWriting). Part III: Forms of Technical Communication—Business Correspondence—Introduction, Format andLayout. Types of Business Correspondence. Resume andJob Applications. Report Writing—Types of Report.Elements of a Formal Report. Style and Formatting inReport Writing. Special Technical Documents. SpecialType of Technical Documents. Part IV: Soft Skills—Presentation Skills and Paralanguage. Visual Aids andIllustrations in Technical Communication. Part V: VisualBased Text Reading—Value Based Text Reading. Index.


WEISSElements of International English Style,The: A Guide to WritingCorrespondence, Reports, TechnicalDocuments, and Internet Pages fora Global AudienceEDMOND H. WEISS.

This book serves as an easy-to-understand handbook of

resources one needs to write English correspondence andother documents particularly for an international businessaudience. Emphasizing on simplicity, clarity, properetiquette, cultural sensitivity, appropriate layout andtypography, it integrates the theory and controversiesof inter-cultural communication with practical skills ofwriting and editing English for those who read it as asecond language.

Useful for students and professionals too, this bookcombines traditional advice with new insights into“e-mail culture”.

The text contains realistic examples, problems, andprojects including:

• Fifty-seven specific tactics to internationalize one’sEnglish

• Hundreds of before and after comparisons showing thepositive effects of editing for an international audience

• Models of international correspondence, includinge-mail

• Practical discussion questions and work projects• Useful resources including a checklist for inter-

nationalizing one’s website

A strunk and White for the 21st century and the Internet.—MICHAEL B. GOODMAN

Fairleigh Dickinson University

There is a definite need for this text. I would expectnumerous college instructors to make use of it.

—JAMES TISCHLER

Columbia College of Missouri

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. The Language ofGlobal Business is International English. Principles ofSimplicity. Principles of Clarity. Reducing Burdens. Writingfor Translation. Principles of Correspondence. Principlesof Cultural Adaptation. Appendixes—1. Projects forStudents of International English. 2. Sentences that NeedEditing. 3. Instructional/Technical Passages that Over-burden the Reader. 4. A Portfolio of Bad News Letters.5. An Internationalized Website Checklist. Index.


Creative Writing

BERGERAcademic Writer’s Toolkit, The:A User’s ManualARTHUR ASA BERGER.

This slim, user-friendly volume on academic writing is agift to linguistically-stressed academics. The authorpresents the process and products of academic writing.He differentiates between business writing skills formemos, proposals and reports, and the scholarly writingthat occurs in journals and books. The book also containssuggestions for getting the “turgid” out of turgid


academic prose and offers advice on how to structurevarious kinds of documents for effective communication.Written in friendly style, it shows with examples thatacademics can write good, readable prose in a variety ofgenres.

Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction: MissionImpossible? Part 1: The Writing Process—The AcademicWriter’s Toolkit. The Writing Process: Ideas and Research.The Writing Process: Outlining, Drafting, and Revising. OnStructure and Style. Composing Strategies. Part 2: TheWriting Process: Ideas and Research—Writing EffectiveMemos. The Art of the Academic Letter. ReadableReports. Proposals That Persuade. Writing a JournalArticle. Writing an Academic Book. Notes on OtherWriting Genres. Coda. Further Resources. Bibliography.Index. About the Author.


English Language Teaching

VYAS & PATEL (Eds.)Teaching English as a SecondLanguage: A New Pedagogy for aNew CenturyEditors:MANISH A. VYAS, Senior Lecturer with the Department ofEnglish, VPMP Polytechnic, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.YOGESH L. PATEL is with the Department of English, LDRPInstitute of Technology and Research, Gandhinagar,Gujarat.

Today, English Language Teaching (ELT), especially Englishas a Second Language (ESL) and English as a ForeignLanguage (EFL), has been witnessing unprecedentedchanges in curriculum, teaching methodology, andthe application of learning theories. This has createda demand for teachers who can teach English to learnersof varied cultural, socio-economic and psychologicalbackgrounds.

This book discusses the modern trends, innovations, aswell as the difficulties and challenges in teaching andlearning ESL in a non-native context. The book, withcontributions from many experts (each one specializingin a particular field) from countries such as UK, USA,Australia, New Zealand, India, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, China,and Japan, provides new methods, strategies andapplication-oriented solutions to overcome the problemsin a practical way.

The book deals with all topics pertinent to ESL and theseare reinforced by a large number of examples andquotations from different sources. What distinguishesthe text is its focus on modern innovations and useof technology in ELT/CLT (communicative languageteaching).

Teachers, teacher-trainees (B.Ed./M.A. Education/M.Ed.),

and teacher-educators who are concerned with teachingEnglish as a Second Language (ESL) should find this bookimmensely helpful.Contents: Preface. List of Contributors. English: AnAlladin’s Lamp. Part 1: Communicative Language Teachingin ESL Context—What Can We Learn from ClassroomObservations?: A study of CLT in a Chinese UniversityContext. Communicative Language Teaching and EnglishLanguage Teaching in Nigeria. Communicative LanguageTeaching: An Indian Teacher Resolves a MethodologyDilemma. Integrating ICT in the Language Classroom:An Intercultural Journey? Part 2: Multimedia in ELT—Computer-Assisted Language Learning: Its Future.Podcasting as an Effective Tool for Language Learning.Making Language Teaching Relevant for the Digital Age.Part 3: Content-Based Instruction—Familiarity andPlanning in Task-based Learning. A Fine ‘How Do You Do’:Contextual Factors within English Greetings. Part 4:Factors Affecting ESL Teaching. Motivation andDemotivation Factors in Language Learning. Talking to theOther, and Writing for Oneself: Pursuing TeacherProfessionalism through Narrative Inquiry. RedefiningLearner Autonomy in the Indian ESL Context. TeachingEnglish at the Undergraduate Level: Groping in the Dark?Applying Knowledge of Psycholinguistics in LanguageTeaching and Learning. Part 5: Games and Activities inESL Classroom—Language-based Games and Motivation:Using Games in the ESL Classroom. Dynamic, InteractiveClassroom Activities. Games and Students’ Motivationin Foreign Language Learning. Part 6: VocabularyDevelopment—Vocabulary Learning through ExperienceTasks. Enhancing ESL Learners’ Lexical Competence.Morphological Analysis and Vocabulary Development:Critical Criteria. Code Switching, Code Mixing and theTeaching Process. Part 7: Pedagogical Reorientation ofGrammar—Revising Our Paradigm: Teaching Grammar asText Inquiry. A Reflection of Pedagogic Value on Swan’sDesign Criteria and Westney’s Approach to GrammarTeaching. Part 8: Developing Communication Skills—Developing the Speaking and the Writing Skills atTechnical Institutes: A Classroom Investigation withSuggestions. Integrating Skills: Business Presentations forBusiness Students. Part 9: Multiculturalism in ESL—Linguistic Migrations: Teaching English in MulticulturalContexts. Identity Maintenance for Non-native Speakersof English. Enacting a Plurilingual Pedagogy: EnglishLanguage Policy and Instruction in India. InvestigatingLinguistic Diversity in American Classrooms. Crosstalk inMultilingual Interactions among Non-native Speakers ofEnglish. Part 10: Curriculum Development—Universals inthe Process of Curriculum Development in ELT. Commu-nicative Language Teaching: Problems of Designing Sylla-buses and Producing Materials. Constructing Curriculumfor an Intensive English Program. Part 11: LanguageTesting—Testing Communicative Competence. Index.



English Grammar

GUPTACurrent English Grammar and UsageS.M. GUPTA, Emeritus Professor of English at SobhasariaGroup of Institutions, Sikar, Rajasthan.

In the present age of Information and CommunicationTechnology (ICT) revolution and social networkingscenario, fast and precise communication has become theneed of the hour. But in the whirlwind of fluency,accuracy cannot be sacrificed. Sometimes, adequateattention is not paid to the use of grammar and usage,which leaves a very bad impression on the readers. Thisbook on English grammar presents the topics in aninnovative way and meets the long-felt need of a gooduser-friendly grammar book.

The book makes the study of grammar very interesting,challenging and exciting. It discusses grammaticalcategories, processes and principles of sentenceconstruction in a very simple and lucid manner. The bookstarts with the discussion of word classes and goes on todescribe phrases and sentences. More importantly, itdeals with the problem areas of tenses, modal verbs,articles, determiners, prepositions, passive constructionsand direct and indirect narration in a novel way. Thecomposition section of the book includes a very usefulpresentation of letter-writing, precis-writing, reportwriting, reading comprehension and, above all, the use ofvocabulary. The Appendices on how to avoid spellingerrors and a complete list of the types of sentences arevery useful.

This comprehensive and well-researched book shouldprove very valuable for undergraduate students of allstreams. Besides, professionals, those preparing forcompetitive examinations and even any lay reader whowishes to possess the essentials of English grammar andusage will find the book useful and interesting.

KEY FEATURES• Explains difficult grammatical concepts in a simple and

lucid language.• Provides models for every writing activity.• Incorporates latest linguistic research in the conceptua-

lization and presentation of the grammatical material.• Contains lots of exercises with solutions.

Contents: Preface. Word Classes. Phrases. The Sentence:Different Types. Sentence Patterns. Compound andComplex Sentences (Including Infinitival, Gerundial andParticipial Constructions). Conditional Sentences. IndirectSpeech. The Uses of Articles. Determiners. Prepositions.Tenses. Modal Auxiliaries. Passive Voice. Letter Writing.Precis Writing. Reading Comprehension. Report Writing.Vocabulary. Appendices—1: Types of Clauses. 2: Rules forSpelling Changes. 3: Punctuation Review. 4: Concord.5: Forms of Verbs. Index.


LARSONGrammar as ScienceRICHARD K. LARSON, Professor of Linguistics at StonyBrook University.

Grammar as Science offers an introduction to syntax asan exercise in scientific theory construction.

It covers such core topics in syntax as phrase structure,constituency, the lexicon, inaudible elements, movementrules, and transformational constraints, while empha-sizing scientific reasoning skills. The individual units areorganized thematically into sections that highlightimportant components of this enterprise, includingchoosing between theories, constructing explicitarguments for hypotheses, and the conflicting demandsthat push us toward expanding the technical toolkit onthe one hand and constraining it on the other.

This book is constructed as a “laboratory science” coursein which students actively experiment with linguistic data.

It is intended for students majoring in linguistics as wellas nonlinguistics majors who are taking the course tofulfill academic requirements.

“Grammar as Science is an excellent textbook for anintroductory syntax course, serving both intendedlinguistics majors and the general education populationequally well. There isn’t anything quite like it in themarket. If I ever use a textbook, I would use this one.”

—JORGE HANKAMER, Department of Linguistics,University of California, Santa Cruz

“Larson’s book is an engaging and delightfully lucidintroduction to the scientific nature of linguisticargumentation. While thoroughly covering the basics ofsyntax, it also shows students explicitly how to ‘think likea linguist.’ Students who use this book will come awaywith an extraordinarily strong grasp of the realunderpinnings of linguistics.”

—PEGGY SPEAS, Department of Linguistics,University of Massachusetts, Amherst

Contents: Preface for Teachers. Acknowledgements. PartI: Setting Out—Unit 1: What Is Linguistics? Unit 2 : WhatIs Syntax About? Part II: Grammars as Theories—Unit 3:Introducing Phrase Structure Rules. Unit 4: Grammars.Unit 5: Working with Grammars. Part III: Choosingbetween Theories—Unit 6: Comparing Rules andTheories. Unit 7: Constituency and Constituency Tests.Unit 8: Trees and Tree Relations. Unit 9: DeterminingCategory. Unit 10: Revising, Refining, and Reconsidering.Part IV: Arguing for a Theory—Unit 11: ConstructingArguments I. Unit 12: Constructing Arguments II. Part V:Searching for Explanation—Unit 13: Introducing theLexicon. Unit 14: Features, Heads, and Phrases. Unit 15:Verbal Complements and Adjuncts. Unit 16: DistinguishingComplements and Adjuncts. Unit 17: AttachingComplements. Unit 18: Attaching Adjuncts. Part VI:Following the Consequences—Unit 19: ComplementsSentences I. Unit 20: Complements Sentences II. Unit 21:Invisible Lexical Items. Unit 22: NP Structure. Unit 23:


X-Bar Theory. Part VII: Expanding and Constraining theTheory—Unit 24: Interrogatives and Movement. Unit 25:More on Wh-Movement. Unit 26: Constraints onMovement I. Unit 27: Constraints on Movement II. Unit28: Parametric Variation. Exercises. References. Index.


MUKHERJIPrimacy of Grammar, TheNIRMALANGSHU MUKHERJI, Professor of Philosophy,University of Delhi.

Acquisition of language is a human biologicalendowment, and we know children have a naturaldisposition for mastering it. The biological side oflanguage is the subject of increasing research. Biolinguistsare interested in fundamental questions such as, whetherspeech and language are localized in the brain, how doencoding and decoding of speech and language function,and whether different components of language (syntax,phonology, semantics) are neuro-anatomically distinct.Biolinguistics studies, the relationship between brainfunction and language. In other words, it is primarilyconcerned with grammars that represent thecomputational aspects of the mind/brain.

This book elegantly introduces the subject of bio-linguistics. The author provides a lucid overview ofChomsky’s contribution in biolinguistics and builds on itto offer a novel account of the nature of the humanfaculty of language. Hence, apart from topics internal tobiolinguistics, this work touches on topics in the historyand philosophy of science, epistemology, philosophy oflanguage, philosophy of mind, and psychology of music,among others. In this content, the biolinguistic approachmay ultimately lead to identification of a specificstructure of mind.

The book is eminently suitable for courses offeredin the departments of Linguistics/ComputationalLinguistics, Philosophy, Neuroscience, Psychology, andLanguages at research level.

Contents: List of Figures. Abbreviations. Preface. TheLoneliness of Biolinguistics. Linguistic Theory I. Grammarand Logic. Words and Concepts. Linguistic Theory II.Language and Music. A Joint of Nature. Notes.References. Index.


SETHIStandard English and Indian Usage:Vocabulary and Grammar, 2nd ed.J. SETHI, Formerly Professor of English at Central Instituteof English and Foreign Languages (CIEFL)—DeemedUniversity—Hyderabad.

The Second Edition of this text continues to build on the

three aspects of the language discussed in the previousedition—vocabulary, grammar and idioms.

Divided into two parts—Part One: Vocabulary andPart Two: Grammar—the book in Part One deals with‘Words Often Confused’, ‘Indianisms’, ‘Indian Coinages’,‘Idioms’, and ‘Archaisms’. Part Two takes up those areasof grammar in which divergences from Standard Englishare very common—articles, prepositions, tenses, verbpatterns, and so on.

The emphasis in the Grammar section is not so much onform as on usage. The comments on each divergent iteminclude its Standard English equivalent (and sometimes itsorigin as well), together with the author’s opinion onwhether the item should be retained at least within thecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE EDITION

• In Chapter 3, new items on ‘balance’/‘change’ and‘marketing’/‘shopping’ are added.

• Additional examples have been provided for dependentquestions in Chapter 11.

• Explanations and comments have been made clear atmany places and a few items transferred to placeswhere they seemed to fit in better.

With such contents and features, the book should provevery valuable to a large cross-section of the educatedpopulation—students, English teachers, professionals andbusinessmen.

Contents: Preface. Abbreviations Used. Introduction.Part One: VOCABULARY—Introduction to Part One:Vocabulary. Words Often Confused: Some ImportantDistinctions. Indianisms. Indian Coinages. Idioms,Idiomatic Expressions, Collocations. Archaisms, Style,Cultural Implications. Part Two: GRAMMAR—Introductionto Part Two: Grammar. Subject-Verb Agreement. Articles.Inversion. Prepositions. Question Tags. Structure Words.Tenses. Verb Patterns. Miscellaneous. Bibliography.Index.


Journalism

de BEER & MERRILL (Eds.)Global Journalism: Topical Issues andMedia Systems, 5th ed.Edited by: ARNOLD S. de BEER, Stellenbosch University,South AfricaPreface by: JOHN C. MERRILL, University of Missouri,U.S.A.

Thoroughly revised, with new chapters and several newauthors, this book addresses the most pertinent issuesand problems in today’s global journalism. This newedition recognizes the vast and rapid changes takingplace in global journalism across media systems in allcontinents. Its three interlinking parts offer an overview


of the present state of media and journalism theory; acritical analysis of the main issues confronting globaljournalists, media organizations, audiences, and others inthe media world; and a focus on the media of the world’seight major journalism and media regions.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Incorporates new discussions and examples showing

how physical, cultural, and economic barriers impededevelopment.

• Discusses and presents a case study regarding theethics of how journalists and the media deal with newsin a diverse, multicultural and globalized world.

• Examines the issue of news presentation and the“skewing” of foreign news through “double mis-reading” when “tourist journalists” fall prey to themanipulation of spin doctors.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Global Journalism:Theoretical Perspectives—Introduction to Global WesternJournalism Theory. Critical and Non-Western PressPhilosophies. Part Two: Challenges and Barriers to GlobalJournalism—Global and National News Agencies. Barriersto Media Development. Freedom of the Press Around theWorld. Global Journalism Ethics. Global Advertising andPublic Relations. Continuing Media Controversies. GlobalJournalism Education. Journalists: International Profiles.Reporting Foreign Places. Global News—The Fleeting,Elusive but Essential Feature of Global Journalism.Part Three: Global Journalism in the World’s Regions—Western Europe. Eastern Europe, Eurasia, and Russia. TheMiddle East and North Africa. Sub-Saharan Africa. Asiaand the Pacific. Australasia. Latin America. NorthAmerica. Contributors. Index.


FRIEDLANDER & LEEFeature Writing: The Pursuit ofExcellence, 7th ed.EDWARD JAY FRIEDLANDER, University of South FloridaJOHN LEE, Professor Emeritus, The University of Memphis

This thoroughly revised book helps the readers cultivatevital journalistic skills. With detailed coverage on creatingand refining article ideas, conducting research andinterviews, writing, and navigating legal and ethicalquestions, this book uses experience-driven adviceand compelling articles to show how award-winningjournalists achieve excellence.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Examines the future of print and electronic journalism

in the light of current trends and newspaper closings toprovide the readers with clear insight into the changingmedia landscape.

• Thoroughly revised and expanded examination ofinternet-assisted research to keep pace with one of thefastest growing aspects of journalism.

• Case history comments and writing aids from newPulitzer winning articles.

• Up-to-date look at the ethical and legal situations.

Contents: Preface. The Newspaper Feature Story. TheNewspaper Feature Story Idea. The Magazine Article andArticle Idea. Researching for Newspaper Feature Storiesand Magazine Articles. Interviewing for NewspaperFeature Stories and Magazine Articles. Writing theNewspaper Feature Story. Writing the Specialized FeatureStory. Marketing and Writing the Magazine Article.Writing and Rewriting Like a Pro. Legal and EthicalConsideration for Writers. Credits. Index.


FRIEND & SINGEROnline Journalism Ethics: Traditions andTransitionsCECILIA FRIEND and JANE B. SINGER.

Online media present both old and new ethical issues forjournalists who must make decisions in an interactive,instantaneous environment short on normative standardsor guidelines. This user-friendly text guides prospectiveand professional journalists through ethical questionsencountered only online.

Including real-life examples and perspectives from onlinejournalists in every chapter, the book examines the issuesof gathering information, reporting, interviewing, andwriting for mainstream news organizations on the Web. Itconsiders the ethical implications of linking, interactivity,verification, transparency, and Web advertising, as well asthe effects of convergence on newsrooms. It alsoaddresses the question of who is a journalist and what isjournalism in an age when anyone can be a publisher.Each chapter includes a complex case study thatpromotes critical thinking and classroom discussion abouthow to apply the ethical issues covered.

Contents: List of Exhibits. Acknowledgements.Introduction: The Practice and Promise of JournalisticEthics in a Digital World. Organization of the Book.Practical Foundations. Philosophical Foundations.Conclusion. Notes. Traditions, Conventions, and Ethics.Newsrooms Go Online. Gathering and SharingInformation. Ethics and the Law. Bloggers and Other“Participatory Journalists”. Beyond Blogs: OtherInteractive News Forms. Commercial Issues and ContentLinking. Cross-Platform Journalism, Partnering, and Cross-Ownership. Appendixes. Index. About the Authors.



NEELAMALARMedia Law and EthicsM. NEELAMALAR, Lecturer in the Department of MediaSciences, Anna University Chennai, Chennai.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate and post-graduate students of journalism, mass communication,visual communication, electronic media and other relatedmedia courses, this compact text provides a detaileddescription of the rules, acts and ethics concerning print,electronic, film and advertising media as prevalent inIndia.

The book begins with the history of media law in Indiaand discusses the specific provisions in the Constitutionof India which are essential for a journalist to know. Itthen goes on to define the concepts of freedom ofmedia, defamation and Intellectual Property Rights.Besides, the text discusses in detail the provisions of theIndian Penal Code and the Criminal Procedure Coderelevant to the media. In addition to covering differenttypes of cyber crimes such as hacking, cracking ande-mail bombing, it includes regulations related to filmmedia and advertising. Finally, the book throws light onmedia law concerning women and children. The bookalso includes several important cases to enable studentsto relate various acts and regulations to real-lifesituations.

Besides students, journalists and other mediaprofessionals who cover courts and law-related beatswould also find this book immensely valuable.

Contents: Preface. History of Media Law in India. IndianConstitution (Specific Provisions Related to Media).Freedom of Media. Defamation. Provisions of IndianPenal Code and Criminal Procedure Code. Official SecretsActs 1923. The Contempts of Courts Act 1971. PrintMedia: Acts. Intellectual Property Rights. Advertising.Cyber Crimes. Media Law and Woman. Media Law andChildren. Broadcasting. Film Media. Media Ethics.Appendix I–III. Reference. Index.


RAOFeature Writing, 2nd ed.RAO is a Feature Writer and Columnist with over threedecades of experience in the field.

If we ask the lay readers why they read newspapers, theobvious answer would be to get news. However, whatkeeps the newspaper endearing and, in a way, enduringare the longer stories about people behind the news,about the humorous everyday experiences we all have, orthe closer look at someone and the unexpected surpriseswe get in the process. In short, we call these features. Inthis substantially revised book on Feature Writing, theauthor with her vast experience discusses various aspectsof Feature Writing. She focuses on different types offeatures found in newspapers—Humour and Satire,

Brights, Human Interest Features, Travel Features andNews Features—and illustrates each of these. In addition,she provides a detailed description of Profiles, Interviews,and Online Features with examples, and gives a clearanalysis of Feature Writing Techniques.

Intended as a text for students offering courses inJournalism, this book would also be extremely useful forfreelance writers, and anyone who has a flair for writing.

WHAT IS NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Includes two new chapters on Obituary and Tribute,

and Sports and new sections such as Blogs andProfessionalism in Journalism.

• Provides more illustrations culled from recentnewspapers.

• Gives explanatory notes on some key words used inthe book, and a section on Vocabulary.

What the Reviewers Say

In this delightful book on FW [Feature Writing], MeeraRaghavendra Rao brings home to us that writing a storyor a novel is one way of discovering sequence inexperience, of stumbling upon cause and effect in thehappenings of a writer’s own life. In my view MeeraRaghavendra Rao’s book on FW is an exceptionally goodand useful book not only for all students of Journalismbut also for all writers interested in FW.

—V. Sundaram, News Today

The author has used instances from her career spanningmore than two decades to illustrate various situations inthis book.

—Deccan Chronicle

The book is a rather exhaustive guide on ways to tell afeature story. Among the other pluses is the Indiannesspermeating the book—most sample articles are home-brewn.

—The Hindu, Metroplus Weekend

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Introduction to Journalism. Introduction to Features.Feature Writing Techniques. Writing Headlines andImportance of Photographs. Humour, Satire and Brights.Human Interest Features. Travel Features. News Features.Interviews and Profiles. Features Online and Blogs.Writing Features for Rural Page. Obituary and TributeFeatures. Sports Features. Afterword. Further Reading.


STOVALLJournalism: Who, What, When, Where,Why and HowJAMES GLEN STOVALL, Professor Emeritus, University ofAlabama.

This introductory text offers an inside look at the worldof journalism—its practices, culture and fundamentals—and gives practical advice for students preparing for a


career in journalism. It is a comprehensive introductionto the field, covering how news is produced anddelivered, how news organizations work, and howaudiences react to and interact with the news media.

The text also describes the range of job possibilities inthe field and offers practical, basic instruction in thefundamental practices of journalism: reporting, writing,editing and presentation.

KEY FEATURES• Features up-to-date examples and discussion of current

issues and controversies, allowing students tounderstand the principles of journalism in the contextof issues that are familiar to them.

• Focuses on the importance and challenge ofmaintaining accuracy and honesty in the media,encouraging students to think about ethics and values.

• Includes both practical and conceptual approaches tothe study of journalism, giving students a full picture ofthe field.

• Covers history in four lively chapters that tie journalismto larger societal trends, helping students engage inthe material rather than be put off by it.

The author writes in a strong, clear, straightforward waythat is the right level for my students and that makes thematerial very accessible.

—LELAND F. RYAN, University of Kentucky

Contents: Preface. Section One: What—News andSociety. The Culture of Journalism. Becoming a Journalist.Section Two: Where—Newspapers. Magazines. Televisionand Radio. News Web Sites. Section Three: Who andHow—Reporters. Reporting. Writing News and Features.Style. Editors. Editing and Headline Writing. VisualJournalists. Graphics Journalism. Photojournalism.Publication and Web Site Design. Broadcast Journalists.Writing for Broadcast. Section Four: When—Beginnings ofJournalism. Journalism Comes of Age. New Realities, NewJournalism. Twentieth Century and Beyond. Section Five:Why—Law and the Journalist. Ethical Practices.Journalism: Present and Future. Index.


VIVIANMedia of Mass communication, The11th ed.JOHN VIVIAN, Winona State University.

The Media of Mass Communication, 11th edition, makesstudents understand how the media work and why. Thebook engages students as both consumers and creatorsof mass media and explore the latest media—economic,technological, cultural and political shifts all in historicalcontext. It also engages them with the coverage ofongoing transformations in mass media as analysts,examining the various ways in which media impacts theworld as they hone their media literacy skills.Acknowledged for its dynamic writing style the book

helps students see why the media are in such atumultuous transition and provides tools forunderstanding the reshaping of the entire media industry.

NEW TO THIS EDITION1. The impact of Internet-based media and new delivery

devices.2. Greater emphasis on world events and the

globalization of mass media.3. New and Updated Features.4. Fresh, current examples.5. Fully updated visual program.

Contents: Preface. Mass Media Literacy. Part One—MassMedia Fundamentals: Media Technology. MediaEconomics. Part Two—Mass Media Industries: Ink onPaper. Sound Media. Motion Media. New MediaLandscape. Part Three—Mass Media Content: News 9.Entertainment. Public Relations. Advertising. Part Four—Mass Media Issues: Mass Audiences. Mass Media Effects.Governance and Mass Media. Mass Media Globalization.Media Law. Ethics. Index. Credits.

Latest Print 2012 / 504 pp. / 21.6 x 27.8 cmISBN-978-81-203-4588-1 / ` 775.00

Linguistics

AKMAJIAN, et al.Linguistics: An Introduction to Languageand Communication, 6th ed.ADRIAN AKMAJIAN, formerly Professor of Linguistics,University of Arizona.RICHARD A. DEMERS, Professor Emeritus of the Dept. ofLinguistics, University of Arizona.ANN K. FARMER, Information Engineer at Google.ROBERT M. HARNISH, Professor Emeritus of Philosophyand Linguistics, University of Arizona.

This well-accepted introductory linguistics text is uniquefor its integration of themes. Rather than treatmorphology, phonetics, phonology, syntax, and semanticsas completely separate fields, the book shows how theyinteract. It provides a sound introduction to linguisticmethodology while encouraging students to consider whypeople are intrinsically interested in language—theultimate puzzle of the human mind.

In this new edition, all chapters have been revised. Newmaterial includes updated examples, new special topicssections, and new discussions of the minimalist program,semantic minimalism, human genetic relationships andhistorical relationships among languages, Griceantheories, experimental pragmatics, and languageacquisition. Each chapter has numerous subsections withcore material presented first and additional materialfollowing as special topic.

Linguistics: An introduction to Language andCommunication has long served as the yardstickintroductory textbook to linguistics. This new edition


continues in that tradition, offering a carefully updatedpresentation of diverse aspects of the discipline. The textsucceeds in being engaging without sacrificing conceptualsophistication or analytic accuracy; it challenges thereader without overwhelming. Its comprehensivecoverage of traditional linguistic topics combined with itscognitive science perspective make this textbook uniquelyadaptable for a broad range of courses. It is to my mindthe best overall single volume for making state-of-the-artlinguistics accessible to the novice student.

—STEVEN FRANKS

Chair and Professor of Linguistics, Indiana University

Contents: Acknowledgments. Note to the Teacher. Part I:The Structure of Human Language—Introduction. What IsLinguistics? Morphology—The Study of the Structure ofWords. Phonetics and Phonemic Transcription.Phonology—The Study of Sound Structure. Syntax—TheStudy of Sentence Structure. Semantics-The Study ofLinguistic Meaning. Language Variation. Language Change.Part II: Communication and Cognitive Science—Introduction. Pragmatics—The Study of Language Use andCommunication. Psychology of Language—SpeechProduction and Comprehension. Language Acquisition inChildren. Language and the Brain. Appendix: The WrittenRepresentation of Language. Glossary. Index.

Whereas most of the examples in this textbook are basedon English, a separate workbook published by MIT Press,A Linguistics Workbook Companion to Linguistics, SixthEdition by Ann Farmer & Richard Demers providesexercises in morphology, phonetics, phonology, syntax,and semantics drawn from a wide variety of languages.


AKSHAR BHARATI, CHAITANYA & SANGALNatural Language Processing:A Paninian PerspectiveAKSHAR BHARATI, VINEET CHAITANYA and RAJEEVSANGAL, all of Department of Computer Science andEngineering, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur.This book is on Natural Language Processing presentedwith a Paninian perspective. Panini (circa 500 B.C.) was agrammarian and well known for his contribution to thegrammar and structure of the language. In this book thereader is first introduced to Natural Language Processingand then to Paninian grammar and framework forprocessing of modern Indian languages using thecomputer. Thereafter, a comparison of Paninian grammarframework with that of modern western computationalgrammars is presented.This book is useful for courses in ComputationalLinguistics in the linguistic departments, and for NLP incomputer science departments.

KEY FEATURES• This book is the first of its kind in presenting a

comparison of Paninian Grammar (PG) with theexisting modern western computational grammars.

• Introduces three western grammar frameworks usingexamples from English: Lexical Functional Grammar(LFG), Trees Adjoining Grammar (TAG), and Govern-ment and Binding (GB). The presentation does notassume any background on part of the reader regard-ing these frameworks.

• Each presentation also discusses either the applicabilityof the framework to free word order languages, or acomparison with PG framework.

• It is a single source in path-breaking research onNatural Language Processing using the classic and time-tested Paninian framework.

Contents: List of Figures. preface. Acknowledgements.Introduction to NLP. Language Structure and LanguageAnalyzer. Words and Their Analyzer. Local WordGrouping. Paninian Grammar. Paninian Parser. MachineTranslation. Lexical Functional Grammar. LFG and IndianLanguages. Tree Adjoining Grammar. Comparing TAG withPG. Government and Binding. Comparing GB with PG.Appendices: A—Panini’s Grammar and Sanskrit. B—Roman Notation for Devanagri. Bibliography. Index.Glossary.


FARMER & DEMERSLinguistics Workbook, A(Companion to Linguistics, 6th ed.)ANN K. FARMER is an information Engineer at Google.RICHARD A. DEMERS is professor emeritus in thedepartment of Linguistics at the University of Arizona.

A Linguistics Workbook, is a supplement to Linguistics: AnIntroduction to Language and Communication, SixthEdition by Akmajian, Demers, Farmer and Harnish. Theaim of this workbook is to offer students exposure to abroader range of languages than is provided in the text.Though most of the examples in the textbook are basedon English, the workbook provides exercises drawn froma wide variety of languages. Hence, it can also be usedwith other introductory and intermediate linguistics texts.This new edition has been updated, with manychallenging and stimulating exercises added to it.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Morphology.Phonetics. Phonology. Syntax. Semantics. LanguageVariation. Language Change. Pragmatics. Psychology ofLanguage. Appendixes. Bibliography.


PRASADCourse in Linguistics, A, 2nd ed.TARNI PRASAD, Associate Professor, Department ofLinguistics, Addis Ababa University, Addis Ababa,Ethiopia.

This compact and student-friendly text, now in its SecondEdition, continues to cover in a single volume the diverse


Comprehensive Questions for better understanding of thesubject and enhancing comprehension skills.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• An exclusive chapter on the Study of Language

Variation (Chapter 5) with important terms such asDialect, Accent and Stylistics.

• More examples given in the grammar section.• Devotes an entire chapter to a new topic—Supra-

sentential Grammar—a must for Linguistics studytoday.

Students of Linguistics and postgraduate students ofEnglish pursuing courses in Linguistics should find thistext highly useful and a handy companion for their study.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Section I: THE STUDY OF LANGUAGE—Language. What isLinguistics? Some Fundamental Concepts and Distinctionsin Linguistics. Modern Linguistics: A Historical Survey. TheStudy of Language Variation. Section II: THE STUDY OFGRAMMAR—What is Grammar? Morphology and WordFormation. Basic Sentence Patterns. Structuralist View ofGrammar and IC Analysis. Transformational GenerativeGrammar. Supra-sentential Grammar. Section III: THESTUDY OF SEMANTICS—What is Semantics? Theoriesof Semantics. Semantics, Pragmatics and Discourse.Principles of Lexicography. References. Index.


Phonetics

DIXSONEveryday Dialogues in EnglishROBERT J. DIXSON.

This book, the second in a series consisting of threereaders for students, is intended to help them to acquirea good command over written and spoken English. Itcomprises a collection of dialogues covering a wide rangeof situations, for example making a phone call andborrowing books from the library. The emphasis is on thedevelopment of conversational skills through adequatedrill, study exercises and practice questions, provided atthe end of every chapter. In addition, the dialogues aredesigned to assist students to strengthen their vocabularyas well as to acquaint them with the various expressionsand idiomatic constructions used in the English language.

Contents: Opening a Bank Account. Mailing a Package atthe Post Office. Shopping at a Supermarket. Shopping forFruit. Going to the Theater. Shopping at a Conve-nienceStore. Asking Directions. Filling the Tank with Gas. Takinga Taxi. Watching a Baseball Game. Making a Phone Call.Touring Washington, D.C. Playing Video Games. Filling aPrescription. Staying at a Motel. Buying a Suit. Lookingfor an Apartment. Eating at a Fast-Food Restaurant.Dining at an Expensive Restaurant. Reading Ads in theNewspaper. Riding the Bus. Visiting the Dentist. Watching

aspects of Linguistics, such as phonetics, phonology,morphology, syntax, semantics, historical linguistics, andlanguage families. It also deals, in detail, with AppliedLinguistics, Sociolinguistics, Psycholinguistics, andStylistics. Written in a straightforward and easy-to-understand style, this book is thoroughly practical andshould be of great help to students in understanding thebasic concepts with ease.

In the second edition, chapters on Morphology andPsycholinguistics have been thoroughly revised.

The book is intended as a text for senior undergraduateand postgraduate students [BA (Hons.) and MA] ofEnglish, and undergraduate and postgraduate students[BA (Hons.) and MA] of Linguistics. In addition, this bookwould be of great help to all those who wish to have ageneral knowledge of English linguistics.

KEY FEATURES• All the concepts of linguistics are discussed in a single

book.• Linguistic concepts are explained in detail, with

examples, diagrams, and tables for better compre-hension of the subject.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Section 1: DescriptiveLinguistics—Phonetics. Phonology. Morphology. Syntax.Syntactic Analysis. Semantics. Section 2: Comparative andHistorical Linguistics—Comparative and HistoricalLinguistics. Language Family. Borrowings. Section 3:Applied Linguistics—Applied Linguistics. Sociolinguistics.Psycholinguistics. Stylistics. Suggested Further Reading.Index.


SYAL & JINDALIntroduction to Linguistics, An: anguage,Grammar and Semantics, 2nd ed.PUSHPINDER SYAL, Professor, Department of English,Panjab University, Chandigarh.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, PostgraduateDepartment of English, Government College, Ludhiana.

This compact and engagingly elegant text, now in itsSecond Edition, continues to provide a succinctintroduction to Linguistics. The aim of the bookis to introduce basic concepts in Linguistics, andto familiarize the students with the fundamentals ofmodern Linguistics in a clear and simple manner.

Each chapter is expository as well as explanatory withexamples. Most of the examples in grammar andsemantics are based on the structure of the EnglishLanguage, but the principles of language study discussedin the text are applicable to any language in general.

Divided into three sections, Section I: The Study ofLanguage; Section II: The Study of Grammar; and SectionIII: The Study of Semantics, each chapter, besidesdetailing with the concepts, contains Summary and


a Football Game. Making a Sales Call. Visiting a Doctor.Buying a New Car. Getting a Tune-Up. Investing Money.Borrowing Books from the Library. Meeting Teachers andParents. Learning to Drive. Talking about the Weather.Flying to Los Angeles. Applying for a Job. Watching TV.Driving to a Shopping Center. Buying Greeting Cards.Buying Clothes. Taking a Vacation. Celebrating Holidays.


GANGALPractical Course in Spoken English, A2nd ed. (with CD-ROM)J.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity andHuman Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi, is a well-known ELT expert.

This well-established and highly successful book, now inits Second Edition, builds on the strength of the previousedition, retaining many of the topics and incorporatingsome new topics in consonance with the present-dayneeds.

The accompanying CD contains all the attributes of agood speech—proper stress, intonation and correctpronunciation—to enable better comprehension of thetopics. Some of the conversations and Words OftenMispronounced are also included in the CD to emphasizeon the correctness of learning and enrich the learners inlanguage skills.

Primarily intended for students and learners who wish toenhance their spoken English skills, this book will beuseful also for those who have long-felt need tocommunicate in English. It has all the rich ingredients tofacilitate the learners talk effectively and confidently:

• About 50 real-life conversations to improve one’sspeech

• Extensive list of vocabulary to aid in group discussions• Several useful language tips to pursue the global quest

for personal and academic excellence

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Discusses the need of the body language• Gives dos and don’ts for an effective communicator• Provides a list of a few non-verbal behaviours and their

universal interpretation

KEY FEATURES• Application of idioms for effective and creative

speaking• Learning of expressions and phrases for better practical

presentation• Numerous word meanings to clarify doubts• Grammar and usage in almost all the chapters to grasp

the correct syntax• Activity to instil confidence in public speaking

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Acknowledgements. Key to Phonetic Symbols. Part I:Phonetics—Sounds of English Language. Stress and

Intonation. Part II: English Conversations—IntroducingYourself. Introducing Another Person. Meeting a PersonFirst Time. Meeting a Stranger in a Familiar Situation.Meeting People after a Long Time. Asking for a Way andGiving Directions. At the Railway Reservation Counter.Buying a Railway Ticket and Boarding a Wrong Train. Atthe Airport. Travelling by State Bus. Giving a Message onPhone. Attending an Interview for a Job. At the Bank. Atthe Hospital. At the Departmental Store. At the Cinema.At the Public Library. At the Bookshop. At the DiningTable. At the Hotel. Asking for Information. Making aRequest. Taking Leave of Somebody. Making anAppointment. Accepting an Invitation. Declining anInvitation. Apologising. Appreciating Something.Expressing Disapproval. Meeting a School Friend after aLong Time. At the Parent–Teacher Meeting. Interview forChild’s Admission in School. Telling the Time. Interviewinga Celebrity on Television [Rendezvous with Pradeep].Expressing Condolences. Grading System vs. MarkingSystem (A Panel Discussion). Planning a Vacation. At theGreen Grocer’s. At the Post Office. Lodging an FIR withPolice. Ordering a Meal at the Hotel. At the BeautyParlour. Life in Metropolis. Talking about People. Talkingabout Newspapers. Talking about Computers. Talkingabout Television. Talking about Weather andTemperature. Talking about Art and Music. Interviewinga National Awardee Teacher. Part III: Essentials ofSpoken English—Idiomatic Expressions. Words OftenMispronounced. Expressions for Effective Communication.The Body Language. Part IV: Self-Evaluation—Self-Evaluation. Index.


MISHRACompanion to Communication Skills inEnglish, A: A Practical Approach toImproving Pronunciation (with CD-ROM)JITENDRA KUMAR MISHRA is with the Faculty of Scienceand Technology, ICFAI University, Tripura.

This is an excellent handbook as well as a guide forlearning, practising, improving and developing the skillsnecessary for English pronunciation. Divided into twoParts, the book in Part I—Sound System in English—explains how to pronounce vowel and consonant soundscorrectly so that there is least confusion in the listener’smind. Part II—Accent Patterns in English—describes wordand sentence stress and suggests the most common andimportant tips for proper and correct pronunciation.

The lessons provided in this book are simple and easy topractise and can serve as an instructional manual andideal practice material in the language laboratories.

KEY FEATURES• Gives well-planned lessons to practise IPA sounds.• Provides a large number of lessons for practice.• Contains an audio CD which will help the students

practise pronouncing the words correctly.


This accessible and highly practical book is intended forthe undergraduate students of different streams. It canalso be of considerable help to plus two level students toimprove and develop their pronunciation. Besides,professionals working in different fields should find thisbook extremely useful in their real-world scenario.

An Expert Comment:

We Indians have our own problem of speaking Englishwith the influence of our mother tongue. Can this bechanged? I think not! Therefore, what is important iswhen an English word is spoken, it should be pronouncedin a manner that can be understood correctly by thelistener. That is what Mr. Jitendra has so successfullydone in this book. I am happy to commend this book toall the readers.

—Dr. R.K. PatnaikFormer Vice Chancellor, The ICFAI University, Tripura

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.Introduction. Part I: Sound System in English—ConsonantSounds. Vowel Sounds. Confusing Combination of Sounds.Part II: Accent Patterns in English—Word Stress. SentenceStress. Pronunciation. Appendix I: Practice Schedule forLearners. Appendix II: Solutions to Exercises. Bibliography.Index.


SETHI & DHAMIJACourse in Phonetics and SpokenEnglish, A, 2nd ed.J. SETHI, formerly Professor of English, Central Institute ofEnglish and Foreign Languages (CIEFL), Hyderabad.P.V. DHAMIJA, Professor, Department of Phonetics andSpoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad.

This much improved revised edition of the book takesinto account the needs of the student in the context ofthe present curricula followed in various universitiesand English language teaching institutes. This editiontherefore devotes a new chapter to Assimilation, asection to Tones in relation to Attitudes, and highlightscertain important aspects of pronunciation, such as rulesof word accentuation.

Starting with general phonetics, the book goes on to givea brief functional account of general phonology and thena selective and yet fairly exhaustive description of thephonetics and phonology of English. It also provides anumber of conversational passages in phonetic script aswell as in ordinary spelling for practice in reading aloud.What sets this text apart is its novelty of approach andlucidity of treatment. English pronunciation is followed asper the “Received Pronunciation of England”.

This text is specially designed for postgraduate studentsof English, undergraduate and postgraduate students oflinguistics, and for those undergoing secondary andtertiary level teachers’ training programmes in English.

KEY FEATURES• Suitable and adequate practice material has been

included.• Numerous exercises are given at the end of each

chapter, which are geared to teaching as well astesting.

• A revised IPA chart is provided.

Contents: Preface to the First Edition. The Organs ofSpeech. The Description and Classification of SpeechSounds. The Description and Classification of Consonants.The Description and Classification of Vowels. PhoneticTranscription. The Phoneme. The Syllable. VariousAccents of English. The Sounds of English—Vowels. TheSounds of English—Consonants. Phoneme Sequences andConsonant Clusters in English. Word Accent. Accent andRhythm in Connected Speech. Assimilation. Intonation.Conver-sational Passages for Practice. Bibliography. Index.


SETHI & JINDALHandbook of Pronunciation of EnglishWords, A (with two CD-ROMs)J. SETHI, Formerly, Professor of English, Central Instituteof English and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, PostgraduateDepartment of English, Government College, Ludhiana.

Addressed to an educated user of English, the book,together with a set of two CDs, offers a ‘Teach Yourself’course in the pronunciation of English words. Writtenin a non-technical language, it contains considerableamount of practice materials too.

Part I deals with important facts about the pronunciationof English words and the principal attributes of goodspeech; Part II contains a pronouncing dictionary of some2,500 commonly used, but often mispronounced, wordsof English and about 60 foreign words and phrases oftenused in English. The selection of the words and phrases isbased partly on research and partly on the authors’ longexperience.

KEY FEATURES• The book takes into account the socio-linguistic

realities of the use of English, and accordingly attemptsthe task of remediation of English pronunciation.

• A chart highlights the problems faced by Indianlearners.

• It provides an exhaustive treatment of the relationshipbetween sound and spelling in English.

• A chapter is specially devoted to some general rules ofpronunciation including the treatment of double lettersand ‘silent’ letters, and the pronunciation of the pastand plural suffixes and contracted forms such as I’ve,she’d, shan’t, mightn’t.

• The Dictionary is meant not only for reference, butalso for regular learning.


• Both the practice materials and the Dictionary arerecorded on two CDs available with the book.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Pronunciation of EnglishWords—Introduction. English Sounds and Symbols. SomeGeneral Rules of Pronunciation. Word Accent in English.Attributes of Good Speech. Part II: Dictionary—TheDictionary. Select Bibliography. Index.


SETHI, SADANAND & JINDALPractical Course in EnglishPronunciation, A (with two CD-ROMs)J. SETHI, Formerly Professor of English, Central Institute ofEnglish and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.K. SADANAND, Formerly Professor and Head, Departmentof Phonetics and Spoken English, Central Institute ofEnglish and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, PostgraduateDepartment of English, Government College, Ludhiana.

English enjoys a preeminent position today among worldlanguages. However, even the large populations that areproficient in the vocabulary and grammar of English arenot equally proficient in the pronunciation of thelanguage. This adult population is the target audience ofthis book.

Based on the RP (Received Pronunciation) model—themost widely understood English pronunciation across theworld—this systematically organized and lucidly writtentext covers the entire range from sound to connectedspeech, i.e., dialogues, anecdotes, passages and shortspeeches. The book is in two parts: Part I deals with allimportant aspects of English pronunciation; Part IIcomprises a pronouncing dictionary.

Intended for adult learners of English, the book chieflyaims at remediation, and most of the practice materialsand exercises are given with this end in view. Besides,with the help of numerous listening exercises, the coursesharpens the learners’ ability to comprehend spokenEnglish with ease, thereby training them toface real-life situations (for example, interviews) withconfidence and competence.

KEY FEATURES• Gives a fairly comprehensive account of the

relationship between sound and spelling.• A whole chapter is devoted to Stress in English

compounds.• The Dictionary — a Dictionary with a difference—

consists of words that are commonly used in thelanguage but are often mispronounced. The entireDictionary is recorded on CD with spaces for learnersto repeat each word after the teacher.

• The two CDs accompanying the book help the learnerin speaking as well as listening.

With its emphasis on practice, the book will prove to be

of great value to postgraduate students of English andlinguistics, teacher-trainees in colleges of education andinstitutes of English, college faculty and school teachers,institutes offering courses in spoken English, candidatespreparing for various competitive exams, and radio andTV newsreaders.

Contents: Preface. Part I: PRONUNCIATION OF ENGLISH—Introduction. Problems of Pronunciation. EnglishConsonants. English Vowels. Some General Guidelines forCorrect Pronunciation. Word Stress. Stress in CompoundWords. Sentence Stress and Rhythm. Intonation.Additional Attributes of Good Speech. Practice inConnected Speech. Part II: THE DICTIONARY—About theDictionary. The Dictionary. Section A: General EnglishVocabulary. Section B: Some Common Personal Names,Names of Days, Months and Literary Characters. SectionC: Some Common Geographical Names. Section D:Foreign Words and Phrases Commonly Used in English.Select Bibliography. Index.


Translation Studies

SHASTRIFundamental Aspects of TranslationPRATIMA DAVE SHASTRI, Assistant Professor, Departmentof Applied Linguistics, Shreemati Nathibai DamodarThackersey (SNDT) Women’s University, Mumbai.

This concise and well-written text provides a deeperinsight into the discipline of translation and discusses allthe complexities involved in translation.

The book discusses in detail the process of translation,different types of translation, and theory and principlesof translation. It also deals with different interdisciplinarysubjects such as semiotics, linguistics, lexicography andsocio-linguistics that contribute to effective translation.Finally, it explains the problems of translation and thetechniques for evaluating translation. The book providesplenty of examples to make the concept clear.

The book is intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents of translation studies and postgraduate studentsof English, Applied Linguistics, and English andComparative Literature.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Nature and Scope ofTranslation. Process of Translation. Types of Translation.Theory of Translation. Principles of Translation.Translating Poetry: A Process of Transcreation.Translation and Culture: A Semiotic Perspective.Linguistics and Translation. Lexicography and the Toolsfor Translation. Sociolinguistics and Translation. Problemsof Translation. Evaluation of Translation. SpecimenExample of Evaluation of Translation. References.Suggested Reading. Index.



LAW

Administrative Law

JAYAKUMARAdministrative LawN.K. JAYAKUMAR, Professor and Head, Department ofLaw, and Dean, Faculty of Law, University of Kerala.

This concise yet comprehensive book covers the entirerange of topics on administrative law prescribed forundergraduate students of Law (LL.B./B.A., LL.B.) andpresents them with great clarity and commendableinsight.

The book begins by describing the reasons for the rapidgrowth and tremendous development of administrativelaw in modern times and goes on to discuss delegatedlegislation, principles of natural justice, contractual andtortuous liability of the State, and remedies availableto the individual against the State with relevant caselaws. Comparison with the systems prevailing in othercountries puts the topics in the right perspective. Recentdevelopments including legitimate expectation,proportionality, and misfeasance in public office arediscussed at appropriate places.

The most remarkable feature of the book is that it hastransformed the complex subject of administrative lawinto an easily understandable subject within the grasp ofeven an average student. The compact size of the bookand simple treatment of the subject make this text thebest introduction to administrative law.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. Introduction.Delegated Legislation. The Principles of Natural Justice.Discretionary Powers of the Administration. JudicialControl of Administrative Action. Remedies againstAdministrative Action. Liability of the State in Tort.Liability of the State in Contract. Government Privileges inLegal Proceedings. Services under the Union and theStates. Maladministration and Its Remedies. PublicEnterprises. Index.

Latest Print 2005 / 192 pp. / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-81-203-2850-7 / ` 175.00

Business Law

BHATIA & SETHICorporate and Compensation LawsNISHWAN BHATIA, Associate Professor, Departmentof Commerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi.JYOTSNA SETHI, Associate Professor, Department ofCommerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi.Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate studentsof Commerce, this book gives a comprehensive analysisof the legal aspects of corporate and compensation laws.

The book begins with an overview of the nature, kindand formation of a company and different kinds ofcompanies. Then it goes on to give a detailed discussionon Memorandum of Association, Articles of Associationand Prospectus. Besides, it enumerates the ways bywhich one becomes a member of a company, anddiscusses the legal provisions concerning share capital,shares, dividends, interest and bonus shares.Furthermore, it dwells on company management,meetings and proceedings, and provisions regardinginvestigation of company affairs, the conduct andconsequences of winding up of a company and theconcepts of corporate governance and producercompany. The book concludes with a discussion on thedevelopments in corporate laws, the Depositories Act,1996, the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, and theEmployees’ State Insurance Act, 1948. The Appendicescover Corporate Governance-Voluntary Guidelines 2009,the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923-Schedules I-IVand the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948-SchedulesII and III.Besides students of Commerce, those pursuing MBA,ICWA, Chartered Accountancy and Company Secretary-ship will also find the book extremely useful.KEY FEATURES• Gives uptodate information on the subject.• Incorporates all the amendments including the latest

amendment regarding corporate and compensationlaws.

• Illustrations with relevant Case Law reinforce the text.• Provides Test Questions and Practical Problems.Contents: Preface. Nature of A Company. Kinds ofCompanies. Formation of A Company. Memorandumof Association. Articles of Association. Prospectus.Membership in a Company. Share Capital. Shares.Dividends, Interest and Bonus Shares. CompanyManagement. Meetings and Proceedings. Investigation.Winding Up. Corporate Governance. Producer Company.Significant Developments In Corporate Laws. TheDepositories Act, 1996. Compensation Laws: TheWorkmen’s Compensation Act, 1923. CompensationLaws: The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948.Appendices—A: Corporate Governance-VoluntaryGuidelines 2009. B: The Workmen’s Compensation Act,1923-Schedules I-IV. C: The Employees’ State InsuranceAct, 1948-Schedules II and III. Index.


CHANDRA BOSEBusiness LawD. CHANDRA BOSE, Reader in the Research andPostgraduate Department of Commerce, Sree NarayanaCollege, Kollam, Kerala.

This book presents the legal aspects of the different lawsof the land in the most concise, lucid and illustrative


manner. The subject-matter is discussed in the light ofthe Statute of Law and ratio decidendi.

The book deals with the general principles of the Law ofContracts, and elaborates in detail the feature of Salesof Goods Act, 1930, Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881,Law of Insurance, Company Law, the Acts of IndustrialLaw, the Consumer Protection Act, 1996 and PollutionControl Act. Theoretical discussions are suitablysupplemented by case studies and illustrations.

Primarily intended as a text for B.Com students, the bookwould also be highly useful to the students of MBA,Institute of Chartered Accountants, Institute of CompanySecretaries and other professional courses.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Mercantile Law—Section 1:Law of Contract—Introduction. Nature of Contracts. Offeror Proposal. Acceptance. Consideration. Capacity ofParties. Free Consent. Legality of Consideration andObject. Contingent Contracts and Wagering Contracts.Quasi Contracts. Performance of Contract. Discharge ofContract. Remedies for Breach of Contract. Section 2:Special Contracts—Indemnity and Guarantee. Bailmentand Pledge. Agency. Section 3: Other Laws—Sale ofGoods Act, 1930. Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881.Partnership. Part Two: Law of Insurance—Insurance. LifeInsurance. General Insurance. Insurance Regulatory andDevelopment Authority (IRDA). Part Three: CompanyLaw—Introduction. Definition and Nature of a Company.Kinds of Companies. Formation and Incorporation of aCompany. Memorandum of Association. Articles ofAssociation. Prospectus. Membership in a Company.Share Capital. Shares. Application and Allotment ofShares. Calls and Forfeiture of Shares. Share Certificateand Share Warrant. Transfer and Transmission of Shares.Borrowing Powers. Directors. Other ManagerialPersonnel. Company Secretary. Meetings. Dividends.Accounts and Audit. Supremacy of Majority andProtection of Minority. Prevention of Oppression andMismanagement. Compromises, Arrangements andReconstructions. Winding up of a Company. Part Four:Industrial Law—The Factories Act, 1948. The IndustrialDisputes Act, 1947. The Trade Unions Act, 1926. TheMinimum Wages Act, 1948. The Employees’ State Insu-rance Act, 1948. Part Five: General Law—The ConsumerProtection Act, 1986. Pollution Control Act. Index.


PADHILegal Aspects of BusinessP.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute(XLRI), Jamshedpur.

This comprehensive and student-friendly text discussesthe various laws and Acts relating to business laws suchas The Indian Contract Act, The Sale of Goods Act andThe Companies Act. It presents the topics in a systematicand illustrative manner, providing many case laws with aview to making them more intelligible and authentic.

Legal jargon has been completely avoided so that thestudents can understand these laws with ease.

The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of law, management and theundergraduate students of commerce. Besides, studentspursuing professional courses such as CompanySecretaryship (CS), CA and ICWA would also find the bookquite useful.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. 1. The Indian ContractAct, 1872—Of the Communication, Acceptance andRevocation of Proposals. Of Contracts, Voidable Contractsand Void Agreements. Of Contingent Contracts. Of thePerformance of Contracts. Of Certain RelationsResembling Those Created by Contract. Of theConsequences of Breach of Contract. Of Indemnity andGuarantee. Of Bailment. Agency. 2. The Arbitration andConciliation Act, 1996—Part I: Arbitration—GeneralProvisions. Arbitration Agreement. Composition ofArbitral Tribunal. Jurisdiction of Arbitral Tribunals.Conduct of Arbitral Proceedings. Making of ArbitralAward and Termination of Proceedings. Recourse againstArbitral Award. Finality and Enforcement of ArbitralAwards. Appeals. Miscellaneous. Part II: Enforcement ofCertain Foreign Awards—New York Convention Awards.Geneva Convention Awards. Part III: Conciliation. Part IV:Supplementary Provisions—3. The Sales of goods act,1930—Preliminary. Formation of the Contract of Sale.Conditions and Warranties. Effects of the Contract.Transfer of Title. Performance of the Contract. Rights ofUnpaid Seller against the Goods. Suits for Breach of theContract. Miscellaneous. 4. The NEgotiable InstrumentsAct, 1881—Preliminary. Of Notes, Bills and Cheques.Parties to Notes, Bills and Cheques. Of Negotiation. OfPresentment. Of Payment and Interest. Of Discharge fromLiability on Notes, Bills and Cheques. Of Notice ofDishonour. Of Noting and Protest. Of Reasonable Time.Of Acceptance and Payment for Honour and Reference inCase of Need. Of Compensation. Special Rules ofEvidence. Of Crossed Cheques. Of Bills in Sets. OfInternational Law. Of Penalties in Case of Dishonour ofCertain Cheques for Insufficiency of Funds in theAccounts. 5. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986—Preliminary. Consumer Protection Councils. ConsumerDisputes Redressal Agencies. Miscellaneous. 6. TheCompanies Act, 1956—Meaning and Features. Kinds ofCompany. Registration and Incorporation. Memorandumof Association. Articles of Association. Prospectus. Shareand Share Capital. Shareholders and Members.Debentures. Directors. Meetings. Majority Powers andMinority Rights. Prevention of Oppression andMismanagement. Winding up of a Company. Appendix.Index.



RAOBusiness LawPEDDINA MOHANA RAO was formerly Reader,Department of Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati(SKCG), an Autonomous College in Orissa.

This student-friendly text on Business Law discusses indetail different laws and Acts relating to business,commerce, trade and industry. Divided into six parts,Part I, The Indian Contract Act, 1872 discusses topics suchas agreement and contract, offer and acceptance, andconsideration. Part II, The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 dealswith formation of contract of sale, conditions andwarranties, and performance of contract of sale. Part III,The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 explains the nature ofpartnership and registration and dissolution of a firm.Part IV, The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 describesparties to negotiable instruments, presentation ofnegotiable instruments, and so on. Part V, The IndianCompanies Act, 1956 discusses the formation andincorporation of a company and appointment of directorsand their legal position. Part VI, General Acts, gives anoverview of The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 and TheForeign Exchange Management Act, 2000.

The book is intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents of commerce and postgraduate students ofmanagement. Besides, students pursuing professionalcourses such as CA, ICWA and CS and those appearing forJudicial Services examination will also find the book quiteuseful.

KEY FEATURES• Cites examples, wherever necessary, to clarify the

implication of the law.• Illustrates concepts with the help of worked out

examples.• Furnishes a Glossary on the legal terms used.• Cites case laws to make the concepts clear.• Supplements the text with pedagogical features such as

bird’s-eye view to make the book more practical andeasy to understand.

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Indian Contract Act, 1872—Law an Overview. Business Laws an Introductory View.Nature of Contract. Agreement and Contract. Offer andAcceptance. Consideration. Capacity to Contract. FreeConsent. Legality of Object and Consideration. VoidAgreements. Performance of Contract. Discharge ofContract. Breach of Contract. Contingent Contracts. QuasiContracts. Indemnity and Guarantee. Bailment andPledge. Law of Agency. Part II: The Sale of Goods Act,1930—Formation of the Contract of Sale. Conditions andWarranties. Transfer of Ownership in Goods. Performanceof the Contract of Sale. Unpaid Seller and RestorativeMeasures. Part III: The Indian Partnership Act, 1932—Nature of Partnership: A General View. Relations ofPartners to One Another. Registration and Dissolution ofa Firm. Part IV: Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881—Negotiable Instruments: An Introductory View. Parties toNegotiable Instruments. Negotiation. Presentment ofNegotiable Instruments. Dishonour and Discharge of

Negotiable Instruments. Banker and Customer. Part V:The Indian Companies Act, 1956—Formation andIncorporation of Company. Legal Position of Directors,their Appointment and Remuneration. Meetings andResolutions. Part VI: The Consumer Protection Act,1986—The Consumer Protection Act, 1986: An AggregateView. Part VII: The Foreign Exchange Management Act,2000—Foreign Exchange Management Act, 2000: A BriefView. Index.


SULPHEY & BASHEERLaws for Business, 2nd ed.M.M. SULPHEY, Professor and Head, HR Domain, TKMInstitute of Management, Kollam, Kerala.AZ-HAR BASHEER, Assistant Professor at TKM Institute ofManagement, Kollam, Kerala. He is also a consultant andmentor to a number of SMEs.

The knowledge of business laws is very important forthe survival and growth of any organisation. Thiscomprehensive and well-written book provides a soundunderstanding of the fundamentals of business laws.The book presents a thorough discussion of various legaltopics such as contract laws, corporate laws, labourlegislations, taxation laws and the related acts includingthe Sale of Goods Act, 1930, the Negotiable InstrumentsAct, 1881, the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, theInsurance Act, 1938, the Limited Liability Partnership Act,2008, the Companies Act, 1956, the Foreign ExchangeManagement Act, 1999, the Information Technology Act,2000, the Environment Protection Act, 1986, and otherimportant acts.The subject has been made more interesting andauthentic by the inclusion of many practical examplesand studies of different law cases. In addition, the bookprovides Review Questions at the end of each chapter.Moreover, mind maps have also been provided in mostof the chapters to give the readers a brief idea about theconcepts discussed.In the Second Edition, new acts such as Right to Inform-ation Act and Right to Education Act have been added.More practical exercises in the form of case studies havebeen added in the questions section. Formats of anumber of documents have also been included in thisedition.The book is primarily designed for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of management and other relatedcourses for their subject Business Law. Besides themanage-ment students, the professionals and legalpractitioners will also find the book very useful.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Section I: Introduction toLaw and Its Implication in Business. Introduction. SectionII: Law of Contracts. Indian Contract Act, 1872. SpecialContracts. Sale of Goods Act, 1930. NegotiableInstruments Act, 1881. Consumer Protection Act, 1986.Insurance Act, 1938. Indian Partnership Act, 1932. Limited


Liability Partnership Act, 2008. Section III: CorporateLaws. Companies Act, 1956. Foreign ExchangeManagement Act, 1999. Competition Act, 2002. Securitiesand Exchange Board of India Act, 1992. Section IV:Labour Legislations. Administrative Law. Factories Act,1948. Trade Unions Act, 1926. Industrial Disputes Act,1947. Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923. Employees’State Insurance Act, 1948. Employees’ Provident Fundsand Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. Payment ofGratuity Act, 1972. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961. Paymentof Wages Act, 1936. Minimum Wages Act, 1948. Paymentof Bonus Act, 1965. Industrial Employment StandingOrders Act, 1946. Section V: Taxation Laws. Income Tax.Wealth Tax. Value Added Tax (VAT). Section VI:Miscellaneous Acts. Intellectual Property Rights.Information Technology Act, 2000. EnvironmentProtection Act, 1986. Index.


Civil Procedure Code

DASCode of Civil ProcedureJATINDRA KUMAR DAS, Associate Professor, Departmentof Law, at University of Calcutta, Kolkata.

The book written with a rich teaching experience of theauthor at National Law University and State University,attempts to critically analyse Indian High Court and ApexCourt cases on the Law of Civil Procedure. It alsoevaluates the relation between statutory procedural lawand case laws as subject. Most importantly, the bookpresents recent judgments of Supreme Court, particularlybased on Post Amendment Acts of 1999 and 2002. Also,these cases have been analysed in addition to a criticalexamination of the radical and far reaching effect of theCode.

This lucid and well-organised book is divided into fiveparts. Part I develops theoretical foundations of thereaders on Civil Procedure Code. Part II demonstratescertain important issues on the (i) scope of jurisdiction ofcivil courts to entertain disputes, (ii) principles governingres sub judice, res judicata and foreign judgement, (iii)nature of powers exercised by civil courts in mattersrelating to place of suing, institution of suit, transfer ofcases, withdrawal and compromise of suits, (iv) necessaryconditions for first hearing, interim order, trial as well asspecial suits, (v) scope and ambit of law relating topleadings, appearance and non-appearance of parties,discovery, inspection, production of documents, death,marriage, insolvency of parties, judgment and decrees.Part III explores various issues on appeals, reference,review and revision. In this part, an attempt has alsobeen made to discuss different facets of law on firstappeal, second appeals, appeals from orders, appeal byindigent persons, appeals to the Supreme Court. Part IV isdevoted to discuss various principles on execution. Part Vdeals with miscellaneous issues on the Law of Civil

Procedure and includes Appendix on the Law ofLimitation.

The book will prove useful to the students of LLB andLLM for their course study. Besides, the book will be ofimmense use to the professionals.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Preliminary—TheoreticalFoundations of Code of Civil Procedure. Definitions.Part II: Suits—Jurisdiction of Civil Courts. Res Sub Judiceand Res Judicata. Foreign Judgments. Place of Suing.Institution of Suit, Parties to Suit, Framing of Suit,Recognised Agents and Pleaders. Pleading: Plaint andWritten Statement. Issuing Summons, Appearances ofParties, Consequence of Non-appearance and Remediesagainst ex-parte Decrees. First Hearing. Discovery,Inspection, Admissions, Production of Documents andAffidavits. Trial. Withdrawal, Adjustment and Compromiseof Suits. Effect of Death, Marriage and Insolvency ofParties. Special Suits and Proceedings. Judgment, Decree,Interest and Costs. Interlocutory and Interim Orders.Part III: Appeals, Reference, Review and Revision—Appeals from Original Decrees: First Appeal. Appeals fromApellate Decrees: Second Appeal. Appeals from Order.Appeals by Indigent Persons. Appeals to the SupremeCourt. Reference. Review. Revision. Part IV: Execution—General Principles of Execution. Modes for Execution.Arrest and Detention. Attachment of Property andDistribution of Assets. Sale and Delivery of Property.Part V: Miscellaneous—Restitution. Caveat. InherentPowers of Court. Appendix: Law of Limitation. Index.


Constitution of India

‡Ê◊Ê¸

÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ— ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ, Œ‚flÊ¢ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ

’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ– ¬Ífl¸ ◊¥

÷Ê⁄UÃ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁflÁœ ◊¢òÊÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ •¬⁄U ‚Áøfl Õ–

Hkkjr ds lafo/ku ij fy[kh xbZ bl iqLrd esa lafoèkku osQ micaèkksa dkvfHkizk; lgt Hkk"kk esa crk;k x;k gSA lkafoèkkfud laLFkkvks a(dk;Zikfydk] foèkkf;dk vkSj U;k;ikfydk) osQ dk;Z{ks=k vkSjdk;Zfofèk dk blesa o.kZu gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh n`f"V ls mi;ksxh 4 fo"k;ksaosQ fy, i`Fko~Q vè;k; gSaA ;s fo"k; gSa—izR;k;ksftr foèkku] uSlfxZdU;k;] yksdfgrokn vkSj fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kdA blosQ vfrfjDrlafoèkku dh jpuk dh mu ?kVukvksa dk o.kZu gS ftudk izHkkolafoèkku dh jpuk ij iM+kA

2002 esa bl iqLrd dk igyk laLdj.k izdkf'kr gqvk FkkA 2014 esa;g nloka laLdj.k ikBdksa osQ le{k gSA bldh mi;ksfxrk vkSjyksdfiz;rk dk ;g izek.k gSA

bl laLdj.k esa 31 fnlacj 2013 rd osQ fu.kZ; ;FkkLFkku fufnZ"V gSA

nlosa laLdj.k dh fo'ks"krk,a

1- fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kd ij ,d i`Fko~Q vè;k;A2- yksdra=k] lektokn vkSj iaFkfujis{krk ij fVIi.kA3- lafoèkku dh jpuk osQ iwoZ dh ?kVukvksa okys vè;k; esa 'kksèk

vkèkkfjr ubZ lkexzhA


4- yksd O;oLFkk vkSj fofèk O;oLFkk esa varjA5- osaQnz vkSj jkT; dh vlaxrrk ij jk"Vªifr dh vuqefr dk izHkkoA6- lkafoèkkfud fofèkekU;rk dk fu.kZ; oSQls gks\7- vuqPNsn 14 osQ fo"k; esa U;k;k/h'k fofo;u cksl dk fopkjA8- vkj{k.k ij ekSfyd fopkj] vuqPNsn 15(4) vkSj 16(4) esa varjA9- eaMy okys fu.kZ; ij lhjobZ osQ fopkjA10- cksEebZ okys fu.kZ; dh vkykspukA11- vuqPNsn 142 ls lacafèkr ekSfyd fopkjA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— Œ‚fl¥ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ¬˝Õ◊ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ

‚ÍøË– ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§Ë ⁄UøŸÊ ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ ∑§Ë ÉÊ≈UŸÊ∞¢– ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§ ¬˝◊Èπ ‹ˇÊáÊ–

¬Á⁄U‚¢ÉÊ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë– ©UgÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ê ⁄UÊÖÿˇÊòÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ–

ŸÊªÁ⁄U∑§ÃÊ– ◊Í‹ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ⁄UÊÖÿ ∑§Ë ŸËÁÃ ∑§ ÁŸŒ‡Ê∑§ Ãûfl– ◊Í‹ ∑§ûÊ¸√ÿ–

‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ê ÁflœÊŸ-◊¢«U‹– ⁄UÊÖÿ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ⁄UÊÖÿ

ÁflœÊŸ-◊¢«U‹– ãÿÊÿ¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê ©UìÊÃ◊ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ– ©UìÊ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ–

‚¢ÉÊ ⁄UÊÖÿˇÊòÊ– SÕÊŸËÿ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ– ‚„U∑§Ê⁄UË ‚Ê‚ÊßøË– ‚¢ÉÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§

’Ëø ‚¢’¢œ– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ, ‚¢ÁflŒÊ∞¢ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊŒó‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ŒÊÁÿàfl– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– √ÿÊ¬Ê⁄U, flÊÁáÊÖÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊Êª◊ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ– ‚¢ÉÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§

•œËŸ ‚flÊ∞¢– ‹Ê∑§ ‚flÊ •ÊÿÊª– ÁŸflÊ¸øŸ– ⁄UÊ¡÷Ê·Ê– •Ê¬ÊÃ ©U¬’¢œ–

‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§Ê ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– Œ‹ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸ŸóŒ‚flË¥ •ŸÈ‚ÍøË– ∑È§¿U flªÊZ ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ ◊¥

Áfl‡Ê· ©U¬’¢œ– ¬˝àÿÊÿÊÁ¡Ã ÁflœÊŸ– ŸÒ‚Áª¸∑§ ãÿÊÿ– ‹Ê∑§Á„UÃflÊŒ– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê

ÁŸÿ¢òÊ∑§-◊„UÊ‹πÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊ∑§– ‡ÊéŒ-‚ÍøË– •ŸÈ∑˝§◊ÁáÊ∑§Ê–


SHARMAIntroduction to the Constitution of India,6th ed.BRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The students and teachers have again shown theirpreference to this book. The author has been receivingfavourable comments from the readers. To maintain itsstandard the author has updated case law and relatedinformation.

This edition incorporates the law as propounded by theSupreme Court. All important decisions of the SupremeCourt reported till July 2011 have been duly referredand cited.

It contains a new chapter on Public Interest Litigation.

The book is designed and written as a text for studentsof Law (LL.B. and LL.M.), Political Science and PublicAdministration. It is designed to make it suitable for CivilServices and Judicial Services examinations. It providesguidance and overview of our Constitution to all thosewho seek knowledge.

WHAT IS NEW TO THIS EDITION1. A new chapter on Public Interest Litigation2. Power of the President to remove a Governor3. Qualification and duties of Advocate General4. Role of Patel, Rau and Dr. Ambedkar in the making of

the Constitution5. Power of High Court to direct C.B.I.6. Criticism of Collegium process

7. Limitations of legislatures to remove a member8. Meaning of religious instruction9. Position of Additional Judge of a High Court10. Refund of tax paid in excess11. Basis of equal pay for equal work12. List of Committees of the Constituent Assembly13. Permissibility of Narco analysis etc.14. Constitutionality of MPLAD scheme

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Events Before the Framing of the Constitution.Salient Features of the Constitution. The Federal System.The Preamble. Territory of the Union and Formation ofStates. Citizenship. Fundamental Rights. DirectivePrinciples of State Policy. Fundamental Duties. The UnionExecutive. The Union Legislature. The State Executive.State Legislatures. The Judiciary. The Supreme Courtof India. The High Courts. Union Territories. LocalGovernment. Relations between the Union and theStates. Property, Contract and Suits—GovernmentLiability. Right to Property. Freedom of Trade, Commerceand Intercourse. Services under the Union and the States.Public Service Commissions. Elections. Official Language.Emergency Provisions. Amendment of the Constitution.Defections—Tenth Schedule. Special Provisions Relatingto Certain Classes’. Delegated Legislation. Natural Justice.Public Interest Litigation. Index.


Cyber Law

HARISH CHANDERCyber Laws and IT ProtectionHARISH CHANDER, formerly Professor-in-Charge, LawCentre II, Faculty of Law, University of Delhi.

India has emerged as a hub of the IT industry due tothe phenomenal growth of the IT sector. However, thishuge growth rate has brought with it the inevitablelegal complications due to a switch over from paper-based commercial transactions to e-commerce ande-transactions. This book discusses the legal position ofInformation Technology (IT), e-commerce and businesstransaction on the cyberspace/Internet under theInformation Technology (IT) Act in India.

Divided into five parts, Part I of the text deals with therole of the Internet, e-commerce and e-governance in thefree market economy. Part II elaborates on various lawsrelating to electronic records and intellectual propertyrights with special reference to India. Efforts are beingmade internationally to rein in cyber crimes byintroducing stringent laws, Part III deals with various rulesand regulations which have been introduced to get rid ofcyber crimes. Part IV is devoted to a discussion onvarious offences committed under the IT Act, penaltiesimposed on the offenders, and compensations awardedto the victims. Finally, Part V acquaints the students withthe miscellaneous provisions of the IT Act.


This book is designed as text for postgraduate students ofLaw (LLM) and undergraduate and postgraduate studentsof Information Technology [B.Tech./M.Tech. (IT)] and forMaster of Computer Applications (MCA) wherever it isoffered as a course. Besides, it will prove handy forscholars and researchers working in the field of IT andInternet.

KEY FEATURES

• Includes Appendices on the role of electronic evidence,information technology rules, ministerial order onblocking websites, and the rules relating to the use ofelectronic records and digital signatures.

• Provides a comprehensive Table of Cases.• Incorporates abbreviations of important legal terms

used in the text.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Table of Cases.Abbreviations (Citation of Cases). Part I: Internet,E-commerce and E-governance with Reference to FreeMarket Economy—Understanding Computers, Internetand Cyber Laws. Conceptual Framework of E-commerce:E-governance. The Role of Electronic Signatures inE-commerce with Reference to Free Market Economy inIndia. Part II: Law Relating to Electronic Records andIntellectual Property Rights in India—Legal Aspects ofElectronic Records/Digital Signatures. The Rules andRegulations of Certifying Authorities in India. Protectionof Intellectual Property Rights in Cyberspace in India.Part III: International Efforts Relating to Cyberspace Lawsand Cyber Crimes—International Efforts Related toCyberspace Laws. Council of Europe (COE) Convention onCyber Crimes. Part IV: Penalties, Compensation andOffences under the Cyberspace and Internet in India—Penalties, Compensation and Adjudication of Violations ofProvisions of IT Act and Judicial Review. Some ImportantOffences under the Cyberspace Law and the Internet inIndia. Other Offences under the Information TechnologyAct in India. Part V: Miscellaneous Provisions of IT Actand Conclusions—The Role of Electronic Evidence and theMiscellaneous Provisions of the IT Act. Appendices—I: Information Technology Act as Amended up to 2008.II: The Information Technology (Certifying Authorities)Rules, 2000. III: Ministerial Order on Blocking ofWebsites. IV: The Information Technology (Use ofElectronic Records and Digital Signatures) Rules, 2004.Bibliography. Index.


Environmental Law

SENGAREnvironmental Law (with CD-ROM)DHARMENDRA S. SENGAR, Vice Chancellor, Indian LawInstitute, New Delhi.Today, more than ever before, there is considerableconcern about the deterioration of the environment

arising from environmental pollution—water, air, noise,radiation and others. For, such pollution has a hugeadverse impact on human health, and the hazardsit poses are too numerous. There is also a felt-needfor environmental protection and management andeffective implementation of environmental laws. Thiscomprehensive book, authored by Prof. Sengar, aneminent academic, with his wealth of experience invarious areas of environmental law and management,brings these issues into sharp focus.

The book highlights problems such as public health andsafety, right to carry on trade vis-à-vis duty to protectenvironment, right to information about hazardousinstallations, right to clean environment, and ecologicalbalance for sustainable development. It stresses theneed for striking a balancer between environment anddevelopment to bring about sustainable development.Finally, the text shows how important it is to formulate alegal framework for environmental protection.

KEY FEATURES• While giving a broad conceptual overview of environ-

mental law, the text explains the major environmentallaws, examines the relevant provisions, and tracesthe origin of constitutional support to environmentalprotection.

• Refers to all leading cases on environmental law andhighlights the role of judiciary on entertaining as wellas restraining public interest litigations (PILs) to stopenvironmental violations.

• Provides Appendices containing various environmentallaws.

• The accompanying CD-ROM contains text of allrelevant environmental laws—both general andspecific—to help readers have access to those lawsinstantly.

Primarily intended as a text for students of law (LL.B./BALL.B./LL.M., MBL) and management (MBA), the bookshould also prove to be an excellent reference foracademics, lawyers, judges, environmental activists,environmental managers and corporates concerned withenvironmental protection.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List ofCases. Introduction. Industrial Pollution: Causes andConsequences. Legal Control of Hazardous Substancesand Processes. Law Relating to Water Pollution. IndustrialAir Pollution and Law. Enforcement Machinery.Environmental Issues and Judicial Trend. CorporateEnvironmental Liability. Bibliography. SelectedEnvironmental Statutes. Specific EnvironmentalLegislations and Their Amendments. Appendices. Index.



VENKATEnvironmental Law and PolicyARUNA VENKAT, Associate Professor of Law at NALSARUniversity of Law, Hyderabad. She is the Centre Head ofCentre for Humanitarian and Refugee Laws. She alsoheads the Centre on Law and Society at NALSAR.

This book presents a comprehensive account of thevarious contours of the environmental jurisprudence inIndia. It covers the Indian constitutional, legislative,administrative and judicial strategies that have shapedthe Indian environmental jurisprudence against thebackdrop of the various international efforts to controlpollution and preserve the global environment. It dealswith the constitutional framework provided for thepreservation and protection of Indian environment. Inthis context, the book gives an extensive picture of Indianadministrative and legislative policy framework alongwith the latest developments in the area. The salientand most important feature of the book is its in-depthaccount of the innovative judicial enforcement of theconstitutional and legislative prescriptions as reflected inthe catena of judicial decisions including the latest ones.In this respect, the fundamental right to life guaranteedby Article 21 of the Indian Constitution has been given avery liberal interpretation in order to make it the chiefconstitutional edifice of the Indian environmentaljurisprudence and environmental justice in India.

The book is intended for the students of LL.B. and LL.M.It would also be useful to faculty, research scholars,lawyers and other legal professionals.

Contents: Preface. List of Cases. Abbreviations.Introduction. Environmental Protection: InternationalLegislative and Administrative Efforts. EnvironmentalProtection: Constitutional Perspectives. EnvironmentalProtection: Legislative Strategies. EnvironmentalProtection and Administrative Strategies. EnvironmentalProtection, Preservation and Role of Judiciary:Constitutional Format. Need for Prevention and Controlof Water Pollution: Judicial Responses And Strategies.Prevention and Control of Air Pollution Through JudicialIntervention and Enforcement. Protection of Forests andEcology: Judicial Concern and Perception. Conclusionsand Suggestions. Bibliography. Index.


Governance

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.)Strengthening Governance throughAccess to JusticeAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance atthe Centre for the Study of Law and Governance,Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi.NASIR ASLAM ZAHID, Dean, Hamdard School of Law atthe Hamdard University, Karachi.

This book tries to reunite and rebuild faith in publicinstitutions by highlighting the availability of judicialremedies for the poor and the excluded in South Asia.The central idea of this book is the inevitable linkbetween judicial capacity and good governance. Itcritically discusses the state of ‘access to justice’ to thepoor and addresses the problems of various structuresand procedures approached by the poor to seek justice.The formal system remains locked in the whimsicalfantasies of the lawyers and the state structure whichaborts the rule of law for the privileged and works inopen defiance of the increasing disempowerment of thepoor due to an overwhelming judiciary.

This book highlights the growing need for restorativejustice as against retributive and thus emphasizes a moreintensive action research in alternative dispute resolutionsystems (ADRs). This argument is further developed toassess the competence of many people’s led informalinstitutions of judiciary such as Saalish in Bangladesh,Jirgas in Pakistan or Lok Adalats in India. The book is alsoradical in its approach towards the use of alternativedispute resolution systems to support marginalizedcommunities, including women in distress, throughmediation and arbitration which are gaining a newintellectual space in justice discourse.

This book is an indispensable guide to administrators, andsocial scientists interested in governance and legalresearch. It would also be useful for those working in thenon-state sector of pro-poor reforms.

Contents: Preface. About the Editors. About theContributors. Introduction, Amita Singh. Section I: JustSpace for the Poor in Judicial Systems—Gram Adalat inBangladesh: Theory and Practice, M. Abdul Wahhab.Panchayats and Jirghas (Lok Adalats): Alternative DisputeResolution System in Pakistan, Irum Ahsan. Lok Adalatsand Judicial Reform in India, Archana Agarwal. FormalPerceptions of Informal Justice: Village Councils andAccess to Justice, Kripa Ananth Pur, Anirudh Krishna.Poverty and Access to Justice: Dimensions of PublicInterest Litigation, Anindita Pujari. Revitalizing Judiciary:Enhancing Access to the Poor, Pallavi Bahar. JusticeWithout Lawyers: Getting Ideas from China, Xiong Ying.Section II: Procedural Fairness and Restorative Justice—Gender, Violence and Power: Retributive versusRestorative Justice in South Asia, Ferdous Jahan.Alternatives to the Judicial Mess: Suggesting Mediation,Dale Bagshaw. Issues of Equity and Justice in ClimateChange: A South Asian Perspective, Angela Williams.Judicial intervention for the environmentally Distressed inPakistan, Saima Amin Khawaja. Elusive Justice Denialframe for the Tribal Poor in India, Priti Singh. Governanceand Justice: Challenge of Weaving the Severed Bond inSouth Asia, Justice Nasir Aslam Zahid.



Human Rights

RAIFundamental Rights andTheir EnforcementUDAI RAJ RAI, formerly Krishna Iyer Chair Professor atNational Law School of India University (NLSIU),Bangalore for six years and Visiting Professor, NationalUniversity of Juridical Sciences (NUJS), Kolkata.

India is credited with having one of the finest democraticconstitutions in the world. And rightly so. For, eventhough the Indian Constitution has undergone manyamendments and has been subjected to a lot of criticism,it has stood the test of time and has emerged as thebeacon of hope, ensuring liberty, equality and justice tothe citizens.

It is in this context this comprehensive and systemicallyorganized book on Fundamental Rights and TheirEnforcement, written by Prof. Udai Raj Rai, an eminentacademic with great legal acumen, becomes sosignificant. The book is a study on the fundamental rightsguaranteed under Part III of the Constitution. Divided into15 chapters—each chapter is again divided into parts—the book discusses in detail Liberty-based rights such asright to freedom of expression and other article 19 rights;life and personal liberty; preventive detention, capitalpunishment and prisoner’s rights; and freedom ofreligion. Then it goes on to give an in-depth analysis ofEquality-based rights—equality before law; non-discrimination and equal opportunity; social reservation;Liberty and Equality-based-rights—social equality andright to education as well as minority rights to establishand administer educational institutions. The bookconcludes with a comprehensive coverage on reach offundamental rights; its violation; enforcement of therights; Directive Principles of State Policy; and thefundamental duties of citizens.

The book being a juridical study, the emphasisthroughout is on analytical and critical study of importantSupreme Court judgments. So, such major judgments asA.K. Gopalan and Maneka are highlighted. The distinctionbetween pre-Maneka and post-Maneka jurisprudence isalso clearly brought out. Besides, there is an elaboratediscussion on the right to information, special problemsregarding media freedom, and the Law of Contempt ofCourt which, the author feels, needs amendment.

This well-balanced and well-researched book is intendedas a text for postgraduate students of law (LL.M.) and asa reference for undergraduate students of law (LL.B., BALL.B.). It should also serve as a valuable reference tolawyers, judges, and the teaching community.

KEY FEATURES• Gives an analytical and critical study of Supreme Court

judgments in relation to fundamental rights.• Highlights the need for testing the laws on the

touchstone of Secularism.

• Shows the need for balancing the State's regulatorypower and educational rights of the minorities.

• Gives recent Supreme Court decisions in the Addendaat the end of the book.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. Introduction. Liberty-based Rights I: Freedom of Expression. Liberty-basedRights II: Rest of Article 19 Rights. Liberty-based Rights III:Meaning of Life and Personal Liberty. Liberty-based RightsIV: Punitive Deprivation of Life and Personal Liberty.Liberty-based Rights V: Preventive Detention, DeathSentence and Prisoners’ Rights. Liberty-based Rights VI:Freedom of Religion. Equality-based Rights I: EqualityBefore Law. Equality-based Rights II: (Non-discriminationand Equal Opportunity). Equality-based Rights III: SocialReservation. Liberty- and Equality-based Rights I. Liberty-and Equality-based Rights II: Identity, Minority and OtherPrivate Educational Institutions. Reach of FundamentalRights. Violation of Fundamental Rights. Enforcement ofthe Rights. Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties.Index.


Intellectual Property

SOPLEManaging Intellectual Property:The Strategic Imperative, 3rd ed.VINOD V. SOPLE, Director at the Dombivli Campus ofITM Business School.

The book presents a comprehensive treatment ofIntellectual Property concepts and its applications inIndian industry. Now, in its Third Edition, it includes anew chapter on Valuation of Intellectual Property andnumerous cases/caselets in most of the chapters. Itprovides a strategic framework for IP management,leading to competitive advantage for a business enter-prise. Besides explaining the conceptual framework andpractices of IP management, the book discusses IP as astrategic tool, its commercial exploitation and strategiesfor risk management of IP. Web-based materialcomprising chapter-wise PowerPoint Presentations(PPTs) and multiple choice questions is available atwww.phindia.com/sople

This book is primarily intended as a text for postgraduatestudents of management, students of engineering andthose who are pursuing certificate, postgraduate diplomaor degree courses in IPR. In addition, professionals andcorporate decision-makers should find the text veryvaluable.

KEY FEATURES• Discusses IPs such as Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks,

Trade Secrets, Designs, Semiconductor Circuit Layoutsand Geographical Indications, etc.

• Treats IPRs and Cyber Space and Pharmaceutical sectorin separate chapters.


• Classifies systems in practice for various IPs.• Provides IPRs legal provision in Indian context.• Includes a comprehensive glossary of important terms.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Intellectual Property—AStrategic Tool—Intellectual Property System. IP Rightsand Marketing Regulations. IP Management Framework.IP Audits. Part II: Intellectual Property (IP): LegalProtection—Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs). Patents.Trademarks. Copyrights. Trade Secrets. Industrial Designs.Geographical Indications. Semiconductor IntegratedCircuit Layout Design. The Protection of Plant Varietiesand Farmers’ Rights. Biodiversity and TraditionalKnowledge. IPRs in Cyber Space. IPRs in PharmaProtection Sector. Part III: Intellectual PropertyExploitation and Risk Coverage—IPR in Fashion Industry.Intellectual Property Licencing. Intellectual PropertyInsurance. Securitisation of Intellectual Property.Valuation of Intellectual Property. Annexures—1: PatentClassification Schemes. 2: International Schedule ofClasses of Goods and Services for Trademarks. 3: LocarnoClassification of Goods for Industrial Designs.4: Information Sources on Intellectual Property Rights.Glossary. Company Index. Subject Index.


Jurisprudence

’Ê‹∑Î§cáÊ/‡Ê◊Ê¸

ÁflÁœ ‡ÊÊSòÊó∞∑§ •äÿÿŸ

’Ê‹∑Î§cáÊ (v~Æ}-v~~x), ⁄UÊ¡÷Ê·Ê (ÁflœÊÿË) •ÊÿÊª ∑§ ‚ŒSÿ

‚Áøfl •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÅÿÊÃ ÁflmÊŸ Õ–

’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–

¬Ífl¸ ◊¥ ÷Ê⁄UÃ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁflÁœ ◊¢òÊÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ •¬⁄U ‚Áøfl Õ–

ÁflÁœ ∑§ ÁfllÊÕË¸ •ÊÒ⁄U Á‡ÊˇÊ∑§ ÁflÁœ ‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§ •äÿÿŸ ∑§Ê ∑§ÁΔUŸ

◊ÊŸÃ „Ò¥U– Á„¢UŒË ◊¥ ÃÊ ÁflÁœ ‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§Ë ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê •÷Êfl ‚Ê „ÒU– ¡Ê

∞∑§-ŒÊ ¬ÈSÃ∑¥§ „Ò¥U ©UŸ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ’«∏UË •≈U¬≈UË ‚Ë „ÒU– ÁfllÊÕË¸ ©U‚

‚◊¤Ê Ÿ„UË¥ ¬ÊÃ–

Á„¢UŒË ÷Ê·Ë ¿UÊòÊÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U •äÿÊ¬∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ‹ˇÿ ∑§⁄U∑§ ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ◊Í‹Ã—

Á„¢UŒË ◊¥ Á‹πË ªß¸ „ÒU– ‹π∑§ Ÿ •¬ŸË ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸó

∞∑§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ ∑§Ë •¬Ífl¸ ‚»§‹ÃÊ ‚ ¬˝Êà‚ÊÁ„UÃ „UÊ∑§⁄U ÿ„U ¬˝ÿÊ‚

Á∑§ÿÊ „ÒU–

ß‚◊¥ Áfl·ÿ ∑§ ‚÷Ë ¬„U‹È•Ê¥ ¬⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ „ÒU– ÷Ê·Ê ‚„U¡

„ÒU, ¬˝flÊ„U◊ÿ „ÒU– Áfl·ÿ ∑§Ê ÁflfløŸ ∑§„UË¥ ÷Ë ’ÊÁ¤Ê‹ Ÿ„UË¥ „UÊÃÊ– ∑§ÁΔUŸ

Áfl·ÿ ∑§Ê ∑§◊ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ◊¥ ß‚ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U Áfl‡‹·áÊ Á∑§ÿÊ ªÿÊ „ÒU Á∑§ fl„U

‚⁄U‹ÃÊ ‚ ‚◊¤Ê ◊¥ •Ê ¡Ê∞ •ÊÒ⁄U S◊ÎÁÃ ◊¥ ’ŸÊ ⁄U„U–

ÁflÁœ (∞‹∞‹.’Ë., ∞‹∞‹.∞◊) •ÊÒ⁄U ãÿÊÁÿ∑§ ÃÕÊ Á‚Áfl‹ ‚flÊ

¬⁄UËˇÊÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ’ÒΔUŸ flÊ‹Ê¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ fl⁄UŒÊŸ „UÊªË–

Áfl·ÿ-‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÷Êª v— Áfl·ÿ ¬˝fl‡ÊóÁflÁœ-‡ÊÊSòÊ– ÁflÁœ–

÷Êª w— ÁflÁœ ‚¢’¢œË ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ◊Ãó•ÊÁS≈UŸ– ©UûÊ⁄UflÃË¸ •ÊÁS≈UŸflÊŒËó

„UÊ‹Ò¥«U, ‚Ê◊¢«U, ª˝, Ä‹Ê∑¸§ •ÊÒ⁄U ∑§Ë≈UŸ– ÿÕÊÕ¸flÊŒ ÿÊ flÊSÃflflÊŒó

„UÊê‚, »˝Ò¥§∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‹fl‹ËŸ– S∑¥§«UŸÁflÿÊ ∑§Ê ÿÕÊÕ¸flÊŒó„ÒUª⁄US≈UÊ◊¸,

‹È¢«US≈U≈U, •ÊÁ‹fl∑˝§ÊŸÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊ‚– ∑§À‚Ÿ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÈh ÁflÁœ-ÁflôÊÊŸ–

Ÿ∞ ÁfløÊ⁄Uó„UÊ≈U ∑§Ê ◊Ã– ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ ÿÊ ¬∑§ÊÿflÊŒËó•ÊªSÃ ∑§ÊÒ¥Ã,

„U’¸≈¸U S¬¥‚⁄U, L§«UÊÀ»§ flÊŸ ∞Á⁄¢Uª, ÿÍ¡Ÿ ∞Á‹¸π •ÊÒ⁄U Á‹ÿÊŸ ÁŒªË–

„Uª‹, Ÿfl „Uª‹¬¢ÕË •ÊÒ⁄U Ÿfl ∑§Ê¢≈U¬¢ÕË ÁfløÊ⁄U∑§óL§«UÊÀ»§ S≈Uê‹⁄U,

«U‹ flÁ∑§ÿÊ, ∑§Ê„U‹⁄U, ⁄UÊ«U’È∑§, ŒÈ⁄UπÊß◊ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊Ä‚ fl’⁄U– ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§

•Á÷ÿÊ¢ÁòÊ∑§Ëó⁄UÊS∑§Ê ¬Ê©¢U«U– ‚ÊêÿflÊŒË, »§ÊÁ‚S≈U •ÊÒ⁄U ŸÊ¡Ë ÁfløÊ⁄Uó

⁄UŸ⁄U, ¬Ê‡ÊÈ∑§ÊÁŸ‚ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁ‡Ê¢S∑§Ë– ŸÒ‚Áª¸∑§ ÁflÁœó≈UÊ◊‚ ∞∑§ËŸÊ‚,

‚È∑§⁄UÊÃ, •»§‹ÊÃÍŸ •ÊÒ⁄U •⁄USÃÈ, ª˝ÊÁ≈Uÿ‚ ÃÕÊ ∑§Ê¢≈U– ÷Êª x— ÁflÁœ

∑§ dÊÃóÁflÁœ-dÊÃ– M§Á…∏U– ÁflœÊÿŸ– ãÿÊÁÿ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ– ÷Êª y—

ÁflÁœÃ¢òÊ ∑§Ë Á∑˝§ÿÊ‡ÊË‹ÃÊ (Á„UÃ ¬˝œÊŸ ÁflÁœ-‡ÊÊSòÊ)óÁ„UÃ– ÷Êª z—

ÁflÁœ∑§ ‚¢∑§À¬ŸÊ∞¢ó•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡ÊÁÄÃ– ©Uã◊ÈÁÄÃ– ∑§ûÊ¸√ÿ– √ÿÁc≈U,

√ÿÁÄÃ •ÊÒ⁄U √ÿÁÄÃàfl– ‚Ê◊âÿ¸– ¬˝ÊÁSÕÁÃ– flSÃÈ∞¢ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚¢¬ÁûÊ–

SflÊÁ◊àfl– ∑§é¡Ê– ‡ÊéŒ-‚ÍøË– Glossary– •ŸÈ∑˝§◊ÁáÊ∑§Ê–


Labour Law

PADHILabour and Industrial Laws, 2nd ed.P.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute(XLRI), Jamshedpur.

This comprehensive and well-organised text, now in itsSecond Edition, explains, with great clarity and precision,the labour and industrial laws such as the IndustrialDisputes Act, the Factories Act, and the Contract LabourAct. While giving a broad perspective of the subject, thetext brings out the objectives behind the enactment ofevery legislation, discusses the relevant case laws andshows how the Constitution is related to labour laws.Formulas for the calculation of compensation forretrenchment, death, permanent disablement are alsoprovided. Legal jargon has been completely avoided sothat anyone having some knowledge of the subject canunderstand these laws with ease.

In this edition, the amendments made in the ID Act, theESI Act, the Payment of Gratuity Act, the Payment ofBonus Act and the Employees’ Compensation Act havebeen incorporated.

The book is primarily meant for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of law, management and thepostgraduate students of commerce. Besides, studentspursuing professional courses such as CompanySecretaryship (CS) and Cost Accountancy (ICWA) wouldalso find the book very useful.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Introduction. The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970.The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986.The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965. The Payment of


Gratuity Act, 1972. The Industrial Employment (StandingOrders) Act, 1946. Apprentices Act, 1961. The MinimumWages Act, 1948. The Payment of Wages Act, 1936. TheTrade Unions Act, 1926. The Employees’ CompensationAct, 1923. The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948.Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous ProvisionsAct, 1952. The Factories Act, 1948. Index.


SIVARETHINAMOHANIndustrial Relations and Labour Welfare:Text and CasesR. SIVARETHINAMOHAN, Director, Department ofManagement Studies, MIET Engineering College,Trichirappalli and former Professor of Finance, AllianceBusiness School, Bangalore.

Building good industrial relations is so crucial for anyindustrial organization. Harmonious relationship betweenemployers and employees (who are the best assets ofany organization) contributes to greater productivityand growth. This comprehensive and well-organized textgives an in-depth analysis of the fundamental principlesand practice of industrial relations as well as theimplementation of labour welfare measures, the socialsecurity systems and labour laws, such as the TradeUnion Act, 1926, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, andthe Mines Act, 1952. It focuses on the Indian contextwithin the larger global scenario.

Divided into four parts—Part I, Industrial Relations; PartII, Industrial Disputes; Part III, Labour Welfare; and PartIV, Safety and Occupational Health, the book provides adetailed discussion on labour-management relations,different aspects of trade unions, and their managementand legislative background. Dr. Sivarethinamohan gives amasterly analysis of the major areas of industrialrelations, namely, industrial disputes and their resolution,the philosophy of labour welfare as well as the statutoryand non-statutory measures for labour welfare, theGovernment machinery for labour welfare, and collectivebargaining which contributes in a significant way tobetter industrial relations. In the concluding part, theauthor dwells on industrial accidents and safety forpreventing industrial disasters, mines safety and safetymanagement, industrial hygiene, workplace discipline,counselling and the legal framework for industrial safetyand health.

KEY FEATURES

• Each chapter starts with a case study written in a storystyle for a better grasp of the chapter.

• Provides Case Studies to illustrate the theoriesdiscussed.

• Two Appendices at the end of the book provide thecomplete text of Child Labour (Prohibition andRegulation) Act, 1986, and Contract Labour (Regulationand Abolition) Act, 1970.

• The book’s website, www.phindia/srm, gives morereal-time cases, experimental cases and cases relatingto the subject decided by the courts of India as well asthose of other countries.

Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of management and commerce,the book would also be useful to the students pursuingcourses in chartered accountancy, ICWA courses, anddiploma courses in industrial relations and labour laws. Inaddition, practising managers should find this book veryuseful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part One:Industrial Relations—Introduction to Labour–Management Relations. Trade Unions and Labour–Management Relations. Registration and Recognition ofTrade Union. Legislative Background for Indian TradeUnions. Part Two: Industrial Disputes—Industrial Conflictand Industrial Action. Statutory Machineries Available forthe Prevention and Settlement of Industrial Disputes.Industrial Disputes Resolution System under the IndustrialDisputes Act, 1947. Part Three: Labour Welfare—Philosophy of Labour Welfare. Statutory and Non-statutory Labour Welfare for Standard Work Life. LabourWelfare Funds and Workers Education Scheme forHarmony. Statutory Government Machineries andLegislations for Labour Welfare in India. CollectiveBargaining. Part Four: Safety and Occupational Health—Industrial Accident and Safety. Mines Safety and SafetyManagement. Industrial Hygiene and Health. WorkplaceDiscipline and Counselling for Employees’ Resilience.Legal Framework and Statutory Provisions Pertaining toIndustrial Safety and Health. Social Security for FutureGenerations. Appendices. Glossary. Index.


Legal Language

‡Ê◊Ê¸

ÁflÁœ ∑§Ë ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁœ ∑§Ê •ŸÈflÊŒ— ßÁÃ„UÊ‚,

¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ, Á‚hÊ¢Ã •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝ÿÈÁÄÃ



;g iqLrd ,d vkf/kdkfjd xzaFk gSA blesa fof/k ds {ks=k esafganh ds inkiZ.k dh dgkuh gSA jktHkk"kk ¼fo/kk;h½ vk;ksx dhLFkkiuk fdl mís'; ls vkSj fdl izdkj gqbZ vkSj D;ksa oglekIr dj fn;k x;k\ fu.kZ; if=kdkvksa dk izdk'ku fdlmís'; ls fd;k x;k\ izkjafHkd dfBukb;ka D;k Fkha\ fganh esafof/k dh 'kCnkoyh ds vHkko dh iwfrZ ds fy, D;k iz;kl gq,\'kCnkoyh fuekZ.k ds D;k flðkar Fks\ D;k iðfr viukbZ xbZ\fdl izfØ;k ls 'kCn x<+s x,] pqus x,] :<+ fd, x,\ Hkkjrds lafo/kku ds fganh ikB ds izdk'ku esa D;k ck/kk,a Fkha\ fdlizdkj ;g egÙoiw.kZ dk;Z laiUu gqvkA ljyhdj.k D;k gS\


ekudhdj.k D;k gS\ bu lc iz'uksa ds mÙkj] iz;qDr flðkarvkSj izHkwr mnkgj.k bl iqLrd esa gSaA

fganh dh Jho fð esa iañ usg:] Mkñ jktsanz izlkn] iañ xksfoanoYyHkiar vkSj Jh ihñ xksfoan esuu vkfn jktusrkvksa dh vkSjMkñ j?kqohj] iañ jkgqy lkaÑR;k;u] Mkñ lquhfr dqekj pVthZ vkSjJh ckyÑ".k vkfn fo}kuksa dh D;k Hkwfedk vkSj ;ksxnku jgkAmldk o.kZu blesa gSA

;g iqLrd fganh ds ,d i{k dk izkekf.kd bfrgkl gSA lkFk gh;g 'kCnkoyh fuekZ.k ds vkSj fof/kd vuqokn ds flðkarksa vkSj'kCn fo'ks"k ds p;u ds dkj.k vkSj i "BHkwfe dk o.kZu djrh gSA

iqLrd ds ys[kd] Jh c tfd'kksj 'kekZ us bl {ks=k esa mYys[kuh;dk;Z fd;k gSA mUgsa e/;izns'k] fcgkj] fnYyh vkSj dukZVd jkT;ljdkjksa vkSj dsanzh; fganh laLFkku] fganh lkfgR; lEesyu vkfnlaLFkkvksa us lEekfur fd;k gS vkSj ftldh lafo/kku ij fy[khiqLrd ÞHkkjr dk lafo/kkuµ,d ifjp;ß Hkkjr ljdkj }kjkiqjLÑr gS vkSj bruh yksdfiz; gS fd Ng o"kks± esa mlds ikaplaLdj.k fudy pqds gSaA

;g iqLrd fganh Hkk"kk ds fodkl ds v/;;u ds fy, vfuok;ZgSA 'kCnkoyh vkSj vuqokn ds {ks=k esa dke djus okyksa ds fy,;g vpwd ekxZn'kZd gSA Hkk"kk foKku ds v/;srkvksa ds fy, ;gfo'ks"k lkexzh iznku djrh gSA fganh Hkk"kk ds iz;kstuewydv/;;u (functional Hindi) ds fy, ;g izdk'kLraHk gSA

fo"k; lwph% ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÷Êª v— ÁflÁœ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ Á„¢UŒË ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ∑§Ê

ßÁÃ„UÊ‚– ÷Êª w— ÁflÁœ ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ– ÷Êª x— ÁflÁœ ∑§Ê

•ŸÈflÊŒ– ÷Êª y— Á„¢UŒË ◊¥ ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÊÁœ∑Î§Ã ¬ÊΔU– ÷Êª z—

¬˝∑§ËáÊ¸– •äÿÊÿ v— ‡ÊéŒ øÿŸ– •äÿÊÿ w— ‚¢S¬‡ÊË¸ ÿÊ ‚◊Ê¢Ã⁄U

‡ÊéŒ ‚◊Í„Uó∞‚ ‡ÊéŒ •ÊÒ⁄U ¬Œ Á¡Ÿ∑§ •Õ¸ ∑§Ë ¬⁄US¬⁄U √ÿÊÁåÃ „ÒU–

•äÿÊÿ x— ¬˝ÿÈÁÄÃ– •äÿÊÿ y— ∑È§¿U ⁄UÊø∑§ Á≈Uå¬áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‹π–

•äÿÊÿ z— ¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚⁄U‹Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë

‚◊SÿÊ–


‡Ê◊Ê¸

ÁflÁœ ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝’Êœ Learning Legal Language(ÇÿÊ⁄U„U ÁŒŸ ◊¥ ÁflÁœ ∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ôÊÊŸ)

Á„¢UŒË–•¢ª˝¡Ë ŒÊŸÊ¥



•äÿÿŸ ∑§Ë ¬˝àÿ∑§ ‡ÊÊπÊ ÿÊ Áfl·ÿ ∑§Ë •¬ŸË ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë

„UÊÃË „ÒU– ÁflÁ‡Êc≈U •Õ¸ flÊ‹ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ÿÊ ¬ŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§

(technical) ‡ÊéŒ ∑§„UÃ „Ò¥U– Consideration (Á„¢UŒË ◊¥ ¬˝ÁÃ»§‹) ∑§Ê

‚Ê◊Êãÿ ÷Ê·Ê ◊¥ •Õ¸ „ÒU ª¢÷Ë⁄U ÁfløÊ⁄U, ◊Ã ÿÊ ⁄UÊÿ ’ŸÊŸ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U,

Á∑¢§ÃÈ ÁflÁœ (law) ◊¥ ß‚∑§Ê •Õ¸ „ÒU fl„U flSÃÈ ¡Ê ‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§ Á‹∞

∑§Êß¸ ¬ˇÊ∑§Ê⁄U ’Œ‹ ◊¥ ŒÃÊ „ÒU– ß‚Ë ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U conveyance ‚ÊœÊ⁄UáÊ

’Ê‹øÊ‹ ◊¥ flÊ„UŸ ∑§Ê •Õ¸ ŒÃÊ „ÒU– ÁflÁœ ◊¥ ß‚∑§Ê •Õ¸ „ÒU

„USÃÊ¢Ã⁄UáÊ ¬òÊ–

¡’ ∑§Êß¸ ÁfllÊÕË¸ ÁflÁœ ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ ∑§⁄UŸÊ ¬˝Ê⁄¢U÷ ∑§⁄UÃÊ „ÒU, øÊ„U

fl„U •¢ª˝¡Ë ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ „UÊ ÿÊ Á„¢UŒË ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚, ÃÊ ¬„U‹Ë ∑§ÁΔUŸÊß¸

¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ∑§Ë •ÊÃË „ÒU– Á∑§‚Ë ‚Ë◊Ê Ã∑§ ÿ„U ∑§ÁΔUŸÊß¸

•ÁœflÄÃÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥ ÷Ë ’ŸË ⁄U„UÃË „ÒU– ¬Á⁄UáÊÊ◊ ÿ„U „UÊÃÊ „ÒU Á∑§ ¡Ê

∑§„UŸÊ øÊ„UÃ „Ò¥U fl„U •Á÷√ÿÄÃ Ÿ„UË¥ ∑§⁄U ¬ÊÃ– ¡Ê •Á÷√ÿÄÃ ∑§⁄UÃ

„Ò¥U ©U‚∑§Ê •Õ¸ ∑È§¿U •ÊÒ⁄U „UÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „ÒU–

ß‚ ∑§ÁΔUŸÊß¸ ∑§Ê ŒÍ⁄U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§ Á‹∞– ÁflÁœ ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝’Êœó

Learning Legal Language ∞∑§ flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊ‚ „ÒU– ß‚◊¥ ¿UÊ≈U-¿UÊ≈U flÊÄÿÊ¥ ◊¥ Áfl·ÿ ∑§Ê ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UÃ „ÈU∞ ¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê

¬Ê⁄UŒ‡ÊË¸ ’ŸÊ ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ „ÒU– ßÃŸÊ ¬Ê⁄UŒ‡ÊË¸ Á∑§ ©UŸ∑§Ê •Õ¸ •¬Ÿ

•Ê¬ ÁŒπÊß¸ ¬«∏UŸ ‹ªÃÊ „ÒU– •¢ª˝¡Ë •ÊÒ⁄U Á„¢UŒË ŒÊŸÊ¥ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§

¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ ‡ÊéŒ ÁŒ∞ ª∞ „Ò¥U– ß‚‚ ¬ÊΔU∑§ ŒÊŸÊ¥ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥

‚ ‚„U¡ „UË ¬Á⁄UÁøÃ „UÊ ¡ÊÃÊ „ÒU–

ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ◊¥ vv •äÿÊÿ „ÒU¢– vÆ •äÿÊÿÊ¥ ◊¥ ÁflÁœ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ ‡ÊÊπÊ

(‚Ê¢ÁflœÊÁŸ∑§ ÁflÁœ, •¬∑Î§àÿ (ÁflÁœ, ‚¢ÁflŒÊ •ÊÁŒ) ∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ∑§Ë

Á‡ÊˇÊÊ „ÒU– •äÿÊÿ ∑§ •¢Ã ◊¥ ∑È§¿U •èÿÊ‚ „Ò¥U Á¡‚‚ ¬ÊΔU∑§

¬ÈŸ⁄UËˇÊáÊ ∑§⁄U ‹ •ÊÒ⁄U fl ‡ÊéŒ ©U‚∑§Ë S◊ÎÁÃ ◊¥ ŒÎ…U∏ „UÊ ¡Ê∞¢–

vvflÊ¢ •äÿÊÿ ¬…∏U∑§⁄U fl„U Sflÿ¢ ‡ÊéŒ ⁄UøŸÊ ∑§⁄U ‚∑§ªÊ–

ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ê •äÿÿŸ ∑§⁄U∑§ ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ë √ÿÁÄÃ Á„¢UŒË •ÊÒ⁄U •¢ª˝¡Ë

ŒÊŸÊ¥ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ÁflÁœ ‚ ‚¢’¢ÁœÃ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§⁄UŸ ◊¥ ‚ˇÊ◊

„UÊ ¡Ê∞ªÊ– ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ‚ÃÈ „ÒU Á¡‚∑§ ◊Êäÿ◊ ‚ ÁflÁœ ∑§ ˇÊòÊ

◊¥ ‚⁄U‹ÃÊ ‚ ¬˝fl‡Ê „UÊ ‚∑§ÃÊ „ÒU–

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ∑§Êÿ¸ ¬hÁÃ ∞fl¢ ‚Êˇÿ—Procedure andEvidence. ‚¢ÁflŒÊ—Contract. ÷ÊªËŒÊ⁄UË—Partnership. ◊Ê‹

Áfl∑˝§ÿ—Sale of Goods. ¬⁄U∑˝§Êêÿ Á‹πÃ—NegotiableInstrument. ‚¢¬ÁûÊ •¢Ã⁄UáÊ •ÁœÁŸÿ◊—Transfer of PropertyAct. ‚Ê¢ÁflœÊÁŸ∑§ ÁflÁœ—Constitutional Law. •¬∑Î§àÿ ÁflÁœ—

Law of Torts. ÁflÁœ‡ÊÊSòÊ—Jurisprudence. Á„¢UŒÍ ÁflÁœ—HinduLaw. ‚¢S¬‡ÊË¸ ‡ÊéŒ •ÊÒ⁄U ‡ÊéŒ ⁄UøŸÊ—Cognates and WordFormation.


Media Law

NEELAMALARMedia Law and EthicsM. NEELAMALAR, Lecturer in the Department of MediaSciences, Anna University Chennai, Chennai.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate and post-graduate students of journalism, mass communication,visual communication, electronic media and other relatedmedia courses, this compact text provides a detaileddescription of the rules, acts and ethics concerning print,electronic, film and advertising media as prevalent inIndia.


The book begins with the history of media law in Indiaand discusses the specific provisions in the Constitutionof India which are essential for a journalist to know. Itthen goes on to define the concepts of freedom ofmedia, defamation and Intellectual Property Rights.Besides, the text discusses in detail the provisions of theIndian Penal Code and the Criminal Procedure Coderelevant to the media. In addition to covering differenttypes of cyber crimes such as hacking, cracking ande-mail bombing, it includes regulations related to filmmedia and advertising. Finally, the book throws light onmedia law concerning women and children. The bookalso includes several important cases to enable studentsto relate various acts and regulations to real-lifesituations.

Besides students, journalists and other mediaprofessionals who cover courts and law-related beatswould also find this book immensely valuable.

Contents: Preface. History of Media Law in India. IndianConstitution (Specific Provisions Related to Media).Freedom of Media. Defamation. Provisions of IndianPenal Code and Criminal Procedure Code. Official SecretsActs 1923. The Contempts of Courts Act 1971. PrintMedia: Acts. Intellectual Property Rights. Advertising.Cyber Crimes. Media Law and Woman. Media Law andChildren. Broadcasting. Film Media. Media Ethics.Appendix I–III. Reference. Index.


Public International Law andHuman Rights

SHARMACharter of the United Nations and TheStatute of International Court of JusticeBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Charter of the United Nations is a bold step towardsmaking the world a family of Nations, an attempt toensure that wars do not scourge the world, an endeavourto make this world peaceful, cooperative and worthliving.

The Charter is of seminal importance to understand theU.N. and its agencies. The book gives in brief thehistorical background of the U.N. Charter.

International Court of Justice is of prime importance toall nations. The book gives how the Court is constitutedand functions. It introduces to the readers thosedistinguished Indians who sat as judges in the Court.

The book in its present form is useful to students ofPolitical Science, International Organisation and of Law. Itwill be great help to all candidates appearing for Civil

Service examinations conducted by U.P.S.C. and StatePublic Service Commissions.

Contents: Preface. Charter of the United Nations—BriefHistory. Preamble. I. Purposes and Principles.II. Membership. III. Organs. IV. The General Assembly.V. Security Council. VI. Pacific Settlement of Disputes.VII. Action with Respect to Threats to the Peace,Breaches of the Peace and Acts of Aggression.VIII. Regional Arrangements. IX. International Economicand Social Co-operation. X. The Economic and SocialCouncil. XI. Declaration Regarding Non-self-governingTerritories. XII. International Trusteeship System. XIII. TheTrusteeship Council. XIV. The International Court ofJustice. XV. The Secretariat. XVI. MiscellaneousProvisions. XVII. Transitional Security Arrangements.XVIII. Amendments. XIX. Ratification and Signature.Statute of the International Court of Justice—Brief Historyand Comments. I. Organization of the Court.II. Competence of the Court. III. Procedure. IV. AdvisoryOpinion. V. Amendment. Statement of the FourSponsoring Powers on Voting Procedure in the SecurityCouncil—Brief History and Comments.


‡Ê◊Ê¸

ekuo vfèkdkj varjjk"Vªh; izlafonk,a vkSjHkkjr dh fofèk’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk }kjk la;qDr jk"Vª la?k us ;gn'kkZ;k fd lH; jk"Vª ;g ekurs gSa fd izR;sd ekuo ds dqN,sls vfèkdkj gSa ftuls mls oafpr ugha fd;k tk ldrkA leLrfo'o dks mu vfèkdkjksa dk lEeku djuk pkfg,A

;g ?kks"k.kk vkc¼dj lafèk ugha FkhA jk"Vª la?k us loZlEefr lsekuokfèkdkjksa dks nks Hkkxksa esa foHkkftr fd;kA jkT; ij vadq'kyxkus ds tks vfèkdkj Fks mUgsa flfoy vkSj jktuhfrd vfèkdkjvarjjk"Vªh; izlafonk esa j[kk x;kA vU; ldkjkRed vfèkdkjksa dksvkfFkZd] lkekftd vkSj lkaLÑfrd vfèkdkj varjjk"Vªh; izlafonkesa LFkku fn;k x;kA

bl iqLrd esa izlafonkvksa ds vuqPNsnksa ds lekukarj gekjs lafoèkkuvkSj fofHkUu vfèkfu;eksa ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA lkFk gh mPpreU;k;ky; ds lacafèkr fu.kZ; Hkh ;FkkLFkku fn, x, gSaA

dksbZ vU; iqLrd ,slh ugha gS ftlesa izlafonkvksa ds izR;sd vuqPNsnds lkFk Hkkjrh; fofèk ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA

ys[kd dh nwljh iqLrd ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kkvkSj Hkkjr dh fofèk ds lkFk bl iqLrd dks i<+us ij ekuovfèkdkj vkSj Hkkjrh; fofèk dk lE;d~ fp=k lEeq[k mifLFkrgksxkA ;s iqLrdsa ,d nwljs dh iwjd gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊Í‹


•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄US¬⁄U ‚¢’¢œ– ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ•Ê¥ ¬⁄U

Áfl„¢Uª◊ ŒÎÁc≈U– flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– •‚„U◊ÁÃÿÊ¢– •ÊÁÕ¸∑§,

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê¢S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê

flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– ©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ÷Êª v ‚ ÷Êª zó•ŸÈë¿UŒ–

Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄ •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ– ¬˝Ê⁄¢UÁ÷∑§

Á≈Uå¬áÊË– ©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ÷Êª v ‚ ÷Êª {ó•ŸÈë¿UŒ– Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U

⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§

¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– •ŸÈë¿UŒ– Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊ¡ŸÒÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U

•¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹–


‡Ê◊Ê¸

ekuo vfèkdkjksa dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk vkSjHkkjrh; fofèk’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


la;qDr jk"Vª ds pkVZj esa ;g dFku Fkk fd la;qDr jk"Vª ds yksx;g fo'okl djrs gSa fd dqN ,sls ekuokfèkdkj gSa tks dHkh Nhusugha tk ldrs] ekuo dh xfjek gS vkSj L=kh&iq#"k ds lekuvfèkdkj gSaA bl ?kks"k.kk ds ifj.kkeLo:i la;qDr jk"Vª la?k us10 fnlEcj 1948 dks ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk vaxhdkjdhA

bl ?kks"k.kk ls jk"Vªksa dks izsj.kk vkSj ekxZn'kZu izkIr gqvk vkSj osbu vfèkdkjksa dks vius lafoèkku ;k vfèkfu;eksa ds }kjk ekU;rknsus vkSj fØ;kfUor djus ds fy, vxzlj gq,A jkT;ksa us mUgsaviuh fofèk esa izorZuh; vfèkdkj dk ntkZ fn;kA

bl iqLrd esa ?kks"k.kk ds ikB ds lkFk&lkFk ys[kd us fVIif.k;kansdj vfèkdkjksa ds foLrkj dks crk;k gSA

Hkkjr us tc viuk lafoèkku cuk;k rc bl ?kks"k.kk dks gq, cgqrFkksM+k le; gqvk FkkA fdarq geus vius lafoèkku esa bl ?kks"k.kk esalekfgr vfèkdkjksa dks LFkku fn;kA vkxs pydj dqN vfèkdkjvfèkfu;eksa esa lekfgr fd, x,A dqN vfèkdkj U;k;ky;ksa dsfu.kZ; ds }kjk vk,A

bl iqLrd esa lafoèkku ds lqlaxr vuqPNsnksa vkSj vfèkfu;eksa dhèkkjkvksa ds izfr funsZ'k gSA mu lc fu.kZ;ksa dk Hkh mYys[k gSftuds }kjk ekuokfèkdkj ykxw fd, x, gSaA

;g ,dek=k ,slh iqLrd gS ftlesa ?kks"k.kk ds vuqPNsnksa ds lekukarjHkkjrh; fofèk ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA

ys[kd dh iqLrd ekuo vfèkdkj izlafonk,a vkSj Hkkjrh;fofèk bl iqLrd dh iwjd gSA nksuksa dks i<+dj ekuokfèkdkj dsfo"k; esa iw.kZ tkudkjh feyrh gSA

;g iqLrd mu fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, vR;ar ykHknk;h gS tksjktuhfr'kkL=k] fofèk ;k vU; fo"k; ds Hkkx ds :i esa ekuokfèkdkjdk vè;;u dj jgs gSaA

;g muds fy, fo'ks"k lgk;d gS tks fofHkUu yksd lsok vk;ksxdh flfoy lsok ;k U;kf;d lsok dh ijh{kk esa lQy gksus dhdkeuk j[krs gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Êfl¸÷ÊÒ◊ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊó

©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ◊„UÊ‚÷Ê ∑§Ë ©UŒÉÊÊ·áÊÊó•ŸÈë¿UŒ– ªÁ⁄U◊Ê •ÊÒ⁄U

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊ÃÊ– œ◊¸, ◊Í‹fl¢‡Ê, ¡ÊÁÃ, Á‹¢ª

ÿÊ ¡ã◊ SÕÊŸ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U Áfl÷Œ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– ¬˝ÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U

‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ŒÊ‚ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊ‚-√ÿÊ¬Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ–

•◊ÊŸflËÿ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– √ÿÁÄÃ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊ÊãÿÃÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁflÁœ ∑§ ‚◊ˇÊ ‚◊ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁœ ∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ ‚¢⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ¬˝÷ÊflË ©U¬øÊ⁄U ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ◊Ÿ◊ÊŸË Áª⁄UçÃÊ⁄UË •ÊÒ⁄U

ÁŸ⁄UÊœ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– ´§¡È ‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ‚ÈŸflÊß¸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ÁfløÊ⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊ·Á‚h ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ ◊¥ ‚¢⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ∞∑§Ê¢ÃÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁŸ’Ê¸œ ‚¢ø⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŸflÊ‚ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡Ê⁄UáÊ ◊Ê¢ªŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ⁄UÊÁc≈˛U∑§ÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

ÁflflÊ„U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– •¢Ã—∑§⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U

œ◊¸ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁfløÊ⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷√ÿÁÄÃ ∑§Ë

SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ¬ÍáÊ¸ ‚ê◊‹Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚¢ª◊ ∑§Ë

SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ◊¥ ÷Êª ‹Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U SflÃ¢òÊ ◊ÃŒÊŸ

∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚◊ÊŸ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§

Á‹∞ ‚◊ÊŸ flÃŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁflüÊÊ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U •fl∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ©UûÊ◊ ¡ËflŸ SÃ⁄U ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁŸ—‡ÊÈÀ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚Ê¢S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ ¡ËflŸ ◊¥ ÷Êª ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ √ÿflSÕÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ∑§ûÊ¸√ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ¬⁄U ÁŸ’ZœŸ– ß‚ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ ∑§ ÁflL§h

∑§Êÿ¸∑§‹Ê¬ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ–


SHARMAHuman Rights Covenants and Indian LawBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights was a sincereeffort by the U.N.O. to underscore the acceptance bycivilized nations that all human beings are endowed withcertain inalienable rights which deserve respect by allnations of the world.

But this declaration was not a binding treaty. The worldbody evolved a consensus to divide the human rights intotwo classes. The rights against the State were collected inthe International Covenant on Civil and Political Rightsand the positive rights in the International Covenant onEconomic, Social and Cultural Rights.

This book gives parallel provisions contained in theConstitution and various Acts in force in India. It alsorefers to decisions of the Supreme Court.

There is no other book which gives Indian Law alongwitheach article of these two covenants.


Author’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights andIndian Law together with this books gives a completeview of Human Rights and Indian Law. They form a duo,a set of two.

Contents: Preface. Interrelation of Human Rights withFundamental and Other Rights in India. The Two HumanRights Covenants—An Overview. Optional Protocols.Reservations. The Optional Protocol to The InternationalCovenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.Preamble. PART I to PART V—Articles. InternationalCovenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR).Introduction. Preamble. PART I to PART VI—Articles.Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Civiland Political Rights. Articles. The Second OptionalProtocol to The International Covenant on Civil andPolitical Rights.


‡Ê◊Ê¸

la;qDr jk"Vª dk pkVZj vkSj varjjk"Vªh;U;k;ky; dk lafoèkku’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


la;qDr jk"Vª dk pkVZj Hkfo"; dks mTToy cukus ds fy, mBk;kx;k ,d dne Fkk ftlus fo'o dks ,d dqVqac cuk fn;k] ftlus;g lqfuf'pr djus dk iz;kl fd;k fd ;q¼ dh foHkhf"kdklnk ds fy, nwj gks tk,] ftlus ;g xaHkhj iz;kl fd;k fdfo'o esa 'kkafr gks] lg;ksx gks vkSj ekuo ds fy, ;g lq[ke;fuokl LFkku gksA

la;qDr jk"Vª vkSj mlds vfHkdj.kksa dk vè;;u djus ds fy,pkVZj lokZfèkd egÙo dk nLrkost+ gSA bl iqLrd esa og nLrkost+rks gS gh mldh ,sfrgkfld i`"BHkwfe Hkh nh xbZ gSA

fo'o ds leLr ns'kksa ds fy, varjjk"Vªh; U;k;ky; ,d ijeegÙo dh laLFkk gSA bl iqLrd esa ;g crk;k x;k gS fd U;k;ky;dk xBu dSls gksrk gS vkSj mldh dk;Zfofèk D;k gS\ bl iqLrdesa mu egku Hkkjrh;ksa dk ifjp; gS tks varjjk"Vªh; U;k;ky; dsU;k;kèkh'k jgs gSaA

;g iqLrd jktuhfr foKku] fofèk vkSj varjjk"Vªh; laxBu dsNk=kksa ds fy, mi;ksxh gSA ;g muds fy, Hkh lgk;d gS tksla?k yksd lsok vk;ksx ;k jkT; yksd vk;ksx dh flfoy lsokijh{kkvksa esa liQy gksuk pkgrs gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ‚¢ÿÈÄÃ ⁄UÊc≈˛U ∑§Ê øÊ≈¸U⁄Uó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊–

©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U Á‚hÊ¢Ã– ‚ŒSÿÃÊ– •¢ª– ◊„UÊ‚÷Ê–

‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜– ÁflflÊŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸ¬≈UÊ⁄UÊ– ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ ∑§ Á‹∞

‚¢∑§≈U, ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ ÷¢ª •ÊÒ⁄U •Ê∑˝§Ê◊∑§ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ë ’Ê’Ã ∑§Ê⁄¸UflÊß¸–

ˇÊòÊËÿ √ÿflSÕÊ– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ •ÊÁÕ¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ‚„UÿÊª–

•ÊÁÕ¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜– •Sfl‡ÊÊ‚Ë ⁄UÊíÿˇÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ

◊¥ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÁ‚ÃÊ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë– ãÿÊÁ‚ÃÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜–

•¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ– ‚ÁøflÊ‹ÿ– ¬˝∑§ËáÊ¸ ©U¬’¢œ–

‚¢∑˝§◊áÊ∑§Ê‹ËŸ ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ √ÿflSÕÊ– ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– •ŸÈ‚◊Õ¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U

„USÃÊˇÊ⁄U– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U

‚¢ÁˇÊåÃ Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ¢– ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¢ªΔUŸ– ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ë ‚ˇÊ◊ÃÊ–

¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ– ‚‹Ê„U∑§Ê⁄UË ⁄UÊÿ– ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– øÊ⁄U ¬˝ÊÿÊ¡∑§ ‡ÊÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê

‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜ ◊¥ ◊ÃŒÊŸ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ¬⁄U ∑§ÕŸó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U

Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ¢–


SHARMAUniversal Declaration of Human Rightsand Indian LawBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Charter of the United Nations contained a statementthat the people of the United Nations reaffirm their faithin certain inalienable Human Rights, in the dignity ofhuman beings and in essential equality of rights of menand women. This statement led to the UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights which was adopted by theUnited Nations on 10th December 1948.

This Declaration guided, encouraged and in some casesput pressure on the nations to recognise these rights andembody them in their Constitution or Acts as rights whichmay be claimed and enforced by citizens and otherhuman beings.

This book contains the text of the Declaration withexplanatory comments by the author.

India framed its Constitution soon after the Declarationand gave effect to many of the rights contained in theDeclarations. Later some of them form part of a statuteand some have been knit in the Constitution by ourCourts.

The book contains references to relevant articles of theConstitution and sections of various Acts. It also refers tojudgements of the Supreme Court of India.

It is the only book that gives parallel provisions of IndianLaw—parallel to each article of the Declaration.

The book will immensely benefit all students of HumanRights as part of the courses in Political Science, Law andother related fields.

It will be helpful to all those who are appearing for civilservices and other examinations conducted by variousPublic Service Commissions.

Contents: Preface. Universal Declaration of HumanRights—Preamble. Proclamation by General Assembly—Articles—Freedom and equality in dignity and rights.Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race,caste, sex or place of birth etc. Right to life and property.


Prohibition of slavery. Prohibition of inhuman treatment.Right to recognition as a person. Right to equality beforelaw and equal protection. Right to effective remedy.Prohibition of arbitrary arrest and detention. Right topublic hearing. Right to public trial and protection inrespect of conviction for offences. Right to privacy. Rightto freedom of movement and residence. Right to seekasylum. Right to nationality. Right to marry. Right toproperty. Right to freedom of conscience and religion.Right to freedom of opinion and expression. Right tofreedom of peaceful assembly and association. Right togovernance and universal franchise. Right to socialsecurity. Right to work and equal pay. Right to rest andleisure. Right to standard of living. Right to freeeducation. Right to freely participate in cultural life. Rightto social and international order. Duties and limitationson the exercise of rights. Prohibition of activity againstthis Declaration.


Taxation

BALACHANDRAN & THOTHADRITaxation Law and Practice, Vol. IV. BALACHANDRAN, Professor, Corporate Secretaryship,School of Management, and former Director of DistanceEducation, Alagappa University, Karaikudi, Tamil Nadu.S. THOTHADRI, Assistant Professor, Department ofCorporate Secretaryship, The New College, Chennai.

This easy-to-read text covers the entire gamut of directand indirect taxes. The first eight chapters deal withdirect taxes and generation of income from differentsources. The last five chapters focus on different forms ofindirect taxes. This text lucidly explains the acts, rules,sections, laws of direct and indirect taxes with a viewto integrating the relevance of these laws with taxplanning.

The text fosters a clear understanding of the principlesrelating to computation of taxable income under eachhead of income. It covers different types of excise duties,methods of valuation for customs, types of transactionsunder the Central Sales Tax Act, variants of VAT anddifferent methods of computation of VAT and service taxfor management and professional services.

A number of solved Illustrations at the end of eachchapter are provided for easy comprehension of thesubject. These along with chapter-end questionsconsisting of short answer questions, long answerquestions and exercises, enhance its value as a text.

This text is intended for the undergraduate studentsof management, commerce and law (BBA, BCom andBL/LLB). Students pursuing professional courses such asCA, BCS (Bachelor of Corporate Secretaryship) and theaspirants of Civil Services Examinations will also find thetext immensely useful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Income Tax—Fundamental Concepts. Residential Status. ExemptedIncomes. Income from Salaries. Income from HouseProperty. Income from Business or Profession. CapitalGains. Income from other Sources. Central Excise Duty.Customs Duty. Central Sales Tax. Value Added Tax.Service Tax. Index.


LIBRARY SCIENCE

SINGHInformation Sources, Services andSystemsGURDEV SINGH, Librarian, Sri Guru Gobind Singh Collegeof Commerce, Delhi.

Reference and information services are considered as animportant activity of a modern library. These services canbe provided by means of reference sources. This bookprovides the overviews of different types of referencesources, such as encyclopaedias, directories, yearbooks,dictionaries, geographical sources, biographical sources,statistical sources and handbooks.Dexterously organised into four parts, this book describesvarious aspects of reference/information services, such astranslation service, reference service, referral service,Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) and CurrentAwareness Services (CAS). Besides, a number ofimportant national and international information systemsare also covered in this book.It is specially designed to cater to the needs of thestudents of BLibSc and MLISc of various universities andinstitutions. This book will also be very useful forteachers, working librarians, information scientists, andinformational professionals in general. In addition to this,it should also prove handy for the library professionalsdealing with information sources and services and forthose who are involved in organisation and managementof reference section of a library.Contents: Preface. Part I: Reference Sources—Information Source. Kinds of Reference Books and theirEvaluation. Dictionaries. Encyclopedias. Ready ReferenceSources. Statistical Sources. Geographical Sources.Biographical Sources. Indexing Sources and Services.Abstracting Sources and Services. Bibliographies. Patentsand Standards. Non-documentry Sources of Information.Electronic/Digital Information Sources. Internet as Sourceof Information. Part II: Reference and InformationServices—Reference Services. Reference Services inDifferent Types of Libraries. Organisation of ReferenceSection. Role of Reference Librarian/Information officer inElectronic Environment. Part Iii: Information Services—Concept and Need for Information. Information Services:An Overview. Translation Services. Literature SearchService. Document Delivery and Electronic Document


Delivery Service. Current Awareness Service (CAS).Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI).Reprographic Service. Docuentation/Information Centers.National Documentation Centers. Computer basedInformation Services. Information Literacy Programmes.Users and Their Information Needs. Part IV: InformationSystems—Information Systems and Their Functions.Bibliography/Reference. Index.


MUSIC

ELLIOTTFundamentals of Music, 4th ed.RAYMOND ELLIOTT, Professor Emeritus of Music, TexasTech University.

One of the distinctive features of western music is thatmusic can be written as well as read. Western music, isthe most organized system of music and demands a highdegree of coordination. Raymond Elliott in his fourthedition of Fundamentals of Music elucidates the basicelements of western music (rhythm, melody andharmony) and integrates them in such a way that theirinterrelationship in the total concept of music can beeasily comprehended. Once you learn to read, write,play, sing and create melody the notes become clear onthe page and come alive.

Each chapter provides not only the rudiments of thevarious ingredients of music but also a detailed exercisein activities for the growth of the concept. Thereare hints for the teacher to inculcate foundation ofmusicianship in the students through integration oftheory, ear training and reading. A major change in thepresent edition is the inclusion of popular melodies forreading. It is hoped that the familiarity of the students tothese melodies is an advantage in overcoming some ofthe difficulties in rhythm and tonality. The students willfind the glossary very helpful.

Contents: Preface. Rhythm, Meter, and Measure. Toneand Its Representation. Major Scales and Keys. Review ofMajor Scales. Tempo. The Minor Scale. Review of Majorand Minor Keys. Dynamics. Additional Symbols Used inMusic. Form. Appendix: The Fundamentals of Conducting.Glossary. Index to Melodies. General Index.


PHILOSOPHY/RELIGION

Ethics

FOXTheory of General Ethics, A: HumanRelationships, Nature, and the BuiltEnvironmentWARWICK FOX.

In this inspiring book the author defines the field ofGeneral Ethics and offers the first example of a trulygeneral ethics. He develops a single, integrated approachto ethics that encompasses the realms of interhumanethics, the ethics of the natural environment, and theethics of the built environment. Thus, offering the firstexample of an ethical “Theory of Everything.”

“This book is striking in its originality. It aims at a veryambitious goal: the development of an ethical theory thatencompasses the domains of human relationships,nonhuman animals, and the rest of nature, including thebuilt environment. Remarkably, it succeeds in achievingthis goal.”

—ANDREW MCLAUGHLIN

Professor Emeritus of Philosophy, Lehman CollegeCity University of New York

Contents: Preface and Acknowledgements. I: GeneralEthics—and Its Problems—Introduction: The Idea of aGeneral Ethics. Problems That Any General EthicsMust Be Able to Address. II: The Foundational Valueof Responsive Cohesion—Introducing the Idea ofResponsive Cohesion. The Best Approach to Everything.The Best Approach to Conventional, Interhuman Ethics.III: Contexts, Mindsharers, and Iso-Experients—TheTheory of Responsive Cohesion’s Theory of Contexts.Exploring the Cognitive Worlds of Mindsharers and Iso-Experients. Time Blindness, Autobiographical Death, andOur Obligations in Respect of All Beings. IV: Summary—Applications and Concluding Thoughts. Putting It AllTogether: The Shape of a General Ethics Worthy of theName. Applying the Theory of Responsive Cohesion.Conclusion. Notes. Bibliography. Index.


FRANKENAEthics, 2nd ed.WILLIAM K. FRANKENA, University of Michigan.

This is a simple and brief introduction to moral philisophyemphasizing a clearer and more philosophical thinkingabout ethical questions. Using the socratic method theauthor without presenting any conclusive proofs ordisproofs leaves it to the reader to judge the acceptabilityof his arguments.


Contents: Preface. Morality and Moral Philosophy.Egoistic and Deontological Theories. Utilitarianism,Justice, and Love. Moral Value and Responsibility.Intrinsic Value and the Good Life. Meaning andJustification. For Further Reading. Index.


Fundamentals of Philosophy

BURR & GOLDINGERPhilosophy and Contemporary Issues,9th ed.JOHN R. BURR & MILTON GOLDINGER, University ofWisconsin Oshkosh.

One of the most successful texts in its field over the last30 years, this book introduces today’s students tophilosophy with timely, approachable readingsof philosophical significance. The authors strive todemonstrate how philosophy illuminates and helps solvesome of the important problems facing contemporaryman, and they encourage students to engage inphilosophizing themselves. The text successfully makesthe subject interesting and intelligible for studentsencountering philosophy for the first time.

FEATURES OF THE NINTH EDITION• Seventeen new readings—incorporated throughout

in sections devoted to philosophical issues, contemp-orary issues, and puzzles and problems. Includesselections from Richard Dawkins, Richard Swinburne,A.C. Grayling, Peter Singer and others.

• One major philosophical problem covered in eachsection—followed by contemporary issues stemmingfrom that problem.

• Articles selected for their readability.• Interesting pro and con articles on various

contemporary issues.• Problems and Puzzles section.• The relation of traditional philosophical issues to key

contemporary problems—an explanation of each issueis followed by a related reading and a Puzzles andProblems reading.

• Challenges conventional thinking and presentsopposing viewpoints—covers topics such as thelimitation of immigration, the existence of God, scienceand pseudo-science and the relation of mind and body.

• End-of-section bibliographies—lists books and articlesthat are accessible to undergraduates.

Contents: Preface. General Introduction. What PhilosophyCan Be. Part One: Freedom and Determinism—Introduction. Libertarianism. Hard Determinism.Contemporary Issues. Problems and Puzzles. Suggestionsfor Further Reading. Part Two: God and Religion—Introduction. Does God Exist? Contemporary Issues.Problems and Puzzles. Suggestions for Further Reading.

Part Three: Morality and Society—Introduction. AreEthical Values Relative? How Should We Behave?Contemporary Issues. Problems and Puzzles. Suggestionsfor Further Reading. Part Four: State and Society—Introduction. Democracy. Capitalism. Socialism.Anarchism. Contemporary Issues. Problems and Puzzles.Suggestions for Further Reading. Part Five: Mind andBody—Introduction. Materialism. Interactionism.Contemporary Issues. Problems and Puzzles. Suggestionsfor Further Reading. Part Six: Knowledge and Science—Introduction. Rationalism. Empiricism. Scepticism. TheNature of Science. Contemporary Issues. Problems andPuzzles. Suggestions for Further Reading. Epilogue.Glossary.


Fundamentals of Philosophy

BRAHMAFundamentals of Religion, TheNALINI KANTA BRAHMA, was formerly Professor ofPhilosophy, Presidency College, University of Calcutta andPrincipal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

We find today in different parts of the world fierce feudsand strifes. Religious fanaticism and fundamentalismcontribute in a substantial way to such strifes andconflicts among people. We also find a large number ofpeople are steeped in superstitions, irrational beliefs, andindulge in mere ritualism. Where true religion prevails,such fanaticism and fundamentalism find no place. Adeep comparative study of world religions enables one todrive away all superstitions and fanaticism. For religion, inthe true sense, is an abiding faith in the values of life,and God is the embodiment of all values. Religiousexperience accordingly implies the realisation of theAbsolute.

What Prof. Nalini Kanta Brahma tries to do in this well-researched book, written in a clear and straightforwardstyle, is to demonstrate the nobility and positive aspectsof each religion he has discussed. He classifies religioninto three categories: Impersonal—under which he bringsin Buddhism, Jainism and Confucianism; Personal—in thiscategory he describes Christianity, Islam and Vaishnavism;and Supra-personal—under which he analyzesVedantism, Sufism, Taoism and the Johanine Gospel (theGospel of St. John, one of the twelve disciples of JesusChrist). The fundamentals of each religion are discussedwith great clarity and genuine appreciation.

Knowing very well there are a large number of opponentsto religion, the author vigorously defends the religiousview. He successfully meets the various objections ofFreud, Marx and Bertrand Russel, among others. For, hesays, agnosticism, atheism and scepticism are based on anarrow and limited view of life.

Realisation of divinity by man is the universalcharacteristic of all religions, and the author contends


that it should aptly be called the universal religion. Thisrealisation of the divinity is so marked in the supra-personal religions and being a votary of such religions,he stresses that they are on a different level. If a studyof this world religion is included in the course oncomparative religion for students, it would certainly helptowards dispelling erroneous notions about religionand drive away many superstitions, fanaticism andcommunalism, the last being a cancerous growth thateats into the very fabric of a nation.

Besides students of philosophy who study comparativereligion as one of their subjects, all enlightened personswho have an abiding faith in religion should find readingthis text an exhilarating and ennobling experience.

Contents: Preface. Introductory Note. The Fundamentalsof Religion. Objections Considered. Confucianism,Buddhism and Jainism. Personal or Theistic Religions:Vaishnavism, Christianity and Islam. The Supra-PersonalReligions. Religions and Religion: The One UniversalReligion.


General

MOSESLast Frontiers of the Mind:Challenges of the Digital AgeA. MOHANDAS MOSES, Retd. IAS.

In this original and brilliantly written book, MohandasMoses has embarked on a daring theme—the challengeof artificial intelligence to the human mind and humancreativity. The mind, he says, is the greatest invention inthe universe; it has created the greatest works of art andscience: its dimensions and potential are yet to befathomed. But now the marvellous human mind standschallenged by the machine.

To illustrate the central theme of his book, the authorhas brought together the views of a galaxy of eminentphilosophers, cognitive scientists and neuroscientists whohave explored the phenomenon and evolution of thehuman mind and consciousness, and the growthof Artificial Intelligence. The author describes thecontribution made by the ‘Artificial Intelligentsia’,the human-computer interaction, and emphasizes theformidable power of the machine mind to usurpthe grandeur of the human mind. He has describedthe manner in which memory, language, creativity,mathematics, teaching-learning and chess-playing couldbe altered by the digital culture. He says that ‘thequestion we need to ask ourselves as thinking menis—would we like to sense sensations, experienceexperiences and think thoughts with understanding ashuman beings should or are our personas to be bluematched to the template of the machine mind?’

With erudition and wry humour the author takes the

reader on a fascinating journey of exploration. Writtenwith brilliance and clarity, there is freshness in hisperspective and a lucid presentation of ideas. This bookwill be of great interest as much to academics, experts onartificial intelligence, as to the general reader who wishesto know about the challenges to the human intellect andcreativity in the digital age.

Contents: Foreword. Prelude. Acknowledgements. Part I:SETTING THE SCENE—The Jeremiah Scenario “2084”:Cargo Pants in the Brain. Methods of Study of CognitiveSciences. Brain Looks at Mind. The Language of the Brain.Brain Research. Part II: DEBATE ON THE BRAIN-MIND—Neuroscientists Look at Brain-Mind. Evolution of Brain-Mind. Time Looks at Mind. Mind Looks at Mind. Teilhardde Chardin’s Views on the Future of Mind. Part III:CONSCIOUSNESS—Cognitive Sciences and Metaphysics.Philosophy of the Mind. Darwin, Mendel and the 1%Genetic Difference. The Origin of Consciousness in theBreakdown of the Bicameral Mind: Julian Jaynes. JamesMeets Joyce: Views from the Martello Tower. Part IV:ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND COGNITIVE SCIENCE—C.P.Snow: The Two Cultures—A Second Look. Prophets andVisionaries of the Digital Age. The Architecture of theMachine Mind. The Artificial Intelligentsia. The SymbioticAge. The Drive of Technology. Computer Invasion. Part V:RECLAIMING THE HUMAN MIND—Lord Macaulay, TimLee-Berners and Language Death. Computer andSurrogate Memory. Computer and Education. Computerand Reading-Writing. The Future of Books and Libraries inthe Digital Age. Computer and Feel for Numbers. Chessand Computer. Aesthetics and Calligraphy in the DigitalAge. Part VI: FLAVOUR OF THE DIGITAL AGE—The Worldof Computer Tycoons. Values of the Digital Age. Part VII:THE INDIVIDUAL AND CREATIVITY—Is Man the Measureof All Things or Is He a Chimpanzee Putting On Airs. TheIndividual is An Embarrassment for Science. The GeniusType. The Wellsprings of Creativity. Challenge toCreativity. The Importance of the Individual. Forecastsand Prescriptions for the Future. Summary. Last Frontiersof the Mind.

Latest Print 2007 / 440 pp. (Hard Cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-978-81-203-2851-8 / ` 395.00

Hinduism

BASUEssence of Hinduism, The, 2nd ed.ACHARYA DURGA DAS BASU, Sarasvati Vacaspati,Vidyavaridhi, Prajnabharati, Nyayaratnakara,Neetibhaskara, Nyayabharati, Nyaya Sarasvati, ManavaRatna, was National Research Professor of India. Arenowned expert in Constitutional Law, he wrote manybooks including his magnum opus, Commentaries on theConstitutional Law of India.

If any religion in the world has been the leastunderstood, that is the Hindu religion, not becauseit is inexplicable, not because it is irrational orillogical—but because it is so big.


Thus begins Dr. Durga Das Basu’s scholarly exploration ofthe essence of Hinduism. Abandoning historical and non-essential considerations, the book looks upon Hinduism,not as a faith, but a set of certain universal principles oftruth, evolved, tested and verified through the ages andon which there is a consensus amongst the variousUpanishads. It is these propositions that have beengathered as the essence of Hinduism in this work. Tounderstand this essence is to grasp simultaneously theultimate aim of a person’s life, which is to achieve themaximum of purity and perfection. The diverse paths andthe mental and physical exercises that lead to salvationare defined and explained.

Like in his other works, the author adopts a comparativeapproach that makes this a book on comparative religionwith special reference to the essential doctrines of theHindu religion. This approach also underscores thethought that the surest way to achieve communalharmony is to bring to the followers of different religions,the essential principles of each.Extensively explained and well documented, this is afascinating glimpse into the ascent of Hinduism.Contents: Preface. Abbreviations and References.Hinduism, an Encyclopaedia of Universal Principles. GodExists. God is All-Pervading. Formless, Yet Manifested inEndless Forms. Immortality and Divinity of the Soul. NoSet Formula. Diverse Paths Leading to the Same Goal. TheProcess of Deification. The Religion of Service. Appendix:The Religion of Ramakrishna. Index.

Latest Print 2003 / 140 pp. (Hard Cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-81-203-2140-5 / ` 250.00 / (e-book also available)

BRAHMAHindu Spirituality: An AppreciationNALINI KANTA BRAHMA, formerly Professor of Philosophy,Presidency College (now Presidency University), Kolkata,and Principal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

Many people have confused notions of Hindu spirituality.In this compact book, Dr. Nalini Kanta Brahma, an eruditescholar and a well-known exponent of Hindu spirituality,captures the essence of Hindu spirituality, as embeddedin the Vedas and the Upanishads.

Divided into three parts—Part I, Essence of HinduSpirituality; Part II, Vedantic Transcendence; and Part III,Studies in Brihadaranyaka Upanishad, the book gives aclear analysis of the teachings of the Hindu scriptures.The book starts with an Introduction which shows thegreatness of the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad and thevalidity of the Upanishads, which Shankaracharyaunmistakably showed to be part of the Vedas. The bookthen goes on to give, in the next three sections, studieson Karma Yoga (performing selfless action as a path ofrealization of emancipation), Bhakti Yoga (philosophy andpractice of devotion), and Jñāna Yoga (knowledge asa means for realization of the Absolute, that is,Brahmavidya) : Part II is devoted to a detailed discussionon Vedantic Transcendence and Vedantic monism as

expounded by Shankaracharya. Finally, Part III delvesdeep into the teachings contained in the BrihadaranyakaUpanishad.

This well-researched and clearly enunciated study wouldbe valuable for postgraduate and senior undergraduatestudents of Philosophy and students of ComparativeReligion. It would also be very useful to anyone who hasa keen desire to study about Hindu spirituality.Contents: Preface. Part I: Essence of Indian Spirituality.Introduction. Section 1: Karma Yoga. Section 2:Bhakti Yoga. Section 3: Jñāna Yoga. Section 4:Conclusion. Part II: Vedantic Transcendence. Part III:Studies in the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad. Index.


BRAHMAPhilosophy of Hindu SādhanāNALINI KANTA BRAHMA, formerly Professor of Philosophy,Presidency College, University of Calcutta and Principal,Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

None else could have made a better presentation on thepractical side of Hindu religion, with its underlining conceptsof Hindu faith, than Dr. Nalini Kanta Brahma. His classicwork, Philosophy of Hindu Sādhanā, is now being relaunchedin the Eastern Economy Edition for the benefit of students,researchers, and all those who have an abiding interest inphilosophy and religion.

The author stresses those characteristics of Hindu religionthat bring out its kinship with the higher religious thoughtsof the world so that the reader can discern a common fabricof organic unity of higher religions.

The text brings to fore the correlation between theory andpractice of different Hindu philosophical systems. Sādhanā,the instrument to attain perfection as propounded in HinduphilosophyÑbeing a means to a better endÑhas beendiscussed in the text in its various forms as followed bydifferent religious systems of the Hindus.

Part I of the book deals with the function and characteristicsof Hindu Sādhanā in general. Part II elucidates the specificforms of Hindu Sādhanā that includes Karma, the path ofprescribed actions, Jnana, the path of higher intellect, andBhakti, the path of devotional worship. The book also dealswith Yoga, the form of Sādhanā as propounded by Patanjali.Finally, it emphasizes the importance and value of disciplineand devotion that are inherent in the good practice of Hindureligion.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Part I: SĀDHANĀ INGENERALÑThe Relation of Philosophy to Religion.Sādhanā: Its Place in Philosophy and Religion. DistinctiveFeatures and the Different Stages of Hindu Sādhanā.Different Forms of Sādhanā. A Historical Survey of theDifferent Forms of Sādhanā. Part II: SPECIAL FORMS OFSĀDHANĀÑKarma-Mārga or the Path of Action.


Karma-Yoga. The Yoga System of Pata–jali. The Pathof Knowledge. How to Attain Knowledge. The Path ofDevotion. The Nature of Devotion. The Determinantsof Devotion. The Tantra Form of Sādhanā. The DifferentStages of Sādhanā and the Synthesis of Its Different Formsin the Bhagavad Gītā. Index.


Logic

CHAKRABORTILogic: Informal, Symbolic, and Inductive,2nd ed.CHHANDA CHAKRABORTI, Department of Humanities andSocial Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur.

The Second Edition of this text continues to provide acomprehensive introduction to Logic, a subject that isincreasingly becoming popular among students.

What distinguishes the text is its graded step-by-stepapproach to the subject, with informal logic forming thebasis and Symbolic logic and Inductive logic forming themore advanced steps. The book also uses a hands-onapproach to teaching of logic to induce self-learning, asshown in sections such as on how to create a truth tableor a truth tree, on providing strategic tips for formalderivations, and on how to approach symbolization inpredicate logic.

The Appendices, including those on Indian logic and thenature of inference in Indian logic, are designed to creategreater awareness about the extent and depth of thefield among students.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• A new Appendix on Basic Set Theory. It covers all the

fundamental concepts, principles and operations inBasic Set Theory.

• Some sections in Chapter 3 on Fallacies have beenmodified.

• Corrections/Modifications done wherever required.

KEY FEATURES• In-depth and extensive coverage of Predicate logic.• Covers both Informal and Formal logic.• Each section has many worked-out examples and

exercises.• Worked-out examples given in a step-by-step manner

for easy comprehension.• Keywords at the end of each chapter.

Intended primarily as a text for students of Philosophy,the book would also be useful to students of Mathe-matics, Computer Science and Engineering where Logic isoffered as part of their course.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Acknow-ledgements. Introduction. Preliminaries. Part A: InformalLogic—Informal Logic: Arguments. Informal Logic:

Fallacies. Part B: Symbolic Logic—Symbolic Logic: Intro-duction. Propositional Logic: Syntax and Symbolization.Propositional Logic: Semantics and Truth Tables.Propositional Logic: Truth Trees. Derivations. AristotelianSyllogistic Logic. First Order Predicate Logic: Syntax andSymbolization. First Order Predicate Logic: Semantics.Predicate Logic: Derivation. Part C: Induction—InductiveReasoning. Argument by Analogy. Argument by CausalReasoning. Probability and Induction. Science, Hypothesis,and Induction. Appendices—A. Logical Paradoxes.B. Philosophical Controversy with ‘if-then’ and ‘É’.C. Alternative Logics in Western System. D. Metatheory.E. Indian Logic. F. Inference in the Nyaya System.G. Dynamic Logic and Temporal Logic. H. Basic SetTheory. Solutions to Selected Exercises. Index.


COPISymbolic Logic, 5th ed.IRVING M. COPI, University of Hawaii.

This most widely adopted of all symbolic logic texts leadsstudents, gradually but progressively, to a thoroughunderstanding of symbolic logic fundamentals. Thetreatment of the subject is mathematically rigorous,wherever necessary (e.g. Chapter on Set Theory) and thepresentation is lucid. Solutions to selected exercisesare provided at the end of the book and the threeappendices, besides the list of symbolic notations, rulesof inference, and quantification rules, enrich thereadability of the text.

Contents: Introduction: Logic and Language. ArgumentsContaining Compound Statements. The Method ofDeduction. Quantification Theory. The Logic of Relations.Deductive Systems. Set Theory. A Prepositional Calculus.Alternative Systems and Notations. A First-Order FunctionCalculus. Appendixes: A—Incompleteness of the NineteenRules. B—Normal Forms and Boolean Expansions. C—TheRamified Theory of Types. Solutions to Selected Exercises.Special Symbols. Index.


ÁÃflÊ⁄UË

÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ Ã∑¸§‡ÊÊSòÊ (Indian Logic)∞Ÿ.¬Ë. ÁÃflÊ⁄UË, ¬˝Ê»§‚⁄U, Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ‡ÊÊSòÊ Áfl÷Êª, ¬≈UŸÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ,

¬≈UŸÊ–

bl iqLrd esa Hkkjrh; rdZ”kkL= ds fl)karksa dk fo”ys’k.kkRed rFkkrqyukRed v/;;u lksnkgj.k izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA blesa U;k;]ckS)] tSu rFkk osnkar rdZ”kkL=ksa dh lekurkvksa rFkk fofHkUurkvksadk Li’V mYys[k fd;k x;k gS lkFk gh uO; U;k;] lka[;] ;ksx]oS”ksf’kd rFkk ehekalk rdZ”kkL=ksa ds egÙo ij Hkh izdk”k Mkyk x;kgSA buds vykok] blesa Hkkjrh; rFkk ik”pkR; rdZ”kkL=ksa ds fl)karksaesa varj Hkh fn;k x;k gSA


blesa Hkkjrh; ijaijk esa RkÙoehekalk] izek.kehekalk ,oa rdZ”kkL= dslaca/kksa dh O;k[;k dh xbZ gS rFkk vuqeku dh ifjHkk’kk] vo;o]izfØ;k] vk/kkj ,oa Hksn Hkh fn, x, gSaA Hkkjrh; rdZ”kkL= esa fufgrvkxeukRed rÙoksa vkSj gsRokHkklksa dk Hkh o.kZu bl iqLrd esa gSAizLrqr iqLrd n”kZu”kkL= ds LukrdksÙkj ikB~;Øe ds vuq:i fy[khxbZ gS] ftlesa Hkkjrh; rdZ”kkL= ,d isij ds :i esa lfEefyr gSAblls fganh Hkk’kh jkT;ksa fo”ks’kdj fcgkj] >kj[kaM] NÙkhlx<+] mÙkjizns”k rFkk e/; izns”k ds fo”ofo|ky;ksa ds fo|kFkhZ ykHkkfUor gksaxsAblds vykok] ;g la?k rFkk jkT; yksd lsok vk;ksxksa dh izfr;ksxhijh{kkvksa esa fganh ek/;e ls lfEefyr gks jgs vH;fFkZ;ksa ds fy, HkhvR;ar mi;ksxh fl) gksxhAfo"k; lwph% ¬˝SÃÊflŸÊ– ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ¬⁄¢¬⁄UÊ ◊¥ Ãûfl◊Ë◊Ê¢‚Ê, ¬˝◊ÊáÊ◊Ë◊Ê¢‚Ê

ÃÕÊ Ã∑¸§‡ÊÊSòÊ– •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ë ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê– •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ∑§ •flÿfl– •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ

∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ– •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U– ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ Ã∑¸§‡ÊÊSòÊ ◊¥ •Êª◊ŸÊà◊∑§

Ãûfl– •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ∑§ ÷Œ– „UàflÊ÷Ê‚– ¬Á⁄UÁ‡Êc≈-v— ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ Ã∑¸§‡ÊÊSòÊ

∑§Ê ªÊÒáÊ ‚¢¬˝ŒÊÿ– ¬Á⁄UÁ‡Êc≈-w— •ŸÈ◊ÊŸ ∑§Ë ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Êó¡ÒŸ ∞fl¢ •mÒÃU–

•ŸÈ∑˝§◊ÁáÊ∑§Ê–


Philosophy of Language

ALSTONPhilosophy of LanguageWILLIAM P. ALSTON, University of Illinois.

In the Philosophy of Language the author attempts tostudy and analyse the basic concepts we use in thinkingabout language. This is in contrast with viewing thephilosophy of language as an attempt to exhibit languageas one of the forms of world of spirit, or as an attempt toprovide an overall synthesis of conclusions aboutlanguage arrived at in the various social sciences. Thistext tries to determine, what language is and how it isrelated to more or less analogous forms of activity, whatit is for a linguistic expression to be meaningful, what it isfor a linguistic expression to have a certain meaning, andfinally what it is for a linguistic expression to be vague orto be used metaphorically. The central problem whichthe text tries to elaborate is “What is it for the linguisticexpression to have a certain meaning?” The basicapproach used by the author is simple and relativelyinformal in contrast with the logistically minded theories.

Contents: Introduction. Theories of Meaning. Meaningand the Use of Language. Language and Its NearRelations. Empiricist Criteria of Meaningfulness.Dimensions of Meaning. For Further Reading. Index.


Philosophy of Mind

BEAKLEY & LUDLOW (Eds.)Philosophy of Mind, The: ClassicalProblems/Contemporary Issues, 2nd ed.Edited by: BRIAN BEAKLEY and PETER LUDLOW.

The Philosophy of Mind remains the only sourcebook ofprimary readings offering in-depth coverage of bothhistorical works and contemporary controversies inphilosophy of mind. This second edition provides anexpanded treatment of classical as well as current topics,with many additional readings and a new section onmental content.

The writers included in this comprehensive book, rangefrom Aristotle, Descartes, and William James to suchleading contemporary thinkers as Noam Chomsky, Pauland Patricia Churchland, and Jaegwon Kim. The eighty-three selections provide a thorough survey of five areasof enduring controversy: the mind-body problem, mentalcausation, mental content, innatism and modularity, andassociationism and connectionism. Each section includesan introductory overview of the topic by the editors aswell as suggestions for further reading.

The selections added for the second edition serveboth to enhance historical coverage and to updatecontemporary issues, especially in areas of currentempirical research such as connectionism and innatism.Changes to historical coverage include a wider array ofreadings on classic positions as well as neglectedprecursors to views often considered recent innovations.The section on the mind-body problem in particular hasbeen greatly expanded, including numerous selections onconsciousness and qualia.

The book is ideal for graduate courses in philosophy andthe history of psychology. It is eminently suited as areference for researchers and as a self-contained surveyfor the general reader.

Contents: Preface to the Second Edition. Sources. I: TheMind–Body Problem—Introduction. A: Classic Positions.From Metaphysics, Book 7, and On the Soul, Book 2.From Meditations on First Philosophy II and VI andReplies to Objections II. From An Essay ConcerningHuman Understanding. From The Principles of HumanKnowledge. From The Monadology. From Man aMachine. From Positivism. From A System of Logic. From“Does ‘Consciousness’ Exist?”. From “The Province ofFunctional Psychology”. From The Concept of Mind. B:Materialism(s): Function, Reduction, and Elimination. IsConsciousness a Brain Process? The Nature of MentalStates. Troubles with Functionalism (revised). Minds,Brains, and Programs. Eliminative Materialism and thePropositional Attitudes. From Neurophilosophy. MultipleRealization and the Metaphysics of Reduction. FromLanguage and Problems of Knowledge. From TheEmpirical Stance. C: Mind and Subjective Experience.From Mind and the World Order. From “The ‘Mental’ and


the ‘Physical’’’. Sensations and Brain Processes. What Is ItLike to Be a Bat? Functionalism and Qualia. From“Identity and Necessity”. Form, Function, and Feel.Epiphenomenal Qualia. Can We Solve the Mind–BodyProblem? Physicalism and the Cognitive Role ofAcquaintance. II: Mental Causation—Introduction. FromThe Passions of the Soul. From The Search after Truth. ANew System of the Nature and the Communication ofSubstances. From Critique of Pure Reason. From “On theHypothesis That Animals Are Automata”. Mental Events.Mind Matters. Making Mind Matter More. The Myth ofNonreductive Materialism. Causation in the Philosophyof Mind. From “Physicalism from a Probabilistic Point ofView”. III: Mental Content — Introduction. From On theSoul, Book 3. From Meditations on First Philosophy andReplies to Objections I-IV. From An Essay ConcerningHuman Understanding. From A Treatise of HumanNature. From Discourse on Metaphysics andCorrespondence with Arnauld. From “How to Make OurIdeas Clear”. From “The Theory of Objects”. From TheProblems of Philosophy. From Mind and the World Order.From “The Meaning of ‘Meaning’”. From “Individualismand the Mental”. Methodological Solipsism Considered asa Research Strategy in Cognitive Psychology.Misrepresentation. From “(Nonsolipsistic) ConceptualRole Semantics”. Social Content and PsychologicalContent. Wide Computationalism. From A Slim Book onNarrow Content. IV: Innateness and Modularity —Introduction. From The Meno. From Posterior Analytics,Book II, Chapter 19. From Replies to Objections V and“Notes Directed against a Certain Program”. From AnEssay Concerning Human Understanding. From NewEssays on Human Understanding. From Phrenology. FromThe Language of Thought. The Psychogenesis ofKnowledge and Its Epistemological Significance. OnCognitive Structures and Their Development: A Reply toPiaget. What Is Innate and Why: Comments on theDebate. From Rules and Representations. FromModularity of Mind. Against Modularity. The Modularityof Thought and the Epidemiology of Representations.Dissociation and Modularity: Reflections on Languageand Mind. V: Associationism and Connectionism—Introduction. From Leviathan. From An Essay ConcerningHuman Understanding. From A System of Logic. FromThe Principles of Psychology. The Appeal of ParallelDistributed Processing. Connectionism and CognitiveArchitecture: A Critical Analysis. The Constituent Structureof Connectionist Mental States: A Reply to Fodorand Pylyshyn. Connectionism and the Problem ofSystematicity: Why Smolensky’s Solution Doesn’t Work.What Is the “D” in “PDP”? A Survey of the Concept ofDistribution. Connectionism, Eliminativism, and theFuture of Folk Psychology. Index.


Philosophy of Religion

Á„U∑§

œ◊¸ Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ

(Hindi Translation of Hick’s Philosophy of Religion,4th ed.)

¡ÊÚŸ Á„U∑§, ¬˝Ê»§‚⁄U (œ◊¸-Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ) ∑Ò§‹Ë»§ÊÁŸ¸ÿÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ–

¡ÊÚŸ Á„U∑§ ∑Ò§‹Ë»§ÊÁŸ¸ÿÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ œ◊¸-Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§ ¬˝Ê»§‚⁄U

„Ò¥U– œ◊¸-Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U •Ÿ∑§ ¬˝◊Èπ ¬ÈSÃ∑¥§ Á‹πŸ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-

‚ÊÕ ©Uã„UÊ¥Ÿ ◊⁄UáÊÊ¬⁄UÊ¢Ã Á‚hÊ¢Ã ÷Ë ¬˝SÃÈÃ Á∑§ÿÊ „ÒU– ©UŸ∑§Ë ÿ„U

¬ÈSÃ∑§ •’ Ã∑§ ‚ÊÃ •ãÿ ÷Ê·Ê•Ê¥ ◊¥ ¬˝∑§ÊÁ‡ÊÃ „UÊ øÈ∑§Ë „ÒU–

ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ê •ŸÈflÊŒ üÊË ⁄UÊ¡‡Ê ∑È§◊Ê⁄U Á‚¢„U Ÿ Á∑§ÿÊ „ÒU–

üÊË Á‚¢„U Ÿ ÁŒÀ‹Ë Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ‚ ∞◊.∞. ÃÕÊ ∞◊.Á»§‹. ∑§Ë

©U¬ÊÁœ ¬˝ÊåÃ ∑§Ë– fl •’ Ã∑§ ∑§ß¸ ⁄UÊc≈˛Ëÿ ‚¢ªÊÁcΔUÿÊ¥ ◊¥ •¬Ÿ ‹π

¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄U øÈ∑§ „Ò¥U– flÃ¸◊ÊŸ ◊¥ fl ÁŒÀ‹Ë Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§ Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ

Áfl÷Êª ◊¥ ““∑§ã≈Uê¬Ê⁄UË⁄UË ß¢Á«UÿŸ ◊ÊÚ⁄U‹ ∞á«U ‚Ê‡Ê‹ Á»§‹Ê‚»§Ë””

Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U ‡ÊÊœ ∑§Êÿ¸⁄UÃ „Ò¥U –

ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ •Ê∑§Ê⁄U ◊¥ Á¡ÃŸË ¿UÊ≈UË „ÒU ©UÃŸË „UË ‚Ê⁄UªÁ÷¸Ã– œ◊¸-

Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ ∑§ ∞ÁÃ„UÊÁ‚∑§ ¬ÈŸ⁄UÊfl‹Ê∑§Ÿ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-‚ÊÕ ß‚◊¥ œ◊¸-Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ

∑§ ◊„Uàfl¬ÍáÊ¸ Áfl·ÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ë ©UΔUÊÿÊ ªÿÊ „ÒU– ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ë

©U¬ÿÊÁªÃÊ ÃÕÊ ©U¬ÊŒÿÃÊ SŸÊÃ∑§, SŸÊÃ∑§ÊûÊ⁄U SÃ⁄U Ã∑§ ∑§

¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ‚ ‹∑§⁄U ‡ÊÊœ∑§Á◊¸ÿÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ß‚ ˇÊòÊ ◊¥ L§Áø ⁄UπŸ flÊ‹

‹ÊªÊ¥ Ã∑§ ÁflSÃÎÃ „ÒU– ‚¢ÉÊËÿ ÃÕÊ ⁄UÊÖÿ ‚flÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊÊ ◊¥ ’ÒΔUŸ flÊ‹

¿UÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ‚flÊ¸Áœ∑§ ‹Ê÷ŒÊÿ∑§ ‚ÊÁ’Ã „UÊªË–

‹π∑§ ∑§Ê ÿÕÊ‚¢÷fl ¬˝ÿÊ‚ ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ê •lÃŸ ∞fl¢ ‚fl¸ÕÊ

ŸflËŸ ‡ÊÊœ ∞fl¢ πÊ¡Ê¥ ‚ ¬Á⁄U¬ÍáÊ¸ ⁄UπŸ ∑§Ê „ÒU– ß‚∑§Ë ÷Ê·Ê ßÃŸË

‚⁄U‹ ÃÕÊ ‚È’Êœªêÿ „ÒU Á∑§ ¬ÊΔU∑§ ∑§Ê ∑§Êß¸ ÷Ê·ÊªÃ ∑§ÁΔUŸÊß¸

Ÿ „UÊ– ∑§ÁΔUŸ ‡ÊéŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬ÊŒ-Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ¥ ◊¥ S¬c≈U ∑§⁄U ÁŒÿÊ ªÿÊ

„ÒU– ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§ •¢Ã ◊¥ ©UìÊ •äÿÿŸ ∑§ Á‹ÿ ¬ÈSÃ∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ë ∞∑§ ‚ÍøË

ŒË ªÿË „ÒU–

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ¬Ê∑§∑§ÕŸ– ¬SÃÊflŸÊ– ß‡fl⁄U ∑§Ë ÿ„ÍUŒË-ß‚Êß •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ–

ß¸‡fl⁄U ∑§ •ÁSÃàfl ∑§ ¬ˇÊ ◊¥ Ã∑¸§– ß¸‡fl⁄U ∑§ •ÁSÃàfl ∑§ Áfl¬ˇÊ

◊¥ Ã∑¸§– •‡ÊÈ÷ ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ– •ÊSÕÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄U„USÿÊŒ˜ÉÊÊ≈UŸ– ‚ÊˇÿflÊŒ,

•ÊœÊ⁄UflÊŒ •ÊÒ⁄U ’ÊÒÁh∑§ Áfl∑§Ê‚– œÊÁ◊¸∑§ ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊÿ¥–

‚àÿÊ¬Ÿ ∑§Ë ‚◊SÿÊ– ÁflÁ÷ãŸ œ◊ÊZ ∑§ ‚àÿ-Áfl·ÿ∑§ Áfl⁄UÊœÊà◊∑§

ŒÊfl– ◊ÊŸfl ÁŸÿÁÃ— •◊⁄Uàfl •ÊÒ⁄U ¬ÈŸL§àÕÊŸ– ◊ÊŸfl ÁŸÿÁÃ— ∑§◊¸

ÃÕÊ ¬ÈŸ¡¸ã◊–


HICKPhilosophy of Religion, 4th ed.JOHN H. HICK, Claremont Graduate School, California.Written by the world-renowned philosopher, this book isa brief and contemporary introduction to the main topicsin the philosophy of religion—the one of the most active


areas of philosophical research today. Well acclaimed bythe students and teachers alike for more than threedecades the 4th edition reflects the continuousdevelopment of the subject. Besides, updating the textthroughout, a new chapter on contemporary work in theepistemology of religion is included.Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Judaic-ChristianConcept of God. Arguments for the Existence ofGod. Arguments Against the Existence of God. TheProblem of Evil. Revelation and Faith. Evidentialism,Foundationalism, and Rational Belief. Problems ofReligious Language. The Problem of Verification. TheConflicting Truth Claims of Different Religions. HumanDestiny: Immortality and Resurrection. Human Destiny:Karma and Reincarnation. For Further Reading. Index.


Sociology of Religion

EMERSON, et al.Religion Matters: What SociologyTeaches Us about Religion in Our WorldMICHAEL O. EMERSON, Rice University.WILLIAM A MIROLA, Marian University.SUSANNE C. MONAHAN, Montana State University.

This is a text for the sociology of religion course. Insteadof a mere survey of this field, the text focuses on themajor questions that generate the most discussion anddebate in the sociology of religion field.

Contents: Acknowledgments. Table of Illustrations.Preface. Section I: Getting Acquainted—Why Religion?“You Believe What?” Downloading God, “Big Box”Churches, and the Crystal Shop around the Corner.Section II: The Shape of Religion—Can’t We All Just GetAlong? News Flash: God’s Not Dead (and Neither is theGoddess!). Our God Rules (Yours Doesn’t). Section III:Religion, Conflict, and the State—Divine Rights andCasting Down the Mighty from their Thrones. Give UsOur Due. Section IV: Religion, Identity, and SocialInequalities—Adam, Eve, and Steve. The (Not So Great)Color Wall of the United States. Who Brought theEnchiladas to My Bar Mitzvah? Section V: More BigQuestions—Godless Science, Irrational Religion? End ofDays? Religion and the Environment. Do We Need God toDo Good. Bibliography. Index.


JOHNSTONEReligion in Society: A Sociology ofReligion, 8th ed.RONALD L. JOHNSTONE, Ball State University.

Using an unbiased, balanced approach, the eighth editionof this text puts religion in its social context by discussing

the impact of society on religion and helps studentsunderstand the role and function of religion in societythat occur regardless of anyone’s claims about the truthor falsehood of religious systems.

KEY FEATURES

• Provides new and updated information and researchdata in the rapidly changing field of religion, in society.

• Addresses the constant changes in the issues presentedby the interaction of religion, the various institutionsand social processes represented in modern societies.

• Provides real-life examples that illustrate the principlesbeing presented.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction to the Sociology ofReligion—The Sociological Perspective. The Sources ofReligion. Part II: The Social Organization of Religion—Religion as a Group Phenomenon. The Church-SectContinuum of Religious Organization. Becoming Religious.Religious Conflict. Part III: Religion in Society—Religionand Politics. Religious Fundamentalism. Religion and theEconomy. Religion and the Class System. Women andReligion. Part IV: Religion in America—Major HistoricalDevelopments. Black and Native American Religion inAmerica. Denominational Society. The Future of Religion.Photo Credits. Index.


Western Philosophy

BRAHMACausality and ScienceNALINI KANTA BRAHMA, formerly Professor of Philosophy,Presidency College, University of Calcutta and Principal,Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

Causality and Science may at first sound as abstract and,perhaps, as esoteric subjects. For, while one seems totouch on the transcendental and the metaphysical realm,the other seems to be rooted on terra firma. However,while reading through this compact and concise book,written with great clarity and precision, one comes torealize that there is no clash between these two, andindeed reconciliation between them is possible.

The author, with his remarkable erudition andscholarship, contends that the whole conception ofscience is so much bound up with the causal concept thatit seems hardly possible that science could ever be ableto do without it. He argues that space, time and causalityare the three categories on which science is built.

The book also shows that of the four causes—material,formal, efficient, and final, how the material and efficientcauses are given prominence. In this process, the bookdemonstrates the inadequacy of the empirical view ofcausation, and shows that material cause combines withthe efficient and final causes, or how these coalesceinto one and only the adequate cause remains. There


is no antagonism between the noumenon and thephenomenon or the Brahma and the Māyā.

Even though relativity may reign supreme for many, theauthor says that there is no opposition between perfectspontaneity and freedom and law and system on the onehand, and causality and determinism on the other.Ultimately, a reconciliation between causality andfreedom can be effected, and the Reality that there isneither ‘free’ nor ‘unfree’, but transcends both thequalities can emerge as the Absolute which can solve forever all oppositions.

The book would be of interest to students of philosophyand any reader who has a philosophical and scientificbend of mind to delve deeper into the relation betweencausality and science.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Principle ofCausality. The Scientific Conception of the Cause. TheEffect as Fully Contained in the Cause or the Cause asConscious Power or Energy. The Cause as the Absolute.Conclusion.


POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Administrative Theory

SAHNI & VAYUNANDANAdministrative TheoryPARDEEP SAHNI, Professor in the Faculty of PublicAdministration at Indira Gandhi National Open University,New Delhi.ETAKULA VAYUNANDAN, Professor in the Faculty of PublicAdministration at Indira Gandhi National Open University,New Delhi.

This book presents a detailed introduction to thefundamental concepts, principles and processes of thefield of public administration. It provides comprehensivecoverage of the major topics of this diverse field.Intended primarily for undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of public administration and political science aswell as for civil services aspirants, this book will also be ahandy reference for professionals in public service andsocial service.

The book presents an overview of the field of publicadministration as well as its fundamental aspects, whichinclude the theory of administration and the nature,typology and structure of organisations. It explains themajor theoretical perspectives as well as two majorspecialised areas of the field—public policy anddevelopment administration. It also provides an extensivepresentation of the prominent aspects of the publicadministration and management process—span ofcontrol, coordination, communication, authority andresponsibility, centralisation and decentralisation, andaccountability and control.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. PublicAdministration: Meaning and Importance. Nature andTypologies of Organisation. Theory of Administration.Administrative Management. Structure of Organisation.Development Administration. Public Policy. BureaucraticTheory. Neo-classical Theory (Human Relations).Behavioural Theory. Decision Making with SpecialReference to Herbert A. Simon. ParticipativeManagement. Hierarchy or Scalar Principle. Span ofControl. Unity of Command. Coordination. Delegation.Communication. Supervision. Leadership. Authority andResponsibility. Centralisation and Decentralisation.Accountability and Control. Index.

Latest Print 2011 / 544 pp. / 17.8 x 23.5 cmISBN-978-81-203-3082-5 / ` 495.00 / (e-book also available)

SAPRUAdministrative Theories andManagement Thought, 3rd ed.R.K. SAPRU, formerly Professor and Head, Department ofPublic Administration, Panjab University, Chandigarh.

The Third Edition of this well-received text encompassesthe manifold administrative theories and managementthought propounded and enunciated by administrativeand management thinkers over the past several decades.The text incorporates major additions and revisions tomake it more up-to-date, comprehensive and reader-friendly.

The text not only gives a complete and up-to-dateanalysis of administrative theories, but also introducesthe reader to new concepts, approaches and techniquesin public administration. Undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of public administration, and postgraduatestudents of political science and management should findthis fully revised text to be of immense value.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part I:Introduction—Toward a Theory of Public Administration.Public Administration: An Overview as a Discipline. PublicAdministration: Theoretical Aspects. Public and PrivateAdministration: The Dichotomy. Politics-AdministrationDichotomy. Public Administration: Interdisciplinary Nature.Part II: Administrative and Management Thinkers—Kautilya:Administrative Content in Arthasastra. Woodrow Wilson:The Politics–Administration Dichotomy. Max Weber: TheBureaucratic Theory. Frederick Taylor: The Scientific Theoryof Management. Henri Fayol: Principles of Administration.Gulick and Urwick: Organizational Principles. Mary Follett:The Group Dynamics. Elton Mayo: The Human RelationsApproach. Chester Barnard: Organizations as CooperativeSocial Systems. Herbert Simon: A Decision-MakingPerspective. Douglas McGregor: Theories X and Y for HumanMotivation. Abraham Maslow: Hierarchy of Needs Theory.Frederick Herzberg: Motivation-Hygiene Theory. RensisLikert: Participative Management Systems. Chris Argyris:Humanistic Approach to Management. Fred Riggs: ThePrismatic–Sala Model. Dwight Waldo: Reflections on PublicAdministration. Karl Marx: Transforming Managerial Work.


Vladimir Lenin: Socialist Theory of Organization. MahatmaGandhi: A Federal Perspective. Jawaharlal Nehru: AModerate Approach to Administration. Peter Drucker:Management Paradigm. Parkinson’s Law and the PeterPrinciple. Part III: Approaches to Public Administration—Different Approaches: Managerial, Political, and Legal.Classic Organization Theory. The Systems Approach. TheHuman Behaviour Approach. Bureaucracy and Democracy: ADilemma of Incompatibility. Public Choice Theory. ThePrincipal-Agent Theory. Part IV: Administrative Behaviour—Motivation Theories. Leadership Theories and Roles.Communication Principles. Corruption in Adminis-tration.Part V: Public Administration: The New Paradigm—NewPublic Administration. Comparative Public Administration:Models and Prospect. Development Administration andManagement: An Overview. New Public ManagementApproach. Globalization, Governance and Role of PublicAdministration. Index.


Comparative Politics

DAHL & STINEBRICKNERModern Political Analysis, 6th ed.ROBERT A. DAHL, Yale University.BRUCE STINEBRICKNER, DePauw University.

A thoroughly revised new edition, this compact textprovides an analysis and description of democracy,political behavior, political evaluation, policy making andcomparative political systems. The treatmentof influence and the nature of politics too is substantiallyrevised and rearranged in a manner to enhance the graspof the topics by students.

The revision takes into account the changes in the globalpolitical scenario such as the September 11, 2001 attacks,the demise of the Soviet Union and the number ofsovereign states on this planet etc. and concludes with anew chapter, “What Good Is Modern Political Analysis”.

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Basics—IntroducingInfluence: Examples from the Least to the Most.What is Influence? What is Politics? What is a PoliticalSystem? A Government? A State? Revisiting andAppraising Influence. Part II: Political Systems: Similaritiesand Differences—Political Systems: Similarities. PoliticalSystems: Differences. Differences: Polyarchies andNonpolyarchies. Polyarchies and Nonpolyarchies:Explanation. Part III: Political Participation and PoliticalEvaluation—Individuals’ Participation in Politics. PoliticalEvaluation. Part IV: Political Analysis: To What Ends?What Good is Modern Political Analysis? Index.


HOODPolitical Development and DemocraticTheory: Rethinking Comparative PoliticsSTEVEN J. HOOD, Professor of Politics, Ursinus College,Collegeville, Pennsylvania.

More and more nations have embraced democracyover the last few years. Consequently, studies andscholarship on democracy have been increasing. Yetcomparative studies on democracy and politicaldevelopment do not seem to come to grips with theproblems of democracy. While the comparativistslook at the challenges of democratic transition,consolidation and problems of mature democraciesas separate problems, this book contends that theproblems facing democratic regimes remain the same,differing only by degree. The author attributes thesuccess of democracy to striking the right balancebetween rights and virtues. By focusing only on theprocedural aspects of democracy, we would at bestinvent a symptomatic cure for the ailments of democraticgovernments. A wholesome solution would be providedonly by a redefinition of the basic terms and concepts ofdemocracy and a reconsideration of our assumptionsregarding democracy.

In this book, the spirit of democracy and the views ofAlexis de Tocqueville and the founders of the Americansystem of democracy are examined as they are relevantto the contemporary world. In analyzing democraticregimes, the book goes beyond merely a technical ormechanical perspective. The influence of variouscomponents such as foreign policies, international rules,economic and religious factors in the process ofdemocratization has been discussed for a complete study.By combining the best of comparative theory and liberaldemocratic theory, the book rediscovers the ideal ofdemocracy.

The extensive list of notes (chapter wise) and thecomprehensive Bibliography given at the end of the bookwould considerably help the readers in delving deeperinto the subject. Postgraduate students of PoliticalScience as well as political analysts would find this bookextremely useful and interesting.

Contents: Preface. The Spirit of Democracy. TheTransition from Authoritarianism to Democracy.Consolidating Democracy. Maintaining Democracy.Conclusion: Rethinking Comparative Politics. Notes.Bibliography. Index.


PALEKARComparative Politics and GovernmentS.A. PALEKAR, Professor, Department of Political Science,Gulbarga University, Karnataka.Considerable changes are taking place today in the


structure and working of governments all over the world.This, in turn, has necessitated a change in the approachto the study of government and politics. This well-organized and systematic study takes into account thesedevelopments and shift in approach in the field ofcomparative government and politics.

As the empirical study of political processes, structuresand functions forms a major part of comparative politicalstudies, the author examines them in detail.He also analyzes the many variables that are hetero-geneous in nature. The book analyzes in tandemcomparative government—which involves the study ofdifferent political systems with their institutions andfunctions—and comparative politics, which coverscomparative governments and non-state politics. Thelatter also studies rule making, rule implementing andrule adjudicating.

Since different political systems are governed by theconstitutions of the nations concerned, the book deals indetail with the constitutions of these countries. While thetext gives a comprehensive coverage of constitutions ofdemocracies such as UK, USA, France, Switzerland andJapan, it also deals with the constitutions of authoritarianStates like Russia and China.

This text should be of great value to undergraduate andpostgraduate students of political science as well asaspirants of civil services.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction—Nature andScope of Comparative Politics. Part II: Constitution of TheUK—Introduction. The Executive—The King and the PrimeMinister. Civil Service in England. The British Parliament.The Judiciary. Party System in England. Local Governmentin England. Part III: Constitution of the USA—Introduction. American Federalism. The Executive—American Presidency. The Legislature—The AmericanCongress. The Judiciary—The Supreme Court. PoliticalParties. Pressure Groups in American Political System.Bureaucracy in USA. Part IV: Constitution of Switzerland—Introduction. Swiss Federalism. The Executive—TheFederal Council. The Legislature—The Federal Assembly.Federal Judiciary. Rights of Citizens. Direct Democracy.Party System. Government of Cantons. Part V:Constitution of Russia—Introduction. Salient Features ofthe Russian Constitution. Fundamental Rights and Duties.Federal System. The President. The Parliament. TheJudicial System. Interest Groups. Party System. Part VI:Constitution of China—Introduction. Salient Features ofthe Constitution of China. Fundamental Rights and Duties.The Legislature—The National People’s Congress. TheExecutive—The President, the State Council, and thePremier in China. The Judiciary. Chinese CommunistParty. Part VII: Constitution of Japan—Introduction.Features of the Constitution of Japan. Fundamental Rightsand Duties. The Executive. The Legislature—The Diet. TheJudiciary. Local Self-Government. Political Parties. PartVIII: Constitution of France—Introduction. SalientFeatures of the French Constitution. The Executive—ThePresident. The Legislature—Parliament. The Judiciary—

Judicial System of France. The Local Government. PoliticalParties.


RAYModern Comparative Politics:Approaches, Methods and IssuesSAMIRENDRA N. RAY, Professor of Political Science,University of North Bengal, Darjeeling (West Bengal).

Designed primarily as an introductory textbook forgraduate and senior undergraduate students offeringcomparative politics as a compulsory course, this finelyintegrated text is by far the most comprehensive,yet concise and critical analysis of the contendingapproaches, methods, and models and the theory-building efforts made in the second half of this century.The book provides a lucid and up-to-date presentation ofthe ramifications of the governmental process andpolitical dynamics, issues and problems relating to thestructure, function, process and operation of govern-mental and political organizations in a genuinelycomparative perspective.

KEY FEATURES• Emphasizes the emerging concerns of modern

comparative politics in dealing with the non-westernpolitical systems and the politics of the developingareas.

• Gives a genuinely comparative analysis of thegovernment and politics in various political systemsprevailing across the world.

• Bases the analysis on authentic sources, with extensivecitations.

• Provides a detailed Bibliography.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. UnderstandingComparative Government and Politics. Government inModern Society. Constitutions and Constitutionalism.Distribution of Governmental Functions and Control ofPolitical Power. Political Dynamics, Systems, Parties,Interest Groups and the Electoral Process. Organization ofGovernment: Institutions and Procedures. Non-WesternGovernment and Politics and the Politics of theDeveloping Areas. Conclusion. Bibliography. Index.


Constitution of India

‡Ê◊Ê¸

÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ— ∞∑§ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ, Œ‚flÊ¢ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ

’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ– ¬Ífl¸ ◊¥

÷Ê⁄UÃ ‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ÁflÁœ ◊¢òÊÊ‹ÿ ◊¥ •¬⁄U ‚Áøfl Õ–

Hkkjr ds lafo/ku ij fy[kh xbZ bl iqLrd esa lafoèkku osQ micaèkksa dkvfHkizk; lgt Hkk"kk esa crk;k x;k gSA lkafoèkkfud laLFkkvks a


(dk;Zikfydk] foèkkf;dk vkSj U;k;ikfydk) osQ dk;Z{ks=k vkSjdk;Zfofèk dk blesa o.kZu gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh n`f"V ls mi;ksxh 4 fo"k;ksaosQ fy, i`Fko~Q vè;k; gSaA ;s fo"k; gSa—izR;k;ksftr foèkku] uSlfxZdU;k;] yksdfgrokn vkSj fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kdA blosQ vfrfjDrlafoèkku dh jpuk dh mu ?kVukvksa dk o.kZu gS ftudk izHkkolafoèkku dh jpuk ij iM+kA

2002 esa bl iqLrd dk igyk laLdj.k izdkf'kr gqvk FkkA 2014 esa;g nloka laLdj.k ikBdksa osQ le{k gSA bldh mi;ksfxrk vkSjyksdfiz;rk dk ;g izek.k gSA

bl laLdj.k esa 31 fnlacj 2013 rd osQ fu.kZ; ;FkkLFkku fufnZ"V gSA

nlosa laLdj.k dh fo'ks"krk,a

1- fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kd ij ,d i`Fko~Q vè;k;A2- yksdra=k] lektokn vkSj iaFkfujis{krk ij fVIi.kA3- lafoèkku dh jpuk osQ iwoZ dh ?kVukvksa okys vè;k; esa 'kksèk

vkèkkfjr ubZ lkexzhA4- yksd O;oLFkk vkSj fofèk O;oLFkk esa varjA5- osaQnz vkSj jkT; dh vlaxrrk ij jk"Vªifr dh vuqefr dk izHkkoA6- lkafoèkkfud fofèkekU;rk dk fu.kZ; oSQls gks\7- vuqPNsn 14 osQ fo"k; esa U;k;k/h'k fofo;u cksl dk fopkjA8- vkj{k.k ij ekSfyd fopkj] vuqPNsn 15(4) vkSj 16(4) esa varjA9- eaMy okys fu.kZ; ij lhjobZ osQ fopkjA10- cksEebZ okys fu.kZ; dh vkykspukA11- vuqPNsn 142 ls lacafèkr ekSfyd fopkjA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— Œ‚fl¥ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ¬˝Õ◊ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ ∑§Ë ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÁŸáÊ¸ÿ

‚ÍøË– ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§Ë ⁄UøŸÊ ∑§ ¬Ífl¸ ∑§Ë ÉÊ≈UŸÊ∞¢– ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§ ¬˝◊Èπ ‹ˇÊáÊ–

¬Á⁄U‚¢ÉÊ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë– ©UgÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ê ⁄UÊÖÿˇÊòÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê ÁŸ◊Ê¸áÊ–

ŸÊªÁ⁄U∑§ÃÊ– ◊Í‹ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ⁄UÊÖÿ ∑§Ë ŸËÁÃ ∑§ ÁŸŒ‡Ê∑§ Ãûfl– ◊Í‹ ∑§ûÊ¸√ÿ–

‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ‚¢ÉÊ ∑§Ê ÁflœÊŸ-◊¢«U‹– ⁄UÊÖÿ ∑§Ë ∑§Êÿ¸¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ⁄UÊÖÿ

ÁflœÊŸ-◊¢«U‹– ãÿÊÿ¬ÊÁ‹∑§Ê– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê ©UìÊÃ◊ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ– ©UìÊ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ–

‚¢ÉÊ ⁄UÊÖÿˇÊòÊ– SÕÊŸËÿ ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ– ‚„U∑§Ê⁄UË ‚Ê‚ÊßøË– ‚¢ÉÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§

’Ëø ‚¢’¢œ– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ, ‚¢ÁflŒÊ∞¢ •ÊÒ⁄U flÊŒó‚⁄U∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ŒÊÁÿàfl– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– √ÿÊ¬Ê⁄U, flÊÁáÊÖÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊Êª◊ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ– ‚¢ÉÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊÖÿÊ¥ ∑§

•œËŸ ‚flÊ∞¢– ‹Ê∑§ ‚flÊ •ÊÿÊª– ÁŸflÊ¸øŸ– ⁄UÊ¡÷Ê·Ê– •Ê¬ÊÃ ©U¬’¢œ–

‚¢ÁflœÊŸ ∑§Ê ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– Œ‹ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸ŸóŒ‚flË¥ •ŸÈ‚ÍøË– ∑È§¿U flªÊZ ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ ◊¥

Áfl‡Ê· ©U¬’¢œ– ¬˝àÿÊÿÊÁ¡Ã ÁflœÊŸ– ŸÒ‚Áª¸∑§ ãÿÊÿ– ‹Ê∑§Á„UÃflÊŒ– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ê

ÁŸÿ¢òÊ∑§-◊„UÊ‹πÊ ¬⁄UËˇÊ∑§– ‡ÊéŒ-‚ÍøË– •ŸÈ∑˝§◊ÁáÊ∑§Ê–


SHARMAIntroduction to the Constitution of India,6th ed.BRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The students and teachers have again shown theirpreference to this book. The author has been receivingfavourable comments from the readers. To maintain itsstandard the author has updated case law and relatedinformation.

This edition incorporates the law as propounded by theSupreme Court. All important decisions of the Supreme

Court reported till July 2011 have been duly referred andcited.

It contains a new chapter on Public Interest Litigation.

The book is designed and written as a text for students ofLaw (LL.B. and LL.M.), Political Science and PublicAdministration. It is designed to make it suitable for CivilServices and Judicial Services examinations. It providesguidance and overview of our Constitution to all thosewho seek knowledge.

WHAT IS NEW TO THIS EDITION1. A new chapter on Public Interest Litigation2. Power of the President to remove a Governor3. Qualification and duties of Advocate General4. Role of Patel, Rau and Dr. Ambedkar in the making of

the Constitution5. Power of High Court to direct C.B.I.6. Criticism of Collegium process7. Limitations of legislatures to remove a member8. Meaning of religious instruction9. Position of Additional Judge of a High Court10. Refund of tax paid in excess11. Basis of equal pay for equal work12. List of Committees of the Constituent Assembly13. Permissibility of Narco analysis etc.14. Constitutionality of MPLAD scheme

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Events Before the Framing of the Constitution.Salient Features of the Constitution. The Federal System.The Preamble. Territory of the Union and Formation ofStates. Citizenship. Fundamental Rights. DirectivePrinciples of State Policy. Fundamental Duties. The UnionExecutive. The Union Legislature. The State Executive.State Legislatures. The Judiciary. The Supreme Court ofIndia. The High Courts. Union Territories. LocalGovernment. Relations between the Union and theStates. Property, Contract and Suits—GovernmentLiability. Right to Property. Freedom of Trade, Commerceand Intercourse. Services under the Union and the States.Public Service Commissions. Elections. Official Language.Emergency Provisions. Amendment of the Constitution.Defections—Tenth Schedule. Special Provisions Relatingto Certain Classes’. Delegated Legislation. Natural Justice.Public Interest Litigation. Index.


Good Governance

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.)Strengthening Governance throughAccess to JusticeAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance atthe Centre for the Study of Law and Governance,Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi.


NASIR ASLAM ZAHID, Dean, Hamdard School of Law atthe Hamdard University, Karachi.

This book tries to reunite and rebuild faith in publicinstitutions by highlighting the availability of judicialremedies for the poor and the excluded in South Asia.The central idea of this book is the inevitable linkbetween judicial capacity and good governance. Itcritically discusses the state of ‘access to justice’ to thepoor and addresses the problems of various structuresand procedures approached by the poor to seek justice.The formal system remains locked in the whimsicalfantasies of the lawyers and the state structure whichaborts the rule of law for the privileged and works inopen defiance of the increasing disempowerment of thepoor due to an overwhelming judiciary.

This book highlights the growing need for restorativejustice as against retributive and thus emphasizes a moreintensive action research in alternative dispute resolutionsystems (ADRs). This argument is further developed toassess the competence of many people’s led informalinstitutions of judiciary such as Saalish in Bangladesh,Jirgas in Pakistan or Lok Adalats in India. The book is alsoradical in its approach towards the use of alternativedispute resolution systems to support marginalizedcommunities, including women in distress, throughmediation and arbitration which are gaining a newintellectual space in justice discourse.

This book is an indispensable guide to administrators, andsocial scientists interested in governance and legalresearch. It would also be useful for those working in thenon-state sector of pro-poor reforms.

Contents: Preface. About the Editors. About theContributors. Introduction, Amita Singh. Section I: JustSpace for the Poor in Judicial Systems—Gram Adalat inBangladesh: Theory and Practice, M. Abdul Wahhab.Panchayats and Jirghas (Lok Adalats): Alternative DisputeResolution System in Pakistan, Irum Ahsan. Lok Adalatsand Judicial Reform in India, Archana Agarwal. FormalPerceptions of Informal Justice: Village Councils andAccess to Justice, Kripa Ananth Pur, Anirudh Krishna.Poverty and Access to Justice: Dimensions of PublicInterest Litigation, Anindita Pujari. Revitalizing Judiciary:Enhancing Access to the Poor, Pallavi Bahar. JusticeWithout Lawyers: Getting Ideas from China, Xiong Ying.Section II: Procedural Fairness and Restorative Justice—Gender, Violence and Power: Retributive versusRestorative Justice in South Asia, Ferdous Jahan.Alternatives to the Judicial Mess: Suggesting Mediation,Dale Bagshaw. Issues of Equity and Justice in ClimateChange: A South Asian Perspective, Angela Williams.Judicial intervention for the environmentally Distressed inPakistan, Saima Amin Khawaja. Elusive Justice Denialframe for the Tribal Poor in India, Priti Singh. Governanceand Justice: Challenge of Weaving the Severed Bond inSouth Asia, Justice Nasir Aslam Zahid.


SINGH, et al. (Eds.)Governance and Poverty Reduction:Beyond the Cage of Best PracticesAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance at theCentre for the Study of Law and Governance, JawaharlalNehru University (JNU), New Delhi.KAPIL KAPOOR, Country Manager for Zambia at TheWorld Bank, Washington DC.RABINDRANATH BHATTACHARYYA, Reader in PoliticalScience and Public Administration at the University ofBurdwan, West Bengal.

Poverty reduction in South Asia is a precondition forsustaining any form of reforms in governance. The newpublic management reforms which started in South Asiafrom Sri Lanka taking the initiative in 1977–78 have beena decisive break from the previously practised Statedriven protectionist system. Investment in the region hasbeen rising and even per capita income has shown someincrease, yet the state has not been able to lead thesereforms appropriately and efficiently. Thus poverty hasnot been reduced, ordinary people continue to languishunder government programmes and the socially excludedremain outside the mainstream decision making bodies.Governance in South Asia faces the single most importantchallenge of poverty reduction which continues to bluntand disfigure capacity, self esteem and service deliverysystem to the poor. This book attempts to bring outmicrolevel studies from many regions in South Asia toaddress issues of entrepreneurship, knowledge andprofessionalism.

As an initiator of the idea on developing a critique tothe straightjacketed ‘best practice’ research, this bookquestions the standard practice in evaluatingadministrative reforms as not being the true base forknowledge. Administrators need to balance capacity andcontrol in every implementation programme. Confining tothe knowledge of ‘best practices’ may conceal enormousamount of information from the ‘less than best’ practiceswhich may be necessary to sustain good initiatives ofpublic managers.

This book highlights areas of active networking,partnerships and collaborations amongst state andnon-state bodies, NGOs and specialist Scienceand Technical Organizations. The true nature ofgovernance is explained and demonstrated through theprocesses which otherwise pass off undetected in macro-understanding of governance.

Contents: Acknowledgement. Introduction: Governance,Poverty Reduction and Best Practices, AMITA SINGH. SectionI: Understanding Poverty in South Asia—ConceptualizingPoverty: The Importance of Stories, STEVEN E. AUFRECHT AND

RASHMI PRASAD. Poverty Eradication: Lessons from History,ALAN MAYNE. Understanding Poverty, Cause Analysis andResponse: Case Study of Pakistan, SARFRAZ H. KHAWAJA.


How to Make Public Administration Reform Work for theRural Poor? Potentials and Challenges of CollaborativeGovernance, REGINA BIRNER. Engendering Growth forPoverty Reduction: The Pakistan Experience, SARFRAZ KHAN

QURESHI. Governance Intervention for Alleviating Povertyin Nepal, Tek Nath Dhakal. Section II: Poverty ReductionGood Practices, Stray Experiments—Poverty Eradicationthrough Participatory Democracy: An Experience in WestBengal, DEBJANI SENGUPTA. Poverty and Its Management inPakistan, AQILA KHAWAJA. Globalization, Decentralizationand Micro-Finance: A Study of Self-Help Groups in theDistrict Burdwan, RABINDRANATH BHATTACHARYYA. Role of SelfHelp Groups (SHGs) in Promoting Human Rights: ASample Study on a Village of North-24 Parganas District,West Bengal, SANGHAMITRA MAJUMDAR AND JHUMPA GHOSH ROY.Poverty Eradication through Technology Integration in SriLanka, S.W.S.B. DASANAYAKA. Section III: Case Studies:Making Services Reach Ordinary People—Resolving theQuagmire of Service Delivery in Nepal, NARENDRA RAJ

PAUDEL. Capability Approach and the Distribution of Land,Housing and Access to Metro in the National CapitalTerritory of Delhi, ASHOK KUMAR. Life and Livelihood of thePoor Children Living in Metropolis Dhaka: Problems,Prospects and Challenges, TAIABUR RAHMAN. 15. Poverty,Female Labour Migration and Rural Development: AGendered Study Based on Sri Lankan Context, WASANA S.HANDAPANGODA AND M.H. AJANTHA SISIRA KUMARA. Women’sParticipation and Leadership in ICTs: An Action Agendafor Global Change, CLAUDIA MORRELL. Tele-Medicine inKarnataka Good Practice and Technology in a Public-Private Partnership, JAMES WARNER BJÖRKMAN AND A. VENKAT

RAMAN. Assessment of Implementation of EmploymentGuarantee Scheme in India: A Spatial Dimension,MAHI PAL AND S.P. SINGH. An Evaluation of SamurdhiProgramme in Sri Lanka (With Reference to Ten Villagesin Panadura Divisional Secretariat) FERNANDO R. LALITHA S.Decentralized Planning and Poverty Alleviation: A CaseStudy of Two Village Panchayats in Kerala State (India),E.M. THOMAS. Governance, Social Accountability, and CivilSociety: Liberalism Bypassing Politics? RAZA AHMAD.


History of Political Thought

BARADATPolitical Ideologies: Their Origins andImpact, 11th ed.LEON P. BARADAT, MiraCosta College.

Brief and accessible, Political Ideologies follows theevolution of political thought over 300 years. Organizedchronologically, this text examines, each major ideologywithin a political, historical, economic, and social context.Leon Baradat’s skillful prose ensures that students obtain

a clear understanding of how ideas are influencing thepolitical realities of our time.

A captivating and authoritative book, Political Ideologieswill intrigue students about fundamental political ideas,both answering their questions and inciting further ones.Baradat is interested both in the reigning ideals ofmodern times and in how these are involved in the non-ideal realities of the world, giving us searching andevenhanded examinations of the major political attitudesand thought systems of our time.

—Glenn Tinder, University of Massachusetts at Boston

Contents: Preface. Supplements. Ideology. The Spectrumof Political Attitudes. Nationalism. The Evolution ofDemocratic Theory. Liberal Democracy, Capitalism, andBeyond. The Liberal Democratic Process. Anarchism.Socialist Theory. Applied Socialism. Fascism and NationalSocialism. Ideologies in the Developing World. Feminismand Environmentalism. Glossary. Index.

Latest Print 2012 / 384 pages / 15.3 × 22.9 cmISBN-978-81-203-4668-0 / ` 295.00

MUKHERJEE & RAMASWAMYHistory of Political Thought, A:Plato to Marx, 2nd ed.SUBRATA MUKHERJEE has been a Professor and Head,Department of Political Science, University of Delhi.SUSHILA RAMASWAMY, Associate Professor, Departmentof Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, University ofDelhi.

This lucidly written text, in its second edition, continuesto provide a comprehensive study of the classical politicaltheory tradition from Plato to Marx. The book elucidatesthe fascinating evolution of the history of political ideas,through the works of thirteen key political thinkers—which includes Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hegel andMarx.

The text highlights the decline and revival of classicalpolitical theory and portrays the clash of universalism vs.localism in the classical tradition. It focuses on the recentinterpretations of the classical texts, for instance,feasibility of the ideal State in Plato; civic humanism andrepublicanism in Machiavelli; the radicalism of Locke, andthe contributions to the woman’s cause by John StuartMill.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONInclusion of two important Enlightenment liberal thinkers,Mary Wollstonecraft, the founder of liberal feminism andthe other, Immanuel Kant, a de-ontological liberal.

Addition of an Appendix on John Rawls who is creditedas a seminal thinker of contemporary times, havingplayed a crucial role in the revival of normative politicaltheory.


The text is intended for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science in variousuniversities, and for all those who are appearing for thecivil services examinations.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. What isPolitical Theory? Plato. Aristotle. Niccolò Machiavelli.Thomas Hobbes. John Locke. Jean Jacques Rousseau.Immanuel Kant. Edmund Burke. Jeremy Bentham.Mary Wollstonecraft. George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel.John Stuart Mill. Karl Marx. Appendix. Bibliography.References. Author Index. Subject Index.


Indian Political Thought

GHOSHIndian Government and PoliticsPEU GHOSH, Assistant Professor in the Department ofPolitical Science, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata, WestBengal.

After years of subjugation by the British colonial rulers,India attained a status of Independent State on 15 August1947, a day to be reckoned with pride by all Indians.Struggling for her Independence, facing the trauma ofpartition, and finally establishing a sovereign democraticstatus for itself, the journey has undoubtedly been aroller coaster ride for India.

This book comprehensively outlines the evolution of theIndian Politics, discussing all the constraints, challengesand shortcomings faced by Indian Polity till date. Thebook shows how State-Society interface, with specialemphasis on civil society activities, can play an integralrole in shaping the political fate of the country. Inaddition, this book not only presents the institutionalaspects of Indian politics by underlying in details, theprovisions of the Constitution, but also brings out the realworking of the institutional framework in an ever-changing social and political environment.

Organized into 22 chapters the book discusses in detailsthe Constitutional development, The Preamble, TheFundamental Rights, The Directive Principles of StatePolicy, The Executive, The Legislature and The Judiciary atnational and state levels followed by their criticalappraisals as well as the Centre-State relation with itscontinuing tensions. To give a clear and panoramic viewof Indian Political Scenario the book also focuses on local-self governments, national and regional parties in India,challenges to Indian political system and new socialmovements.

Intended as a textbook for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science and Law, thisbook is also useful for the aspirants for Civil Service andcompetitive examinations like NET and SLET.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Gives a wide coverage of conventional topics

pertaining to the Constitution of India and relatingthem to the working of the Indian polity in the realworld.

• Tackles issues related to new social movements inIndia encompassing environmental movements,women’s movements, human rights movements andanti-corruption movement.

• Highlights the continuing challenges to the IndianPolitical System from different social and culturalfactors like religion, language, caste, tribe, regionalismand also corruption and criminalization of politics.

• The chapter-end exercises are classified according tothe Long and Short Answer questions as per theExamination Question paper pattern.

Contents: Preface. History of Constitutional Developmentin India. Framing of the Constitution of India—Demand,Formation and Working of the Constituent Assembly. ThePreamble. Fundamental Rights—Part III of the IndianConstitution. Directive Principles of the State Policy—PartIV of the Indian Constitution. The Indian Federation. ThePresident of India—The Union Executive. The UnionCouncil of Ministers and the Prime Minister of India. TheParliament. The Governor. Chief Minister and the StateCouncil of Ministers. The State Legislature. The Judiciaryin India. Constitutional Amendment. Local Government inIndia. Indian Political Parties. Regional Parties in India.Electoral Process in India. Role of Pressure Groups inIndian Politics. Challenges to the Indian Political System.New Social Movements in India. Commissions andFunctionaries in India. Index.


PADHYIndian Political ThoughtK.S. PADHY, former Professor and Head, Department ofPolitical Science, Berhampur University (Orissa).

Intended as a text for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of political science, and aspirantsof civil services this compact book brings to fore thepolitical thought of various Indian thinkers over thedecades.

The book begins with a detailed discussion on thepolitical thought of Manu, the lawgiver, whoseclassification of the different castes and their duties ishighlighted. Then it goes on to give a comprehensiveaccount of such thinkers as Kautilya, the author ofArthashastra, who talks about the four stages of life andthe duties of the King; Raja Ram Mohan Roy, the religiousreformer; Swami Dayananda Saraswati, the Hindureformer and advocate of the Vedas. Besides, the bookdeals in detail with such thinkers as Swami Vivekananda,


Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Gopal Krishna Gokhale, and ShriAurobindo.

Further, the book analyzes the political thought of thegreat Indian leaders—Mahatma Gandhi, the Father of theNation, whose ideas of Satyagraha, Ahimsa (Non-Violence), Swadeshi, and Swaraj are too well known;Jawaharlal Nehru, the Architect of Modern India and thefirst Indian Prime Minister whose ideas on socialism,democracy, and planning have guided the nation; theindefatigable JP (Jaya Prakash Narayan), the pioneer ofthe socialist movement; and Bhimrao Ambedkar, theArchitect of the Indian Constitution—the great socialreformer who championed the cause of the down-trodden.

Finally, the book makes an analysis of ideas of otherthinkers, such as Sir Sayyed Ahmed Khan, a greatadvocate of communal harmony, Muhammad Ali Jinnah,Lala Lajpat Rai, the Lion of Punjab and the propounder ofSwaraj; and Ram Manohar Lohia, a powerful exponent ofsocialism.

Contents: Preface. Manu. Kautilya. Raja Ram Mohan Roy.Swami Dayananda Saraswati. Swami Vivekananda. BalGangadhar Tilak. Gopal Krishna Gokhale. Shri Aurobindo.Mahatma Gandhi. Manabendra Nath Roy. JawaharlalNehru. Subhash Chandra Bose. Madhusudan Das.Jayaprakash Narayan. Gopabandhu Das. Bhimrao RamjeeAmbedkar. Sir Sayyed Ahmed Khan. Muhammad AliJinnah. Lala Lajpat Rai. Ram Manohar Lohia. VinayakDamodar Savarkar. Mahatma Jyotirao Govindrao Phule.Bibliography. Index.


SINGH & SAXENAIndian Politics: ConstitutionalFoundations and InstitutionalFunctioning, 2nd ed.M.P. SINGH was formerly, Professor in the Departmentof Political Science, University of Delhi.REKHA SAXENA, Associate Professor, Department ofPolitical Science, University of Delhi.

Designed as a standard text for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science and also forthe aspirants of Civil Services Examinations, the SecondEdition of this book provides a thoroughly updatedaccount of Indian politics, taking into consideration theIndian constitutional foundations and functioning of thevarious democratic institutions. It gives a holistic view ofthe political system of India that includes the State,Government (both central and state governments), themarket, and the civil society, including infrastructures likethe party systems in the nation and the states that arepartly in the civil society and partly in the state.

The text begins with a detailed discussion on the natureof the Indian Constitution and moves on to analyze themaking of the Constitution, organs of the Government,the bureaucracy, the party system, and the civil society. Itgives a retrospective as well as a prospective view on allthe topics, giving a composite idea of the issues involved.The new trends in Indian politics are seen through theprism of democratization, secularization, federalization,globalization and regional integration. The text not onlyprovides an updated account of the topics discussed butalso brings to light new conceptual and theoretical issuesunderlying the transformation that is taking place inIndian politics.

Besides undergraduate and postgraduate students, allthose who wish to have a deeper understanding of theIndian political system will find the book extremelyuseful.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• A new chapter (Chapter 9) on Local Self-Government—

The Third Tier of the Federal Structure—An UnexploredInternal Frontier

• New Sections have been added to several chapters:– Chapter 3 Sovereign Democratic Republicanism,

Democratic Developmentalism, Class/Social Basis ofState.

– Chapter 7 Asymmetrical Federation, ReformistDiscourse for a Better Federal Political Equilibrium.

– Chapter 12 Adaptation of Party System to Society,State Party Systems, and the Impact of Party Systemon Democracy.

– Chapter 13 Social Movements.

Contents: Preface. Indian Model of Constitutionalism:From Quasi-federal, Federal to Quasi-confederal? TheMaking of The Constitution and its Operationalization.A Multicultural-secular and Democratic-developmentalState In A Globalizing World. Parliament: Gulliver in TheLand of Lilliput? Union Executive: A Cabinet or a Cabal?Judiciary: The Battle Of The Books And Beyond. TowardsGreater Federalization. State Governments and RegionalPolitics. Local Self-government—the Third Tier of TheFederal Structure: An Unexplored Internal Frontier?Bureaucracy: The Permanent Government? Elections:Going Through the Motions for Uncertain Verdicts? PartySystem: A Configuration Without a System? Civil Society:Going Through The Process of Civilianization? Epilogue:India’s Tryst with Democracy, Development and Nation-State



flag ,oa lDlsukHkkjrh; jktuhfr% laoS/kfud vk/kjf'kyk,a ,oalaLFkkxr dk;Ziz.kkyh,e-ih- flag] fnYyh fo'ofo|ky; osÚ jktuhfr foKku foHkkx osÚ fuorZekuizksi+sÚlj ,oa vè;{k gSaA vki fnYyh fo'ofo|ky; osÚ lkekftd foKkuladk; osÚ Mhu Hkh jg pqosÚ gSaA orZeku esa vki ubZ fnYyh fLFkrbaLVhV~;wV vkWQ lks'ky lkbUlsl osÚ lsUVj QkWj eYVhysoy ÝsÚMjfyTe esavkWujsjh lhfu;j ÝsÚyks ,oa 'kks/ funs'kd osÚ :i esa dk;Zjr gSaAjs[kk lDlsuk] fnYyh fo'ofo|ky; osÚ jktuhfr foKku foHkkx dh,slksfl,V izksi+sÚlj gSaA

;g iqLrd jktuhfr foKku osÚ Lukrd ,oa LukrdksÙkj Lrj osÚ fo|kfFkZ;ksaosÚ fy, ,d ekud ikB~;&iqLrd gSA ;g flfoy lsok ijh{kk osÚijh{kkfFkZ;ksa osÚ fy, Hkh mi;ksxh gSA bl iqLrd esa Hkkjrh; jktuhfr dhvo/kj.kkvksa ,oa fl¼karksa dk foLr`r fooj.k fn;k x;k gSA blesa fo"k;ls lacafèkr v|ru tkudkfj;k¡ nh x;h gSa ,oa Hkkjrh; laoS/kfudvk/kjf'kykvksa ,oa fofHkUu yksdrkaf=kd laLFkkvksa dh dk;Ziz.kkfy;ksa dkvFkZ Hkh Li"V fd;k x;k gSA ;g Hkkjrh; jktuhfrd O;oLFkk dk lexzn`f"Vdks.k iznku djrh gS] ftlesa jkT;] ljdkj (osÚUnzh; rFkk jkT;ljdkjsa)] cktkj rFkk ukxfjd lekt lfEefyr gSa ,oa jk"Vª rFkk jkT;ksaesa nyh; iz.kkyh dh Hkkafr volajpuk,a Hkh 'kkfey gSa] tks vkaf'kd :ils ukxfjd lekt ,oa jkT; nksuksa esa ekStwn gaSA

bl iqLrd esa Hkkjrh; lafo/ku dh izÑfr ij foLr`r ppkZ dh x;h gSA;g lafo/ku osÚ fuekZ.k] ljdkj osÚ vaxksa] ukSdj'kkgh] nyh; iz.kkyh ,oaukxfjd lekt dk Hkh fo'ys"k.k djrh gSA blesa fo"k; osÚ iwoZorhZifjn`'; osÚ lkFk&lkFk Hkfo"; dh laHkkoukvksa ij fopkj fd;k x;k gS,oa rRtfur eqn~nksa ij lkekfld fopkj Hkh fn;s x;s gSaA blesa Hkkjrh;jktuhfr osÚ u, izpyuksa dks yksdra=khdj.k] èkeZfujis{koknh] la?koknh]oS'ohdj.k ,oa {ks=kh; ,dhdj.k dh izfØ;kvksa osÚ lanHkZ esa ns[kk x;k gSAbl iqLrd esa Hkkjrh; jktuhfr osÚ cnykoksa osÚ lkFk gh lkFk u,vo/kj.kkRed ,oa lS¼kfUrd eqn~nksa ij Hkh izdk'k Mkyk x;k gSA

jktuhfr foKku osÚ Lukrd rFkk LukrdksÙkj oxks± osÚ fo|kfFkZ;ksa osÚvfrfjDr ;g iqLrd mu yksxksa osÚ fy, Hkh mi;ksxh fl¼ gksxh tksHkkjrh; jktuhfrd O;oLFkk dk foLr`r vè;;u djuk pkgrs gSaA

fo"k;&lwph% vkeq[kA fu.kZ; lwphA lafoèkkuokn dk Hkkjrh;izfreku% vèkZ&la?kh; ls la?kh; vkSj la?kh; ls vèkZ&ifjla?kh; rd\lafoèkku dk fuekZ.k ,oa mldk lapkyuA ,d oS'ohÑr fo'o esacgqlkaLÑfrd&èkeZfujis{k ,oa yksdrkaf=kd&fodklkRed jkT;Alaln% fyfyiqVksa osQ ns'k esa xqfyoj\ la?kh; dk;Zikfydk% eaf=keaMy;k pkSdM+h\ U;k;ikfydk% dkuwuh fdrkcksa dh yM+kbZ vkSj mllsijsA c<+rh ek=kk la?kh;dj.k dh vksjA jkT; ljdkjsa ,oa {ks=kh;jktuhfrA LFkkuh; Lo'kkluμla?kh; lajpuk dk rrh; Lrjμ,dvu[kkstk vkarfjd lhekUr\ ukSdj'kkgh% LFkk;h ljdkj\pquko% vfuf'pr fu.kZ;ksa dk flyflyk\ nyh; iz.kkyh% O;oLFkkosQ fcuk ,d <kapk\ ukxfjd lekt% ^ukxfjdhdj.k* dh izfØ;k\

ifjf'k"V% yksdra=k] fodkl ,oa jk"Vª&jkT; osQ lkFk Hkkjr dkvfHklkjA uke vuqozQef.kdkA fo"k; vuqozQef.kdkA


International Relations

BANERJEE & SHARMAReinventing the United NationsAJIT M. BANERJEE, former UN Special Advisor andPrincipal Coordinator, Special Programmes in PublicManagement.Hon. MURARI R. SHARMA, Ambassador, Nepal Embassy,United Kingdom, former Ambassador of Nepal to theUnited Nations, and Former Member, UN AdvisoryCommittee on Administrative and Budgetary Questions.

Established after World War II, the United Nations strivesto save successive generations from the scourge of war.This vital world body has undoubtedly succeeded inresolving many conflicts through its political andpeacekeeping missions, and nurtured peace through itsdevelopment support, though not always with theefficiency and effectiveness expected of it.

The world is vastly different today from the days whenthe United Nations was set up. The challenges that theUnited Nations faces in the 21st century are much morecomplex and deadly than they were 60 years ago.Reforming and reinventing the United Nations shouldtherefore be a matter of great interest to the inter-national community.

To tackle the challenges ahead, the United Nations needsto re-engineer its organizational arrangements, reorientits processes, revamp its decision-making systems, andreform its human resource and financial managementto get the best results from them. This book suggestsmeasures for restructuring the Security Council,rationalizing the constituent systems of the GeneralAssembly, the ECOSOC and the Secretariat, andstrengthening the peacekeeping, corruption control andaccountability mechanisms.

The book is a collaborative endeavour, involvingcontributions from international authority figures in areassuch as peace and security, development assistance,resource management, leadership and ethics. The visionprojected by them on the major issues inscribed on theUnited Nations agenda is meant to encourage freshthinking on the part of opinion leaders, diplomats,academics, experts in foreign affairs and UN staff, so thatthis intergovernmental institution could be effectivelygeared to respond to the emerging challenges of the 21stcentury.

Reinventing the United Nations would be of interest tothe public and particularly the postgraduate students


of political science, international law, and inter-national relations, as well as diplomats, public affairsprofessionals and social science scholars at various levels.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Section I: Introduction—Reinventing the United Nations. Section II: Peace andSecurity—The Great Powers and the Security Council.Security Council Reform: An Alternative Approach.Keeping and Building Peace: An Evolving UN Function.Non-Proliferation of Weapons of Mass Destruction andDisarmament. Reform of the General Assembly.Strengthening the International Rule of Law. Electionsand the United Nations. Section III: Economic and SocialField—Economic and Social Council of the United Nations.Rationalization of UN Functions and Staffing: Economicand Social Field. Responsibility to Protect: TheFoundations of Global Environmental Governance. GlobalHuman Rights Agenda: Emerging Issues. SustainablePoverty Eradication. Water and Sanitation. The UnitedNations and Education for All. Humanitarian ResponseSystem: Strategic Issues. Section IV: Governance andManagement of the United Nations—Secretary General:Leadership and Accountability. Financing of the UnitedNations. Corruption and Indiscipline in the UnitedNations. Governance and Good Governance. Reform ofthe United Nations. UN System of Agencies: Myth orReality? Defining the United States’ Relationship with theUnited Nations in the 21st Century. Section V: The NextSteps—Going Forward. ANNEXURE 1: Contributors. ANNEXURE

2: Charter of the United Nations. ANNEXURE 3: In LargerFreedom: Towards Development, Security and HumanRights for All—Executive Summary. ANNEXURE 4: In LargerFreedom: Towards Development, Security and HumanRights for All—Relevant Paragraphs Concerning SecurityCouncil Reform. Bibliography. Index.


GHOSHInternational Relations, 3rd ed.PEU GHOSH, Assistant Professor in the Department ofPolitical Science, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata, WestBengal.

The Third Edition, of this comprehensive and well-organized book, continues to dwell on the multi-dimensional aspects of international relations, taking intoaccount the present undergraduate and postgraduatecurricula of different universities.

Divided into 20 chapters, the book gives a panoramicview of international relations and highlights, in theprocess, the Third World problems and their role ininternational politics and national liberation movements.Dr. Peu Ghosh, with her expertise in the subject and richexperience, gives a masterly analysis of the theory andpractice of International Relations (IR) in the text.

The book begins with a detailed discussion on theevolution, nature and scope of international relations;different approaches to IR; state and non-state actors;national power; balance of power; and foreign policy. Itthen goes on to give a comprehensive coverage of suchtopics as the major world events after World War II andtheir impact on international relations and oninternational organizations such as the UN and itsprincipal organs, regional organizations like OAU, TheSAARC and ASEAN. The book concludes with a discussionon international law, international morality, Indianforeign policy, and environment and IR prominenteconomic institutions and arrangements (IMF, WTO, G-20and so on).

Intended primarily as a textbook for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science and ofInternational Relations, and undergraduate studentsof History, this book should also be of great value toaspirants of Civil Services examinations, and all thoseinterested in the study of international relations.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Provides a new chapter on Prominent Economic

Institutions and arrangements like IMF, WTO, WorldBank, G-20, IBSA, BRICS, IOR-ARC, BIMSTEC, MGC,NAFTA, MERCOSUR

• Analyzes the current Indian Foreign Policy tillDecember 2012

• Includes a new section on bilateral relations of Indiawith USA, Russia, China, Pakistan, Bangladesh, SriLanka, Nepal, Bhutan with special emphasis on India’sLook-East Policy

Contents: Preface. The Discipline of InternationalRelations: Meaning, Evolution, Nature and Scope.Theories and Approaches to the Study of InternationalRelations. International System and the Role of Actorsand Non-State Actors. Basic Concepts in InternationalRelations. Foreign Policy: Concepts and Techniques. ColdWar and Evolution of Post-Cold War World. The ThirdWorld. Non-Aligned Movement. Neo-Colonialism.Regional Arrangements and their Role in InternationalRelations. The United Nations and International Relations.Disarmament and Arms Control. Globalization.Development and International Relations. Human Rights.Terrorism. International Law, International Morality andWorld Public Opinion. Indian Foreign Policy. Environmentand International Relations. Prominent EconomicInstitutions/Arrangements. Appendices. Index.



Political Processes

PRAMANICK & GANGULY (Eds.)Globalization in India: New Frontier’sEmerging ChallengesThe EditorsSWAPAN KUMAR PRAMANICK, Vice Chancellor ofVidyasagar University in Midnapore, West Bengal, India.RAMANUJ GANGULY, Associate Professor and founderhead of the Department of Sociology in West BengalState University, Barasat, West Bengal (India).

Since the last decade of twentieth century, India haswitnessed a structural shift in GDP growth, propelledlargely by new investments and the growth of the valueenhancing services sector. Long established three-headedsocial problem—poverty-Illiteracy-unemployment—remains the biggest stumbling block for a post-colonialcountry like India. New sets of problems have takenshape in the last quarter of twentieth century whenpolicy makers and market participants have prioritizedeconomic activities for short-term gains.

This edited volume brings to the fore oft-neglectedinterdisciplinary discussions and analysis in fifteen articlesto examine the process of globalization in India takinginsights from economics, political science andinternational relations, sociology, cultural anthropology,social ecology and cultural studies. It discusses the impactof the process of globalization on social institutions likemarriage, family, economy, politics, education andreligion.

The book is intended for postgraduate students andresearch scholars. It provides readers with a clearperspective about creating economics, environmental andsocial capital that can produce multiplier effect formaking national progress more inclusive and sustainable.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Economic Globalization:Understanding the Process Beyond the Polemics.Globalization and Sustainable Development:Contextualizing a Sociological Discourse. Globalization,Crony Capitalism and the Indian Context of SEZ. Impact ofGlobalization on the Food Consumption of Urban India.The Impact of Economic Liberalization on Employmentand Wages in India. Global Forces of Change andInnovation: Issues of Organizational Stress. How toGovern Corporate Houses? Significance of IndustrialDemocracy and Social Unionism in the Context ofGlobalization. Globalisation and Neo-liberal EconomicReforms in India: A Critical Review. The Indo-US NuclearDeal in an Era of Globalization. Falling in Love in Mumbai:Professional Women and Companionate Marriage.Changing Urban Landscape: A Socio-Semiotic Profile of aShopping Mall in Kolkata. Whose Water, for Whom andat What Costs? The Water Privatization Process, GlobalPolitics and Ecological Struggles in India. BeyondGlobalization: A Cultural Study [A New Cmie Matrix].

Hindi Popular Cinema: Negotiating the Global and theNation. Globalization and Terrorism. Index.


Political Thought

VINOD & DESHPANDEContemporary Political TheoryM.J. VINOD, Professor in the Department of PoliticalScience at Bangalore University, Bangalore.MEENA DESHPANDE, Professor of Thought and Theory inthe Department of Political Science at BangaloreUniversity, Bangalore.

Intended as a text for the postgraduate students ofpolitical science, this well-researched book attempts totrack the evolution of political ideas in the recent pastand their background. It brings out the contemporaryepistemological and methodological debates within thediscipline and social sciences as a whole, andincorporates the latest developments in the field.

Divided into forty chapters under eleven parts, the bookdeals with the core concepts and debates in politicaltheory, and focuses on the state-society interactions. Ittries to explain how the states, societies and cultureshave responded to the emerging challenges thrown up bythe social, economic and political factors, and thedirection of the response. It also dwells on the impact ofglobalisation on current trends. Finally, the book analysesthe ideas of modern Indian thinkers such as V.D.Savarkar, Jawaharlal Nehru, Ram Manohar Lohia, B.R.Ambedkar and Jayaprakash Narayan.

Besides the postgraduate students of political science, thebook would also be useful to the aspirants of civilservices examinations and the initiated readers.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:Approaching Political Theory—Positivism. Structuralism.Postmodernism. Deconstructionism. Part II: State andRise in Human Dignity—Debates on Justice. Debates onEquality. Debates on Liberty. Debates on Rights. Part III:Issues of Legitimacy—Political Power. Political Authority.Political Legitimacy. Political Obligation. Part IV: PorousBorders and Retreating State—Sovereignty in the Age ofGlobalisation. Citizenship. Human Rights in the Ageof Globalisation. Part V: Individual–Community–State:Evolving Relations—Political Participation. PoliticalToleration. Libertarianism. Communitarianism. Part VI:State–Society Interface—Good Governance. Civil Society.Social Capital. Part VII: State Economy Dynamics andBeyond—Neo-liberalism. Market Socialism. DependencyTheories. Post-Marxism. Part VIII: Assertion of Identity—Multiculturalism. Identity Politics. Feminism and PoliticalTheory. Part IX: People’s Demand—State Response.Debates on Democratic Political Community. New SocialMovements. Green Political Theory. Part X: PoliticalAlienation to Revolution—Political Alienation. Resistance.


Revolution. Part XI: Indian Political Thought and Theory—Vinayak Damodar Savarkar. Jawaharlal Nehru. RamManohar Lohia. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar. JayaprakashNarayan. Bibliography. Index.


Public Administration

ABEL & SEMENTELLIEvolutionary Critical Theory andIts Role in Public AffairsCHARLES FREDERICK ABEL, Assistant Professor of politicalscience and public administration and director of theCenter for Applied Social Research at StephenF. Austin State University.ARTHUR J. SEMENTELLI, Assistant Professor of publicadministration at Florida Atlantic University.

Time and again, the status of Public Administration as adiscipline has been called in question particularly bythose who are involved in the practical implementationof public administration principles. Theories on PublicAdministration border on the realms of philosophy andidealism and are therefore generally believed to do littlebusiness on the ground. For instance, Thorstein Veblen’sinterpretation of the critical theory inspite of its immensepotential and practical implications was side-lined andfated to remain in the background, thanks to theerroneous general notion that theories in PublicAdministration are at best abstractions with noapplicability.

In this compact, well-knit and hard-hitting book,the authors explain from a practical perspective, the‘Evolutionary Critical Theory’ as a cardinal theory inPublic Administration whose practical connotations arepatent in good governance, a subject that concerns alland sundry. The application of ‘Evolutionary CriticalTheory’ for creating a free, fair and ‘good’ society isvividly presented.

The sure, steady and pacy narrative, the straight andsimple language and the comprehensive coverage rendersthis book fascinating, rewarding and of a kind of its own.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Précis. PublicAdministration as Discipline and the Estrangement ofTheory. Ontology and Theory in Public Administration.Critical Theory and Public Administration. EvolutionaryCritical Theory. Evolutionary Critical Theory, Power andEmancipation. Evolutionary Critical Theory and the “GoodSociety”. Evolutionary Critical Theory and PublicAdministration. Notes. Index. About the Authors.


BHATTAInternational Dictionary of PublicManagement and GovernanceGAMBHIR BHATTA.“A masterful summary of what policy analysts, publicmanagers, and public service providers need to know andwhy.”

—CLAY WESCOTT, Asian Development Bank, Manila

This volume

• attempts to provide an authoritative, up-to-dateresource and standard reference on the theory andpractice of public management.

• addresses strategy, policy processes, and governanceas well as the bureaucratic concerns of publicadministration.

• incorporates concepts from various other fieldsincluding economics, political science, management,sociology, and psychology reflecting this diversity.

• provides ready information for students, researchers,scholars, and practitioners for a collection of termsthat they are likely to come across in their everydaywork.


BINGHAM & O’LEARY (Eds.)Big Ideas in Collaborative PublicManagementEditors: LISA BLOMGREN BINGHAM and ROSEMARYO’LEARY.

When I’m asked what is new and important incontemporary public management, my answer iscollaboration. The Bingham and O’Leary book is the beston the subject, well ahead of the rest.

—GEORGE FREDERICKSON, University of KansasWith the advent of technological innovations such as theInternet, and globalism that permits us to outsourcefunctions anywhere in the world, public managers findthemselves collaborating across borders in contrast tobeing unitary leaders of unitary organizations. Thispractical book with chapters written by distinguishedexperts in the field

• brings together a rich variety of perspectives oncollaborative public management.

• covers topics ranging from examinations of under whatconditions collaborative public management occurs towhat it means to be a collaborative leader.

• addresses tough issues such as legitimacy building innetworks.

• discusses ways to engage citizens in collaboration.• examines the design of collaborative networks and the

outcomes of collaboration.• summarizes and critiques in detail state of collabo-

rative public management today.


Contents: Acknowledgements. Frameshifting: LateralThinking for Collaborative Public Management. TheParadoxical Nature of Collaboration. IntersectoralCollaboration and the Motivation to Collaborate: Towardon Integrated Theory. Failing into Cross-SectorCollaboration Successfully. Incentivizing CollaborativePerformance: Aligning Policy Intent, Design, andImpact. Linking Collaboration Processes and Outcomes:Foundations for Advancing Empirical Theory. LegitimacyBuilding in Organizational Networks. Managing for ResultsAcross Agencies: Building Collaborative Capacity in theHuman Services. Collaboration for Knowledge: Learningfrom Public Management Networks. InstitutionalCollective Action and Local Government Collaboration.Outcomes Achieved Through Citizen-CenteredCollaborative Public Management. The Space Station andMultinational Collaboration: A Merger of Domestic andForeign Policy. Legal Frameworks for Collaboration inGovernance and Public Management. Learning to Do andDoing to Learn: Teaching Managers to Collaborate inNetworks. About the Editors and Contributors. Index.


BIRKLANDIntroduction to the Policy ProcessTheories, Concepts, and Models ofPublic Policy Making, An, 3rd ed.THOMAS A. BIRKLAND is the William T. Kretzer Professorof Public Policy in the Graduate School of Public Affairs atNorth Carolina State University.This book conveys the best current thinking on the policyprocess, with an emphasis on accessibility and synthesisrather than novelty or abstraction. In the third edition ithas been updated and reorganized to enhance student-friendliness.Throughout the book, case studies and real-worldexamples link theory to the current experience ofpractitioners. Generous use is made of learning aidsincluding chapter outlines, definitions, tables and charts,cartoons, provocative review questions and researchsuggestions, and annotated lists of selected classic andrecent works in policy studies.A newly added chapter surveys the policy-making systemand the social, economic, and demographic trends thatare transforming the policy environment in the UnitedStates.“In a concise, readable manner, Birkland’s Introductionto the Policy Process conveys the essential who, what,when, where, why, and how of public policy making. Asboth a policy practitioner and a teacher, I appreciate thebook’s discussion of real-world examples within theframework of important concepts from the policyliterature. Even better, my students like it, too.”

—JOHN W. HARDIN, University of North Carolina atChapel Hill, and Chief Policy Analyst,

North Carolina Board of Science and Technology

Contents: List of Tables and Figures. Preface to the ThirdEdition. Introducing the Policy Process. Elements of thePolicy-Making System. The Historical and StructuralContexts of Public Policy Making. Official Actors and TheirRoles in Public Policy. Unofficial Actors and Their Roles inPublic Policy. Agenda Setting, Power, and InterestGroups. Policies and Policy Types. Policy Design, PolicyTools, and Decisions. Policy Implementation, Failure, andLearning. Science and Theory in the Study of PublicPolicy. References. Index. About the Author.


BOWMAN, et al.Professional Edge, The: Competencies inPublic ServiceJAMES S. BOWMAN, JONATHAN P. WEST, EVAN M.BERMAN, and MONTGOMERY VAN WART.

Public service today must be led by consummateprofessionals well versed in both technical and ethicalcompetencies. This compact and concise text highlightsthe ever growing need for enhanced professionaltechnical, ethical and leadership competencies in thecontext of public service. Each of these competenciesis needed in the three arenas of public service—government agencies, non-profit organizations, andprivate organizations. Professionalism emphasizes bothtechnical skills (“to do things right”) and ethical skills (“todo right things”).

The book shows clearly the technical competenciesneeded and links these with performance management,human resource administration, and informationtechnology skills. It also identifies ethical foundations ofpublic service and how to integrate them in practice. Thebook concludes with a focus on individual leadership,what it means, and how it is based on a foundation ofethical and technical skills.

This reader friendly book with large number of exhibitsand examples from government, the non-profit sectorand business, would be an ideal book for introductorycourses in Public Administration or as a supplementarytext in professional ethics. It would also form a profitablereading material for all practicing managers and leaderswho must realize the need for professional competencycoupled with ethical values.

Contents: List of Tables, Figures, and Exhibits. Preface.Acknowledgments. Public Service Today: Complex,Contradictory, Competitive. The Technical Professional:Developing Expertise. The Ethical Professional: CultivatingScruples. The Consummate Professional: CreatingLeadership. The Future of Public Service: Cases andCommentary for the New Millennium. References. Aboutthe Authors. Index.



DHAMEJA (Ed.)Contemporary Debates in PublicAdministrationALKA DHAMEJA (Ed.) is a Reader in the Faculty of PublicAdministration at the Indira Gandhi National OpenUniversity (IGNOU).

Public administration is reeling under complex challengesand pressures in the face of the changing trends inliberalization, privatization and globalization. As apertinent area of social sciences, it is in search ofa new identity in the form of theoretical bases,conceptual clarity and contextual applicability. Thedevelopment of the discipline is characterized by failed,semi-developed and recycled narratives, which are unableto provide any well-defined epistemological parameters.Whatever one finds in the form of conceptual andapplied growth in public administration, especiallypertaining to the Third World, appears to be borrowed,imitated and implemented out of context.

The discipline of public administration must thereforereinvent itself in the wake of new developments in theareas of theory building, organizational reforms, inform-ation technology, participatory development, corporateethics, humane governance, responsive administration,non-state organizations and administrative capability.

This book makes an attempt to grapple with some ofthese contemporary concerns in order to generatea debate on the impact of globalization on publicadministration. A collection of diverse topics that addressvarious facets of public administration, the overall thrustis on developing indigenous approaches for meeting thegrowing demands of the changing scenario. The widerange of issues covered in the volume makes for acomprehensive view of the various perceptions withinthe discipline of public administration.

The book will be of immense use to students, academi-cians, researchers, policy makers and practitioners inpublic administration.

Contents: Acknowledgments. About the Editor.Contributors. Introduction. Understanding AdministrativeTheory: A Perspective. Public Policy Discourse: The Inter-Subjective and Symbolic Dimensions of Administration.Understanding the Dimensions of Uncertainty in PublicAdministration. Public Choice Theory: Government in theNew Right Perspective. Consent, Constitutions andContracts: The Public Choice Perspective on the State.Some Reflections on the Changing Complexion of theState. Changing Trends in Public Administration: TheGlobalization Context. Reconstruction of a Modern PublicSector: Some Key Concerns. Marketing Public Adminis-tration: The New Public Management Approach. GoodGovernance: A Conceptual Analysis. Good Governance:Issues of Responsiveness and Decentralization. Decentra-lization: Concept, Characteristics and Constraints.Women, Society and the State: Some Reflections on theState’s Approach towards Women’s Empowerment inSociety. Law Enforcement Agencies and Human Rights.

Principles and Practices of Corporate Governance.Corporate Governance Framework: Issues and Challenges.Ethics of Corporate Governance: Some Lessons for theGovernment. Impact of e-governance on PublicAdministration. A Nation Online: Public Administration inthe Digital Age. The Failure of Organizational Reforms: ATragic Story of Indian Administration. Values andInstitutions for Honest and ‘People-Oriented’ Adminis-tration: Towards a Synthesis of Western and IndianApproaches. From Legal-Rational to Moral-Legal-RationalBureaucracy: A Case Study of a Civil Servant. Right toInformation: A Key to Accountable and TransparentAdministration. The Citizen’s Charter Initiative:Pronouncement of a Paradigm Shift in Bureaucracy-ClientInterface. Emergence of Civil Society Organizations: TheGlobalization Context. Creating Alternative InstitutionalArrangements: Role of User-group Self-initiatives. Index.


GERSTONPublic Policymaking in a DemocraticSociety: A Guide to Civic Engagement,2nd ed.LARRY N. GERSTON.

In a democracy, politics is the primary vehicle for citizensto influence the decisions and decision makers that shapepublic policy at every level. This widely acclaimed work

• provides an overview of public policymaking in all itsaspects along with basic information, tools andexamples that will equip citizens to participate moreeffectively in the policymaking process.

• serves as a handbook for service-learning students, andas a resource for any organized effort to involvecitizens in community service and the exercise of civicresponsibility.

• includes a new case study.

Contents: Foreword. Preface to the Second Edition.Acknowledgements. The Public Policymaking Process andHow It Relates to Our Lives. Identifying Public PolicyIssues. Developing a Public Policy Proposal: Inventing theBetter Lightbulb. Taking Action in the Political World:How to Advocate a Public Policy. Implementation:Carrying Out Decisions and Making Them Stick.Evaluation: Does the Policy Make Sense? Participation,Politics, and Policymaking: Putting It Together.Appendices—A: Glossary. B: Project Citizen—A BriefIntroduction. C: Recommended Readings. D: Recom-mended Web Sites as Research Source Materials. Index.About the Author.



HENRYPublic Administration and Public Affairs,12th ed.NICHOLAS HENRY, Georgia Southern University.

Public Administration and Public Affairs shows readershow to govern efficiently, effectively, and responsibly inan age of political corruption and crises in public finance.With a continuing and corroding crisis occurring, as wellas greater governance by nonprofit organizations andprivate contractors, it is vital that students are given theskills and tools to lead in such an environment. Usingeasy-to-understand metaphors and an accessible writingstyle, Public Administration and Public Affairs shows itsreaders how to govern better, preparing them for acareer in public administration. The book has thefollowing learning goals:

• Explain how to establish an effective government inthe face of increasing challenges.

• Apply the necessary skills and tools to lead in achanging political environment.

NEW TO THIS EDITION

• Extensively updated material, ranging from thetechnical to the theoretical issues of publicadministration and public affairs.

• New analysis of incivility and bullying in the publicworkplace.

• Explores prevalent terms from current dialogues onpublic administration, such as “Dysrationalic” decisionmaking, “thinking dispositions,” “Guerrilla government”“Normal accidents” in public management, and“Green tape”.

• Addresses the controversies and conflicts surroundingrecent unpredictable trends in public finance by askingimportant questions.

• Completely overhauled to include the most recent andrelevant issues and events needed to effectively teachstudents the fundamentals of public administration andpublic affairs.

“The Henry book is very comprehensive and wellresearched. The author challenges students to considerthat notions of “good government” also have to includean acceptance of a process that is sometimes messy andinefficient—but is also necessary to meet the broad rangeof public policy demands by its citizens.”

—Dana Harsell, University of North Dakota

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I–In Defenseof Governing Well—Big Democracy, Big Bureaucracy.Paradigms of Public Administration. Part II–Public andNonprofit Organizations—The Threads of Organizations:Theories. The Fabric of Organisations: Forces. The Fibresof Organizations: People. Part III–Public Management:Curbing Corruption, Enhancing Efficiency—ClarifyingComplexity: The Public’s Information Resource. TheConstant Quest: Efficient and Effective Governance. ThePublic Trough: Financing and Budgeting Governments.

Managing Human Capital in the Public and NonprofitSectors. Part IV–Implementing Public Policy—Understanding and Improving Public Policy. IntersectoralAdministration. Intergovernmental Administration.Toward a Bureaucratic Ethic. Appendix. Index.


HOLZER & SCHWESTERPublic Administration: An IntroductionMARC HOLZER, Dean of the School of Public Affairs andAdministration and Board of Governors Professor ofPublic Affairs and Administration of Rutgers University’sNewark Campus.RICHARD W. SCHWESTER, Assistant Professor in theDepartment of Public Management and AssociateDirector of the Academy for Critical Incident Analysis(ACIA) at John Jay College of Criminal Justice (CUNY).

Public Administration: An Introduction is bothcomprehensive and cutting-edge, covering not just thebasic topics (budgeting, human resource management,etc.), but also new realities in public administration:

• innovations in e-government,• the importance of new technology,• changes in inter-governmental relations, especially the

emphasis on inter-local and shared regional resources,• public performance and accountability initiatives.

This textbook has been crafted with student appeal inmind. Each of the book’s 14 chapters is generouslyillustrated with cartoons, quotes, and artwork—allreinforcing the book’s theme that the field of PublicAdministration is rooted in the cultural and politicalworld. Each chapter also features a listing of key terms,exercises, and additional resources. The undergraduatestudents of Political Science and Public Administrationwill find the book useful.

“Holzer and Schwester have used their enormousexperience to produce a fresh introductory textbook forpublic administration that really captures the contem-porary themes that the popular media and scholarsdiscuss, while providing a thorough background of thehistorical development of the field. The language isstraightforward, the graphics are fantastic, and—withoutlosing an American focus—the sweep of attention ofPublic Administration: An Introduction is more global thantypically found in most introductory textbooks.”

—MONTGOMERY VAN WART, California State UniversitySan Bernardino

Contents: Public Administration: An Indispensable Part ofSociety. Organizational Theory and Management.Managing Human Resources. Public Decision Making.Politics and Public Administration. IntergovernmentalRelations. Public Performance. Program Evaluation. PublicBudgeting. Public-Sector Leadership. Ethics and PublicAdministration. Technology and Public Administration.


Public Service and Popular Culture. The Future of PublicAdministration. Index.


KOVENResponsible Governance:A Case Study ApproachSTEVEN G. KOVEN.

“Koven’s skillful use of case studies brings a freshapproach to the well-worn topic of responsibility andpublic officials. His positions are carefully researched andwell-argued.”

—JOHN A. ROHR

Center for Public Administration and PolicyVirginia Polytechnic Institute

This book is designed to

• show readers how ethics can constrain improperbehavior.

• demonstrate the relationship of ethics to goodgovernment through high profile case studies thatwere selected for their notoriety and their ability toconnect the reader to fundamental ethical questions.

• discusses concepts that help to define responsiblebehavior in terms of behavior in elections, honesty andcompetence, and international law.

Contents: Preface. Responsible Governance: A Case StudyApproach. The Foundations of Responsible Governance.The Influence of Money on Elections. Images ofResponsibility: Honesty and Patronage in Government.Responsibility and International Law. Conclusions.Bibliography. Index. About the Author.


MILLER & FOXPostmodern Public Administration,Rev. ed.HUGH T. MILLER and CHARLES J. FOX.

The orthodoxy in governance and public administrationand the practice of majoritarian procedural democracyencourage the perception that it is more important toshow that the job is done, rather than actually doing thejob. This widely acclaimed book presents a livelycounterbalance to the defenders of status quo approach.

The text articulates a post-modern theory of publicadministration and points towards a real democraticopenness and ethics. The authors incorporate the viewsof great thinkers of post-modernization, Rorty, Giddens,Derrida and Foucault to project public administration asan arena of decentred policies.

This work is considered as an outstanding intellectualachievement that has redefined and rewritten the

political theory of public administration. This revisedversion will encourage everyone to think differentlyabout democratic governance.

Contents: Preface. The Representative DemocraticAccountability Feedback Loop. Alternatives to Orthodoxy.Hyperreality. The Social Construction of Government.Ideographic Discourse. Conclusion. References. NameIndex. Subject Index. About the Authors.


PALEKARDevelopment AdministrationS.A. PALEKAR, Professor, Department of Political Science,Gulbarga University, Karnataka.

Development administration is based on two importantconcepts—administration of development and adminis-trative development. It involves modernization ofadministrative structure, capabilities of personnel,and attitudinal and behavioural changes among theadministrators. This book simplifies the administrativefunctions through its examples, theories and concepts,and deals with the field of development administrationwith an integrated approach.

This book throws light on the administrative developmentprocesses in and around the world. It also draws aparallel between how the administrative developmenthas helped the nation in overall development, and whatis the scenario in the developing countries, especially inIndia. It also focuses on the issues like programme andproject management in India, Planning machinery ofSocial Welfare Service in India. It further dwells into theimpact of the economic reforms on the social sectors ofIndia. The book skillfully explains how the State plays acritical role in its socio-economic development, and howit faces the new challenges because of globalization andliberalization.

The book is intended for the postgraduate students ofPublic Administration and Political Science. Besides, it isequally beneficial for the students preparing for the CivilServices Examination.

Contents: Preface. Development Administration. Featuresof Developed and Developing Countries. DevelopmentProgrammes their Planning and Implementation. TheRiggsian Model and Development Administration.Ecological Dimension of Development Administration.Project Management. Planning Machinery andDevelopment Planning in India. Administration of SocialWelfare. International AID and Technical AssistanceProgramme. Bureaucracy and Development Adminis-tration. Educational Administration. Role of VoluntaryAgencies in Social Welfare. Administrative Capability forDevelopment. Citizens Participation in Development.Bibliography. Index.



SAPRUPublic Policy: Art and Craft of PolicyAnalysis, 2nd ed.R.K. SAPRU, formerly Professor and Head, Department ofPublic Administration, Panjab University, Chandigarh.

The subject of Public Policy has assumed considerableimportance in response to the complexity of economicdownturns, social upheavals, political crises, institutionalweaknesses and technology. It is concerned not onlywith the description but also with the developingscientific knowledge about the forces shaping publicpolicy.

The textbook, now in its second edition, continues toprovide an in-depth study of the various approaches forpolicy formulation, implementation and evaluation. Itaddresses issues in policy analysis, and explains the forcesthat influence the functioning of executive, legislature,judiciary, civil society and administration. The bookexcellently reviews and evaluates the public policyliterature, and exemplifies the author's long teaching andresearch experience in Panjab University.

The book is primarily intended for postgraduate studentsof Political Science and Public Administration for theircourses in Public Policy and Policy Analysis, besidesmeeting the requirements of candidates offering publicadministration subject for the civil services examination.It will be equally useful for policymakers, planners andbureaucrats concerned with policy management.

NEW TO THIS EDITION

• Updation of the chapter Policy Approaches and Modelswith the inclusion of the topic ‘Public choice model ofpolicy-making’

• Addition of the two new chapters—Power Approachesto Policy Making and Strategic Planning Approachfor Improving Public Policy—to study the subject indetail.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. PolicySciences: Perspectives on Public Policy. Public Policy:Nature, Scope and Significance. Policy Analysis:Contextual Perspectives. Policy Approaches and Models.Power Approaches to Policy-making. InstitutionalApproaches to Policy Analysis. Strategic PlanningApproach For Improving Public Policy. Rational Approachand Simon’s Rationality Model. Decision-making Processand Techniques. Policy-making Techniques. Structure ofPower and Public Policy-making Process. Power and Roleof Non-officials In Policy-making. Policy-making PowerWithin The Executive. Intergovernmental Relations andPublic Policy Issues. Public Policy Implementation:Approaches and Models. Interorganizational Relationsand Public Policy Implementation. Public Policy DeliveryAgencies and Implementers. Public Policy Implement-ation: Gaps and Problems. Policy Monitoring: Approachesand Techniques. Policy Evaluation: Techniques andApproaches. Policy Evaluation: Role, Process and Criteria.Policy Performance: Evaluating Impact. International

Agencies and Globalization of Policy Agendas. AuthorIndex. Subject Index.


SARKARPublic Administration in IndiaSIULI SARKAR, Reader and Head, Department of PoliticalScience, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata.

This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-dateanalysis of the Indian public administrative system, takinginto consideration the various administrative structures atthe Central, State, district and local levels.

The book begins by providing a brief historical outlineof public administration in India and the changing role ofIndian administration. Then it goes on to give a detaileddiscussion on the structure of the civil services, as well asthe functions and roles of the:

• President• Prime Minister• Council of Ministers• Finance, Home and External Affairs Ministries• Central Secretariat

It also details the roles of the State administrationconsisting of the:

• Governor• Chief Minister• Chief Secretary• State Secretariat• District Collector

In addition, the text describes the features of local selfgovernment and conditions for its success, women’sparticipation in local self government, financialadministration, and major committees and commissionsconstituted for administrative reforms in India. Finally,it deals with issues such as Information Technology,human rights and globalization—so crucial for publicadministration.

This well-organized book is intended for the under-graduate and postgraduate students of Political Scienceand Public Administration. Besides, students preparingfor civil services examinations and all those who areinterested in the study of Indian Administration will findthe book quite handy.

Contents: Preface. Continuity and Change in IndianAdministration: A Brief Historical Outline. The Civil Servicein India. Administration and Politics of India: The CentralPicture. Administration and Politics of India: TheProvincial (State) Picture. District Administration:Changing Role of the Collector. Local Self Government inIndia: An Urban Picture. Local Self Government in India: ARural Picture. Women’s Participation in Local Self


Government. Planning and Plan Administration. FinancialAdministration. Citizens and Administration. Communi-cations between the Panchayats and the Marginalized:A Development Perspective. Administrative Reforms inIndia: Major Committees and Commissions. WelfareAdministration. Issue Areas in Indian Administration.Index.


Public International Law andHuman Rights

SHARMACharter of the United Nations and TheStatute of International Court of JusticeBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Charter of the United Nations is a bold step towardsmaking the world a family of Nations, an attempt toensure that wars do not scourge the world, an endeavourto make this world peaceful, cooperative and worthliving.

The Charter is of seminal importance to understandthe U.N. and its agencies. The book gives in brief thehistorical background of the U.N. Charter.

International Court of Justice is of prime importance toall nations. The book gives how the Court is constitutedand functions. It introduces to the readers thosedistinguished Indians who sat as judges in the Court.

The book in its present form is useful to students ofPolitical Science, International Organisation and of Law. Itwill be great help to all candidates appearing for CivilService examinations conducted by U.P.S.C. and StatePublic Service Commissions.

Contents: Preface. Charter of the United Nations—BriefHistory. Preamble. I. Purposes and Principles.II. Membership. III. Organs. IV. The General Assembly.V. Security Council. VI. Pacific Settlement of Disputes.VII. Action with Respect to Threats to the Peace,Breaches of the Peace and Acts of Aggression.VIII. Regional Arrangements. IX. International Economicand Social Co-operation. X. The Economic and SocialCouncil. XI. Declaration Regarding Non-self-governingTerritories. XII. International Trusteeship System. XIII. TheTrusteeship Council. XIV. The International Court ofJustice. XV. The Secretariat. XVI. MiscellaneousProvisions. XVII. Transitional Security Arrangements.XVIII. Amendments. XIX. Ratification and Signature.Statute of the International Court of Justice—Brief Historyand Comments. I. Organization of the Court.II. Competence of the Court. III. Procedure. IV. Advisory

Opinion. V. Amendment. Statement of the FourSponsoring Powers on Voting Procedure in the SecurityCouncil—Brief History and Comments.


‡Ê◊Ê¸

ekuo vfèkdkj varjjk"Vªh; izlafonk,a vkSjHkkjr dh fofèk’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk }kjk la;qDr jk"Vª la?k us ;gn'kkZ;k fd lH; jk"Vª ;g ekurs gSa fd izR;sd ekuo ds dqN,sls vfèkdkj gSa ftuls mls oafpr ugha fd;k tk ldrkA leLrfo'o dks mu vfèkdkjksa dk lEeku djuk pkfg,A

;g ?kks"k.kk vkc¼dj lafèk ugha FkhA jk"Vª la?k us loZlEefr lsekuokfèkdkjksa dks nks Hkkxksa esa foHkkftr fd;kA jkT; ij vadq'kyxkus ds tks vfèkdkj Fks mUgsa flfoy vkSj jktuhfrd vfèkdkjvarjjk"Vªh; izlafonk esa j[kk x;kA vU; ldkjkRed vfèkdkjksa dksvkfFkZd] lkekftd vkSj lkaLÑfrd vfèkdkj varjjk"Vªh; izlafonkesa LFkku fn;k x;kA

bl iqLrd esa izlafonkvksa ds vuqPNsnksa ds lekukarj gekjs lafoèkkuvkSj fofHkUu vfèkfu;eksa ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA lkFk gh mPpreU;k;ky; ds lacafèkr fu.kZ; Hkh ;FkkLFkku fn, x, gSaA

dksbZ vU; iqLrd ,slh ugha gS ftlesa izlafonkvksa ds izR;sd vuqPNsnds lkFk Hkkjrh; fofèk ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA

ys[kd dh nwljh iqLrd ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kkvkSj Hkkjr dh fofèk ds lkFk bl iqLrd dks i<+us ij ekuovfèkdkj vkSj Hkkjrh; fofèk dk lE;d~ fp=k lEeq[k mifLFkrgksxkA ;s iqLrdsa ,d nwljs dh iwjd gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ •ÊÒ⁄U ◊Í‹

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê ¬⁄US¬⁄U ‚¢’¢œ– ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ•Ê¥ ¬⁄U

Áfl„¢Uª◊ ŒÎÁc≈U– flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– •‚„U◊ÁÃÿÊ¢– •ÊÁÕ¸∑§,

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê¢S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê

flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– ©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ÷Êª v ‚ ÷Êª zó•ŸÈë¿UŒ–

Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄ •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ– ¬˝Ê⁄¢UÁ÷∑§

Á≈Uå¬áÊË– ©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ÷Êª v ‚ ÷Êª {ó•ŸÈë¿UŒ– Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U

⁄UÊ¡ŸËÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ¬⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§

¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹– •ŸÈë¿UŒ– Á‚Áfl‹ •ÊÒ⁄U ⁄UÊ¡ŸÒÁÃ∑§ •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U

•¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ ∑§Ê ŒÍ‚⁄UÊ flÒ∑§ÁÀ¬∑§ ¬˝Ê≈UÊ∑§Ê‹–



‡Ê◊Ê¸

ekuo vfèkdkjksa dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk vkSjHkkjrh; fofèk’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


la;qDr jk"Vª ds pkVZj esa ;g dFku Fkk fd la;qDr jk"Vª ds yksx;g fo'okl djrs gSa fd dqN ,sls ekuokfèkdkj gSa tks dHkh Nhusugha tk ldrs] ekuo dh xfjek gS vkSj L=kh&iq#"k ds lekuvfèkdkj gSaA bl ?kks"k.kk ds ifj.kkeLo:i la;qDr jk"Vª la?k us10 fnlEcj 1948 dks ekuo vfèkdkj dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk vaxhdkjdhA

bl ?kks"k.kk ls jk"Vªksa dks izsj.kk vkSj ekxZn'kZu izkIr gqvk vkSj osbu vfèkdkjksa dks vius lafoèkku ;k vfèkfu;eksa ds }kjk ekU;rknsus vkSj fØ;kfUor djus ds fy, vxzlj gq,A jkT;ksa us mUgsaviuh fofèk esa izorZuh; vfèkdkj dk ntkZ fn;kA

bl iqLrd esa ?kks"k.kk ds ikB ds lkFk&lkFk ys[kd us fVIif.k;kansdj vfèkdkjksa ds foLrkj dks crk;k gSA

Hkkjr us tc viuk lafoèkku cuk;k rc bl ?kks"k.kk dks gq, cgqrFkksM+k le; gqvk FkkA fdarq geus vius lafoèkku esa bl ?kks"k.kk esalekfgr vfèkdkjksa dks LFkku fn;kA vkxs pydj dqN vfèkdkjvfèkfu;eksa esa lekfgr fd, x,A dqN vfèkdkj U;k;ky;ksa dsfu.kZ; ds }kjk vk,A

bl iqLrd esa lafoèkku ds lqlaxr vuqPNsnksa vkSj vfèkfu;eksa dhèkkjkvksa ds izfr funsZ'k gSA mu lc fu.kZ;ksa dk Hkh mYys[k gSftuds }kjk ekuokfèkdkj ykxw fd, x, gSaA

;g ,dek=k ,slh iqLrd gS ftlesa ?kks"k.kk ds vuqPNsnksa ds lekukarjHkkjrh; fofèk ds micaèk fn, x, gSaA

ys[kd dh iqLrd ekuo vfèkdkj izlafonk,a vkSj Hkkjrh;fofèk bl iqLrd dh iwjd gSA nksuksa dks i<+dj ekuokfèkdkj dsfo"k; esa iw.kZ tkudkjh feyrh gSA

;g iqLrd mu fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, vR;ar ykHknk;h gS tksjktuhfr'kkL=k] fofèk ;k vU; fo"k; ds Hkkx ds :i esa ekuokfèkdkjdk vè;;u dj jgs gSaA

;g muds fy, fo'ks"k lgk;d gS tks fofHkUu yksd lsok vk;ksxdh flfoy lsok ;k U;kf;d lsok dh ijh{kk esa liQy gksus dhdkeuk j[krs gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Êfl¸÷ÊÒ◊ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊó

©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ◊„UÊ‚÷Ê ∑§Ë ©UŒÉÊÊ·áÊÊó•ŸÈë¿UŒ– ªÁ⁄U◊Ê •ÊÒ⁄U

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚◊ÃÊ– œ◊¸, ◊Í‹fl¢‡Ê, ¡ÊÁÃ, Á‹¢ª

ÿÊ ¡ã◊ SÕÊŸ ∑§ •ÊœÊ⁄U ¬⁄U Áfl÷Œ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– ¬˝ÊáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U

‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ŒÊ‚ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊ‚-√ÿÊ¬Ê⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ–

•◊ÊŸflËÿ √ÿfl„UÊ⁄U ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– √ÿÁÄÃ ∑§ M§¬ ◊¥ ◊ÊãÿÃÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁflÁœ ∑§ ‚◊ˇÊ ‚◊ÃÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁœ ∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ ‚¢⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ¬˝÷ÊflË ©U¬øÊ⁄U ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ◊Ÿ◊ÊŸË Áª⁄UçÃÊ⁄UË •ÊÒ⁄U

ÁŸ⁄UÊœ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ– ´§¡È ‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ‚ÈŸflÊß¸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ÁfløÊ⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ŒÊ·Á‚h ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ ◊¥ ‚¢⁄UˇÊáÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ∞∑§Ê¢ÃÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁŸ’Ê¸œ ‚¢ø⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÁŸflÊ‚ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡Ê⁄UáÊ ◊Ê¢ªŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ⁄UÊÁc≈˛U∑§ÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

ÁflflÊ„U ∑§⁄UŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚¢¬ÁûÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– •¢Ã—∑§⁄UáÊ •ÊÒ⁄U

œ◊¸ ∑§Ë SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁfløÊ⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U •Á÷√ÿÁÄÃ ∑§Ë

SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ¬ÍáÊ¸ ‚ê◊‹Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚¢ª◊ ∑§Ë

SflÃ¢òÊÃÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‡ÊÊ‚Ÿ ◊¥ ÷Êª ‹Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U SflÃ¢òÊ ◊ÃŒÊŸ

∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚◊ÊŸ ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§

Á‹∞ ‚◊ÊŸ flÃŸ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁflüÊÊ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U •fl∑§Ê‡Ê ∑§Êÿ¸ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ©UûÊ◊ ¡ËflŸ SÃ⁄U ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ÁŸ—‡ÊÈÀ∑§ Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ∑§Ê

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ‚Ê¢S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§ ¡ËflŸ ◊¥ ÷Êª ‹Ÿ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U–

‚Êfl¸¡ÁŸ∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ √ÿflSÕÊ ∑§Ê •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U– ∑§ûÊ¸√ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U

•Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§ ¬˝ÿÊª ¬⁄U ÁŸ’ZœŸ– ß‚ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ ∑§ ÁflL§h

∑§Êÿ¸∑§‹Ê¬ ∑§Ê ¬˝ÁÃ·œ–


SHARMAHuman Rights Covenants andIndian LawBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights was a sincereeffort by the U.N.O. to underscore the acceptance bycivilized nations that all human beings are endowed withcertain inalienable rights which deserve respect by allnations of the world.

But this declaration was not a binding treaty. The worldbody evolved a consensus to divide the human rights intotwo classes. The rights against the State were collected inthe International Covenant on Civil and Political Rightsand the positive rights in the International Covenant onEconomic, Social and Cultural Rights.

This book gives parallel provisions contained in theConstitution and various Acts in force in India. It alsorefers to decisions of the Supreme Court.

There is no other book which gives Indian Law alongwitheach article of these two covenants.

Author’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights andIndian Law together with this books gives a completeview of Human Rights and Indian Law. They form a duo,a set of two.

Contents: Preface. Interrelation of Human Rights withFundamental and Other Rights in India. The Two HumanRights Covenants—An Overview. Optional Protocols.Reservations. The Optional Protocol to The InternationalCovenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.Preamble. PART I to PART V—Articles. InternationalCovenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR).Introduction. Preamble. PART I to PART VI—Articles.


Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Civiland Political Rights. Articles. The Second OptionalProtocol to The International Covenant on Civil andPolitical Rights.


‡Ê◊Ê¸

la;qDr jk"Vª dk pkVZj vkSj varjjk"Vªh;U;k;ky; dk lafoèkku’˝¡Á∑§‡ÊÊ⁄U ‡Ê◊Ê¸, ¬˝ÁÃÁ‹åÿÁœ∑§Ê⁄U (∑§Ê¬Ë⁄UÊß≈U) ’Ê«¸U ∑§ •äÿˇÊ Õ–


la;qDr jk"Vª dk pkVZj Hkfo"; dks mTToy cukus ds fy, mBk;kx;k ,d dne Fkk ftlus fo'o dks ,d dqVqac cuk fn;k] ftlus;g lqfuf'pr djus dk iz;kl fd;k fd ;q¼ dh foHkhf"kdklnk ds fy, nwj gks tk,] ftlus ;g xaHkhj iz;kl fd;k fdfo'o esa 'kkafr gks] lg;ksx gks vkSj ekuo ds fy, ;g lq[ke;fuokl LFkku gksA

la;qDr jk"Vª vkSj mlds vfHkdj.kksa dk vè;;u djus ds fy,pkVZj lokZfèkd egÙo dk nLrkost+ gSA bl iqLrd esa og nLrkost+rks gS gh mldh ,sfrgkfld i`"BHkwfe Hkh nh xbZ gSA

fo'o ds leLr ns'kksa ds fy, varjjk"Vªh; U;k;ky; ,d ijeegÙo dh laLFkk gSA bl iqLrd esa ;g crk;k x;k gS fd U;k;ky;dk xBu dSls gksrk gS vkSj mldh dk;Zfofèk D;k gS\ bl iqLrdesa mu egku Hkkjrh;ksa dk ifjp; gS tks varjjk"Vªh; U;k;ky; dsU;k;kèkh'k jgs gSaA

;g iqLrd jktuhfr foKku] fofèk vkSj varjjk"Vªh; laxBu dsNk=kksa ds fy, mi;ksxh gSA ;g muds fy, Hkh lgk;d gS tksla?k yksd lsok vk;ksx ;k jkT; yksd vk;ksx dh flfoy lsokijh{kkvksa esa liQy gksuk pkgrs gSaA

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ÷ÍÁ◊∑§Ê– ‚¢ÿÈÄÃ ⁄UÊc≈˛U ∑§Ê øÊ≈¸U⁄Uó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊–

©UŒ˜ŒÁ‡Ê∑§Ê– ¬˝ÿÊ¡Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U Á‚hÊ¢Ã– ‚ŒSÿÃÊ– •¢ª– ◊„UÊ‚÷Ê–

‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜– ÁflflÊŒÊ¥ ∑§Ê ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ¬ÍáÊ¸ ÁŸ¬≈UÊ⁄UÊ– ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ ∑§ Á‹∞

‚¢∑§≈U, ‡ÊÊ¢ÁÃ ÷¢ª •ÊÒ⁄U •Ê∑˝§Ê◊∑§ ∑§ÊÿÊZ ∑§Ë ’Ê’Ã ∑§Ê⁄¸UflÊß¸–

ˇÊòÊËÿ √ÿflSÕÊ– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ •ÊÁÕ¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ‚„UÿÊª–

•ÊÁÕ¸∑§ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜– •Sfl‡ÊÊ‚Ë ⁄UÊíÿˇÊòÊÊ¥ ∑§ ‚¢’¢œ

◊¥ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÁ‚ÃÊ ¬˝áÊÊ‹Ë– ãÿÊÁ‚ÃÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜–

•¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ– ‚ÁøflÊ‹ÿ– ¬˝∑§ËáÊ¸ ©U¬’¢œ–

‚¢∑˝§◊áÊ∑§Ê‹ËŸ ‚È⁄UˇÊÊ √ÿflSÕÊ– ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– •ŸÈ‚◊Õ¸Ÿ •ÊÒ⁄U

„USÃÊˇÊ⁄U– •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U

‚¢ÁˇÊåÃ Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ¢– ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¢ªΔUŸ– ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ë ‚ˇÊ◊ÃÊ–

¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ– ‚‹Ê„U∑§Ê⁄UË ⁄UÊÿ– ‚¢‡ÊÊœŸ– øÊ⁄U ¬˝ÊÿÊ¡∑§ ‡ÊÁÄÃÿÊ¥ ∑§Ê

‚È⁄UˇÊÊ ¬Á⁄U·Œ˜ ◊¥ ◊ÃŒÊŸ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ ¬⁄U ∑§ÕŸó¬ÎcΔU÷ÍÁ◊ •ÊÒ⁄U

Á≈Uå¬ÁáÊÿÊ¢–


SHARMAUniversal Declaration of Human Rightsand Indian LawBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, CopyrightBoard. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust(NBT), India.

The Charter of the United Nations contained a statementthat the people of the United Nations reaffirm their faithin certain inalienable Human Rights, in the dignity ofhuman beings and in essential equality of rights of menand women. This statement led to the UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights which was adopted by theUnited Nations on 10th December 1948.

This Declaration guided, encouraged and in some casesput pressure on the nations to recognise these rights andembody them in their Constitution or Acts as rights whichmay be claimed and enforced by citizens and otherhuman beings.

This book contains the text of the Declaration withexplanatory comments by the author.

India framed its Constitution soon after the Declarationand gave effect to many of the rights contained in theDeclarations. Later some of them form part of a statuteand some have been knit in the Constitution by ourCourts.

The book contains references to relevant articles of theConstitution and sections of various Acts. It also refers tojudgements of the Supreme Court of India.

It is the only book that gives parallel provisions of IndianLaw—parallel to each article of the Declaration.

The book will immensely benefit all students of HumanRights as part of the courses in Political Science, Law andother related fields.

It will be helpful to all those who are appearing for civilservices and other examinations conducted by variousPublic Service Commissions.

Contents: Preface. Universal Declaration of HumanRights—Preamble. Proclamation by General Assembly—Articles—Freedom and equality in dignity and rights.Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race,caste, sex or place of birth etc. Right to life and property.Prohibition of slavery. Prohibition of inhuman treatment.Right to recognition as a person. Right to equality beforelaw and equal protection. Right to effective remedy.Prohibition of arbitrary arrest and detention. Right topublic hearing. Right to public trial and protection inrespect of conviction for offences. Right to privacy. Rightto freedom of movement and residence. Right to seekasylum. Right to nationality. Right to marry. Right toproperty. Right to freedom of conscience and religion.Right to freedom of opinion and expression. Right tofreedom of peaceful assembly and association. Right togovernance and universal franchise. Right to socialsecurity. Right to work and equal pay. Right to rest andleisure. Right to standard of living. Right to free


education. Right to freely participate in cultural life. Rightto social and international order. Duties and limitationson the exercise of rights. Prohibition of activity againstthis Declaration.


Research Methodology

McNABBResearch Methods for Political Science:Quantitative and Qualitative MethodsDAVID E. McNABB, Professor of Business Administration,Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Washington, USA.

Producing clear, cogent and readable reports is amajor objective of conducting any research. Thiscomprehensive and well-balanced text is designedto help students of political science and publicadministration learn what to research, why to research,and how to research. The book covers such importanttopics as research design, specifying research problems,designing questionnaires and writing questions. It alsodeals with designing and carrying out quantitative andqualitative data.

The book traces the evolution of political scienceresearch and incorporates the latest thinking in majorsubfields of political science including comparativepolitics, international relations and public administration.The text includes discussion and examples of researchtopics and research methods found in currentprofessional literature.

An authentic textbook on the subject, it is thoroughlyclass-tested, profusely illustrated and easily accessible tothe students.

KEY FEATURES• Compresses within the covers of a single volume both

quantitative and qualitative approaches to research.• Provides the most comprehensive coverage of quali-

tative methods currently available on the market.• Gives specific instructions in the use of available

statistical software programs such as Excel and SPSS.• Devotes a chapter on how to write a research report,

including a discussion on various citation styles.

Contents: List of Tables and Figures. Acknowledgments.Introduction. Part 1: Foundations of Political ScienceResearch—The Systematic Approach to Political ScienceResearch. The Foundations of Political Science Research.The State of Political Science Research. The Political andEthical Environments of Research. Understanding theResearch Process. Focusing on a Research Topic.Understanding Research Design. Part 2: Introduction toQuantitative Research Approaches—FundamentalConcepts in Quantitative Research. Introduction to theSampling Process. Exploratory Research: The ProbingApproach. Descriptive Research: The Survey Approach.

Causal Research: The Experimental Approach. Part 3:Applying Statistical Concepts in Research—InterpretingSurvey Results with Descriptive Statistics. PresentingResearch Results with Tables, Charts, and Graphs. TestingSimple Research Hypotheses. Testing Hypotheses aboutTwo or More Samples. Introduction to NonparametricStatistics. Part 4: Advanced Quantitative Methods—Regression Analysis in Political Science. Predicting theFuture I: Time Series Methods. Predicting the Future II:Index Number Methods. Predicting the Future III:Discriminant Analysis Methods. Managing LargeDatabases: Factor and Cluster Analysis methods. Part 5:Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods—Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods. TheExplanatory Approach I: Case Study Methods. TheExplanatory Approach II: Historical Research Methods.The Interpretive Approach I: Grounded Theory Methods.The Interpretive Approach II: Ethnographic Methods. TheCritical Approach: Action Research Methods. Part 6:Analyzing Qualitative Data and Writing a ResearchReport—Analysis Methods for Qualitative Data. AnalyzingTexts, Documents, and Artifacts. Organizing and Writingthe Research Report. Introduction to Statistical Software:Excel™ and SPSS®. References. Author Index. SubjectIndex. About the Author.


McNABBResearch Methods in PublicAdministration and NonprofitManagement: Quantitative andQualitative Approaches, 2nd ed.DAVID E. McNABB, Professor of Business Administration,Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Washington, USA.

Designed for both students and practitioners, this textincorporates the latest thinking in public administrationand nonprofit management. The book integrates bothquantitative and qualitative approaches to research,and also provides specific instruction in the use ofcommonly available statistical software programs such asExcel and SPSS. Coverage includes such important topicsas research design, specifying research problems, writingquestions and designing questionnaires, designing andcarrying out four classes of qualitative researchapproaches, and analyzing both quantitative andqualitative research data. The book is exceptionally wellillustrated, with plentiful exhibits, tables, figures, andexercises.

CHANGE IN THE SECOND EDITION• New chapter on how to prepare a research

proposal.• The section on qualitative methodologies has been

expanded to include action research, critical research,empowerment research, and feminist research models.

• Quantitative methodologies are expanded to includemultivariate and nonparametric statistics.


• The step-by-step instructions on the use of both Exceland SPSS packages are updated to include their latestversions. These chapters have been widely acclaimedfor their clarity and usefulness.

Contents: List of Tables, Figures, and Boxes. Preface tothe Second Edition. Introduction. Part 1: ResearchFundamentals—Introduction to Research Methods.Research Ethics: Doing the Right Thing. The BuildingBlocks of Research. Public Administration Research:Theory and Practice. Research in Nonprofit Organi-zations. Part 2: Understanding the Research Process—TheEight Steps of the Research Process. Selecting a ResearchTopic. Choosing a Research Design. Putting Together aResearch Proposal. Part 3: Quantitative ResearchStrategies—Fundamentals of Quantitative Research.Introduction to Sampling. Writing Questions andDeveloping Questionnaires. Part 4: Quantitative ResearchMethods—Summarizing Data with Descriptive Statistics.Using Tables, Charts, and Graphs. Research Hypotheses.Testing Hypotheses About Two or More Groups. TestingRelationships with Correlation and Regression.Experiments and Experimental Design. Non-parametricStatistics. Exploring Multivariate Statistics. ConductingStatistical Tests with SPSS. Part 5: Quantitative ResearchStrategies and Methods—Introduction to QualitativeResearch. Research Using the Case Study Approach.Research Using the Grounded Theory Approach. ResearchUsing the Ethnographic Approach. Critical Research:Action Research Approaches. Critical Research:Empowerment and Feminist Models. Part 6: Analysis andInterpretation of Qualitative Data—Analyzing QualitativeData. Analyzing Texts, Documents, and Artifacts. Part 7:Preparing the Research Report—Writing the ResearchReport. References. Author Index. Subject Index. Aboutthe Author.


PSYCHOLOGY

Abnormal Psychology

SARASON & SARASONAbnormal Psychology: The Problem ofMaladaptive Behavior, 11th ed.IRWIN G. SARASON and BARBARA R. SARASON, both ofUniversity of Washington.

This highly acclaimed and widely adopted text,now in its Eleventh Edition, continues to combinewith great skill the fundamental principles, clinicalresearch, and pedagogy to provide a clear understandingof the subject.

Using numerous illustrative cases and a wealth of clinicalexamples, this new edition of the international best sellergives a profound analysis of the difficulties faced by

people because of their own personality problems, inter-actions with others, and the situations and challengesthey confront in life. The authors emphasize theincreasing focus of researchers and clinicians on theseinteractions, with growing records of evidence thatsuggest their impact and importance on severalconditions—particularly anxiety disorders, mood dis-orders, and schizophrenia. The book incorporatesrelevant examples from recent events reported in themedia to enhance student interest and to emphasize howreal the problems are.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Provides students with an overview of therapeutic

approaches besides discussing about the treatmentwithin the context of each disorder.

• Contains material on current issues and research, e.g.,brain plasticity and neurogenesis, the effects of drugson bodily system, the effects of 9/11 on New York cityresidents and other people, the use of transcranialmagnetic stimulation (TMS) in mood disorders—andmuch more.

• Chapter Overview—Each chapter now begins with“What This Chapter Is About”, a concise overview ofwhat is to come.

• Chapter Conclusions—At the end of each chapter, theauthors present some personal views on the materialthat has been covered as “Our Take-Away Message.”

• “A Good Book” Feature—Most chapters conclude withthe authors’ recommendation of a book that will givestudents more insights into personal stories of peoplewho have experienced disorders.

New case material has also been added on PSTD,obsessive-compulsive disorder, and transexualism.

What distinguishes the text is that examples anddiscussions of culture and ethnicity are so integrated tohighlight the role they play in clinical problems and howthey are treated.

This authoritative and well-researched text should proveto be of immense help to undergraduate and post-graduate students of psychology as well as practicingprofessionals.

Contents: Special Features. Preface. Prelude.Introduction. Theoretical Perspectives on MaladaptiveBehavior. The Therapeutic Enterprise: Choices,Techniques, Evaluation. Classification and Assessment.Stress, Coping, and Maladaptive Behavior. Bodily Mal-adaptations: Eating, Sleeping, and PsychophysiologicalDisorders. Disorders of Bodily Preoccupation. AnxietyDisorders. Sexual Variants and Disorders. PersonalityDisorders. Mood Disorders and Suicide. Schizophreniaand Other Psychotic Disorders. Cognitive ImpairmentDisorders. Substance-Related Disorders. Disorders ofChildhood and Adolescence. Pervasive DevelopmentalDisorders and Mental Retardation. Society’s Response toMaladaptive Behavior. Glossary. References. Credits.Author Index. Subject Index.



Cognitive Neuroscience/Cognitive Psychology

FIORICognitive NeuroscienceNICOLE FIORI is professor of neuroscience at theUniversity of Paris, 5—René Descartes.Few fields of science have seen developments as rapidand as fascinating as cognitive neuroscience. It istherefore essential for students of psychology—who arefaced with a field of formidable scientific/technicallevel—to understand and appreciate their range.

Within the framework of neurosciences and cognitivepsychology, cognitive neuroscience addresses thedecoding of the cerebral bases of cognitive functioning.It is based on data from experiments carried out onanimals, the study of brain-damaged patients, andexperiments carried out on humans using methods ofbrain imaging. It is a recent discipline that is evolvingrapidly: the organization and functioning of cerebralneuronal systems underlying cognition remains largely anarea that is being discovered and explored. Many ofthese discoveries are interrelated.

This book is designed to fulfil the growing needs ofteachers and students for an introductory textbook. It islargely devoted to the organization of the nervoussystem, in order to facilitate the understanding of modelsof cognitive functioning in terms of perception, memory,language and attention. The text also presents the majorprinciples underlying the methods of brain imaging,points out differences of organization between the maleand female brains, and ends with an approach to thethemes, at present widely studied, of linkage betweenemotion and cognition.

This book will be of interest to undergraduate studentsof psychology, as well as postgraduate students ofpsychology having specific courses in cognitivepsychology, clinical psychology and neuro-psychology.

Contents: Preface. Cognitive Neurosciences. Organizationof the Nervous System. Methods of Brain Imaging. High-level Perception: Vision. Memory. Language. Attention.Hemispheric Specialization and Differences betweenMasculine Brain and Feminine Brain. Emotion andCognition. References. Index.


GOLDBERG & WEINBERGER (Eds.)Genetics of Cognitive Neuroscience, TheEdited byTERRY E. GOLDBERG, Professor of Psychiatry andBehavioral Sciences at Albert Einstein College of Medicineand Director of Neurocognitive Research at the ZuckerHillside Hospital’s Psychiatry Research Division and the

Litwin Zucker Alzheimer’s Research Center at the LongIsland Medical Center in Manhasset, New York.DANIEL R. WEINBERGER, Chief of the Clinical BrainDisorders Branch and Director of Genes, Cognition, andPsychosis Program at the National Institute of MentalHealth of the National Institutes of Health in Bethesda,Maryland.

The Genetics of Cognitive Neuroscience aims to givethe reader a working understanding of the influenceof specific genetics variants on cognition, affectiveregulation, personality, and central nervous systemdisorders.

It has been known that the aspects of behavior runs infamilies; studies shows that characteristics related tocognition, temperament, and all major psychiatricdisorders are heritable.

The book offers a primer on understanding the geneticmechanisms of such inherited traits.

The chapters emphasize fundamental issues regarding thedesign of experiments, the use of bioinformatics tools,the integration of data from different levels of analysisand the validity of finding, arguing that associationbetween genes and cognitive processes must bereplicable and placed in a neurobiological context forvalidation.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. I: Methodologies forGenetic Association Studies of Cognition—MolecularGenetics and Bioinformatics: An Outline forNeuropsychological Genetics—Lucas Kempf and Daniel R.Weinberger. Statistical Methods in NeuropsychiatricGenetics—Kristin K. Nicodemus and Fengyu Zhang.Animal Models of Genetic Effects on Cognition—Francesco Papaleo, Daniel R. Weinberger, and JingshanChen. II: Genetic Approaches to Individual Differences inCognition and Affective Regulation—The Genetics ofIntelligence Danielle Posthuma—Eco J.C. de Geus, and IanJ- Deary. Candidate Genes Associated with Attention andCognitive Control—John Fossella, Jin Fan, and Michael I.Posner. Genetics of Corticolimbic Function and EmotionalReactivity—Ahmad R. Hariri, Erika E. Forbes, and Kristin L.Bigos. Genes Associated with Individual Differences inCognitive Aging—Terry E. Goldberg and Venkata S.Mattay. III: Genetic Studies of Cognition and TreatmentResponse in Neuropsychiatric Disease—Genetics ofDyslexia: Cognitive Analysis, Candidate Genes, Comorbi-dities, and Etiologic Interactions—Bruce F. Pennington,Lauren M. McGrath, and Shelley D. Smith. CognitiveIntermediate Phenotypes in Schizophrenia Genetics—GaryDonohoe, Terry E. Goldberg, and Aiden Corvin. TheGenetic Basis for the Cognitive Deterioration ofAlzheimer’s Disease—John M. Ringman and Jeffrey L.Cummings. Pharmacogenetic Approaches to Neuro-cognition in Schizophrenia—Katherine E. Burdick and AnilK. Malhotra. Contributors. Index.



HANDY (Ed.)Brain Signal Analysis: Advances inNeuroelectric and NeuromagneticMethodsTODD C. HANDY, (Ed.) Associate Professor in PsychologyDepartment at the University of British Columbia, wherehe runs the Neuroimaging Lab.

This book offers an overview of key recent advances incognitive electrophysiology which concern the study ofthe brain’s electrical and magnetic responses to bothexternal and internal stimuli. These can be measuredusing electroencephalograms (EEGs) and magnetoencephalograms (MEGs).

The chapters highlight the increasing overlap in EEG andMEG analytical techniques, describing several methodsapplicable to both. The text discusses recent develop-ments, including reverse correlation methods in visual-evoked potentials and a new approach to topographicmapping in high density electrode montage—relating thelatest thinking on design aspects of EEG and MEG studies,in particular how to optimize the signal to noise ratio aswell as statistical developments for maximizing powerand accuracy in data analysis using repeated measureANOVAS.

Contents: Contributors. Preface. Reverse Correlationand the VESPA Method—Edmund C. Lalor, Barak A.Pearlmutter, and John J. Foxe. Principles of TopographicAnalyses for Electrical Neuroimaging—Micah M. Murray,Marzia De Lucia, Denis Brunet, and Christoph M. Michel.Noninvasive Estimation of Local Field Potentials: Methodsand Applications—Rolando Grave de Peralta Menendez,Micah M. Murray, Gregor Thut, Theodor Landis, and SaraL. Gonzalez Andino. A Practical Guide to BeamformerSource Reconstruction for EEG—Jessica J. Green andJohn J. McDonald. A Practical Guide to MEG andBeamforming—Anthony T. Herdman and Douglas Cheyne.Dynamic Causal Modeling for Evoked Responses—Stefan J. Kiebel, Marta I. Garrido, and Karl J. Friston.Synchronization Analysis in EEG and MEG—Lawrence M.Ward and Sam M. Doesburg. Procedures and Strategiesfor Optimizing the Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Event-RelatedPotential Data—Durk Talsma and Anne-Laura vanHarmelen. Statistical Strategies for Translational ERPStudies—Todd C. Handy, Lindsay S. Nagamatsu, Marla J.S.Mickleborough, and Teresa Y.L. Liu-Ambrose. Index.


SMITH & KOSSLYNCognitive Psychology: Mind and BrainEDWARD E. SMITH, Department of Psychology, ColumbiaUniversity.STEPHEN M. KOSSLYN, Department of Psychology,Harvard University.

Cognitive Psychology—Mind and Brain is the first book

that fully integrates information about the brain andneural processing into the standard curriculum incognitive psychology. In this book authors present a freshtake on a well established field to create an exciting andrelevant picture of cognitive science based on years ofacademic teaching. The authors were able to summarizeand make accessible the major finding, theories, andresearch the field of cognitive science had produced.

KEY FEATURES• Integration of Neuroscientific Data—uses the most

current neuroscientific data and research andincorporates it into the usual behavioral researchtopics to address psychological issues. This book usesfindings in neuroscience to illuminate key distinctionsin cognitive psychology.– Surveys findings from neuroimaging, studies of

patients with brain damage, single-cell recordings,studies of electrical and magnetic signals, andpharmacological effects on cognition.

– Provides students with what is not only most currentin the field, but also what is most exciting.

• Cognition in the Real World—constructed out a needto apply cognitive psychology to the lives of students,this feature takes a snippet of daily life and shows theprocesses and influences the field has on theperception, interpretation, and reaction to everydayevents.

• Addresses contemporary research and changes in thefield.– Shows students that the field is a living entity,

continually evolving and challenging both new andold ideas.

– Written after the brain-scanning techniques becamewidely available to incorporate the latest findingsand theories.

– Includes full color inserts (pgs. 210 and 370)depicting information gathered from various brain-scanning techniques.

• Learning Objectives—at the beginning of each chapterthe student is presented with these objectives to helpconstructively guide them through each chapter’s corecontent.

• Comprehension Check—several times during eachchapter students are prompted to stop and check theirunderstanding of the material just read. By taking thetime to examine their command of the material theywill be more likely to be successful during testing.

• Revisit and Reflect—the end of each chapter containsa section that provides both comprehensive summariesof key content as well as “Think Critically” questions,which ask students to apply the concepts learned inthe chapter to essay or short answer questions.

Contents: Preface. How the Brain Gives Rise to the Mind.Perception. Attention. Representation and Knowledge inLong-Term Memory. Encoding and Retrieval from Long-Term Memory. Working Memory. Executive Processes.Emotion and Cognition. Decision Making. Problem Solvingand Reasoning. Motor Cognition and Mental Simulation.


Language. Glossary. References. Subject Index. AuthorIndex.


THAGARDMind: Introduction to Cognitive Science,2nd ed.PAUL THAGARD, Professor of Philosophy, Director ofCognitive Science Program, University of Waterloo.

This is an accessible introduction to study of cognitivescience for undergraduate students. Cognitive Science isdefined as the interdisciplinary study of mind andintelligence, embracing philosophy, psychology, artificialintelligence, neuroscience, linguistics and anthropology.The author Paul Thagard explains the fundamentaltheories of cognitive science, describing systematicallyand evaluating the main theories of mental represent-ation that have been advocated by cognitive scientists.The text includes logic, rules, concepts, analogies, imagesand connections (artificial neural networks), making itsuitable even for students who come together for itsstudy from different fields ranging from computer scienceand engineering to psychology and philosophy.

The second edition is the revised version with newmaterial added to it. Part I has been updated to includethe recent work in the field of theoretical approaches andin Part II new chapters are added on brain, emotion andconsciousness. A list of related websites at the end ofeach chapter and glossary at the end of the book are afew more value added additions to the book.

The flavour of the first edition is of course maintainedwith each chapter still concluding with a brief summary,discussion questions, notes, and suggestions for furtherreading.

This little gem of a book has three major virtues. First, itis easy to read and easy to understand. Second, it clearlystates the central thesis of cognitive science and preciselylays out the explanatory patterns underlying varioustheories of cognition. Third, the book is unique in itspresentation of the material, arranging it along varioustypes of knowledge representations such as rules,concepts, and images.

—ASHOK GOEL, College of Computing,Georgia Institute of Technology

The second edition of Mind represents a significantadvance for an already excellent book. My enthusiasm forcontinuing to use Thagard’s accessible and consistentlyinformative volume for Berkeley’s large Introduction toCognitive Science course has been fully refreshed, as theupdates in the new edition have made it a superb text forundergraduates.

—MICHAEL RANNEY, Graduate School of Education,Department of Psychology, and the Institute for

Cognitive and Brain Sciences, University of California,Berkeley

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I—Approachesto Cognitive Science—Representation and Computation.Logic. Rules. Concepts. Analogies. Images. Conections.Review and Evaluation. Part II—Extensions to CognitiveScience—Brains. Emotions. Consciousness. Bodies, theWorld, and Dynamic Systems. Societies. The Future ofCognitive Science. Glossary. References. Index.

Latest Print 2006 / 280 pp. / 15.3 × 22.9 cmISBN-81-203-3003-X / ` 150.00

Counselling

GIBSON & MITCHELLIntroduction to Counseling andGuidance, 7th ed.ROBERT L. GIBSON and MARIANNE H. MITCHELL, IndianaUniversity.

This revised edition gives an all-inclusive overviewand presents a broad and general understanding ofthe subject. The book provides practical examplesand discussion of all major facets of counseling in a widerange of counselor’s work settings. The text explainsthe techniques of assessment, including a standardizedtesting and subjective approach to appraisal such asobservation and self-reporting.

Suitable for courses related to education psychology,education and counseling and guidance.

Special features of the book

• Provides historical perspectives and current activities ofcounselors

• Describes the role and function of counselors in avariety of settings

• Explains techniques utilized by the counselors• Multicultural considerations in counseling• Explains the impact and role of technology on

counselor functioning• Teaches how to organize counseling programs?• Provides legal and ethical guidelines

Contents: Preface. Historic Perspectives. What DoCounselors Do? Where Counselors Work. IndividualCounseling. Group Techniques for Counselors.Multicultural Counseling. Human Assessment forCounseling. Counseling for Career Planning and DecisionMaking. The Counselor as Developmental and EducationalConsultant. Prevention and Wellness. Counseling ProgramDevelopment and Management. Ethical and LegalGuidelines. Appendices—A: Position Statement: ChildAbuse/Neglect Prevention (ASCA). B: Responsibilitiesof Users of Standardized Tests (Rust) (AAC). C: Codeof Ethics (ACA). D: Code of Ethics (AMHCA). E: Code ofEthics (AAMFT). F: Code of Ethics (NBCC). G: Guidelinesfor the Use of the Internet for Provision of CareerInformation and Planning Services (NCDA). H: ThePractice of Internet Counseling (NBCC). I: CareerCounseling Competencies (NCDA). J: Competencies in


Assessment and Evaluation for School Counselors (AACE).References. Name Index. Subject Index.


SELIGMAN & REICHENBERGTheories of Counseling andPsychotherapy: Systems, Strategies, andSkills, 3rd ed.LINDA SELIGMAN, Late Professor Emeritus, George MasonUniversity.LOURIE W. REICHENBERG, The Women’s Center, Vienna,Virginia.

Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy: Systems,Strategies, and Skills categorizes theories by their focus(background; emotions and sensations; thoughts; oractions). This structure helps students better understandsimilarities and differences among theoriesand provides an overarching framework that othertexts lack.

The book explores both established and emergingtreatment systems. Using skill development sections,diverse case studies and innovative exercises, the textmoves beyond traditional texts to directly connectcounseling theories to clinical practice. It reflects currentknowledge about effective treatment, theories andinterventions, and continually promotes readers’ skilldevelopment and confidence. By the end of the text,readers will have an introduction to the theoreticalfoundations of the field and the basic clinical skillsneeded to be an effective professional.

KEY FEATURES• Topical organization—provides a meaningful structure

to the text.• A balance between well-established and emerging

approaches to counseling and psychotherapy.• Integrated skill development sections—support each

theoretical chapter.• Diverse case studies—appear at the end of each

chapter.• Large group, small group and individual exercises—

accompany each chapter.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part One: ProvidingEffective Counseling and Psychotherapy—Contexts ofEffective Treatment. Part Two: Treatment SystemsEmphasizing Background—Overview of Background-Focused Treatment Systems. Sigmund Freud and ClassicPsychoanalysis. Alfred Adler and Individual Psychology.Post- and Neo-Freudians: Analytical Psychology, EgoPsychology, Object Relations, and Self Psychology. BriefPsychodynamic Therapy. Part Three: Treatment SystemsEmphasizing Emotions and Sensations—Overview ofEmotion-Focused Treatment Systems. Carl Rogers andPerson-Centered Counseling. Existential Therapy. GestaltTherapy. Emerging Approaches Emphasizing Emotions

and Sensations. Part Four: Treatment SystemsEmphasizing Thoughts—Overview of Thought-FocusedTreatment Systems. Albert Ellis and Rational EmotiveBehavior Therapy. Aaron Beck and Cognitive Therapy.Part Five: Treatment Systems Emphasizing Actions—Overview of Action-Focused Treatment Systems. BehaviorTherapy and Cognitive–Behavioral Therapy. RealityTherapy. Solution-Focused Brief Therapy. TranspersonalTherapy and Emerging Approaches EmphasizingMindfulness. Family and Couples Therapy. Part Six:Integrated and Eclectic Treatment Systems—Overview ofIntegrated and Eclectic Treatment Systems. Theoriesof Integrated and Eclectic Treatment. Part Seven:Understanding Treatment Systems—Solidifying Under-standing of Treatment Systems.


Developmental Psychology

BERKChild Development, 9th ed.LAURA E. BERK, Illinois State University.

This book continues to be the cutting-edge standard forchild development texts. It is topically organized, and hasengaging writing style, exceptional cross-cultural andmulti-cultural focus, rich examples, and up-to-datescholarship. It also offers students research-based,practical applications that they can relate to theirpersonal and professional lives.

The ninth edition represents the rapid transformationsthat have taken place in the field with a wealth of newcontent and teaching tools:

1. Diverse pathways of change are highlighted.2. The complex, bidirectional relationship between

biology and environment is given greater attention.3. Inclusion of interdisciplinary research is expanded.4. The links among theory, research, and applications—

a theme of this book since its inception—arestrengthened.

5. Both health and education are granted increasedattention.

6. The role of active student learning is made moreexplicit.

What Reviewers Are Saying...

“Berk’s Child Development is about as good as anundergraduate textbook could get. It is lively, readable,and engaging.”

—Scott P. Johnson, UCLA

“The overall organization and coverage of Berk’s text areexcellent. The chapters cohere and interweave quitenicely. . . . I like all the features used throughout the text,[and] each edition of Child Development features cutting-edge material.”

—John C. Gibbs, The Ohio State University


Contents: A Personal Note to Students. Preface forInstructors. Part I: Theory and Research in ChildDevelopment—History, Theory, and Applied Directions.Research Strategies. PART II: Foundations of Develop-ment—Biological Foundations, Prenatal Development,and Birth. Infancy: Early Learning, Motor Skills, andPerceptual Capacities. Physical Growth. PART III:Cognitive and Language Development—CognitiveDevelopment: Piagetian, Core Knowledge, and VygotskianPerspectives. Cognitive Development: An Information-Processing Perspective. Intelligence. Language Develop-ment. PART IV: Personality and Social Development—Emotional Development. Self and Social Understanding.Moral Development. Development of Sex Differences andGender Roles. PART V: Contexts for Development—TheFamily. Peers, Media, and Schooling. Glossary.References. Name Index. Subject Index.


REDDYHow Infants Know MindsVASUDEVI REDDY.

In this pathbreaking book, the author draws on theeveryday emotional engagements often notices andreported by parents as well as a wide body of recentresearch in psychology. Using compelling evidence thatyoung babies can tease, joke, pretend, clown, and showoff, she shows that the awareness of different aspects ofother people’s minds—attention and intentions andexpectations—develops from early in the first year. Theauthor challenges psychology’s traditional detachmentstance by emphasizing on involvement rather thanobservation as for adults as well as for infants it isemotional engagement that allows an awareness ofminds. This interesting read will help you find out how ‘afeeling for minds’ is present from the beginning of lifeand that the starting point for psychological awareness isnot isolation and ignorance but emotional relation.

Contents: A Puzzle. Minding the Gap. Engaging Minds: ASecond-Person Approach. Making Contact: Imitation.Opening Conversations. Experiencing Attention. FeelingSelf-Conscious. Playing with Intentions. Sharing Funniness.Faking in Communication. Other Minds and OtherCultures. Notes. Index.


Educational Psychology

KAKKAREducational PsychologyS.B. KAKKAR, Formerly, Head, Department of Psychology,Government College of Education, Patiala.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate courses in

Educational Psychology, this well-organized study gives adetailed description of key concepts such as learning,intelligence and personality and various contemporarytheories governing these. The present volume attemptsto provide teachers and prospective teachers with thosefacts, principles and procedures which are of maximumutility in the classroom situations. Apart from helpingthe teacher-trainee gain a clearer understanding of thenature and behaviour of the learner, the book alsoprovides assistance in evaluation and in understandingthe concept of guidance services. The significanceof educational and vocational guidance, particularly ofexceptional children, is clearly and forcefully brought out.The text is well illustrated with diagrams to elucidate theconcepts discussed.

KEY FEATURES• The book is child centred and practical in its approach

and views Educational Psychology from the standpointof actual problems faced by class-room teachers.

• A chapter is devoted to elementary statistics.• Importance of guidance and counselling services is

clearly brought out.• One full chapter is set apart for a discussion on

guidance of exceptional children.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Growth andDevelopment. Learning. Intelligence. Personality.Measurement and Evaluation. Elementary Statistics.Guidance. Organization of Guidance Services. Guidance ofExceptional Children. References. Bibliography. SuggestedReading. Author Index. Subject Index.


MANGALAdvanced Educational Psychology,2nd ed.S.K. Mangal, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).

This revised and expanded edition is a sequel tothe first edition which was warmly received bythe student and teaching community for its in-depth analysis and refreshing approach to the subject.

NEW CHAPTERS TO THIS EDITION

• Psychology of Individual differences• Transfer of Learning or Training• Emotional Development and Emotional Intelligence• Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.

Beginning with an introduction to the nature and scope,and the various schools of psychology, the book discussesthe systems propounded by Freud, Adler, Jung andPiaget, taking into account their critical importance to thesubject. It then focuses on the psychology of growth anddevelopment, psychology of individual differences,motivation, attention and personality, with an emphasis


on the individual’s attitude towards learning, and thefactors influencing learning. The text also elaborates thenature and theories of learning and the aspects ofmemory such as remembering and forgetting. Thecognitive aspect, i.e. intelligence, and vital topics likecreativity and the psychology of thinking, reasoning andproblem-solving have been accorded due prominence. Adetailed discussion on exceptional children and learningdisabled children together with the educational measuresfor overcoming such disabilities is also included. The textconcludes with an important aspect of human behaviour,namely, adjustment.

Interspersed with examples, illustrations and tables, thistext is ideally suited for postgraduate students ofeducation and psychology. It can also be profitably usedby teachers, teacher-educators, guidance and counsellingpersonnel, and administrators of educational institutions.

Contents: Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Methods of Educational Psychology. Systems or Schoolsof Psychology and Their Bearing on Education. Psycho-analysis—Freud’s System of Psychology. Adler’s System ofIndividual Psychology. Analytical Psychology—Jung’sSystem of Psychology. Piaget’s Developmental Psychologyand its Bearing on Education. Psychology of Growth andDevelopment. Psychology of Individual Differences.Psychology of Motivation. Attention. Nature and Theoriesof Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Memory—Remembering and Forgetting. Intelligence. EmotionalDevelopment and Emotional Intelligence. Creativity.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-solving.Aptitude. Personality. Educating Exceptional Children.Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.Psychology of Adjustment


MANGALEssentials of Educational PsychologyS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).

A harmonious blend of the theoretical and practicalaspects of educational psychology, this student-friendlytext provides a base for the understanding of the subject.

The book discusses the various aspects of growth anddevelopment, specifically during childhood and adole-scence, and accords due importance to the cognitiveaspect of human behaviour with elaborate text onintelligence, creativity, thinking, reasoning and problem-solving.

Besides maintaining a logical progression of topics, theauthor has interspersed the text with examples andillustrations to provide an in-depth analysis of the subjectmatter.

The book is ideally suited for the B.Ed. and B.A.(Education) courses but can also be a valuable reference

for teachers, teacher-trainees, and practising counsellorsat various levels of school education.

KEY FEATURES• Cogent and coherent style of writing• Assignment problems and sample tests at the end of

various chapters• Wide range of examples and over 50 illustrations to

support and explain the topics discussed

Contents: Preface. Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Methods of Studying Behaviour. Heredity andEnvironment. Human Growth and Development—Stagesand Dimensions. Physical Growth and Development.Cognitive or Mental Development. Emotional Develop-ment and Emotional Intelligence. Social Development.Spiritual Development (Development of Character). StageSpecific Characteristics and Developmental Tasks. Growthand Development during Adolescence. Maturation andTraining. Individual Differences. Learning—Concept,Nature and Domains. Factors Influencing Learning.Theories of Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training.Motivational Aspect of Behaviour. Memory. Forgetting.Intelligence—Concept, Theories and Measurement.Creativity. Aptitude—Concept and Measurement.Attitude—Concept and Measurement. Attention.Interest—Meaning, Nature and Measurement. Habits—Meaning, Nature and Development. Concept Formation.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-Solving.The Concept and Structure of Personality. Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. ExceptionalChildren. Behavioural Problems—Meaning, Concept andTreatment. Adjustment, Frustration and Conflicts. MentalHealth and Hygiene. Sex Education. Guidance andCounseling. Group Dynamics and Group Behaviour.Statistical Data—Meaning, Organisation and Presentation.Measures of Central Tendency and Percentiles. Measuresof Variability or Dispersion. Correlation. Administrationand Interpretation of Psychological Tests (Practical Work).Index.


eaxyf'k{kk euksfoKku,l-ds- eaxy] izèkkukpk;Z ¼lsokfuo`r½] lh-vkj- dkyst vkWQ ,twds'ku]jksgrd] gfj;k.kkA

f'k{kk euksfoKku ds fl)kUr rFkk O;kogkfjd igyqvksa ls i;kZIr rkyesyfcBkrh gqbZ ;g jpuk f'k{kk euksfoKku ls lEcfUèkr lHkh vko';dvk/kkjHkwr izdj.kksa ¼ftUgsa ns'k ds fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa us ch-,M- rFkkch-,- ds 'kSf{kd ikB~;Øeksa esa LFkku ns j[kk gS½ ij leqfpr izdk'k Mkyrh gSAfo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Bhd rjg tkudj mUgsa euksfoKku ds fl)kUrksa dk vuqlj.kdjkrs gq, vf/kxe iFk ij vxzlj djus] mudk Hkyh-Hkk¡fr lek;kstu djus]ekufld LokLF; dks cuk;s j[kus rFkk muds O;fDrRo ds lok±xh.k fodklgsrq f'k{kk euksfoKku dh ftu vk/kkjHkwr ckrksa dk Kku ,oa dkS'ky f'k{kdksarFkk f'k{kk izsfe;ksa ds fy, pkfg,( og lHkh bl iqLrd esa mfpr] Øec)]


ljy ,oa cks/kxE; :i esa izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA fuLlansg ;g iqLrd fofHkUufo'ofo|ky;ksa ,oa f'k{kd izf'k{k.k laLFkkuksa ds Mh-,M-] ch-,M- rFkk ch-,-¼f'k{kk½ ds ikB~;Øeksa dh vko';drkvksa dks leqfpr <ax ls iwjk djrh gSAblds lkFk gh ;g iqLrd ,e-,M-] ,e-,- ¼f'k{kk½ ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa] f'k{kdksa]f'k{kk ijke'kZnkrkvksa] rFkk 'kSf{kd iz'kkldksa vkfn gsrq Hkh lexz nf"Vdks.k lsfo'ks"k mi;ksxh gSA

eq[; vkd"kZ.k• fo"k;-oLrq dk ljy] ljl] jkspd ,oa cks/kxE; izLrqrhdj.kA

• lS)kfUrd vkSj O;ogkjkRed Kku dk mfpr leUo;A

• v/;k; fo'ks"k esa D;k iBu lkexzh gS] ;g tkuus gsrq v/;k; ds izkjEHkesa v/;k; :ijs[kk rFkk var esa iqujko`fÙk gsrq ^lkjka'k* rFkk fo'ks"kv/;;u gsrq lanfHkZr ,oa fo'ks"k vè;;u xzUFkksa dh izLrqfrA

• ikB~; lkexzh ds mfpr izLrqrhdj.k gsrq mnkgj.kksa] n`"Vkarksa] rkfydkvksarFkk js[kkfp=kksa ,oa vkjs[kksa dk lekos'kA

• fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh {kerkvksa ,oa ;ksX;rkvksa ds vkdyu gsrq izkjfEHkd ,oa'kSf{kd lkaf[;dh dk izLrqrhdj.kA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA euksfoKku—vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa {ks=kA f'k{kk euksfoKku—

vFkZ] izÑfr] {ks=k ,oa dk;ZA euksfoKku dh fof/k;k¡A oa'kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.kAo`fð ,oa fodkl—voLFkk;sa ,oa vk;keA 'kkjhfjd o`fð ,oa fodklA ckSfðdvFkok ekufld fodklA laosxkRed fodkl ,oa laosxkRed cqfðA lkekftdfodklA vkè;kfRed ;k pkfjf=kd fodklA voLFkktU; fo'ks"krk,¡ ,oafodklkRed dk;ZA fd'kksjkoLFkk esa ofð ,oa fodklA ifjiDork ,oa izf'k{k.kAoS;fDrd HksnA vfèkxe—voèkkj.kk] izÑfr ,oa vuq{ks=kA vfèkxe dks izHkkfordjus okys dkjdA vfèkxe ;k lh[kus ds flðkUrA lh[kus vFkok izf'k{k.kdk LFkkukUrj.kA O;ogkj dk vfHkizsj.kkRed i{kA Le`frA foLe`frA cqfð—

izÑfr] flðkUr ,oa ekiuA l`tukRedrkA vfHk#fp—lEizR;; ,oa ekiuAvfHko`fÙk—lEizR;; ,oa ekiuA è;ku ;k voèkkuA #fp—vFkZ] izÑfr ,oaekiuA vknrsa vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa fodklA fparu] rdZ ,oa leL;k lekèkkudk euksfoKkuA O;fDrRo—izÑfr] izdkj ,oa flðkarA O;fDrRo ds fuèkkZjdAO;fDrRo dk ewY;kaduA fof'k"V ckydA lek;kstu] dq.Bk ,oa var%}U}Aekufld LokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA ekxZn'kZu ,oa ijke'kZA lewg xfr'kkL=k,oa lewg O;ogkjA vk¡dM+ksa ;k iznÙkksa dk O;oLFkkiu ,oa izLrqrhdj.kAdsUæh; izo`fÙk ds izekiA fopyu ds izeki ;k fopyu ekuA lglacaèkAeuksoSKkfud ijh{k.k—iz'kklu ,oa O;k[;kA vuqØef.kdkA


SKINNER (Ed.)Educational Psychology, 4th ed.Edited by CHARLES E. SKINNER, Visiting Professor atSouthern Illinois University.

The book presents a systematic and authoritativetreatment of child and adolescent development, learning,and adjustment in educational situations and develops aclear understanding of the educative process.

Contents: Introduction—Nature and Methods ofEducational Psychology. Teaching: The Art of GuidingLearning Experiences. Guidance: A New Dimension ofCreative Teaching. Personality and Adjustment—A

Teacher’s Theory of Personality: Development, Dynamics,Ideal. Personality and Children’s Adjustment Problems.Special Learning and Adjustment Problems of Handi-capped Children. Growth and Development DuringChildhood and Adolescence—General Nature of Develop-ment. Physical Growth and Motor Development. MentalGrowth and Development. Emotional Development.Social Development. Development of Attitudes, Interests,and Values. Personal Development During Childhoodand Adolescence. Learning—Basic Learning Theory forTeachers. Nature and Conditions of Learning. Motivationin School Learning. Transfer and Functional Learning.Learning Motor Skills and Knowledge. Creative Thinking,Reasoning, and Problem-Solving. Learning the BasicSchool Subjects. Subject Disabilities: Special Difficulties inSchool Learning. Evaluation and Measurement—StatisticalProcesses in Education. Discovering the Child’s Poten-tialities: Intelligence and Aptitudes. Evaluation ofLearning. Individual Differences in Mental Abilities: TheirEducational Implications. Index.


Experimental Psychology

MANDLERHistory of Modern ExperimentalPsychology, A: From James and Wundtto Cognitive ScienceGEORGE MANDLER is distinguished Professor ofpsychology at the University of California, San Diego, andvisiting Professor at the University College, London.This concise text discusses the history of modernpsychology from the late nineteenth century to the endof twentieth century. Among other topics, the book alsoexamines the emergence of a new branch called cognitivepsychology.

KEY FEATURES• The book attempts to place recent history of

psychology in the context of the general social andpolitical culture in which it occurs.

• The text presents the material mainly as anorganizational account of psychological processes.

• The book traces the evolution of experimental andtheoretical psychology.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Introduction. TheModern Mind: Its History and Current Use. Aristotle toAlexander Bain: Prolegomena of Modern Psychology. TheSocial Context for the New Psychology in the Nineteenthand Twentieth Centuries. The Birth of ModernPsychology: Wilhelm Wundt and William James. The“Discovery” of the Unconscious: Imageless Thought. TheEarly Twentieth Century: Consolidation in Europe andBehaviorism in America. The Interwar Years: PsychologyMatures and Theories Abound. The Destruction ofPsychology in Germany, 1933 to 1945. The Success of


Gestalt Theory and Its Translation to the United States. ANew Age of Psychology at the End of World War II. TwoCase Histories from the New Psychology. Old Problemsand New Directions at the End of the Century. TheClouded Crystal Ball: Psychology Today and Tomorrow.References. Name Index. Subject Index.


SHERGILLExperimental PsychologyHARDEEP KAUR SHERGILL, Consultant Counsellor andPsychotherapist. She is teaching in a degree college.

Focusing on the various aspects of human behaviour, thebook introduces the nature and theories of sensation,perception, learning, memory, psychophysics and otherareas involved in psychology. It also highlights theimportance of cognitive processes such as thinking,reasoning and problem-solving. Besides, the bookprovides essential knowledge and skills for usingstatistical tools in organising and computing researchdata.

Designed in an easy-to-understand and illustrativemanner, this book is primarily aimed at undergraduatestudents of psychology. The text will also prove useful toall those students who have been introduced with thissubject for the first time.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part A—Experimental Method. Variables. Sensation. PerceptualProcesses. Statistics. Part B—Psychophysics. Learning.Memory. Thinking And Problem-solving. B.A. Syllabus.Index.


Foundations of Psychology

MALONEPsychology: Pythagoras to PresentJOHN C. MALONE, Professor of Psychology, University ofTennessee, Knoxville.

Certain ideas have thoughtful thinkers since ancienttimes. In this book, the author examines these ideas inthe writings of thinkers from olden times to the presentday. He argues for their importance not just as precursorsof modern views but as ideas that are frequently betterthan the current ones.

The text offers breadth and depth, an engaging style andthorough scholarship, demonstrating the relevance of thegreat psychological thinkers.

“John Malone has written a splendid book! A lively,readable and vigorous defense of history. It covers a widesweep from the early Greeks through Roman andChristian philosophy and the Enlightenment to modern

developments such as cognitivism and behaviorism. It isboth informative and critical, full of apercus that clobbertheir targets with force and grace. I hope that Malone’sbook may do for psychology what Bertrand Russell’shistorical opus did for philosophy. Read it.”

—J.E.R. STADDON

Department of Psychology and Neuroscience,Duke University

“This lucid book takes a fresh look at the individuals andideas that comprise the history of psychology. Referringto the original theoretical and empirical sources, Malonequestions many standard interpretations and receivedideas, and provides enlightening ones of his own.”

—HOWARD RACHLIN, Psychology Department,State University of New York, Stony Brook

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. History,Psychology, and Science. Science and Psychology inAncidnet Greece. Statics and Dynamics in Ancient Greece.From Aristotle to the Enlightment: Pagan PsychologiesGive Way to Christianity. The Enlightenment. BritishEmpricism and Kant: What Is Reality? Scottish and EnglishPractical Psychology. Darwin and Evolutionary Thinking.Nineteenth-Century Science and Psychology’s Rise.Biological Psychology: A Brief History. The NewPsychology: Wundt, Würzburg, and Müller. Early-Twentieth-Century Psychology: Titchener and Freud.Pragmatism, Functionalism, Peirce, and James. Twentieth-Century Applied Psychology and Early Behaviorism.Gestalt Psychology and Kurt Lewin. Science, Application,and Theory: Pavlov, Guthrie, and Hull. Radical Beha-viorism and Cognitive Science: Contrasting Psychologiesof the Twentieth Century? Notes. References. Index.


feJ

euksfoKku% ekuo O;ogkj dk vè;;u(Psychology: A Study of Human Behaviour)czt dqekj feJ] lsokfuo`r izksQslj ,oa vè;{k] euksfoKku foHkkx]MksjkUMk dkWyst] jkaph fo'ofo|ky;] jkaphA

bl iqLrd esa ekuo LoHkko ,oa O;ogkj ds fofoèk i{kksa ls lacafèkrlaizR;;ksa] fl)karksa] izfØ;kvksa ,oa tfVyrkvksa dk foLr`r o.kZu gSA ;gekuo thou dh O;kogkfjd leL;kvksa dk lekèkku Hkh izLrqr djrh gSAblesa euksoSKkfud rF;ksa dk fo'ys"k.k Hkh fn;k x;k gS rFkk vkèkqfudeuksoSKkfud vè;;uksa dk Hkh blesa lekos'k gSA fo"k;&oLrq dhlkjxfHkZr rFkk jkspd cukus ds fy, bl iqLrd esa fp=k rFkk rkfydk,aHkh nh x;h gSa ,oa nSfud thou ds mnkgj.kksa rFkk izlaxksa dks 'kkfeyfd;k x;k gSA

izLrqr iqLrd Hkkjrh; fo'ofo|ky;ksa ds euksfoKku fo"k; ds ch-,-¼vkWulZ½ rFkk ,e-,- ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds ikB~;Øe dks è;ku esa j[kdjfy[kh x;h gSA blds vykok] ;g la?k rFkk jkT; yksd lsok vk;ksxksa dhizfr;ksxh ijh{kkvksa esa fganh ekè;e ls lfEefyr gks jgs vH;fFkZ;ksa ds


fy, Hkh vR;ar mi;ksxh flð gksxhA ;g ;w-th-lh- dh usV ijh{kk dsvH;fFkZ;ksa ds fy, Hkh ykHkdkjh gSA

fo"k; lwph% [k.M I% euksfoKku% O;ogkj dk oSKkfud vè;;u&fo"k;izos'kA vkèkqfud euksfoKku dk ,sfrgkfld ifjizs{;A euksfoKku dhvè;;u fofèk;kaA [k.M II% O;ogkj ds tSfod ¼'kkjhfjd½ vkèkkj—

raf=kdk rarqA [k.M III% vius txr dks tkuuk—ekuo O;ogkj dslkekftd—lkaLÑfrd vkèkkjA laosnh izfØ;k,a ,oa euksHkkSfrdhA n`f"V,oa vU; lkaosfnd izfØ;k,aA izkR;f{kd izfØ;k,aA voèkkukRed izfØ;k,aA[k.M IV% f'k{k.k }kjk O;ogkj dk ifjektZu—O;ogkj dk ifjektZulh[kuk ;k vfèkxeA lh[kus ds flðkar ,oa blds fofoèk i{kA[k.M V% mPprj ekufld laKkukRed izfØ;k,aA Le`fr dh izfØ;k,a%Lej.k ,oa foLej.kA izfrdkRed izfØ;k% fparuA [k.M VI% fØ;ko`fÙkdizfØ;k&O;ogkj ds fØ;ko`fÙkd i{k% izsj.kkA [k.M VII% HkkokRedizfØ;k&HkkokRed izfØ;k,a—Hkko ,oa laosxA [k.M VIII% oS;fDrdfofHkUurk,a—oS;fDrd fofHkUurk% cqfðA oS;fDrd fofHkUurk% O;fDrRoAikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkofy;kaA ukekoyhA fo"k; vuqØef.kdkA


MISHRAPsychology: The Study of HumanBehaviourBRAJ KUMAR MISHRA, formerly Professor and the Headof the Department of Psychology, Doranda College,Ranchi.

Though psychology is a comparatively ‘younger’ subjectas compared to allied subjects like Philosophy,Anthropology and Sociology, recent years have witnessedremarkable strides in its study. Indeed, writings on thesubject have been both prodigious and prolific because ofthe enormous interest evinced by those interested inpsychology and because human behaviour—bothcomplex and simple—is such a fascinating subject forstudy and research.

This accessible and student-friendly text shows the‘what,’ ‘why’ and ‘how’ of human behaviour patterns.The text emphasizes controlled and systematic studies toexplain such behavioural aspects as sensing, perceiving,modifications of human behaviour, memorizing, therecollection of past events, and affecting processes.

The text is interspersed with many examples to illustratethe concepts discussed. The concepts are well-supportedwith experimental as well as observational facts. What’smore, the book acquaints the reader with the recentadvances in the field of psychology.

KEY FEATURES

• Liberal use of examples to give a clear idea of theconcept discussed.

• Step-by-step analysis of various psychological facts tofacilitate better understanding of the subject.

• Presentation of new advances and discoveries in thefield of various psychological processes.

• Glossary of terms besides chapter-end exercises andsummaries.

Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate studentsof psychology, the book can also be profitably used bypostgraduate students and all those who have an abidinginterest in the study of human behaviour.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Curiosity of Man to StudyHimself—Introduction: What is Psychology? HistoricalPerspectives of Modern Psychology. Methodology ofPsychology. Part II: Biology of Behaviour—BiologicalBases of Behaviour. Part III: Knowing the World AroundUs—Sensory Processes and Psycho-physics. Visual andOther Sensory Processes. Perceptual Processes.Attentional Processes. Part IV: Modification ofBehaviour—Learning. Some Other Principles of Theoriesand Various Aspects of Learning. Part V: MemoryProcesses—Remembering and Forgetting. Part VI:Symbolic Process—Thinking. Part VII: Conative Aspects ofBehaviour—Motivation. Part VIII: Affective Processes—Emotion. Part IX: Individual Differences—Intelligence.Personality. Glossary. Name Index. Subject Index.


SHERGILLPsychology, Part IHARDEEP KAUR SHERGILL, Consultant Counsellor andPsychotherapist. She is teaching in a degree college.Designed for the undergraduate students of psychology,this comprehensive text presents the fundamentalprinciples and concepts of psychology. It discusses indetail various human behavioural patterns.The book describes the nature, goals and differentschools of psychology. It explains various methods ofpsychological research such as experimental, observation,interview, questionnaire and case-study methods. Besidesdescribing the biological bases of human behaviour, itexamines different types of psychological tests which areconducted to differentiate one individual from another.

This student-friendly book also elaborates the processesof learning and memory, the nature and types of memoryand other important aspects of human behaviour such asmotivation, emotion and intelligence. The James–Langeand Cannon–Bard theories of emotion, psychometrictheory and cognitive theory of intelligence are alsothoroughly dealt with. Finally, different concepts ofpersonality and techniques of assessment of personalityare explained.KEY FEATURES• Includes a number of figures and illustrations to clarify

the concepts.• Gives interesting facts and health tips.• Provides chapter-end exercises for practice.• Offers several examples for easy understanding of the

subject matter.


Contents: Preface. Part A—Nature of Psychology.Methods of Psychological Research. Biological Bases ofBehaviour. Nervous System. Understanding IndividualDifferences. Central Tendency. Variability. Part B—Introduction to Learning. Introduction to Memory.Motivation. Emotion. Intelligence. Personality. Index.


Organizational Psychology

CASCIO & AGUINISApplied Psychology in Human ResourceManagement, 6th ed.WAYNE F. CASCIO and HERMAN AGUINIS, The BusinessSchool, University of Colorado at Denver.

This popular international interdisciplinary-oriented,research-based textbook on personnel psychology hasbeen used for 25 years now. The text material ispresented elegantly in theoretical, statistical forpsychometric framework. The book reflects the state-of-the-art developments in personnel psychology and thedramatic changes that has recently characterized thefield, and outlines a forward-looking, progressive modeltowards which HR specialist should aim.

KEY FEATURES• Interdisciplinary-oriented, research based approach—

provides balanced coverage of the conventionalscientific procedures with fundamentals of psycho-logical theory.

• Personnel psychology approach—seeks to makeorganizations more effective and satisfying places towork.

• Forward-looking, progressive presentation—integratedwith statistical, psychometric and psychologicaltheories. This provides students with a comprehensiveand practical approach that challenges the field toadvance, rather than to simply document past practice.

• Technology, strategy, globalization and socialresponsibility themes throughout—provides studentswith a holistic view of the field.

• Completely revised and updated—with more than 500new references since the last edition.

• Broader performance management emphasis replacesperformance appraisal approach—to provide moreaccurate and objective assessment.

• In-depth treatment of differential prediction— offersstudents specific suggestions to improve the accuracyof the differential-prediction test and suggestions onhow to minimize adverse impact.

• International dimensions of applied psychologychapter added—emphasizing five main areas;identification of potential for international mana-gement, selection for international assignments,

cross cultural training and development, performancemanagement, and repatriation.

Contents: Preface. Organizations, Work, and AppliedPsychology. The Law and Human Resource Management.People, Decisions, and the Systems Approach. Criteria:Concepts, Measurement, and Evaluation. PerformanceManagement. Measuring and Interpreting IndividualDifferences. Validation and Use of Individual DifferencesMeasures. Fairness in Employment Decisions. AnalyzingJobs and Work. Strategic Workforce Planning.Recruitment. Initial Screening. Decision Making forSelection. Managerial Selection. Training andDevelopment: Considerations in Design. Training andDevelopment: Implementation and the Measurementof Outcomes. International Dimensions of AppliedPsychology. Ethical Issues in Human ResourceManagement. Appendices—A: Scientific and LegalGuidelines on Employee Selection Procedures—Checklistsfor Compliance. B: An Overview of Correlation and LinearRegression. C: Decision Trees for Statistical Methods.References. Subject Index. Name Index.


CHITALE, MOHANTY & DUBEYOrganizational Behaviour:Text and CasesAVINASH K. CHITALE, Academic Advisor, and formerDirector, Govindram Seksaria Institute of Managementand Research, Indore.RAJENDRA PRASAD MOHANTY, Vice Chancellor, Shiksha‘O’ Anusandhan University, Bhubaneswar, Odisha.NISHITH RAJARAM DUBEY, Professor at National Instituteof Technical Teacher’s Training & Research Institute,Bhopal.

For creating a balance in the organizational environment,harmonization amongst the employees and the employeris a prerequisite. The factors that help determining anorganizational balance are the sociology of anenvironment, psychology of the people working there,channel of communication, and sound and rationalizedmanagement. This book underlines the fundamentalconcepts of Organizational Behaviour, and its applicationin the Indian organizational scenario.

The book comprises 29 chapters—the concluding chapterdevoted to cases from various Indian industry verticals.Chapters 1–3 deal with basics of organizationalbehaviour, its history and the challenges. Chapters 4–10are devoted to various aspects of individual behaviour,e.g., perception, personality, learning theories, attitudeand motivation theory. Chapters 11 to 16 dwell onto thetopic of group behaviour like team dynamics, trans-actional analysis, leadership, emotional and spiritualintelligence and management of conflicts. Chapters 17 to28 are largely focused on various aspects of organization,such as its structure, its HR policies, InternationalOrganizational Behaviour and Corporate Governance


and its role in determining the ethical norms for anorganization.

This book is designed for the postgraduate students ofManagement and Commerce. Besides, it can be beneficialfor the managers and executives, to help them tackleHuman Resource and organization-related problems.

KEY FEATURES

• Every chapter is concluded with a real-life case study• Appendices added to most of the chapters are

interpretation-based Questionnaire to analyze beha-vioural traits of employees and employers

• Review questions and case study questions to judgestudents’ comprehension of the subject

Contents: Preface. Organizational Behaviour—A CurtainRaiser. The Emerging Challenges and Opportunities toOrganizational Behaviour. History and Evolution ofOrganizational Behaviour. Fundamentals of IndividualBehaviour. Personality. Attitudes and Job Satisfaction.Learning and Learning Theories. Perception. Motivationand Work Performance. Practical Motivation Approaches.Group and Team Dynamics. Transactional Analysis andOrganizational Behaviour. Leadership. Emotional andSpiritual Intelligence. Authority, Power and Politics.Management of Conflict. Organizational Structures.Organizational Culture and Creative Change. Dynamics ofChange. Organizational Development. The Dynamics andManagement of Stress. Organizational Communications.Human Resource Policies and Procedures. OrganizationalEffectiveness. Organizations of the Future. InternationalOrganizational Behaviour. Corporate Governance andSocial Responsibility. Organizational Behaviour andKnowledge Management. Case Studies from CorporateWorld. Index.


HERSEY, et al.Management of Organizational Behavior:Leading Human Resources, 10th ed.PAUL H. HERSEY, Center for Leadership Studies,Escondido, California.KENNETH H. BLANCHARD, The Ken Blanchard Companies,Inc., Escondido, California.DEWEY E. JOHNSON, Sid Craig School of Business,California State University, Fresno.

This new edition of the book continues to build on theconcepts and techniques of situational leadership. Itfocuses on the behavioural aspects of managingorganizations and how they apply to planning andorganizing leading them to improved productivity asopposed to the earlier approach of managing people asresources, primarily focussed on statistics and numbers.

New content on following key topics is included in thenew edition:

• Motivation: Emergence of the progress motive,renewal of the purpose motive

• Emotional intelligence: Cultivating self-awareness as aleader

• Teams: Building the collective EQ of a team• Communication: Gender and generational differences;

when conversations falter• Decision Making: How brain structure and contexts

impact decisions• Performance Management: Balanced scorecard

metrics, feedforward• Leadership: Strengths and myths

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. About the Authors.Leadership and Management: Applied Behavioral SciencesApproach. Motivation and Behavior. Classic MotivationalTheories. Leadership: An Initial Perspective. Leadership:Situational Approaches. Determining Effectiveness.Situational Leadership®. Situational Leadership®: ThePerception and Impact of Power. Situational Leadership®:Training and Development. The Situational Leader andConstructive Discipline. Self-Awareness and LeadershipStyle. Effective Communication. Leading Effective Teams.Implementing Situational Leadership®: ManagingPerformance. Implementing Situational Leadership®:Making Decisions, Building Commitments. Planning andImplementing Change. Leadership Strategies forOrganizational Transformation. Synthesizing ManagementTheory: Integrating Situational Leadership® with theClassics. Index.

Latest Print 2013 / 360 pages / 17.8 × 23.5 cmISBN-978-81-203-4721-2 / ` 325.00

Psychological Testing

ANASTASI & URBINAPsychological Testing, 7th ed.ANNE ANASTASI, Department of Psychology, FordhamUniversity.SUSANA URBINA, Department of Psychology, University ofNorth Florida.

This text provides a succinct and clear analysis of thesubject of psychological testing from a contemporaryviewpoint and modern perspective, based on a novelapproach. For, today more and more new tests and a richvariety of measurement tools are available in the area ofpsychological testing, and the authors reckon these play asignificant role in psychological testing. The book coversvarious types of tests and their appli-cations, theincreased responsibility of users in selecting appropriatetests and methods, interpreting scores, and communi-cating and using test results. Besides, it providesinformation on test constructions, i.e. how tests aredeveloped to meet the needs of a test user.

The book also provides simple explanations of some ofthe widely used and rapidly developing concepts andprocedures which are likely to affect psychometricpractices in the 21st century, such as computerizedadaptive testing, metaanalysis, structural equationmodeling, use of crosscultural testing, and the increasing


use of factor analysis in the development of abilitytesting and personality tests.

Because of the rapid strides made in technologicaladvances, especially in computers and informationprocessing, the text takes into account the increasinginfluence of computerization in test development, testconstruction and test administration besides the use ofcomputers in test screening and processing.

This book, with its emphasis on innovative methodsof psychological testing and on the need for takingadvantage of modern technological advances forpsychological testing, should prove to be an essential textfor students of psychology and a handy reference forteachers, teacher-trainees, and all those involved inadministering psychological tests.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Functions and Origins ofPsychological Testing—Nature and Use of PsychologicalTests. Historical Antecedents of Modern Testing.Part Two: Technical and Methodological Principles—Norms and the Meaning of Test Scores. Reliability.Validity: Basic Concepts. Validity: Measurement andInterpretation. Item Analysis. Part Three: Ability Testing—Individual Tests. Tests for Special Populations. GroupTesting. Nature of Intelligence. Psychological Issues inAbility Testing. Part Four: Personality Testing—Self-ReportPersonality Inventories. Measuring Interests andAttitudes. Projective Techniques. Other AssessmentTechniques. Part Five: Applications of Testing—MajorContexts of Current Test Use. Ethical and SocialConsiderations in Testing. Appendixes—A. AlphabeticalListing of Tests and Other Assessment Tools. B. Addressesof Test Publishers, Distributors, and Test-RelatedOrganizations. References. Acknowledgments. NameIndex. Subject Index.


RAMAMURTIAn Introduction to PsychologicalMeasurementP.V. RAMAMURTI, Professor and Dean of Social andBehavioural Sciences and Honorary Director, Center forResearch on Aging, Department of Psychology, SVUniversity, Tirupati.

Primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of psychology, the book aims to provide asuccinct yet reasonably comprehensive account ofpsychological measurement techniques (psychometry) ina single volume.

Written in a lucid style with the author’s rich teachingexperience, the book focuses on the technique ofdevelopment and use of psychological tests and scales. Italso describes essential features and steps to be followedin constructing a psychological test.

The book, divided into three parts, covers psychophysicalmethods, psychological scaling and test methods, and

some elementary but essential statistical concepts used inthe measurement and interpretation of psychological testdata.

Besides psychology students, the book will be usefulfor undergraduate and postgraduate students ofeducation and professionals in the field of psychologyand education.

Contents: Preface. List of Figures. Part I: Nature andHistorical Development of Measurement andPsychophysical and Psychological Scaling Methods—TheNature of Psychological Measurement. The Early Historyof Psychological Measurement. The PsychophysicalMethods. The Psychological Scaling Methods. The RatingTechniques. Part II: Nature and Construction ofPsychological Tests—Psychological Testing Methods.Constructing a Psychological Test. The Reliability of aPsychological Test. Validity of a Psychological Test. ItemAnalysis. The Use and Interpretation of Test Scores.Miscellaneous Techniques. Part III: Some SimpleStatistical Indices used in Psychological Measurement—Measures of Central Tendency of Scores. Measuresof Variations of Scores. Measures of Association(Correlation) Between Scores on Variables. Graphic Rep-resentation of Test Data. The Normal Probability Curve(NPC). Tests of Significance of Some Statistics. Index.


Statistical Methods forPsychology

MANGALStatistics in Psychology and Education,2nd ed.S.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head,Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College ofEducation, Rohtak (Haryana).This extensively revised and fully updated second editionis designed as a textbook for MA (Education), MEd, MA(Psychology and Sociology) and for research studentspursuing courses in Statistics related to these subjects. Ittakes into account the present syllabi of various univer-sities and institutes of education across the country.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Six new chapters added with emphasis on advanced

statistical concepts and techniques such as thefollowing:– Biserial correlation, point biserial correlation,

tetrachoric correlation, phi coefficient, partial andmultiple correlation.

– Transfer of raw scores into standard scores, T, C andStanine scores.

– Non-parametric tests like the McNemar test, Signtest, Wilcoxon test, Median test, U test, Runs test,and KS test.

– Analysis of covariance.


• Some chapters modified and reshuffled to reflect thenew emphasis.

• Entire text thoroughly checked and marked improve-ments made to bring the topics up-to-date.

KEY FEATURES• Statistical procedures and methods have been

simplified to facilitate understanding of the subject,and only the minimum necessary mathematics ispresented

• Gives detailed discussion on parametric tests usingvery small samples for drawing valuable statisticalinferences.

• Numerous solved examples and assignments areprovided for practice and to illustrate the concepts andapplications.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Statistics—Meaning and Use. Organization of Data. GraphicalRepresentation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency.Percentiles and Percentile Rank. Measures of Variability.Linear Correlation. The Normal Curve and its Applications.Significance of the Mean and Other Statistics. Significanceof the Difference between Means. Chi Square andContingency Coefficient. Further Methods of Correlations.Partial and Multiple Correlation. Regression andPrediction. Scores Transformation. Non-Parametric Tests.Analysis of Variance. Analysis of Covariance. Answers.Appendices. Bibliography. Index.


THORNDIKE & THORNDIKE-CHRISTMeasurement and Evaluation inPsychology and Education, 8th ed.ROBERT M. THORNDIKE, Western Washington University.TRACY THORNDIKE-CHRIST, Western WashingtonUniversity.

In this classic introduction to educational andpsychological measurement, Thorndike and Thorndike-Christ provide all of the pertinent information futureprofessionals need to know in order to develop the skillsto use test information wisely. It focuses on basic issuesin measurement and provides a general overview thatis not overly specialized. Incorporating standard measure-ment concepts as they apply to both educational andpsychological assessments, the new eighth editioncontinues to provide a technically rigorous treatment ofthe core issues in measurement in an easy-to-read, easy-to-understand presentation. It describes problems inmeasurement, explains how these problems areapproached and solved, surveys a broad range of sources,and provides guidance in how to find, evaluate, and useinformation about specific tests.

The new eighth edition includes

• Increased coverage of “No Child Left Behind”• Extended coverage of the role of ethics in tests• A new chapter on advanced topics in testing.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Technical Issues—Fundamental Issues in Measurement. Measurement andNumbers. Giving Meaning to Scores. Qualities Desired inAny Measurement Procedure: Reliability. QualitiesDesired in Any Measurement Procedure: Validity.Practical Issues Related to Testing. Part Two: TestingApplications—Assessment and Educational DecisionMaking. Assessing Special Populations: Psychometric,Legal, and Ethical Issues. Principles of Test Development.Performance and Product Evaluation. Attitudes andRating Scales. Aptitude Tests. Standardized AchievementTests. Interests, Personality, and Adjustment. Appendix.References. Index.


SOCIAL WORK

JOHNSON & YANCASocial Work Practice: A GeneralistApproach, 10th ed.LOUISE C. JOHNSON, University of South Dakota.STEPHEN J. YANCA, Saginaw Valley State University.

This book provides a foundation for understanding thegeneralist practice. It synthesizes historical and currentunderstandings into a logically developed sequence forlearning about and teaching the practice of social work.

The authors blend ecosystems and client-centeredempowerment to develop a model to working withdiverse populations. By using this model, students learnhow to effectively work with diverse individuals, families,groups, organizations, and communities. The textincorporates the knowledge, skills, and values that arethe foundation of social work practice at every level ofpractice.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Perspectives on Social WorkPractice—Social Work as a Response to Concern/Need.Social Work as a Creative Blending of Knowledge, Values,and Skills. Diversity Competent Practice. Part Two: TheInteractional Process and the Ecosystem—The Worker.The Client. Environment. Interaction and Engagement.Part Three: The Social Work Process—Assessment.Planning. Direct Practice Actions. Indirect PracticeActions. Evaluation and Termination. Part Four:Multiperson Systems and Good Practices in GeneralistPractice—Generalist Practice with Families. GeneralistPractice with Groups. Generalist Practice withOrganizations and Communities. Models and GoodPractices in Generalist Social Work Practice. Notes.Glossary. Index.



PATILCommunity Organization andDevelopment: An Indian PerspectiveASHA RAMAGONDA PATIL, Associate Professor,Department of Continuing and Adult Education andExtension Work, SNDT Women’s University, Mumbai.

In a democratic country like India, communityorganization and development has a great significance.This concise yet comprehensive book explains the basicconcepts of community organization and developmentand other related issues in an accessible manner.

The book deals with different aspects of community orga-nization and describes in detail the process of communitydevelopment. It dwells on the concept of communitymobilization covering needs, benefits and challengesrelated to it and explains different models of communityorganization for bringing social change. Besides, the bookfocuses on conflict management in a constructive wayand suggests that conflicts, if dealt proactively, can bringpositive changes and harmony among people. Finally, itconcentrates on models and strategies used in socialaction and different roles of the community worker whileworking with the people. Examples, especially from theIndian situation, are given to clarify the topics discussed.Chapter-end questions will help the student tounderstand the subject in a better way.

The book is intended for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of Social Work. Besides, professionalsin the field will also find the book quite useful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. HistoricalPerspective of Community Organization. CommunityOrganization and Development. Community Mobilization.Models of Community Organization. Understanding theCommunity through Participatory Appraisal. HoldingMeetings in the Community. Conflict Management inCommunity Organization. Power Structure andLeadership. Social Action. Roles of a Community Worker.Records. Annexure: Saul David Alinsky (1909–1972).References. Index.


RAMACHANDRAN, et al.Survey Research in Public HealthLate P. RAMACHANDRAN, was a research consultant,Valmar International, Applied Behavioral SciencesResearch, Mumbai.C.A.K. YESUDIAN, Dean, School of Health Systems Studies,Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai.K.R. THANKAPPAN, Professor and Head, Achuta MenonCentre for Health Science Studies, Sree Chitra TirumalInstitute for Medical Sciences and Technology, Kerala.P. SANKARA SHARMA, Professor (Biostatistics), AchutaMenon Centre for Health Science Studies, Sree ChitraTirumal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology,Kerala.

Health education plays a pivotal role in creatingawareness among the masses, and survey research inpublic health forms an integral part of the subject. Thisbook is a step-by-step study guide to educate theresearchers and the students on how to conduct healthsurveys and prepare the reports.

The book begins with a discussion on health research andits importance. It then moves on to the sensitive, yetmost important health research areas like Child Health,Adolescent Health, Women Health, Communicablediseases and Non-communicable diseases, by citing theirsample reports. The examples are cited to explain themethods of data collection, research strategies andproblem formulation strategies, besides illustrating themethodologies of sample design, analysis design, andfield data collection.

The book also helps in learning the advanced tools toconduct researches like SPSS statistics software andEpiInfo software. The concluding chapter shows how towrite a report skillfully and in an organised manner.

The book is intended for the postgraduate students ofPublic Health, Management, and Social Work.

KEY FEATURES• Easy language and simple presentation• Sample Examples taken from the Real-Life cases• Chapter-end Questions to judge Students knowledge

on the subject

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction.Problem Formulation. Research Strategy. Methods ofData Collection. Sample Design. Analysis Design. FieldData Collection. Computer Data Processing and AnalysisUsing SPSS. Computer Data Processing and Analysis UsingEpiInfo. Report Writing. Planning for Action. References.Index.


SHEAFOR & HOREJSITechniques and Guidelines for SocialWork Practice, 9th ed.BRADFORD W. SHEAFOR, Professor, Colorado StateUniversity.CHARLES R. HOREJSI, Professor Emeritus, University ofMontana

This unique text emphasizes the different techniquesneeded for successful social work practice.

The new edition has been carefully updated to providestudents with easy access to the most currentinformation on fundamental techniques required forsocial work practice from the generalist perspective.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• The important social work role of researcher/evaluator

and the associated functions is made more explicit.• A new item addresses the difficult task of enhancing

client motivation to actively address their situations.


• New items on helping clients address harmful habitsand financial problems.

• Two new items address clients impacted by thecriminal justice system and clients affected by war.

Contents: Preface. Part 1: Social Work and the SocialWorker—The Domain of the Social Work Profession.Merging Person with Profession. Merging the Person’s Artwith the Profession’s Science. Part 2: The Building Blocksof Social Work Practice—The Roles and FunctionsPerformed by Social Workers. Guiding Principles for SocialWorkers. Practice Frameworks for Social Work. UsingEvidence to Guide the Change Process. Part 3: TechniquesCommon to all Social Work Practice—Basic Communi-cation and Helping Skills. Basic Skills for Agency Practice.Part 4: Techniques and Guidelines for Phases of thePlanned Change Process—Intake and Engagement. DataCollection and Assessment. Planning and Contracting.Intervention and Monitoring. Evaluation and Termination.Part 5: Specialized Techniques and Guidelines for SocialWork Practice—Guidelines for Working with VulnerableClient Groups. Techniques for Sustaining Social WorkPractice. Appendices. Index.


SOCIOLOGY

Fundamentals of Sociology

Á‚¢„U

lektfoKku fo”odks”klektfoKku fo”odks”klektfoKku fo”odks”klektfoKku fo”odks”klektfoKku fo”odks”k(Encyclopedia of Sociology and Allied Sciences)¡.¬Ë. Á‚¢„U, ‚ê¬˝ÁÃ ¬≈UŸÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§ SŸÊÃ∑§ÊûÊ⁄U ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ

Áfl÷Êª ◊¥ ¬˝Ê»§‚⁄U ÃÕÊ ¡Ÿ‚¢ÅÿÊ •ŸÈ‚¢œÊŸ ∑¥§º˝ ◊¥ •¬⁄U ÁŸŒ‡Ê∑§ „Ò¥U–

;g dbZ :iksa esa ,d fof”k’V fo”odks”k gSA vc rd fgUnh esa lektfoKkuds Åij blls o`gÙkj fo”odks”k dk çdk”ku lEHko ugha gks ik;k gSA ;giqLrd ek=k vkdkj dh n`f’V ls gh fof”k’V ugha gS] cfYd blesa dqN vU;[kwfc;k¡ Hkh gSaA lektfoKku ds Åij vcrd tks Hkh “kCndks”k çdkf”kr gksik;k gS] mlesa vuqokn] rF;] mPpkj.k ,oa oÙkZuh lEcfUèkr vufxurdfe;k¡ ns[kus dks feyrh gSaA vr% blesa “kCnksa ds vuqokn] oÙkZuh] uohurerF; ,oa mPpkj.k ij dkQh vuqlaèkku dj fdlh vfUre fu.kZ; ij igq¡pkx;k gSA ;gk¡ bl ckr dh iwjh dksf”k”k dh xbZ gS fd “kCnksa ds lghmPpkj.k ds lkFk&lkFk lektfoKku dh uohure vUroZLrq dks è;ku esaj[kdj vuqokn o fo”ys’k.k fd;s tk,¡A bl dks”k esa 6000 ls Hkh vfèkd“kCnkofy;ksa dk fo”ys’k.k yxHkx pkj yk[k “kCnksa ds ekè;e ls lEHkogqvk gSA

vkWDlQksMZ ;wfuoflZVh çsl rFkk Hkkjr ljdkj }kjk çdkf”kr fofHkUulkekU; ,oa rduhdh “kCndks”kksa] gjnso ckgjh }kjk jfpr v¡X+kjst+h&fgUnhikfjHkkf’kd “kCndks”k ,oa Qknj dkfey cqYds }kjk jfpr v¡X+kjst+h&fgUnhdks”k dks è;ku esa j[kdj bl fo”odks”k dh jpuk lektfoKku ds ,dekud dks”k ds :i esa djus dh ps’Vk dh xbZ gSA ysfdu] bl fo”odks”k esavufxur ,sls “kCn vo”; gSa] tks mi;qZDr “kCndks”kksa ;k lekt”kkL= ds

fdlh Hkh “kCndks”k esa vcrd “kfey ugha gks ik;s gSaA bl fo”odks”k esa ,slsvufxur “kCnksa dks “kfey fd;k x;k gS] ftudk lEcUèk ewy:i ls,f”k;kbZ ns”kksa dh lkekftd O;oLFkk ,oa laLd`fr ls gSA ik”pkR; ns”kksals çdkf”kr lektfoKku dks”kksa esa oSls “kCnksa dks njfdukj dj fn;k tkrkgS] blds ckotwn fd os mu ns”kksa ds lektfoKku dh n`f’V ls dkQhegÙoiw.kZ gSaA

;gk¡ bl ckr dh iwjh ps’Vk dh xbZ gS fd çR;sd n`f’V ls ;g fgUnh esa ,dekud lektfoKku dks”k çekf.kr gks] rkfd fgUnh rFkk lektfoKku nksuksafoèkkvksa dh leqfpr lsok gks ldsA ikBdksa dh lqfoèkk ds fy,tfVy&ls&tfVy fopkjksa vkSj “kCnksa dks lgt] ljy vkSj ljl <ax lsj[kuss dh Hkjld dksf”k”k dh xbZ gSA fooknkLin rF;ksa vkSj fopkjksa dksfu’i{k ,oa oLrqijd <ax ls j[kus dh iwjh dksf”k”k dh xbZ gSA lHkh çdkjds ikBd] ;Fkk—fo|kFkhZ] f”k{kd] i=dkj] ys[kd vkfn bls ,dvkfèkdkfjd d`fr ds :i esa ç;ksx esa yk ldrs gSaA

fo"k; lwph% vkeq[k A eq[; “kCndks”k A izeq[k lektfoKkfu;ksa] nk”kZfudksa,oa vU; fpUrdksa dh lwph A fof”k’V lUnHkZ xzUFk&lwph A


flaglekt'kkL=k ds ewyrÙo] r`rh; laLdj.k¡.¬Ë. Á‚¢„U, ‚ê¬˝ÁÃ ¬≈UŸÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§ SŸÊÃ∑§ÊûÊ⁄U ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ


fofHkUu Hkkjrh; fo'ofo|ky;ksa osQ lekt'kkL=k fo"k; osQ LukrdLrj osQ fo|k£Fk;ksa dh vko';drkvksa dks è;ku esa j[kdj bldhjpuk ,d Lrjh; ikB~;&iqLrd osQ :i esa dh x;h gSA bliqLrd esa bl ckr ij fo'ks"k è;ku fn;k x;k gS fd fo|k£Fk;ksadks lekt'kkL=k ds uohure rF;ksa dh tkudkjh feys rFkk blckr dh iwjh dksf'k'k dh x;h gS fd vaxzsth ekè;e ls vè;;udjus okys fo|k£Fk;ksa dh rqyuk esa fgUnh ekè;e ls iBu&ikBudjus okys fo|kFkhZ Kku dh n`f"V ls ihNs ugha jgasA vaxszT+kh Hkk"kkesa fy[kh x;h uohure mPp&Lrjh; iqLrdksa dks vkèkkj ekudjfofHkUu çdkj osQ lekt'kkL=kh; rF;ksa dks ,d txg bdêòk dj,d ekSfyd <ax ls fo'ys"k.k djus dk bl iqLrd esa iwjk ç;klfd;k x;k gSA

bl fo"k; ij çeq[k fo}kuksa osQ fopkjksa dks lesVdj flyflysokj<ax ls j[kus dk Hkjiwj ç;kl fd;k x;k gSA ,d gh fo"k; ijfHkUu&fHkUu ys[kdksa osQ fHkUu&fHkUu n`f"Vdks.k gSaA mu rekevge~ fopkjksa dks dkiQh gn rd 'kkfey djus dk ç;kl fd;kx;k gSA lEc¼ lekt'kkL=kh; voèkkj.kkvksa dk çkekf.kdvuqokn vkSj muosQ fo'ys"k.k osQ lkFk&lkFk ik'pkR; fo}kuksa osQukeksa dk Hkh çkekf.kd mPPkkj.k bl iqLrd dh viuh fof'k"VrkgSA

fo"k;&lwph çLrkoukA lekt'kkL=k dk Lo:i] {ks=k ;kfo"k;&oLrq ,oa fodkl] lekt'kkL=k dh mi;ksfxrk ,oa vU;lekt foKkuksa osQ lkFk mldk lEcUèkA lkekftd lewgA ifjokjAlekthdj.kA lkekftd lajpuk rFkk çdk;ZA laLÑfrA lkekftd


xfr'khyrkA lkekftd fu;U=k.kA lkekftd ifjorZuA lkekftdifjorZu osQ fl¼kUrA lkekftd Lrj.kA fefJr oLrqfu"B ç'uAifjf'k"VA ys[kd osQ ukeksa dh lwphA ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhAfof'k"V lUnHkZ&xzUFkA


flag‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊó•flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞° ∞fl¢ Á‚hÊãÃ, ÃÎÃËÿ ‚¢S∑§⁄UáÊ

(Sociology: Concepts and Theories)¡.¬Ë. Á‚¢„U, ‚ê¬˝ÁÃ ¬≈UŸÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§ SŸÊÃ∑§ÊûÊ⁄U ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ


Hkkjr osQ fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa osQ LukrdksÙkj Lrj o jk"Vªh; vkSjjkT;Lrjh; fofHkUu izfr;ksxh ijh{kkvksa] ;FkkμUPSC, PCS rFkk UGC NET dhvko';drkvksa dks è;ku esa j[kdj bl iqLrd dh jpuk ,d Lrjh;ikB~;&iqLrd osQ :i esa dh x;h gSA iqLrd esa izeq[k fo}kuksa osQfopkjksa dks Øe'k% izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA lekt'kkL=kh; voèkkj.kkvksa dkizkekf.kd vuqokn vkSj muosQ fo'ys"k.k osQ lkFk&lkFk ik'pkR; fo}kuksaosQ ukeksa dk lgh mPpkj.k bl iqLrd dh fo'ks"krk gSA

vaxzsth ekè;e ls vè;;u djus okys ikBdksa dh vis{kk fgUnh ekè;els iBu&ikBu djus okys ikBd Kku dh n`f"V ls ihNs u jgsa] bl ckrdk è;ku j[kk x;k gSA vaxzsth dh uohure mPp Lrjh; iqLrdksa dksvkèkkj ekudj fofHkUu izdkj osQ lekt’kkL=kh; rF;ksa dks ,df=kr djekSfyd fo'ys"k.k djus dk iz;kl fd;k x;k gSA

r`rh; laLdj.k dh fo'ks"krk,a

• bl laLdj.k esa 10 u;s vè;k; vkSj tksM+s x;s gSa rFkk foxr~ laLdj.kosQ lHkh vè;k;ksa esa vko';drkuqlkj ifjo¼Zu fd;k x;k gSA

• ;FkkLFkku uohu lanHkks± osQ lao¼Zu ls iqLrd dk izR;sd vè;k;cgqr le`¼ gqvk gSA

• fo"k; ls lEcfUèkr leLr izkekf.kd rF;ksa dk ladyu iqLrd esa,d gh txg ij miyCèk gSA

• ikBdksa dh lqfoèkk gsrq vusd m¼j.kksa vkSj ys[kdksa osQ uke osQ lkFko"kZ rFkk vad fn;s x;s gSa] tks Øe'k% iqLrd dk izdk'ku o"kZ vkSji`"B la[;k n'kkZrs gSaA bl rjg osQ fooj.k Lrjh; vuqlUèkkuksa osQizdk'kuksa esa gh feyrs gSaA

• iqLrd dh fo"k;&oLrq dks cksèkxE;] lkjxfHkZr o lqxe cukus osQfy, ;Fkksfpr LFkkuksa ij js[kkfp=kksa rFkk lkjf.k;ksa dks lekfo"V fd;kx;k gSA

fo"k;&lwph% izLrkoukA f}rh; laLdj.k dh izLrkoukA lekt'kkL=k dkLo:i] mldk {ks=k ;k fo"k;&oLrq ,oa fodklA lekt'kkL=k dhvè;;u&fofèk;k¡A cqfu;knh voèkkj.kk,¡A O;fDr] lekt ,oa vUr%fØ;kAlekthdj.kA lkekftd in% fLFkfr ,oa HkwfedkA ekun.M ,oa ewY;Alkekftd izfØ;k,¡A lkekftd lewgA lkekftd laxBu ,oa lkekftdlajpukA ifjokjA ukrsnkjh i¼frA lkekftd Lrj.kA laLÑfrA lkekftdifjorZuA lkekftd ifjorZu dk fl¼kUrA vuq:irk ,oa folkekU;rkAlkekftd fu;U=k.kA lajpuk&izdk;Z rFkk lkekftd O;oLFkkA èkkfeZdi¼frA vkfFkZd i¼frA jktuhfrd i¼frA 'kS{kf.kd i¼frA tula[;k,oa lektA tula[;k ,oa fodklA izokl ,oa uxjhdj.kA ikfjHkkf"kd'kCnkoyhA ifjf'k"VA


Governance

SAHNI & MEDURY (Eds.)Governance for Development: Issuesand StrategiesPARDEEP SAHNI, Professor and Chairman, PublicAdministration at the Indira Gandhi National OpenUniversity (IGNOU), New Delhi.UMA MEDURY, Reader in the Faculty of PublicAdministration, IGNOU, New Delhi.

This well-presented collection with contributions fromacademics and administrators reflects the growingconcern towards the present-day practice of governance.It focuses on the need for Governance for SustainableHuman Development to manage the country’s social aswell as economic resources leading to betterdevelopment—founded on four pillars of Accountability,Transparency, Predictability, and Participation. It thuscalls for unfolding various issues and devising suitablestrategies towards humane governance throughappropriate political, bureaucratic, economic, and legalreforms.

Highlighting its theme in the initial chapters in the NewPublic Management perspective, the book goes on tounravel the major administrative loopholes in Indianadministration, such as lack of transparency andaccountability, and the stranglehold of corruption, all ofwhich lead to human deprivation. Later chapters givea synoptic overview of administrative reforms so farundertaken in India, and emphasize the effectiveness ofgovernance in establishing appropriate balance in relativeroles of public, private and civil society organizations,rights and responsibilities of politicians, bureaucrats andcommunity, and economic and social justice. The bookcloses on a positive note strongly reiterating adminis-trative re-engineering to meet the challenges of thetwenty-first century for ensuring a holistic developmentof the country.

Recent and real life happenings infused in the text tosubstantiate arguments, make it an interesting reading.The book will be of immense use to the students andteachers of public administration, social science, politicalscience, and those who practise public administration. Itwill also be useful to a large number of governmentdepartments—both at the union and the state levels.

Contents: Acknowledgements. About the Editors.Contributors. Introduction. Governance for Develop-ment: Key Concerns. Effective Governance: The NewPublic Management Perspective. Nexus betweenAccountability and Good Governance: Conceptualand Practical Issues. Good Governance and Pursuit ofTransparency in Administration: The Indian Efforts.Governance Through Participative Development: The Roleof People’s Movement. Governance for Development:Corruption. Corruption in Public Service–Then and Now.Corruption in Public Life. Governance in India: The Issueof Corruption. Good Governance and the Desideratum


of Sustainable Efficiency: The Indian Experience.Administrative Reforms in India During 1990s: A SynopticView. Decentralization and Women Empowerment at theGrassroots Level. Re-engineering for Good Governance.Re-engineering Indian Bureaucracy to Meet the 21stCentury Challenges. Terrorism, Insurgency and Subversionin India: Implications for Governance and Development.List of Contributors. Index.

Latest Print 2002 / 176 pp. (Hard cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-81-203-2204-5 / ` 450.00 / (e-book also available)

VAYUNANDAN & MATHEW (Eds.)Good Governance: Initiatives in IndiaE. VAYUNANDAN, Reader, Public Administration, IndiraGandhi National Open University, New Delhi.DOLLY MATHEW, Reader, Public Administration, IndiraGandhi National Open University, New Delhi.

This edited volume focuses on the issues and strategiesof good governance. It takes up the problems andstrategies pertaining to the delivery of public services inIndia. The emphasis is on how to make the public servicedelivery in India, efficient and effective. The questions ofaccountability, transparency, equity, efficiency, effective-ness, participation responsiveness, decentralisation, andethics are first dealt with, being of vital importance intoday’s governance of public service delivery. The bookthen discusses a threefold strategy to address theseissues:

• The first is based on reforming administration, whichinvolves restructuring, reinvention, realignment,reengineering, and rethinking.

• The second is based on the application of Informationand Communications Technology and e-governance inpublic service delivery.

• The third strategy is based on decentralisation throughpeople’s participation, interactive policy making, andprivatisation.

In addition, the book highlights various initiativesundertaken in India for effective public service deliveryand proposes an action plan for an effective andresponsive government.

The book will be of immense use to the students,teachers, and practitioners of public administration, andto a large number of government departments at theunion and state levels.

Contents: Preface. Contributors. Introduction.Development and Reforms in Good Governance withSpecial Reference to India. Governance for Development:Issues and Strategies. Bureaucracy: Changing Roles andRelationships A Transformative Agenda. ResponsiveAdministration of the Criminal Justice System in India.E-governance: Options and Opportunities. AchievingExcellence Through E-governance. Information Techno-logy and Governance. E-governance by InformationTechnology: Initiatives of a Metropolitan City. Issues andStrategies in Good Governance with Special Reference to

Karnataka. FRIENDS: An E-governance Project of Kerala.Governance for Development: New Initiative Grams atPilot Project, Orissa. E-Governance for Improved Service:Choices Made by Tamil Nadu. Perspectives on DemocraticDecentralized Governance for Rural Development inMizoram. Lessons in Organising Self Help: A Case Study ofthe Sukhomajri Water Resources Management Project.Index.

Latest Print 2003 / 156 pp. / 16.0 × 24.1 cmISBN-81-203-2203-7 / ` 395.00 / (e-book also available)

Indian Social Structure

GANGULY & MOINUDDINSamakalin Bhartiya Samaj(Contemporary Indian Society) (in Bengali)RAMANUJ GANGULY and SYED ABDUL HAFIZMOINUDDIN.

This book presents a detailed introduction to Indiansociety as it has existed from the ancient times right upto the modern age. All major aspects, be it socialstructures, institutions, daily life, processes of change orissues of current importance, have been coveredcomprehensively. The book is primarily meant forstudents of B.A. (Hons.) and B.A. (General) courses inSociology of all universities in West Bengal. It will also behighly useful for students of M.A. (Sociology) of theseuniversities, as well as professionals in the field of socialservice in West Bengal.

Contents: Preface. Indian Society Through Ages. Unity inDiversity: Characteristics of Indian Society. Indian Society:Classical View. Indian Society: Day to Day Living. IndianVarna System. Indian Ashrama System. Concept ofDharma in India. Concept of Karma and Cycle of Rebirth.Concept of Purushartha. Social Stratification: Basis andForm. Indian Caste System. Class in Indian Society.Structure and Composition of Indian Society: Village andTown. Composition of Indian Society: Tribes. WeakerSection: Dalits. Other Backward Classes. Indian Women.Minorities. Population Profile. Marriage: Hindu Marriage.Muslim Marriage and Family. Indian Family: MajorFeatures, Functions and Structure. Major Religions ofIndia and Their Impact. Indian Social Problems. Processesof Social Change. Land Reforms and DecentralisedPanchayat System. Sanskritisation. Westernisation.Urbanisation. Planned Change: Directions and MajorSchemes. Bibliography.



Industrial Sociology

SCIEURSociology of Organisations:An Introduction and Analysis ofCollective Organisations, 2nd ed.PHILIPPE SCIEUR is a Professor of Sociology at the FUCaM(Facultés universitaires catholiques de Mons/Catholicuniversity of Mons) and Director of CeRIO (Centre deRecherche et d’Intervention en Organisation).

This book, in its second edition, continues to present themain models of Sociology that have been conceptualisedto apprehend the world of organisations. From thetheories of bureaucracy and human relations tocontemporary approaches, this book focuses on all thekey aspects of Sociology of an organisation. The conceptsdefined are marked by the consideration of modes ofrationality, types of cooperation, of networks and powergames, of systems of decision-making and logics ofaction.

The book cites the contributions made and the definitionsgiven by the great Sociologists like Max Weber, TalcottParsons, Michel Crozier, Renaud Sainsanlieu, to help thestudents understand the topics more clearly.

This second edition is enriched with studies of discussedcases, charts, and of extracts of texts pertinent to theproductive system, to the public sphere and theassociative fact.

The book is intended for the undergraduate students ofsociology. It will also be of interest to those who, on apersonal or professional level, wish to understand betterhow companies, administrations, etc. function.

Contents: Introduction. Sociology, Sciences of Manage-ment and Theories of Organisation. The Remerging of theOrganisation as an Object of Sociological Studies. Fromthe Organisation to the System of Concrete Action. Fromthe Concrete System of Action to the Social Forms of theOrganised Action. The Logics of Organised Action andtheir Theories. Conclusion. Bibliography. Index.


TOLBERT & HALLOrganizations: Structures, Processes,and Outcomes, 10th ed.PAMELA S. TOLBERT, Professor, School of Industrial &Labor Relations, Cornell University.RICHARD H. HALL, Distinguished Service Professor,University at Albany, State University of New York.

Based upon classical and contemporary theory andempirical research, this text shows a sociologicalanalysis of organizations, focusing on the impacts thatorganizations have upon individuals and society.

FEATURES• Updated material on research and theoretical

developments with critical analyses—equips studentswith the most current material about the changingnature of organizations.

• Unifying framework of organizational effectiveness—offers students insight into organizational structure,effectiveness, and leadership.

• Combined material on organizational environmentsand interorganizational relationships—illustrates forstudents the ways in which organizations interact witheach other.

• Chapter Overviews—appear at the beginning of eachchapter—Provide students with a “snapshot” ofmaterial to be covered.

• Sample Questions—at the end of each chapter.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction—Thinking AboutOrganizations. Part II: Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure: Key Dimensions. OrganizationalStructure: Explanations. Part III: OrganizationalProcesses—Power and Power Outcomes. Leadership.Decision-Making. Communication. ManagingOrganizational Environments: Conceptions of theEnvironment. Managing Organizational Environments:General Paradigms. Part IV: Outcomes—OrganizationalPerformance and Change. References. Name Index.Subject Index.


Introduction to Sociology

FERREOL & NORECKIntroduction to Sociology, 7th ed.GILLES FERREOL is professor of sociology at the universityof France-Comte, where he heads the LASA.JEAN-PIERRE NORECK is senior faculty member inpréparatoire économique et commerciale at the Henri IVlycee in Paris.

This compact and conceptually sound academic textoffers a clear and precise overview of sociology’s mainschools of thought, methods and fields of specialization.

The authors carefully explain the discipline’s vocabulary,analytical paradigms and areas of research, and presentthe latest thinking (key questions and controversies,summations of past experience and research) in regard tosome of today’s outstanding issues: the crisis of thefamily as an institution, the democratization of education,changing life styles, declining job security, the nature andfunctioning of the bureaucracy etc.

This text presents entirely updated statistics and biblio-graphical references. It introduces new issues andthemed reading guides (for example, interculturalrelations and cultural integration). The boxed materialsalong with the text make the more useful than ever.


This is a classic book that presents a conceptual andscholarly approach to sociology as a discipline.

Contents: Preface. List of Boxes. The Founding Fathers.Knowledge of the Social. Stratifications and SocialHierarchies. Family Institution and Process ofSocialization. Education and Inequalities. Culture andLifestyles. Work and Employment. Organizations andPower. Bibliography. Name Index. Subject Index.


Political Sociology

'kekZjktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k dh :ijs[kk(Introduction to Political Sociology)'k'kh 'kekZ] exèk efgyk egkfo|ky;] iVuk fo'ofo|ky;] iVuk ds jktuhfrfoKku foHkkx esa jhMj rFkk foHkkxkè;{k gSaA

jktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k ,d Lok;Ùk varjkuq'kklfud o.kZladj vuq'kklu gSALora=k :i ls mHkjrk ;g u;k fo"k; ns'k ds vfèkdka'k fo'ofo|ky;ksa esaLukrd rFkk LukrdksÙkj Lrj ij jktuhfr foKku ,oa lekt'kkL=k dsikB~;Øe esa 'kkfey gSA bl fo"k; ij iqLrdksa dh miyCèkrk dkQh de gS]vkSj tks Ñfr;ka ekStwn gSa os fo"k; ds vè;;u&{ks=k dh O;kidrk vkSjizklafxdrk dh n`f"V ls vi;kZIr gSaA fo"k; dh mi;ksfxrk vkSj fo|kfFkZ;ksa dhvko';drk dks è;ku esa j[krs gq, bl Ñfr esa lanHkZxr ladYiukvksa dhizLrqfr ljy ,oa lqcksèk 'kSyh esa dh xbZ gS] vkSj fo"k;&Li"Vhdj.k gsrqvis{kkuq:i js[kkfp=kksa ds ekè;e ls ifjPNsnksa dks lq#fpiw.kZ cukus dk iz;klfd;k x;k gSA

;g iqLrd jktuhfr foKku ,oa lekt'kkL=k ds ch-,- ¼vkWulZ½ rFkk,e-,- ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, fy[kh xbZ gSA ;g ;w-th-lh- dh usV ijh{kk rFkkflfoy lsok ijh{kk ds ijh{kkfFkZ;ksa ds fy, vR;ar mi;ksxh gSA

fo"k;&lwph: izLrkoukA jktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k% vFkZ] izÑfr] {ks=k ,oa egÙoAjktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k% fodkl ds fofHkUu vk;keA O;ogkjoknh mikxeAjktuhfrd O;oLFkk fo'ys"k.k mikxeA lajpukRed—izdk;kZRed mikxeAjktuhfr foKku esa oSKkfud vè;;u i)fr% rF; ,oa ewY; fookn dsifjizs{; esaA jktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k dk vU; lekt foKkuksa ls lacaèkAjktuhfrd O;oLFkk ,oa lekt ds chp varl±caèkA jktuhfrd O;oLFkk ,oaizfØ;k% laizR;;] oxhZdj.k ,oa fØ;kRedrkA turkaf=kd ,oa lokZfèkdkjoknhO;oLFkk,a% lkekftd—vkfFkZd fLFkfr;ka] mudk vkfoHkkZo ,oa LFkkf;Ro dslaokgdA jktuhfrd vfHktuA jktuhfrd laLÑfrA jktuhfrd lekthdj.kAjktuhfrd lgHkkfxrk] mnklhurk ,oa ykecanhA jktuhfrd fodklA jktuhfrdvkèkqfudhdj.kA jktuhfrd HkrhZA jktuhfrd lapkjA Hkkjr esa pqukoh jktuhfr,oa ernku O;ogkjA Hkkjr esa jktuhfrd izfØ;k,a% jktuhfr ,oa lekt dklacaèkA jktuhfr ny ,oa nyh; iz.kkfy;kaA ncko lewg ,oa fgr lewgAtuerA ukSdj'kkgh dh voèkkj.kkA cqfðthfo;ksa dh jktuhfrd Hkwfedk%lkFkZdrkA ikfjHkkf"kd 'kCnkoyhA xzaFklwphA vuqØef.kdkA


Social Change in India

Á‚¢„U

•ÊœÈÁŸ∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ

¡.¬Ë. Á‚¢„U, ‚ê¬˝ÁÃ ¬≈UŸÊ Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ∑§ SŸÊÃ∑§ÊûÊ⁄U ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ


‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ¡Ò‚ øÁø¸Ã Áfl·ÿ ¬⁄U ¬˝ÅÿÊÃ ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊÁSòÊÿÊ¥ ∞fl¢

◊ÊŸfl‡ÊÊÁSòÊÿÊ¥ ∑§ ªÍ…∏U ÁfløÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê √ÿflÁSÕÃ …¢Uª ‚ Á„UãŒË ◊¥ ¬˝SÃÈÃ ∑§⁄UŸ

∑§Ê •’ Ã∑§ ∑§Êß¸ ΔUÊ‚ ¬˝ÿÊ‚ Ÿ„UË¥ „ÈU•Ê „ÒU– flÃ¸◊ÊŸ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ß‚ ∑§◊Ë

∑§Ê ∑§Ê»§Ë „UŒ Ã∑§ ¬Í⁄UÊ ∑§⁄UÃË „ÒU– ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§ ¡Á≈U‹ ÁfløÊ⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ê

ÿ„UÊ° ßÃŸ ‚⁄U‚ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚„U¡ …¢Uª ‚ ⁄UπŸ ∑§Ë ∑§ÊÁ‡Ê‡Ê ∑§Ë ªÿË „ÒU Á∑§

‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ SÃ⁄U ∑§ ¬ÊΔU∑§Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ‚◊ÊŸ M§¬ ‚

’Êœªêÿ „UÊ– ÿ„U ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ◊ÊòÊ ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§ ¬ΔUŸ‡ÊË‹ ÁfllÊÁÕ¸ÿÊ¥ ∑§

Á‹∞ „UË ©U¬ÿÊªË Á‚h Ÿ„UË¥ „UÊªË, ’ÁÀ∑§ ©UŸ Ã◊Ê◊ ‹ÊªÊ¥ ∑§ Á‹∞ ÷Ë

©U¬ÿÊªË ‚ÊÁ’Ã „UÊªË ¡Ê ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ ÁflfløŸÊ ◊¥ ÕÊ«∏UË-‚Ë ÷Ë L§Áø

⁄UπÃ „Ò¥U–

‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ∑§ ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ¬Ê‡øÊàÿ Á‚hÊãÃÊ¥, ∑§Ê⁄U∑§Ê¥ ∞fl¢ ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥

∑§Ê ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ¬Á⁄U¬˝ˇÿ ◊¥ Áfl‡‹·áÊ ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ë ¬˝◊Èπ Áfl‡Ê·ÃÊ•Ê¥ ◊¥

‚ „ÒU¥– ‚ê’h ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊËÿ •flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ•Ê¥ ∑§Ê ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§ •ŸÈflÊŒ •ÊÒ⁄U

©UŸ∑§ Áfl‡‹·áÊ ∑§ ‚ÊÕ-‚ÊÕ ¬Ê‡øÊàÿ ÁflmÊŸÊ¥ ∑§ ŸÊ◊Ê¥ ∑§Ê ÷Ë ¬˝Ê◊ÊÁáÊ∑§

©UìÊÊ⁄UáÊ ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ∑§Ë •¬ŸË ÁflÁ‡Êc≈UÃÊ „ÒU–

flÒ‚ ÁøãÃŸ‡ÊË‹ ¬ÊΔU∑§ Á¡Ÿ◊¥ ÿ„U ¡ÊŸŸ ∑§Ë ÕÊ«∏UË-‚Ë ÷Ë Á¡ôÊÊ‚Ê „ÒU

Á∑§ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ flÒôÊÊÁŸ∑§ ‚◊Ê¡ ◊¥ ø‹Ÿ flÊ‹Ë ÁflÁ÷ãŸ ¬˝∑§Ê⁄U ∑§Ë ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ•Ê¥

∑§Ê ∑Ò§‚ ŒπÃ „Ò¥U, ©Uã„¥U ÷Ë ß‚ ¬ÈSÃ∑§ ¬⁄U ∞∑§ ŒÎÁc≈U «UÊ‹ŸË øÊÁ„U∞–

Áfl·ÿ ‚ÍøË— ¬˝SÃÊflŸÊ– ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ– ©UŒ˜Áfl∑§Ê‚Ëÿ Á‚hÊãÃ–

ø∑§Ëÿ Á‚hÊãÃ– ‚¢ÉÊ· Á‚hÊãÃ– ¬∑§ÊÿÊà◊∑§ Á‚hÊãÃ– ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ªÁÃ‡ÊË‹ÃÊ

∞fl¢ ¡ÊÁÃ √ÿflSÕÊ– •ÊœÈÁŸ∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ ∑§Ë ∞ÁÃ„UÊÁ‚∑§

¬Á⁄UÁSÕÁÃÿÊ°– ‚¢S∑Î§ÃË∑§⁄UáÊ– ¬Á‡ø◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∞fl¢ •◊⁄UË∑§Ë∑§⁄UáÊ–

œ◊¸ÁŸ⁄U¬ˇÊË∑§⁄UáÊ ÿÊ ‹ÊÒÁ∑§∑§Ë∑§⁄UáÊ– ∑§ÊŸÍŸ •ÊÒ⁄U ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ–

¬⁄Uê¬⁄UÊ– ‹ÉÊÈ ∞fl¢ flÎ„UÃ˜ ¬⁄Uê¬⁄UÊ∞°, ‚Êfl¸÷ÊÒ◊Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ÃÕÊ ‚¢∑§ËáÊË¸∑§⁄UáÊ–

©UlÊªË∑§⁄UáÊ, Ÿª⁄UË∑§⁄UáÊ ∞fl¢ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ– •ÊœÈÁŸ∑§Ë∑§⁄UáÊ ∞fl¢

©UûÊ⁄U-•ÊœÈÁŸ∑§flÊŒ– ¬Á⁄UÁ‡Êc≈– ¬ÊÁ⁄U÷ÊÁ·∑§ ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë–


Social Institutions andModernization

BENOKRAITISMarriages & Families: Changes, Choices,and Constraints, 7th ed.NIJOLE V. BENOKRAITIS, University of Baltimore.

This text offers students a comprehensive introduction tomany issues facing families in the twenty-first century.The major themes explored in the book include:

• Contemporary changes in families and their structure• Impacts on the choices that are available to family

members• Constraints that often limit our choices


Through this approach, students are able to understandbetter what the research and statistics mean for them.The book balances theoretical and empirical discussionswith practical examples and applications. It highlightsimportant contemporary changes in society and thefamily.

Contents: Preface. Part One: Marriage and the Family inPerspective—The Changing Family. Studying the Family.The Family in Historical Perspective. Racial and EthnicFamilies: Strengths and Stresses. Part Two: The Individualand the Developing Relationship—Socialization andGender Roles. Romance, Love, and Loving Relationships.Sexuality and Sexual Expression Throughout Life. PartThree: Individual and Marital Commitments—ChoosingOthers: Dating and Mate Selection. Singlehood,Cohabitation, Civil Unions, and Other Options. Marriageand Communication in Intimate Relationships. Part Four:Parents and Children—To Be or Not To Be a Parent:More Choices, More Constraints. Raising Children:Promises and Pitfalls. Part Five Conflicts and Crises—Balancing Work and Family Life. Family Abuse, Violence,and Other Health Issues. Separation and Divoce. Part Six:Changes and Transitions—Remarriages and Stepfamilies.Families in Later Life. Appendices. Glossary. Referenes.Photo Credits. Name Index. Subject Index.


Social Psychology

ROHALL, et al.Social Psychology: SociologicalPerspectives, 2nd ed.DAVID E. ROHALL, Western Illinois University.MELISSA A. MILKIE, University of Maryland.JEFFREY W. LUCAS, University of Maryland.

This text, written by a team of sociologists, introducesstudents to social psychology by focusing on the contri-butions of sociology to this field, and on the pers-pectives, theories, and issues that are of the greatestimportance to sociology.

The second edition now includes new concepts, theories,and methodologies such as frame analysis, identitycontrol theory, and autoethnography, to name a few.

KEY FEATURES• Emphasizes sociological work in the field, in particular,

the effect of larger social-structural conditions onindividuals and groups, and introduces theories/perspectives from both microsociology andmacrosociology.

• Reflects more of the issues that sociologists areconcerned with such as social inequality.

• Discusses the field of sociological social psychology interms of its three major dimensions or “faces”:symbolic interactionism, social structure andpersonality, and group processes. Each major topic

within a chapter is examined from these multipleperspectives.

• The opening three chapters connect social psychologyto the larger concerns of sociology, and discuss socialscience methods.

• Subsequent chapters cover theories and research ontopics ranging from self and identity to collectivebehavior.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part 1:Perspectives and Methods—Introduction to SociologicalSocial Psychology. Perspectives in Sociological SocialPsychology. Studying People. Part 2: The Individual inSociety—The Social Psychology of Stratification. Self andIdentify. Socialization Over the Life Course. Part 3: Areasof Social Life—The Social Psychology of Deviance. MentalHealth and Illness. Attitudes, Values, and Behaviors. TheSociology of Sentiment and Emotion. Collective Behavior.References. Photo Credits. Index


Social Research Methods

DOOLEYSocial Research Methods, 4th ed.DAVID DOOLEY, University of California, Irvine.

Written in an engaging style, this up-to-date text inits Fourth Edition provides a thorough treatment ofresearch methodology for social sciences. It offers aninterdisciplinary methodological balance betweenexperimental and nonexperimental methods and includesself-contained coverage of basic statistics. In addition, itsummarizes various validity types and their assessmentand shows how literature reviews can help in drawingappropriate conclusions from several studies.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Includes ‘web sites’ section in each chapter to suggest

useful sites related to the subject matter.• Provides a hundred new references.• Provides nonmathematical and intuitive graphical

displays such as the “stem-and-leaf” and “box-and-whiskers”.

• Provides instructors with the current ethical guidelinesfor major research associations.

Contents: Preface. SECTION I: Introduction to SocialResearch—The Logic of Social Research: Ruling Out RivalHypotheses. Ethics: Protecting Human Subjects andResearch Integrity. Finding, Using, and Writing ResearchReports: Library Usage and Report Style. SECTION II: Theoryand Measurement (Construct Validity)—Theory: TentativeExplanations. Measurement Theory: Toward Validity andReliability. Types of Measures: Finding and Using Them.SECTION III: Sampling: Surveys and Inference (StatisticalInference Validity)— Survey Data Collection: Issues andMethods in Sample Surveys. Inferential Statistics: DrawingValid Conclusions from Samples. SECTION IV: Experimental


and Nonexperimental Designs (Internal and ExternalValidity)—Designing Research for Internal Validity. TrueExperimentation: External Validity and ExperimentalConstruct Validity. Quasi-Experimentation: When MultipleGroups and Random Assignment Are Not Possible.Correlational Methods: Controlling Rival ExplanationsStatistically. Qualitative Research: ParticipantObservation. SECTION V: Drawing Conclusions—InterpretingResearch: Overview of Research Design and ReviewMethods. Applied Social Research. Appendices—A. SocialResearch and the Internet. B. Statistics Review. Glossary.References. Name Index. Subject Index.


McTAVISH & LOETHERSocial Research: An Evolving Process,2nd ed.DON G. McTAVISH, University of Minnesota.HERMAN J. LOETHER, California State UniversityDominguez Hills.

The book covers quantitative and qualitative approachesand issues related to the research process in astraightforward, easily understood format. The authors ofthis text take a unique sociological orientation to theresearch process by emphasizing the social aspects ofserious research, the flaws that can result, and ways todetect and correct those flaws. This integrated approachto the subject examines research issues like ethics andgender bias throughout the book rather than isolated in asingle chapter.

Useful for research methodology courses for students ofsocial sciences—Sociology and Social Work.

Contents: Preface. The Social Settings of Social Research.Section I: The Basic Plan—Conceptualization: What toMeasure and Why. Finding and Developing Measures.Study Design: Basic Contrasts and Plans. Sampling andInference. Section II: The Principal Research Methods—Experimental Research. Survey Research. Case StudyResearch. Secondary Data Research. Section III:Processing Data—Approaches to Data Analysis. Reportingthe Results. The Organization of Research. ResourceConsiderations. Developments and Prospects. Appendix:How to Create Random Numbers for Research. Glossary.Bibliography. Index.


PANNEERSELVAMResearch MethodologyR. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor, School of Management,Pondicherry University, Pondicherry.

This comprehensive text is designed for postgraduatestudents of Management, Commerce, Economics andSociology. In addition, the book also be useful to

undergraduate students of Management and Commerce.

The book presents the concepts of research metho-dology, types of research, statistical tools for dataanalysis, algorithmic research, modelling research,simulation with illustrations wherever necessary.

THIS TEXT:• Provides well-defined algorithms for the different

statistical methods• Demonstrates the working of different statistical

techniques with fitting examples• Has a comprehensive chapter on design and analysis of

experiments, and the concept is extended to the Yate’salgorithm for specialized designs

• Has a detailed classification of tests of hypotheses andtheir illustrations with practical cases

• Contains several topics on multivariate analysis, namelyregression methods, factor analysis, cluster analysis,multidimensional scaling, conjoint analysis, which makethe book unique

• Presents a large number of tables and figuresto illustrate the concepts and techniques

• Includes questions at the end of each chapter to testthe conceptual understanding of the subject and puttheory in practice.

Contents: Preface. Overview of Research Methodology.Data Collection and Presentation. Review ofBasic Statistical Measures. Design and Analysisof Experiments. Attitude Measurement and Scales.Probability Distributions. Sampling Methods andDistributions. Tests of Hypotheses. Nonparametric Tests.Basic Multivariate Analysis. Advanced MultivariateAnalysis. Multidimensional Scaling and Conjoint Analysis.Algorithmic Research. Models for Industries and PublicSystems. Simulation. Report Writing and Presentation.Annexures. Bibliography. Answers. Index.


YOUNGScientific Social Surveys and Research,4th ed.PAULINE V. YOUNG, University of Hawaii.

In this lucidly written and easy-to-read text, the authorexplains in detail the concepts and theories necessary tounderstand the culture, and social relations of a group.The text covers native or foreign groups, socialinstitutions, communities (rural and urban) and socialproblems.

KEY FEATURES

• Contains a systematic discussion of the varied scientifictechniques to be used in research studies and explainsthe scientific origins of social research.

• Provides numerous illustrations and case data, vividcharts and graphs expertly drawn and interpreted, andmaps of urban areas.


Contents: General Overview and Scope of SocialResearch: General Overview of a Research Project inProcess. Scope of Social Research: Contributions of OurScientific Ancestors and Contemporary Trail Blazers.Principles and Techniques of Social Studies: GeneralPhases and Principles of Scientific Procedure. ScientificAttitude and Plan of Study. The Use of Historical Data inSocial Research. Field Observation in Social Research.Questionnaires and Schedules as Aids in SocialExploration. The Interview as a Tool in Field Research.The Use of Case Data in Social Research. Basic StatisticalConcepts and Techniques. Scaling Techniques inSociological Research. Graphic Presentation. ResearchTechniques in Human Ecology. Some GuidingConsiderations in the Analysis of Research Data.Suggestive Outlines for the Study of: a Culture Group, ASocial Institution, An Urban and Rural Community: AStudy of a Culture Group. A Study of a Social Institution.A Study of Community Life in Urban and Rural NaturalAreas: I. A Study of Community Life in Urban and RuralNatural Areas: II. Bibliography. Index.


Social Structure

ROTHMANInequality and Stratification:Race, Class, and Gender, 5th ed.ROBERT A. ROTHMAN, Professor Emeritus, University ofDelaware

Using a concise and easy-to-understand style, this textprovides an integrated approach to the implications ofsocial class, race and ethnicity, and gender—explaininghow each relates to economic, social, and politicalinequality. This edition:

• Considers the implications of twenty-first centuryevents

• Incorporates up-to-date information and research inkeeping with the expansion and elaboration of thediscipline

• Broadens the scope of the text by giving moreattention to global inequality and social stratification

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Nature of Inequalityand Stratification—Inequality and Social Stratification.Theoretical Approaches to Social Stratification. Part II:Stratification in Industrial Societies—Industrial ClassSystems. Institutionalizing and Legitimizing Stratification.Part III—Patterns of Inequality—The Dynamics of Eco-nomic Inequality. Social Evaluations and Social Relations.The Shape of Political Power and Influence. Part IV:Experiencing Social Stratification—Class, Race, Gender,and Life Chances. Class and Lifestyles. Class Conscious-ness. Part V: Inheritance and Mobility—Patterns of SocialMobility. Bibliography. Name Index. Subject Index.


Sociological Theory

ABRAHAMSONClassical Theory and Modern Studies:Introduction to Sociological TheoryMARK ABRAHAMSON, University of Connecticut.

Classical Theory and Modern Studies discusses the ideasand insights of major figures in the classical period ofsociological theory, and explores their continuingrelevance to contemporary sociology.

FEATURES• Devotes whole chapters to five major figures:

Martineau, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Simmel.• Includes an opening chapter on a “supporting cast” of

theorists who strongly exerted an influence in theclassical period.

• Focuses more on the ideas of the classical theorists asexpressed in their original writings, as opposed to theirbiographies and historical circumstances.

• Explores the connections between the classicaltheorists and the work of contemporary researchersand scholars.

• Research boxes in each chapter describe contem-porary studies related to the theory being discussed.

• Discusses natural experiments, participant observationand secondary data analysis in an accessible manner,describing methods of data collection and analysis asnon-technically as possible.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Harriet Martineau. KarlMarx (1): Philosophical Analyses. Karl Marx (2): EconomicAnalyses. Max Weber (1): Conceptual Methodology. MaxWeber (2): On Social Organization. Emile Durkheim (1):Division of Labor and Elementary Religion. EmileDurkheim (2): Rules and Suicide. Georg Simmel. Index.


WALLACE & WOLFContemporary Sociological Theory:Expanding the Classical Tradition,6th ed.RUTH A. WALLACE, George Washington University.ALISON WOLF, University of London.

Contemporary Sociology has been build of the inspirationof the giants of sociology like Marx, Durkheim, Weber,Simmel, and Mead. The contemporary theorists whilecontinuing the classical tradition, they indeed expand thehorizons of the discipline from three vantage pointsof view—macrostructural, microinteractional, and inter-pretative.

This simply written book without unnecessary jargon,examines the assumptions and concepts of the five majorsociological theories and the classical routes of the


modern theories. The text focuses specifically onnationalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism,phenomenology, and theories of rational choice.

KEY FEATURES• Updated research examples that are theoretically

driven.• Examines the functions and dysfunctions of educational

institutions.• Updates the two major themes throughout the book—

the role of women in contemporary society and formaleducation systems that characterize modern society.

• Includes a chapter on Evolution and Modernity:Macrosociological Perspectives that discusses in depththe evolutionary theories of Karl Marx, Talcott Parsons,Jurgen Hebermas, and Anthony Giddens.

• Provides feminist contributions and critiques on eachmajor perspective.

Contents: Preface. The Understanding of Society.Functionalism. Conflict Theory. Evolution and Modernity:Macrosociological Perspectives. Symbolic Interactionism.Phenomenology. Theories of Rational Choice. Re-discovering the Body: The Sociology of the Body andSociobiology. Conclusion: Evaluating Sociological Theory.Selected Bibliography. Index.


Sociology of Gender

BRETTELL & SARGENT (Eds.)Gender in Cross-cultural Perspective,5th ed.Edited byCAROLINE B. BRETTELL & CAROLYN F. SARGENT, bothSouthern Methodist University.

This text introduces students/readers to the mostsignificant topics in the field of anthropology ofgender–drawing not only from classic sources, butalso from the most recent, diverse literature on genderroles and ideology around the world. It takes a clear,accessible approach to the subject matter, makingcoverage appropriate for students from various levels.

THE TEXT• Maintains the broad cross-cultural coverage of the

previous editions.• Combines theory and ethnography based essays in

each section of the book.• Gives introductions to each section that provide clear

review of significant issues debated in particularsubject areas in the anthropology of gender.

• Has several essays updated by the authors.• Includes essays on research on women’s lives that deal

with masculinity and male gender roles.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. I. Biology, Gender,

and Human Evolution. II. Gender and Prehistory. III.Domestic Worlds and Public Worlds. IV. Equality andInequality: The Sexual Division of Labor and GenderStratification. V. The Cultural Construction of Gender andPersonhood. VI. Culture, Sexuality, and the Body. VII.Gender, Property, and the State. VIII. Gender, Household,and Kinship. IX. Gender, Ritual, and Religion. X. Gender,Politics, and Reproduction. XI. Culture Contact,Development, and the Global Economy.


LINDSEYGender Roles: A SociologicalPerspective, 5th ed.LINDA L. LINDSEY, Maryville University of St. Louis.

This text provides a balanced, non-polarized view ofcontroversial issues that dispel gender myths. Focusing onthe most recent research and theory—Gender Rolesprovides an in-depth survey and analysis of moderngender roles and issues from a sociological perspectivewhile also integrating insights and research from otherdisciplines like biology, psychology, anthropology andhistory.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Part I: Theoreticaland Interdisciplinary Perspectives—The Sociology ofGender: Theoretical Perspectives and FeministFrameworks. Gender Development: Biology, Sexuality,and Health. Gender Development: The SocializationProcess. Gendered Language and Socialization. WesternHistory and the Construction of Gender Roles. GlobalPerspectives on Gender. Part II: Gender Roles, Marriage,and the Family—Gendered Love, Marriage, and EmergingLifestyles. Gender and Family Relations. Men andMasculinity. Part III: Gender Roles: Focus on SocialInstitutions—Gender, Work, and the Workplace.Education and Gender Role Change. Religion andPatriarchy. Media. Power, Politics, and the Law.References. Glossary. Name/Subject Index.


Sociology of Religion

EMERSON, et al.Religion Matters: What SociologyTeaches Us about Religion in Our WorldMICHAEL O. EMERSON, Rice University.WILLIAM A MIROLA, Marian University.SUSANNE C. MONAHAN, Montana State University.

This is a text for the sociology of religion course. Insteadof a mere survey of this field, the text focuses on themajor questions that generate the most discussion anddebate in the sociology of religion field.


Contents: Acknowledgments. Table of Illustrations.Preface. Section I: Getting Acquainted—Why Religion?“You Believe What?” Downloading God, “Big Box”Churches, and the Crystal Shop around the Corner.Section II: The Shape of Religion—Can’t We All Just GetAlong? News Flash: God’s Not Dead (and Neither is theGoddess!). Our God Rules (Yours Doesn’t). Section III:Religion, Conflict, and the State—Divine Rights andCasting Down the Mighty from their Thrones. Give Us OurDue. Section IV: Religion, Identity, and SocialInequalities—Adam, Eve, and Steve. The (Not So Great)Color Wall of the United States. Who Brought theEnchiladas to My Bar Mitzvah? Section V: More BigQuestions—Godless Science, Irrational Religion? End ofDays? Religion and the Environment. Do We Need God toDo Good. Bibliography. Index.


JOHNSTONEReligion in Society: A Sociology ofReligion, 8th ed.RONALD L. JOHNSTONE, Ball State University.

Using an unbiased, balanced approach, the eighth editionof this text puts religion in its social context by discussingthe impact of society on religion and helps studentsunderstand the role and function of religion in societythat occur regardless of anyone’s claims about the truthor falsehood of religious systems.

KEY FEATURES

• Provides new and updated information and researchdata in the rapidly changing field of religion, in society.

• Addresses the constant changes in the issues presentedby the interaction of religion, the various institutionsand social processes represented in modern societies.

• Provides real-life examples that illustrate the principlesbeing presented.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction to the Sociologyof Religion—The Sociological Perspective. The Sources ofReligion. Part II: The Social Organization of Religion—Religion as a Group Phenomenon. The Church-SectContinuum of Religious Organization. Becoming Religious.Religious Conflict. Part III: Religion in Society—Religionand Politics. Religious Fundamentalism. Religion and theEconomy. Religion and the Class System. Women andReligion. Part IV: Religion in America—Major HistoricalDevelopments. Black and Native American Religion inAmerica. Denominational Society. The Future of Religion.Photo Credits. Index.


Sociology of Symbolism

CHARONSymbolic Interactionism:An Introduction, An Interpretation,An Integration, 10th ed.JOEL M. CHARON, Professor Emeritus, Minnesota StateUniversity Moorhead.

Using a unique step-by-step, integrated approach, thistext organizes the basic concepts of symbolic inter-actionism in such a way that students understand themclearly. It emphasizes the active side of human beings—humans as definers and users of the environment,humans as problem solvers and in control of their ownactions. It also shows them how society makes us, andhow we in turn shape society.

KEY FEATURESAn integrated approach—Each chapter builds onprevious ones. This enables students to first graspindividual concepts and then understand the symbolicinteractionism perspective as a whole.Applied examples—Shows how the perspective can beapplied to gender and ethnic group relations. Givesstudents workable examples for practically applyingconcepts.Recent empirical studies—Shows students how symbolicinteractionism has been used to study human action.

A full chapter on the theories of Erving Goffman—Withdiscussions on drama in interaction, the self of socialinteraction, rituals of interaction, and the environmentsof social interaction.

Contents: Preface. The Nature of Perspective. ThePerspective of Social Science. Symbolic Interactionism asa Perspective. The Meaning of the Symbol. TheImportance of the Symbol. The Nature of the Self. TheHuman Mind. Taking the Role of the Other. HumanAction. Social Interaction. Society. Erving Goffman.Symbolic Interactionism: A Final Assessment. Biblio-graphy. Index.


Urban Sociology

MACIONIS & PARRILLOCities and Urban Life, 5th ed.JOHN J. MACIONIS, Kenyon CollegeVINCENT N. PARRILLO, William Paterson University

Cities and Urban Life, authored by two of the best-knowntextbook writers in the field, provides a comprehensiveintroduction to urban sociology, urban anthropology, andurban studies courses. Primarily sociological in approach,


this book incorporates historical, social, psychological,geographical, and anthropological insights. It also givesextensive attention to the “new” political economyapproach to urban studies. The authors use global citiesas case studies for more relevance to students.

KEY FEATURES• Discussion of the vulnerability of cities to acts of

terrorism—Provides students with new insight into theeffects of terrorism on their lives.

• Expanded discussion of cities and the worldeconomy—Gives students a global perspectiveregarding urban sociology, allowing them tounderstand and track the latest trends in the field.

• A global perspective—Offers a look at the history andcurrent urbanization in four major world regions: LatinAmerica, Africa, the Middle East, and Asia. Providesglobal context of regions where urbanization is nowmost rapid, with cities reaching unprecedented size.

• Case studies—Offer a broad socio-historical look atmajor cities in various regions of the world.

Contents: Special Features. Preface. Part I: Understandingthe City: Its Origin and Development—Exploring the City.The Origins and Development of the World’s Cities. TheDevelopment of North American Cities. Today’s Cities andSuburbs. Part II: Disciplinary Perspectives—UrbanSociology: Classic and Modern Statements. SpatialPerspectives: Making Sense of Space. Critical UrbanSociology: The City and Capitalism. Social Psychology: TheUrban Experience. Comparative Urbanism: The City andCulture. Part III: The Structure of the City—Stratificationand Social Class: Urban and Suburban Lifestyles. Race,Ethnicity, and Gender: Urban Diversity. Housing,Education, Crime: Confronting Urban Problems. Part IV:Global Urban Developments—Cities in the DevelopingWorld. Planning the Urban Environment. Glossary.References. Photo Credits. Index.


FOUNDATIONS OF MODERN SOCIOLOGY SERIES

Fundamentals of Sociology

INKELESWhat is Sociology? An Introduction tothe Discipline and ProfessionALEX INKELES, Harvard University.

The author in this introductory text examines thefollowing topics pertinent to the field of sociology; stylesof sociological work; conception of the subject matter;differentiation from other fields; the possibility for ascientific sociology; the relation of sociology to valuesand political action; the major areas of sociologicalconcern; models of man and society guiding sociologicalanalysis; and the condition of sociology as a profession.

The text also discusses, in addition, the history ofsociology and the masters of the past.

Contents: The Subject Matter of Sociology. TheSociological Perspective. Models of Society in Socio-logical Analysis. Conceptions of Man in SociologicalAnalysis. Basic Elements of Social Life. Fundamental SocialProcesses. Modes of Inquiry in Sociology. Sociology as aProfession. References. Index.


Industrial Sociology

ETZIONIModern OrganizationsAMITAI ETZIONI, Columbia University.

In this concise text, the author examines the centralproblem of organizational reality in relation to a basicdilemma of modern man—the search for instrumentsthat will effectively serve his goals, without governing hislife. The text deals with legitimate and illicit change ofgoals, the alienation and involvement of participants inthe organization; the interaction of information into theorganization, and the relation of the organization tocommunity and society. In short, organizations aretreated as social units that pursue specific goals withintheir environments. Though a subject on sociology, thestudy of organizational structure, organizational goal, itscontrol and social environment is of importance tomanagement professionals, public administrators,institutional heads and social scientists.

Contents: Rationality and Happiness: the OrganizationalDilemma. The Organization Goal: Master or Servant? TheClassical Approach from Human Relations to theStructuralists. Bureaucracies: Structure and Legitimation.Organizational Control and Leadership. OrganizationalControl and Other Correlates. Administrative andProfessional Authority. Modern Organization and theClient. Organization and the Social Environment. SelectedReferences. Index.


Social Change

MOORESocial Change, 2nd ed.WILBERT E. MOORE, University of Denver.

This compact text outlines and evaluates comparativetheories of social change in a well-organized and criticalformat. It also throws light on the large number of recentstudies. The text provides an interesting analysis of theconflict between change and order. It is well illustratedwith diagrams and includes two new sections.


Contents: The Normality of Change. Causes andDirections. Small-Scale Change. Changes in Societies.Modernization. Social Evolution. Selected References.Index.


Sociology of Kinship,Marriage and Family

GOODEFamily, The, 2nd ed.WILLIAM J. GOODE, Stanford University.

This book, a revision and substantial expansion of a coreintroduction to the sociological study of the family,surveys a great deal of important theory accompanied byan array of comparative descriptive information andillustration. It incorporates new material and researchfindings on key areas, such as: historical knowledge ofthe family, women, evolutionism, sociobiology, kinrelations, and a wide variety of social units—families. Italso emphasizes the complex relations between familysystems and the larger social structure.

Contents: Preface. The Theoretical Importance of theFamily. The Biological Foundations of Family Behavior.The Processes of Illegitimacy. Mate Selection andMarriage. Role Relations in Family and Society. SocialProcesses in the Extended Household. Kinship Groups andNetworks. Working Wives: Steps Toward Equality in theSociety and the Home. Marital Dissolution. UnderstandingFamily Change: Theory and Method. How DoesIndustrialization Affect the Family? Index.


TOURISM

MANHASSustainable and Responsible Tourism:Trends, Practices and CasesEditor: PARIKSHAT SINGH MANHAS, Associate Professor,The Business School and School of Hospitality & TourismManagement, University of Jammu, J&K, India. He is alsoa Visiting Professor at Graduate School of Business, ESANUniversity, Lima, Peru.

Tourism is one of the most dynamic and challengingindustries across the globe. Since tourism is a multi-dimensional service industry, it becomes a responsibilityof national and local governments, private sectors andvoluntary organizations to make it more sustainable andresponsible for minimizing negative environmental, social

and cultural impacts and generating greater economicbenefits for local residents. Moreover, it has become animmediate need to conserve natural and cultural heritagefor the maintenance of the world’s diversity.

The present anthology, divided into three sections andcomprising 16 chapters, addresses the need ofsustainable and responsible tourism. It provides vibrantinsights into the latest trends and practices followed inthe industry for the sustenance of tourism. The bookemphasizes the potential of tourism in upgrading nationaleconomy and social well-being of host communities.Besides, it focuses on the areas of important concernswhich require critical attention, such as visitor impactmanagement, tourism destination management,community involvement for tourism sustenance and thethreat of climatic change on biodiversity and touristdestination.

The book also guides readers towards new horizons oftourism arena related to sustainability and responsibletourism practices. This book will be of great interest tothe students of hospitality and tourism management.Besides, it will prove to be of great use to policy makers,stakeholders, tourism educators and researchers.

CONTENTS: Foreword. Preface. Section I: Sustainableand Responsible Tourism—Regional Development andSustainability: Cultural Tourism in the Southern Region ofJalisco by Dr. José G. Vargas-Hernández. The Applicationof Sustainable Tourism Indicators in the Developmentof Taman Rimba Telok Bahang, Penang, Malaysia byDr. Jabil Mapjabil and Dr. Azizan Marzuki. Rural TourismDevelopment: Constraints and Potential with a SpecialReference to Agri Tourism (A Case Study on Cashew AgriTourism Destination—Rajendrapattinam Village inVriddhachalam Taluk of Cuddalore District, Tamil Nadu)by Dr. A. Balamurugan, Dr. R. Kannan and Dr. S.K.Nagarajan. Changing Expectations of Traditional Pilgrims:An Analysis of Expectations and Motivations of TouristsVisiting Badri-Kedar Tourism Zone by Dr. S.K. Gupta andDr. Vijay Prakash Bhatt. A Comparative Analysis ofMwalughanje Elephant Sanctuary and Rukinga WildlifeSanctuary in Kenya by Dr. Margaret Wachu Gichuhi.Environmental Practices a Medium Size Hotel—ACase Study Approach by Dr. Sharleen Howison andMs. Dagmar Cronauer. Planning Considerations forTourism in the Minho-Lima Region (Northwest Portugal)by Dr. Paula Cristina Remoaldo, Dr. José Cadima Ribeiro,Dr. Laurentina Cruz Vareiro and Dr. Mécia Cunha Mota.Section II: Community Development by Tourism—Development of a Standard Measurement Scale toMeasure Community Attitude Towards Impacts ofTourism in Malaysia by Dr. Nurhazani Mohd Shariff,Dr. Nor Asyikin Mohd Nor, Ms. Jasmine Zea Raziah RadhaRashid Radha and Ms. Hasni Hasnah Che Ismail.Community-based Ecotourism and SustainableDevelopment Supported by Case Study—KumaonHimalayas (Lake District of Uttarakhand) by Dr. Bipin


Chandra Pant. Section III: Case Studies and Practiceson Tourism Trends—Tourist’s Use of Public TransportInformation: A Case Study in Penang Island by Mr. NgKok Meng. Rebuilding Destination Functionality: AStrategic Framework Towards Crisis Communication byDr. Parikshat Singh Manhas and Dr. Zubair Ahmad Dada.Trust in the Online Hotel Booking Decision by Dr. PaulineRatnasingam and Dr. Kuldeep Kumar. EndogenousProject on Rural Tourism: A Case Study of Kalamkari byDr. P.S. Reddy. Causality between Tourism and Education

by Dr. G.S. Premakumara and Dr. Riyaz Ahmad. Greeningthe Marikina City: Cycling as an Alternative Transport-ation by Dr. Joy Shellah B. Era and Ms. EvangelineE. Timbang. The Study of Relationship between Climateand Annual Tourism Trends Condition; Case of Tabriz,Iran by Dr. Banafsheh M. Farahani and Dr. JafarMosivand.


ABEL & SEMENTELLI: Evolutionary Critical Theory and Its Role in Public Affairs, 80 195.00

ABRAHAM: Women’s Writing in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries: Short Stories, 22 250.00

ABRAHAMSON: Classical Theory and Modern Studies: Introduction to Sociological Theory, 112 175.00

AHMAD: Teaching of Biological Sciences (Intended for Teaching of Life Sciences, Physics, Chemistry andGeneral Science), 2nd ed., 19 325.00

AKMAJIAN, et al.: Linguistics—An Introduction to Language and Communication, 6th ed., 40 395.00

AKSHAR BHARATI, CHAITANYA & SANGAL: Natural Language Processing—A Paninian Perspective, 41 175.00

ALSTON: Philosophy of Language, 66 95.00

ANASTASI & URBINA: Psychological Testing, 7th ed., 101 395.00

ASTHANA & BRAJ BHUSHAN: Statistics for Social Sciences (with SPSS Applications), 15 195.00

BALACHANDRAN & THOTHADRI: Taxation Law and Practice, Vol. I, 60 250.00

’Ê‹∑Î§cáÊ ∞fl¢ ‡Ê◊Ê¸— ÁflÁœ ‡ÊÊSòÊ— ∞∑§ •äÿÿŸ (Jurisprudence), 54 195.00

BANERJEE & SHARMA: Reinventing the United Nations, 77 395.00

BARADAT: Political Ideologies: Their Origins and Impact, 11th ed., 74 295.00

BASU: Essence of Hinduism, The, 2nd ed., 63 250.00

BASU: Technical Writing, 27 175.00

BEAKLEY & LUDLOW (Eds.): Philosophy of Mind, The, Classical Problems/Contemporary Issues, 2nd ed., 66 795.00

BENOKRAITIS: Marriages and Families—Changes, Choices, and Constraints, 7th ed., 109 525.00

BERGER: Academic Writer’s Toolkit, The—A User’s Manual, 34 250.00

BERK: Child Development, 9th ed., 4, 94 795.00

BEST & KAHN: Research in Education, 10th ed., 15 350.00

BHATIA & SETHI: Corporate and Compensation Laws, 46 350.00

BHATTA: International Dictionary of Public Management and Governance, 80 595.00

BINGHAM & O’LEARY (Eds.): Big Ideas in Collaborative Public Management, 80 350.00

BIRKLAND: Introduction to the Policy Process, An: Theories, Concepts, and Models of Public Policy Making, 3rd ed., 81 325.00

BOGDAN & BIKLEN: Qualitative Research for Education: An Introduction to Theories and Methods, 5th ed., 15 325.00

BOWMAN, et al.: Professional Edge, The: Competencies in Public Service, 81 150.00

BRAHMA: Causality and Science, 68 150.00

BRAHMA: Fundamentals of Religion, The, 62 325.00

BRAHMA: Hindu Spirituality: An Appreciation, 64 595.00

BRAHMA: Philosophy of Hindu Sādhanā, 64 325.00

BRETTELL & SARGENT (Eds.): Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspective, 5th ed., 113 450.00

119

AUTHORWISE ALPHABETICAL LISTINGPrice(`)

TBA — To be announced — e-book also available

BURR & GOLDINGER: Philosophy and Contemporary Issues, 9th ed., 62 395.00

CASCIO & AGUINIS: Applied Psychology in Human Resource Management, 6th ed., 100 425.00

CHAKRABORTY (Ed.): Indian Drama in English, 22 295.00

CHAKRABORTI: Logic: Informal, Symbolic, and Inductive, 2nd ed., 65 395.00

CHANDRA BOSE: Business Law, 46 325.00

CHARON: Symbolic Interactionism: An Interpretation, An Integration, 10th ed., 114 250.00

CHITALE, MOHANTY & DUBEY: Organizational Behaviour: Text and Cases, 100 450.00

CHOUDHURY: English Social and Cultural History: An Introductory Guide and Glossary, 23 250.00

CHOUDHURY (Ed.): Amitav Ghosh—Critical Essays, 23 150.00

CHOUDHURY (Ed.): Charles Dickens: Great Expectations, 24 275.00

COPI: Symbolic Logic, 5th ed., 65 250.00

CRESWELL: Educational Research: Planning, Conducting, and Evaluating Quantitative and Qualitative Research,4th ed., 16 595.00

DAHL & STINEBRICKNER: Modern Political Analysis, 6th ed., 70 150.00

DAS: Code of Civil Procedure, 49 750.00

DAVAR: Teaching of Science, 19 250.00

de BEER & MERRILL (Eds.): Global Journalism: Topical Issues and Media Systems, 5th ed., 37 450.00

DHAMEJA (Ed.): Contemporary Debates in Public Administration, 82 325.00

DIXSON: Complete Course in English, 27 150.00

DIXSON: Everyday Dialogues in English, 42 150.00

DOOLEY: Social Research Methods, 4th ed., 110 295.00

ELLIOTT: Fundamentals of Music, 4th ed., 61 295.00

EMERSON, et al.: Religion Matters: What Sociology Teaches Us About Religion in Our World, 68, 113 295.00

ETZIONI: Modern Organizations, 115 95.00

FAIRBANK & GOLDMAN: China: A New History, 2nd enlarged ed., 27 395.00

FARMER & DEMERS: Linguistics Workbook, A Companion to Linguistics, 6th ed., 41 325.00

FEENEY, et al.: Continuing Issues in Early Childhood Education, 3rd ed., 5 350.00

FERREOL & NORECK: Introduction to Sociology, 7th ed., 108 175.00

FIORI: Cognitive Neuroscience, 91 175.00

FOX: Theory of General Ethics, A: Human Relationships, Nature, and the Built Environment, 61 295.00

FRANKENA: Ethics, 2nd ed., 61 150.00

FRIEND & SINGER: Online Journalism Ethics: Traditions and Transitions, 38 295.00

FRIEDLANDER & LEE: Feature Writing: The Pursuit of Excellence, 7th ed., 38 325.00

GANGAL: Practical Course for Developing Writing Skills in English, A, 28 250.00

GANGAL: Practical Course in Effective English Speaking Skills, A, 29 275.00

GANGAL: Practical Course in Spoken English, A, 2nd ed. (with CD-ROM), 43 250.00

Price(`)

Authorwise Alphabetical Listing120

Price(`)

ªÊ¢ªÈ‹Ë ∞fl¢ ◊ÊßŸÈgËŸ— ‚◊∑§Ê‹ËŸ ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ‚◊Ê¡ (Contemporary Indian Society) (in Bengali), 107 250.00

GERSTON: Public Policymaking in a Democratic Society: A Guide to Civic Engagement, 2nd ed., 82 295.00

GHOSH: Education in Emerging Indian Society: The Challenges and Issues, 7 250.00

GHOSH: Indian Government and Politics, 75 350.00

GHOSH: International Relations, 3rd ed., 78 350.00

GIBSON & MITCHELL: Introduction to Counseling and Guidance, 7th ed., 3, 93 450.00

GOLDBERG & WEINBERGER (Eds.): Genetics of Cognitive Neuroscience, The, 91 295.00

GOODE: Family, The, 2nd ed., 115 95.00

GOSWAMI: Mulk Raj Anand: Early Novels, 24 95.00

GOWDA: Learning and the Learner: Insights into the Processes of Learning and Teaching, 7 195.00

GUPTA: Current English Grammar and Usage, 36 350.00

HANDY (Ed.): Brain Signal Analysis: Advances in Neuroelectric and Neuromagnetic Methods, 92 325.00

HARISH CHANDER: Cyber Laws and IT Protection, 50 325.00

HENRY: Public Administration and Public Affairs, 12th ed., 83 450.00

HERSEY, BLANCHARD & JOHNSON: Management of Organizational Behavior—Leading Human Resources, 10th ed., 101 325.00

HICK: Philosophy of Religion, 4th ed., 67 175.00

Á„U∑§— œ◊¸ Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ (Hindi Translation of Hick’s Philosophy of Religion, 4th ed.), 67 125.00

HOLZER & SCHWESTER: Public Administration: An Introduction, 83 450.00

HOOD: Political Development and Democratic Theory: Rethinking Comparative Politics, 70 195.00

INKELES: What is Sociology?—An Introduction to the Discipline and Profession, 115 125.00

JAYAKUMAR: Administrative Law, 46 175.00

JOHNSON & YANCA: Social Work Practice: A Generalist Approach, 10th ed., 103 450.00

JOHNSTONE: Religion in Society: A Sociology of Religion, 8th ed., 68, 113 325.00

JOSHI & SALUNKE: Content Based Methodology, 3 175.00

JOYCE, et al.: Models of Teaching, 8th ed., 14 395.00

KAKKAR: Educational Psychology, 8, 95 175.00

KALRA: Science Education for Teacher Trainees and In-service Teachers: Learning to Learn Modern Science, 20 195.00

KALRA & GUPTA: Teaching of Science: A Modern Approach, 20 250.00

KONAR: Communication Skills for Professionals, 2nd ed., 29 175.00

KONAR: English Language Laboratories: A Comprehensive Manual, 30 225.00

KOVEN: Responsible Governance: A Case Study Approach, 84 225.00

LARSON: Grammar as Science, 36 395.00

LINDSEY: Gender Roles: A Sociological Perspective, 5th ed., 113 450.00

MACIONIS & PARRILLO: Cities and Urban Life, 5th ed., 114 425.00

MALONE: Psychology: Pythagoras to Present, 98 450.00

MANDLER: History of Modern Experimental Psychology, A: From James and Wundt to Cognitive Science, 97 275.00

Authorwise Alphabetical Listing 121

MANGAL: Advanced Educational Psychology, 2nd ed., 8, 95 325.00

MANGAL: Educating Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special Education, 17 350.00

MANGAL: Essentials of Educational Psychology, 8, 96 350.00

◊¢ª‹: Á‡ÊˇÊÊ ◊ŸÊÁflôÊÊŸ (Educational Psychology), 9, 96 375.00

MANGAL: Statistics in Psychology and Education, 2nd ed., 16, 102 295.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: Essentials of Educational Technology, 10 425.00

◊¢ª‹ ∞fl¢ ◊¢ª‹: Á‡ÊˇÊÊ Ã∑§ŸË∑§Ë (Educational Technology), 10 525.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences, 17 525.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: Teaching of Social Studies, 21 350.00

MANHAS: Sustainable and Responsible Tourism: Trends, Practices and Cases, 116 350.00

McNABB: Research Methods for Political Science: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods, 89 350.00

McNABB: Research Methods in Public Administration and Nonprofit Management: Quantitative and QualitativeApproaches, 2nd ed., 89 395.00

McTAVISH & LOETHER: Social Research—An Evolving Process, 2nd ed., 110 250.00

MILLER & FOX: Postmodern Public Administration, Revised Edition, 84 150.00

MISHRA: Companion to Communication Skills in English, A: A Practical Approach to Improving Pronunciation(with CD-ROM), 43 250.00

MISHRA: Psychology—The Study of Human Behaviour, 99 395.00

MITRA (Ed.): Indian Poetry in English: Critical Essays, 25 350.00

Á◊üÊ— euksfoKku% ekuo O;ogkj dk vè;;u (Psychology: The Study of Human Behaviour), 98 425.00

MOORE: Social Change, 2nd ed., 115 69.00

MOSES: Last Frontiers of the Mind: Challenges of the Digital Age, 63 395.00

MUKHERJEE & RAMASWAMY: History of Political Thought, A: Plato to Marx, 2nd ed., 74 350.00

MUKHERJI: Primacy of Grammar, The, 37 295.00

MUNGER: Changing Children’s Behavior by Changing the People, Places, and Activities in Their Lives, 4 250.00

NEELAMALAR: Media Law and Ethics, 39, 56 250.00

NIAZI & RAMA GAUTAM: How to Study Literature: Stylistic and Pragmatic Approaches, 26 225.00

OLSON & HERGENHAHN: Introduction to Theories of Learning, An, 9th ed., 14 475.00

PADHI: Labour and Industrial Laws, 2nd ed., 54 595.00

PADHI: Legal Aspects of Business, 47 450.00

PADHY: Indian Political Thought, 75 375.00

PALEKAR: Comparative Politics and Government, 70 250.00

PALEKAR: Development Administration, 84 250.00

PANNEERSELVAM: Research Methodology, 111 350.00

PATIL: Community Organization and Development: An Indian Perspective, 103 195.00

PRAMANICK & GANGULY (Eds.): Globalization in India: New Frontiers Emerging Challenges, 79 425.00

PRASAD: Course in Linguistics, A, 2nd ed., 41 275.00

Price(`)


PUSHP LATA & KUMAR: Communicate or Collapse: A Handbook of Effective Public Speaking, Group Discussions andInterviews, 30 225.00

PUSHP LATA & KUMAR: Communicate to Conquer: A Handbook of Group Discussions and Job Interviews(with DVD), 31 195.00

PUTATUNDA: R.K. Narayan: Critical Essays, 26 225.00

RADHA MOHAN: Innovative Science Teaching: For Physical Science Teachers, 3rd ed., 21 325.00

RADHA MOHAN: Teacher Education, 11 295.00

RAI: Fundamental Right and their Enforcement, 53 550.00

RAMACHANDRAN, et al.: Survey Research in Public Health, 104 195.00

RAMAMURTI: Introduction to Psychological Measurement, An, 102 225.00

RAO: Business Law, 48 350.00

RAO: Feature Writing, 2nd ed., 39 195.00

RAY: Modern Comparative Politics—Approaches, Methods and Issues, 71 195.00

REDDY: How Infants Know Minds, 95 250.00

REYNOLDS, et al.: Measurement and Assessment in Education, 2nd ed., 13 425.00

ROHALL, et al.: Social Psychology: Sociological Perspectives, 2nd ed., 109 325.00

ROOPNARINE & JOHNSON: Approaches to Early Childhood Education, 5th ed., 5 350.00

ROTHMAN: Inequality and Stratification: Race, Class and Gender, 5th ed., 111 250.00

SAHNI & MEDURY (Eds.): Governance for Development—Issues and Strategies, 106 450.00

SAHNI & VAYUNANDAN: Administrative Theory, 69 495.00

SAMUEL RAVI: Comprehensive Study of Education, A, 12 695.00

SAPRU: Administrative Theories and Management Thought, 3rd ed., 69 525.00

SAPRU: Public Policy: Art and Craft of Policy Analysis, 2nd ed., 85 425.00

SARASON & SARASON: Abnormal Psychology—The Problem of Maladaptive Behavior, 11th ed., 90 595.00

SARKAR: Public Administration in India, 85 295.00

SCIEUR: Sociology of Organisations: An Introduction and Analysis of Collective Organisations, 2nd ed., 107 175.00

SELIGMAN & REICHENBERG: Theories of Counselling and Psychotherapy: Systems, Strategies, and Skills, 3rd ed., 94 450.00

SENGAR: Environmental Law (with CD-ROM), 51 275.00

SENGUPTA: Business and Managerial Communicaton, 31 375.00

SEN GUPTA: Early Childhood Care and Education, 6 275.00

SEN GUPTA: izkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk% ns[k&js[k vkSj f'k{kk (Early Childhood Care and Education), 6 325.00

SETHI: Standard English and Indian Usage: Vocabulary and Grammar, 2nd ed., 37 150.00

SETHI & DHAMIJA: Course in Phonetics and Spoken English, A, 2nd ed., 44 195.00

SETHI & JINDAL: Handbook of Pronunciation of English Words, A (with Two CD-ROMs), 44 250.00

SETHI, SADANAND & JINDAL: Practical Course in English Pronunciation, A (with Two CD-ROMs), 45 395.00

SHARMA: Charter of the United Nations and the Statute of International Court of Justice, 57, 86 95.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: ‚¢ÿÈÄÃ ⁄UÊc≈˛U ∑§Ê øÊ≈¸U⁄U •ÊÒ⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ãÿÊÿÊ‹ÿ ∑§Ê ‚¢ÁflœÊŸ, 59, 88 95.00

Price(`)


SHARMA: Human Rights Covenants and Indian Law, 58, 87 95.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄U •¢Ã⁄U⁄UÊc≈˛UËÿ ¬˝‚¢ÁflŒÊ∞¢ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Ê⁄UÃ ∑§Ë ÁflÁœ, 55, 86 95.00

SHARMA: Introduction to the Constitution of India, 6th ed., 50, 72 275.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: Hkkjr dk lafoèkku% ,d ifjp; (Introduction to the Constitution of India), 10th ed., 49, 71 325.00

SHARMA: Universal Declaration of Human Rights and Indian Law, 59, 88 50.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: ◊ÊŸfl •Áœ∑§Ê⁄UÊ¥ ∑§Ë ‚Êfl¸÷ÊÒ◊ ÉÊÊ·áÊÊ •ÊÒ⁄U ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ ÁflÁœ, 58, 87 50.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: ÁflÁœ ÷Ê·Ê ¬˝’Êœ (Learning Legal Language), 56 95.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸: ÁflÁœ ∑§Ë ‡ÊéŒÊfl‹Ë •ÊÒ⁄U ÁflÁœ ∑§Ê •ŸÈflÊŒ— ßÁÃ„UÊ‚, ¬˝Á∑˝§ÿÊ, Á‚hÊ¢Ã •ÊÒ⁄U ¬˝ÿÈÁÄÃ, 55 225.00

SHARMA & MISHRA: Communication Skills for Engineers and Scientists, 32 225.00

SHASTRI: Fundamental Aspects of Translation, 45 150.00

‡Ê◊Ê¸— jktuhfrd lekt'kkL=k dh :ijs[kk (Introduction to Political Sociology), 108 450.00

SHEAFOR & HOREJSI: Techniques and Guidelines for Social Work Practice, 9th ed., 104 495.00

SHERGILL: Experimental Psychology, 98 295.00

SHERGILL: Psychology, Part I, 99 350.00

Á‚¢„U— •ÊœÈÁŸ∑§ ÷Ê⁄UÃ ◊¥ ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§ ¬Á⁄UflÃ¸Ÿ (Social Change in Modern India), 109 195.00

Á‚¢„U— ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊó•flœÊ⁄UáÊÊ∞¢ ∞fl¢ Á‚hÊ¢Ã (Sociology: Concepts and Theories), 3rd ed., 105 525.00

Á‚¢„U— ‚◊Ê¡‡ÊÊSòÊ ∑§ ◊Í‹Ãàfl (Fundamentals of Sociology), 3rd ed., 105 250.00

Á‚¢„U— ‚◊Ê¡ÁflôÊÊŸ Áfl‡fl∑§Ê· (Encyclopedia of Sociology and Allied Sciences), 104 650.00

SINGH: Information Sources, Services, and Systems, 60 525.00

SINGH, KAPOOR & BHATTACHARYA (Eds.): Governance and Poverty Reduction: Beyond the Cage ofBest Practices, 73 550.00

SINGH & SAXENA: Indian Politics: Constitutional Foundations and Institutional Functioning, 2nd ed., 76 250.00

SINGH & SAXENA: Hkkjrh; jktuhfr% laoSèkkfud vkèkkjf'kyk,a ,oa laLFkkxr dk;Ziz.kkyh(Indian Politics: Constitutional Foundations and Institutional Functioning) (Forthcoming), 77 225.00

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.): Strengthening Governance Through Access to Justice, 52, 72 350.00

SIVARETHINAMOHAN: Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare: Text and Cases, 55 375.00

SKINNER (Ed.): Educational Psychology, 4th ed., 9, 97 325.00

SMITH & KOSSLYN: Cognitive Psychology—Mind and Brain, 92 550.00

SMITH, et al.: Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Settings, 6th ed., 18 575.00

SOPLE: Managing Intellectual Property: The Strategic Imperative, 3rd ed., 53 395.00

STOVALL: Journalism: Who, What, When, Where, Why and How, 39 450.00

SULPHEY & BASHEER: Laws for Business, 2nd ed., 48 375.00

SYAL & JINDAL: Introduction to Linguistics, An—Language, Grammar and Semantics, 2nd ed., 42 175.00

THAGARD: Mind: Introduction to Cognitive Science, 2nd ed., 93 150.00

THORNDIKE & THORNDIKE-CHRIST: Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and Education, 8th ed., 13, 102 450.00

ÁÃflÊ⁄UË— ÷Ê⁄UÃËÿ Ã∑¸§‡ÊÊSòÊ (Indian Logic), 65 125.00

TOLBERT & HALL: Organizations: Structures, Processes, and Outcomes, 10th ed., 108 225.00

Price(`)



TYAGI & MISRA: Advanced Technical Communication, 32 250.00

TYAGI & MISRA: Basic Technical Communication, 33 250.00

TYAGI & MISRA: Professional Communication, 33 250.00

VAYUNANDAN & MATHEW (Eds.): Good Governance: Initiatives in India, 106 395.00

VENKAT: Environmental Law and Policy, 52 350.00

VINOD & DESHPANDE: Contemporary Political Theory, 79 525.00

VIVIAN: Media of Mass Communication, The, 11th ed., 40 775.00

VYAS & PATEL (Eds.): Teaching English as a Second Language: A New Pedagogy for a New Century, 11, 35 350.00

WALLACE & WOLF: Contemporary Sociological Theory—Expanding the Classical Tradition, 6th ed., 112 325.00

WEISS: Elements of International English Style, The: A Guide to Writing Correspondence, Reports, TechnicalDocuments, and Internet Pages for a Global Audience, 34 150.00

WERTS, et al.: Fundamentals of Special Education: What Every Teacher Needs to Know, 3rd ed., 18 425.00

YOUNG: Scientific Social Surveys and Research, 4th ed., 111 325.00

Price(`)

NORTHERN REGION

OUR WHOLESALERS AND STOCKISTS

CHANDIGARH

STOCKISTS

SHIVALIK BOOK CENTRESCO-61, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017Phones: 0172-2704768 / 2724768E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK STORESCO-68, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017Phones: 2702558, 2702312E-mail: [email protected]

VARIETY BOOK STORESCO-68, Sector 17-D, Chandigarh-160017Phone: 2702241 • E-mail: [email protected]

CHATTISGARH

STOCKISTSBHILAI

ANIL BOOK DEPOTA-Market, Sector 6, Bhilai • Phone: 0788-2224250E-mail: [email protected]

BILASPUR

STUDENTS’ FRIENDC-9, Supermarket, Agrasen ChowkBilaspur, Chattisgarh • Phone: 07752-418242

DURG

PUSHPAK PUSTAKALAYABafna Manglam Road, Nahar Complex,Shop No. 1, Vidhyut Nagar, Durg-491001 (C.G.)Phone: 0788-3204600E-mail: [email protected]

RAIPUR

BHARAT NATIONAL AGENCYSadar Bazaar, Raipur-492001, ChhattisgarhPhone: 0771-2535105 • Mobile: 9827156533E-mail: [email protected]

CENTRAL BOOK HOUSESadar Bazar, Raipur (C.G.)-492001Phone: 0771-2234150E-mail: [email protected]

DELHI

WHOLESALERS

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.1/13–14, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi-110002Phones: 23239001, 23233002 • Fax: 23235967E-mail: [email protected]

ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD.7/28, Mahavir Gali, Vardhan HouseAnsari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phones: 23282098, 23271887, 23259161Fax: 23262021 • E-mail: [email protected]

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.13, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phones: 23255118, 23274443 • Fax: 23261290E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.2/42, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phone: 43542743 / 44 / 55 • Fax: 43542746E-mail: [email protected] PUBLISHING HOUSEXI-4238/1, Ansari Road, Near Temple Nursing Home,Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002Phones: 011-23240626 / 27 / 28 / 29Mobile: 09313220443, 09312500198Fax: 011-23240626 • Website: www.jaicobooks.comE-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]@jaicobooks.com

MEDIAMATICSRimjhim House, 111, Patparganj Industrial Estate,Delhi-110092 • Phones: 011-43031100, 30901100Fax: 011-43031144 • E-Mail: [email protected] BOOK DISTRIBUTOR4754, Akarshan Bhawan, 23, Ansari Road, Daryaganj,New Delhi-110001Mobile: 9871377370 • E-mail: sales@saverabooksUBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.5, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phones: 23273601, 23273602, 23273604,

23266646, 23264647Fax: 23276593 • E-mail: [email protected] PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS4672-63/23, Ansari Road, DaryaganjNew Delhi-110002 • Phones: 23258449, 23246533Fax: 23258474 • E-mail: [email protected] BOOK STALL1697, Nai Sarak, Delhi-110006Phones: 23250653, 23261903, 23272595E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

ASIAN BOOK CENTRE24, DDA Shopping Complex, Ber Sarai,Opp. J.N.U., New Delhi • Phone: 26518359E-mail: [email protected] BOOK CENTRE4421 (2nd Floor), Nai Sarak, Delhi-110006Phone (O): 23831054 • Mobile: 9810407294

MISHRA BOOK DEPOT62-A/Razia House, Kalu Sarai,Near Hauz Khas Terminal, New Delhi-110016Phones: 26511831, 26864637, 26863575Mobile: 9313799595E-mail: [email protected]

UDH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS (P) LTD.2/27, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj,New Delhi-110002 • Phones: 4348013 / 14E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

JAMMU AND KASHMIR

STOCKISTS

RADHA KRISHAN ANAND & CO.Pacca Danga, Jammu-180001Phones: 2546691, 2578357E-mail: [email protected]

PUNJAB

STOCKISTS

AMRITSAR

LAKHAN PAL & BROS.Hall Bazaar, Amritsar • Phone: 2558919

JALANDHAR

COLLEGE BOOK DEPOTOpp. DAV College, JalandharPhone: 0181-250565 • E-mail: [email protected]

LUDHIANA

LYAL BOOK DEPOTChaura Bazaar, LudhianaPhone: 2745756 • Fax: 2745872E-mail: [email protected]

PATIALA

JAIN BROTHERSLower Mall, Patiala-147001Phones: 0175-2214118, 2218118E-mail: [email protected]

MADHYA PRADESH

WHOLESALERS

BHOPAL

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE42, A, Vyas Complex, Zone-II, M.P. NagarBhopal-462011 MPPhones: 0755-4252122, 4229245E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.Z-18, MP Nagar, Zone 1, Bhopal-462012 M.P.Phones: 0755-4203183, 4203193 • Fax: 0755-2555285E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

BHOPAL

AJAY PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSH. No. 6, Behind Moti Masjid, Near Sulemania School,Bhopal-462001, MP • Phones: 0755-2542556E-mail: [email protected]

AVANI BOOK HOUSELB-12 (Basement), Mansarover ComplexNear Habibganj Railway Station, Bhopal (M.P.)Phone: 0755-4202205E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK PALACE10 No Market , Shop 57, Arera Colony,Bhopal-462001, MP • Phone: 2673639

BOOK PARADISEM.P. Nagar, Zone-1, Bhopal-462011Phone: 0755-4272247E-mail: [email protected]

CHANDNA BOOK HOUSEGF-19, Mansarovar ComplexNear Habibganj Railway StationHoshangabad Road, Bhopal (M.P.)Phone: 0755-4281734E-mail: [email protected]

J.K. JAIN BROTHERSOpp. Moti Masjid, Sultania Road,Bhopal-462001Phones: 0755-2549730, 2542577, 3042653E-mail: [email protected]

LYALL BOOK DEPOTSultania Road, Motia Park, Bhopal-462001Phones: 0755-2543624, 2545952E-mail: [email protected]

THE BOOK HOUSE25-C, Indrapuri, Raisen RoadBhopal-21 MPPhone: 0755-4235485E-mail: [email protected]

GWALIOR

ANAND PUSTAK SADANSanatan Dharam Mandir Road, Lashkar,Gwalior-474001, MPPhones: 2323516, 6537516E-mail: [email protected]

PRABHAT BOOK CENTREMaina Wali Gali, Old High Court Road,Lakshkar, Gwalior-474001, MPPhones: 0751-2376562, 4048350

UNIQUE BOOK DEPOTSanatan Dharm Mandir Road, Lashkar,Gwalior-474001, MPPhone: 4076419E-mail: [email protected]

INDORE

JAINSON BOOK SHOP33, Bakshi Gali, Rajwada, Indore-452001, M.P.Phone: 2538787 • Mobile: 9425318787E-mail: [email protected]

MAHAVIR COMPETITION BOOK HOUSE1, Khazuri Bazar, Basement of Rajguru ComplexIndore (M.P.) • Phone: 0731-4053618E-mail: [email protected]

NEW JAIN BOOK STALL627, Subhash Chowk, Khajuri Bazar,Indore-452002 MP • Phone: 0731-4054829E-mail: [email protected]

SCIENTIFIC LITERATURE COMPANY44, Jaora Compound, Barjatiya Chamber Basement,Opp MY Hospital, Indore-452001, M.P.Phone: 2701041 • E-mail: [email protected]

SHREE SUNEETA BOOK CENTRE81, Khajuri Bazar, Indore-452002 MPPhone: 0731-2451009E-mail: [email protected]

JABALPUR

AKASH PUSTAK SADAN156, Super Market, Jabalpur-482001, MPPhone: 2403099E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK SERVICE718, Marha Tal, Near City Coffee House,Jabalpur-482001, MP • Phone: 0761-2480591E-mail: [email protected]

REWAAZAD BOOK HOUSEIn front of Khutehi Masjid, University RoadRewa-486001, MP • Mobile: 9981459928

SAGAR

SINGHAI GRANTHALAYAIn front of Private Bus Stand, Krishnaganj,Sagar-470002 MP • Phone: 07582-228077

RAJASTHAN

STOCKISTSJAIPUR

ALLIED INFORMATICSB-83, Golden Jewel Apartments,Ganesh Marg, Bapu Nagar, Jaipur-302015Phone: 2701870 • E-mail: [email protected]

INDIA BOOK HOUSE213, Radha Damodar Ki Gali, Loha Mandi,Chaura Rasta, Jaipur-302003 • Phone: 2314983

UTTAR PRADESH

WHOLESALERS

LUCKNOW

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE196, Gautam Buddha Marg,Basement Hotel DD InternationalLucknow-226018 • E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.9, Ashok Nagar, Near Pratibha PressGautam Buddha Marg, Loutush RoadLucknow-226018 • Phones: 0522-4025134, 4025124Fax: 4025144 • E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

ALLAHABAD

FRIENDS BOOKS DEPOT17, University Road, AllahabadMobile: 09415237813E-mail: [email protected]

NAVDURGA PUSTAK MANDIR123, Colnel Ganj, Near Thana Chauraha, Allahabad

RUPA PUBLICATIONS INDIA PVT. LTD.31, M.G. Marg, Civil Lines, Allahabad

TRIPATHI BOOK DISTRIBUTORNPA-Arcade, Shop/Flat-212, 2nd Floor23, M.G. Marg, Civil Lines, Allahabad-1Mobile: 09415235892 • E-mail: [email protected]

BAREILLYBANSAL BOOK DEPOTSuresh Sharma Nagar, University RoadBareilly, Uttar Pradesh • Mobile: 09837104484PRAKASH BOOK DEPOTSuresh Sharma Nagar, University RoadBareilly-243006 • Mobile: 09897603670E-mail: [email protected]

GORAKHPURDISCOUNT BOOKS STOREJubilee Chowk, Buxipur, GorakhpurPhone: 0551-3248283 • Mobile: 09935303403E-mail: [email protected]

VIDYARTHI PUSTAK MANDIRJubilee Chwok, Buxipur, GorakhpurPhone: 0551-2335002

JHANSI

ARORA BOOK DEPOTSadar Bazar, Jhansi-284001Phone: 0510-2470084E-mail: [email protected]

ENGLISH BOOK DEPOTSadar Bazar, Jhanshi-284001Mobile: 0933692919Phone: 0510-2470075E-mail: [email protected]

LUCKNOW

BOOKS INTERNATIONAL5/651, Sector-5, Vikas Nagar(in front of PNB ATM)Lucknow-226022, Uttar PradeshPhones: 0522-4028714, 2768687Mobile: 09415010787E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK DISTRIBUTING COMPANY7, Khushnuma Complex,Behind Jawahar BhawanLucknow-226001Phones: 0522-2209442, 2209443E-mail: [email protected]

THAKUR BOOK BANKFF-102–107, Adarsh Complex,Near Allahabad Bank, Engineering College Crossing,Janki Puram, Lucknow-226022E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK SELLER82, Hazrat Ganj, Post Box No. 20,Lucknow-226001Phones: 0522-2625894, 3919708E-mail: [email protected]

USEFUL BOOK SERVICEC-369, Opp. Sekher Hospital, Indira Nagar,Lucknow-226016 • Phone: 0522-2310433E-mail: [email protected]

NOIDA

GALGOTIAS BOOK SHOPG-64, Opp McDonald, Sector 18, Noida, U.P.Phones: 24514306, 24514307

VARANASI

GANGA SHARAN & GRAND SONSNitishalya, D-58/51, A/K Opp. Kuber ComplexRathyatra, Varanasi-221010Phones: 0542-2361089, 09935523813E-mail: [email protected]

STUDENTS FRIENDSMain Market, Lanka, Varanasi, Uttar PradeshPhone: 0542-2367765E-mail: [email protected]

UTTARAKHAND

STOCKISTSDEHRADUN

BOOK WORLD10-A, Astley Hall, Dehradun-248001Phone: 0135-2655845

ASSAM

WHOLESALERS

GUWAHATI

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.1st Floor, House No. 4, Kanaklata PathLachit Nagar, Guwahati-781007Phone: 0361-2461982E-mail: [email protected]

UNIQUE BOOKSMonjera House, 1st Floor, Motilal Nehru RoadPan Bazar, Guwahati-781001Phones: 0361-2733723, 2607107E-mail: [email protected]

BIHAR

WHOLESALERS

PATNA

BHARATI BHAWAN PUBLISHERS & DIST.Thakur Bari Road, Kadam Kuan, Patna-800003Phones: 2671356, 2689717 • Fax: 2670010E-mail: dickybbpd@gmailcom

[email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.Ground Floor, Western Side, Annapurna Complex,202 Nayatola, Patna-800004Phone: 2672856 • Fax: 2673973E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

PATNA

AMIT BOOK DEPOTTulsi Apartments, 1st Floor, Govind Mitra Lane,Patna-800004 • Phones: 2300819, 2300557E-mail: [email protected]

RANGOLI DISTRIBUTORSNear Bahadur Pur Gumati Petrol PumpOpp. P.W.D. Godown, Behind Usha MedicoRajkishori Complex Lane,Kankarbagh Main Road, Patna-800020Mobile: 9835614531 • Phone: 0612-2357731E-mail: [email protected]

JHARKHAND

STOCKISTS

RANCHI

LOHIA BOOKS INTERNATIONALBalkrishna Sahay Lane, Beside Jaipal Singh Stadium(Near Civil Court), Ranchi-834001Telefax: 0651-2211323E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

EASTERN REGION

ODISHA

WHOLESALERS

BHUBANESWAR

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSEPlot No. 2, Ashoke Nagar East, Unit-IIBhupaneswar-751009 • Phone: 0671-2531802E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.1st Floor, Plot No. 145, Cuttuck Road,Bhubaneswar-751006 • Phone: 0674-2314448Email: [email protected]

CUTTACK

A.K. MISHRA AGENCIES PVT. LTD.‘Satyabhama’, Roxy Lane, Badambadi,Cuttack-753009, OdishaPhones: 2322244/55/66/77Fax: 2322288 • E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

BHUBANESWAR

AMIT BOOK DEPOT1st Floor, Plot No. 25, Budheswary ColonyBehind Budheswari Mandir, Bhubaneswar-751006 OdishaPhone: 2503050

PADMALAYA31/A, Janpath, Unit-II, Bhubaneswar-751001Mobile: 9437026922E-mail: [email protected]

ROURKELA

STUDENT BOOK CENTREUditnagar, Rourkela-769012Phones: 0661-2500076, 2514294E-mail: [email protected]

WEST BENGAL

WHOLESALERS

KOLKATA

BHARATI BHAWAN PUBLISHERS & DIST.10, Raja Subodh Mullick Square,1st Floor, Kolkata-700013Phones: 033-22258836, 22250651Fax: 033-22345366E-mail: [email protected]

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE302, Acharya Prafulla Chandra Roy Road,Kolkata-700009Phones: 23600542, 23600543E-mail: [email protected]

MEDIAMATICS59/10, Prince Bakhtiar Shah Road, Kolkata-700033Phones: 033-32009632, 32957955Fax: 033-24227924 • E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.8/1-B, Chowringhee Lane, Kolkata-700016Phones: 22522910, 23283447 • Fax: 22450027E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

HOWRAH

BOOKS AND EQUIPMENTSG-17, Rajashri Apartments, 46/1, College Road(Near B.E. College Gate), Howrah-711103Mobile: 9836267727

KHARAGPUR

ACADEMIAFE/6, IIT Market, 1st Floor, Kharagpur-721302Phones: 033-22279254, 219520E-mail: [email protected]

PROGRESSIVE BOOK CENTREW-6, I.I.T Market, Kharagpur-721302Phone: 03222-279956E-mail: [email protected]

KOLKATA

JYOTI, THE BOOK PEOPLEF-1, C.I.T. Market, P.O. Jadavpur,Kolkata-700032 • Phone: 033-24128575E-mail: [email protected]

MICRO BOOKS8, Camac Street, Shanti Niketan Building(Fr. Floor), Kolkata-700017Phones: 22826518/6519Mobile: 7278781788E-mail: [email protected]

RAY’S PUBLISHING HOUSE17-A, Jadumitra Lane, Kolkata-700004Phone: 033-25433588E-mail: [email protected]

TECHNO WORLD90/6A, M.G Road, Ist FloorCollege St. YMCA Building, Kolkata-700007Phones: 22196116, 22571650

WESTERN REGION

GUJARAT

WHOLESALERS

AMDAVAD

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.Prarthna Flats, 2nd Floor, NavrangpuraAmdavad-380009Phones: 26465916, 26630079 • Fax: 26465916E-mail [email protected]

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.5-Mill Officer’s Colony, Besides Old RBI Bank,La Gajjar Chambers, Ashram Road,Amdavad-380009Phones: 079-26578112, 26578147E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSEC.P. Estate,1st Floor, above Handloom House,Opp. H.K. Arts College, Ashram Road,Amdavad-380009Mobile: 9824041320 • Phone: 079-30075040E-mail: [email protected]

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSEELGI House, 2 Mill Officer’s ColonyOpp. Times of India, Ashram RoadAmdavad-380009Phone: 079-26575262 • Fax: 079-26579865

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.Shop No. 133-134, 1st Floor, AustlaxmiApparel Park, Outside Daryapur GateAmdavad-380016 • Mobile: 09979532615Phones: 079-22160371 / 22160372 / 22160373E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

AMDAVAD

ATUL BOOK STALLUnder Fernandis Bridge, Gandhi RoadAmdavad-380001Mobile: 9723144381

BOOKS INDIAP.K. House, Behind M.J. LibraryEllis Bridge, Amdavad-380006Phone: 26575542 • Fax: 26577349E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK PLAZASun House BasementOpp. Navrangpura Telephone ExchangeBelow Raymonds ShopC.G. Road, Amdavad-380006

MICROBOOK CENTREShop No. 2, City Centre, C.G. Road,Near Swastik Char Rasta, Amdavad-380009Phone: 079-26421611 • Mobile: 09824011359E-mail: [email protected]

AMRAVATI

GLOBAL BOOK CENTREShop No. 01, Malviya Complex, Rathi Nagar, AmravatiPhone: 0721-2550589E-mail: [email protected]

INDIA BOOK HOUSERaghuwanshi Building, Jawahar Nagar,Navsari, Amravati-444601 • Phone: 0721-2531734

SURAT

BULSAR BOOK STORE1–2, Santok Apartments beside Athwa ArcadeAthwa Gate, Surat-395001Phone: 0261-2464607 • Mobile: 09825146263E-mail: [email protected]

ANAND

ROOPAL BOOK STALL5, Shiv Apartment, Near Phoram GasSardar Statue, Vallabh Vidyanagar-388120Anand (Gujarat) • Phone: 02692-237171Fax: 02692-237373E-mail: [email protected]

MAHARASHTRA

WHOLESALERS

MUMBAI

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.15, J.N. Heredia Road, Ballard Estate,Mumbai-400001Phones: 022-22617926, 22717926, 42126939Fax: 22617928 • E-mail: [email protected]

ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD.103, Blackie House, Walchand Hirachand MargOpp. G.P.O., Mumbai-400001Phones: 022-22657807, 32037931

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.Lansdowne House, 1, Lansdowne Road,Mumbai-400039Phones: 022-22022396, 22021766, 42126939Fax: 22046778 • E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSEIndian Mercantile Mansion (Extn.)Madame Cama Road, Colaba, Mumbai-400039Phone: 022-66242222, 22826558

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSEA-1, Jash Chambers, Off. P.M. RoadOpp. RBI’s Amar Bhavan, Mumbai-400001Phone: 022-40306767 • Fax: 22674099 / 22656412Email: [email protected]

STUDENTS’ AGENCIES (I) PVT. LTD.102, Konark Shram, Behind Everest BuildingOpp. Tardeo Road, Mumbai-400034Phones: 022-40496106, 40496111E-mail: [email protected] • Fax: 022-24904212

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.2nd Floor, Appejay Chambers, 5, Wallace StreetMumbai-400001 • Phones: 022-66376922/23E-mail: [email protected]

NAGPUR

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.60, Bajaj Nagar, Shiv Sunder Apartments,Ground Floor, Central Bazar Road,Nagpur-440010 • Phone: 0712-2234210

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.2, Yashogandhi, East High Court Road,Ramdas Peth, Next to NIT Multiplex BuildingNagpur-10 • Phone: 0712-6451355E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.2nd Floor, Shri Renuka Plaza, Tilak Road,Mahal, Nagpur-440002Phones: 0712-2736010, 2736011, 6457909E-mail: [email protected]

PUNE

ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD.Shop No. 05, 5–8, Ground Flour, Shan Brahma Complex,Near Ratan Theatre, Pune-4111002Phones: 020-2449708, 32543544E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.Steel Ground, Shakti Tower, 672, Narayan PethOpp. Hujurpaga School, Pune-401002Mobile: 09923777365 • E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.680, Budhwarpeth, Near Appa Balwant ChowkPune-411002 • Phone: 020-24433976E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

AURANGABAD

SHRI SAMARTH BOOK HOUSEAurangpura, Near Police StationAurangabad-431001 • Phone: 2335535E-mail: [email protected]

MIRAJ

NOBLE BOOK AGENCY2100, Mujawar Lane, Behind Dargah,Miraj-416410 (MS) • Phone: 0233-2221535E-mail: [email protected]

MUMBAI

BOOK BASE29, Kailash Niwas No. I, R.B. Mehta MargGhatkopar (East), Mumbai-400077Phone: 25013118E-mail: [email protected]

BOOKS UNLIMITED15, Yogesh, Hingwala LaneGhatkopar (East), Mumbai-400077Phone: 25010206E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK WORLD ENTERPRISESThe IIT Campus, Gulmohar Building, Powai,Mumbai-400 076Phones: 022-25725331, 25725339Fax: 022-25725339 • E-mail: [email protected]

COMPUTER BOOK SHOP (I) PVT. LTD.Kitab Mahal Building, Ground Floor,190, Dr. D.N. Road, Fort, Mumbai-400001Phones: 66317922 / 44E-mail: [email protected], www.cb-india.com

CULTURAL BOOK DEPOTOpposite Lamington Police StationGrant Road, Mumbai-400026Phone: 23855172

DHARMA ENTERPRISES139, Bazaar Gate Street, Kamlesh House1st Floor, Shop No. 7, Fort, Mumbai-400001Phones: 022-22611760, 65718637Mobile: 09869000651E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

MICROMEDIA3–5, Mahendra Chambers,150–154, D.N. Road,Next to McDonald’s, Opp. C.S.T. Station,Mumbai-400001 • Phone: 022-22078296/97E-mail: [email protected]

NEW POPULAR BOOK SHOPIIT Campus, Powai, MumbaiPhone: 25720055E-mail: [email protected]

STERLING BOOK HOUSE181, Dr. D.N. Road, Fort,Mumbai-400001Phones: 22612521, 22659599E-mail: [email protected]

NAGPUR

VENUS BOOK CENTREOpp. Rajaram Dixit Library, Ramnagar Road Gokulpeth,Nagpur-440010Phone: 0712-2520781

NASIK

ANMOL PUSTAKALAYASaubhagya Chamber, Near Bitco CinemaNashik Road, NasikPhone: 0253-2561603E-mail: [email protected]

DEEP BOOK CENTERNaroshankar Building,Opp. Rajebahadur Hospital,Nashik-422001Phone: 0253-2594498

PUNE

AG BOOKS INTERNATIONAL1426, Sadashiv Peth, Mirsadan Apt.Pune-30 • Phone: 24495503E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK LAND7–9, Shanthi Dooth,Opp. Muktangan English School,Parvathi Darshan, Pune-411009Phone: 24222943 • Fax: 24221043E-mail: [email protected]

CLASSIC BOOK DISTRIBUTORS821, Shukrawar Peth, Raskasr Building,Gadikhana, Pune-411002E-mail: [email protected]

GOEL’S COMPUTER HUT126, Budhwar Peth, Pune-411002Phones: 24451959, 24492959E-mail: [email protected]

MANNEYS BOOKSELLERS7, Moledina Road, Clover CentrePune-411001 • Phone: 020-26134867E-mail: [email protected]

PRADEEP BOOK DISTRIBUTOR631/632, 1st Floor, Shan Brahma ComplexNear Ratan Theatre, Budhwar Peth,Pune-411002Phones: 24458333, 24493891

TECHNICAL BOOK SERVICES844, Dastur Meher Road,Next to Dorabjee HotelSarbatwala Chowk,Pune-411001Phones: 26133468, 26130281E-mail: [email protected]

VAIBHAV BOOK CENTRE688, Narayan Peth, Appa Balwant ChowkPune-411003Phone: 24456915

VARMA BOOK DISTRIBUTORS649, Narayan Peth, Appa Balwant Chowk,Pune-411030Phones: 4450595, 4456525E-mail: [email protected]

ANDHRA PRADESH

WHOLESALERS

HYDERABAD

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.3-2-844/6 & 7, Kachiguda Station RoadHyderabad-500027 • Phones: 4619079/081E-mail: [email protected]

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.4-4-1, Dilshad Plaza, Sultan BazarHyderabad-500095Phone: 040-66465252 • Fax: 040-66465262E-mail: [email protected]

BOOKIONICS4-3-378, Opp. Central Bank of India,Bank Street, Hyderabad-500095Phones: 040-23445633, 23445677E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK SELECTION CENTREK.D. House, H. No. 3-5-121/E/1/2,Near Shalimar Theatre, Opp. Saboo Enterprises,Hyderabad-500027Phones: 040-23446841, 23446843Fax: 040-24752054E-mail: [email protected]

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.3-4-704, Narayanguda, Beside Naryanguda FlyoverHyderabad-500029 • Phone: 040-27550046E-mail: [email protected]

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE3-4-512/75 (35/4RT)Opp. Lane to Raghvendra Swamy Mutt, Barkatpura,Hyderabad-500027Phones: 040-27555699, 27551992E-mail: [email protected]

JYOTI BOOK DEPOTD. No. 3-2-3/2, Ground Floor, Rahmath Bagh,Kachiguda, Hyderabad-500027Phone: 040-32998608 • Fax: 040-24740606E-mail: [email protected]

KNOWLEDGE BOOK DISTRIBUTORS3-5-121/A-8, First Floor, Sainatha Complex,Shalimar Theater Road, Ramkote,Hyderabad-500001 • Phones: 24758606, 32948160E-mail: [email protected]

SHAH BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.4-3-378, Opp. Central Bank of India,Bank Street, Hyderabad-500095Phones: 040-23445633, 23445677E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTDAlkeya Jagadish Chambers, III & IV Floor,House No. 4-1-1058, Boggulakunata,Tilak Road, Hyderabad-1Phones: 24754473, 24754474, 24754472E-mail: [email protected]

VIJAYAWADABOOKIONICS29-2-35, Vemuri Vari Veedhi,Near Kotha Vanthena Anjaneya Swami Temple,Suryaraopet, Vijayawada-520002E-mail: [email protected]

JYOTI BOOK DEPOTBalaji Softech, G-2, Sree Girisai Towers,Rukhmini Rice Mill Road, Opp. Andhra Jyoti Labbipet,Vijayawada-520010 • Phone: 0866-5511165E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTSHYDERABAD

DURGA BOOK DISTRIBUTORS4-5-172, 1st Floor, Gokul Towers,Behind Gokul Chat, Koti, Hyderabad-500095Phones: 040-24752801, 64542801

TIRUPATI

UNIVERSITY BOOK CENTREPrakasham Road, Tirupati • Mobile: 9441027963

VISAKHAPATNAM

GUPTA BROTHERS BOOKS47-13-10, Diamond Park Road, Dwaraka NagarVisakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh-530016Phone: 0891-2754454Tel/Fax: 0891-2747580E-mail: [email protected]

JBD EDUCATIONALS PVT. LTD.D. No. 30-5-1, Krishna Garden Street,Dabagardens, Visakhapatnam-20Phone: 91-0891-6553063 • Fax: 91-0891-6615309Tin No.: 28542372279E-mail: [email protected]

Pages: THE BOOK SHOPPages Junction, Visakhapatnam-530002Andhra Pradesh • Phones: 0891-6450555, 6450556

KARNATAKA

WHOLESALERSBENGALURU

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.Jayadeva Hostel Building, 5th Main Road,Gandhi Nagar, Bengaluru-560009Phones: 22262081, 22253234Fax: 22250292E-mail: [email protected]

ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD.103, Swiss Complex, No. 33,Race Course Road, Bengaluru-560001Phones: 22200438, 22256583Fax: 22256583E-mail: [email protected]

www.asianbooksindia.com

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.147, Infantry Road, Bengaluru-560001Phones: 22204652, 22205696E-mail: [email protected]

SOUTHERN REGION

INTACT BOOK DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.Door No. 240, 13th Main, Banashankari 1st StageBengaluru-560050 • Phone: 080-26611963Fax: 080-26611448 • E-mail: [email protected]

LAND MARKThe Forum, No. 21, Hosur Road, KormangalaBengaluru-560029 • Phones: 080-22067777/78/79E-mail: [email protected]

MAHALAXMI ENTERPRISESPost Box No. 5617, Door No. 66, 57th ‘A’ Cross,6th Main, 4th Block, Rajajinagar,Bengaluru-560010 • Phone: 080-26742950E-mail: [email protected] / [email protected]

SAPNA BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.3rd Main Road (Opp. to Hotel Vijay Residency)Bengaluru-560009 • Phone: 080-40114455Fax: 080-22269648E-mail: [email protected]

SURYA INFOTAINMENT PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.(Campus Book Shop)Indian Institute of Management–Bangalore (IIMB)Bannergahatta Road, Bengaluru-560076E-mail: [email protected]

SURYA INFOTAINMENT PRODUCTS PVT. LTD.“Abhilaash”, 12/A, Yamunabai Road,Madhava Nagar, (Near Shivananda Stores Underbridge),Bengaluru-560001Phones: 080-22340902, 41121728Fax: 080-22340904E-mail: [email protected]

BIJAPUR

MOHAN BOOK DEPOTPatil Complex, TST Cross Road,Gandhi Chowk, Bijapur-586101Mobile: 09448364038

DEVANGERE

SRI MAHALAKSHMI BOOK DEPOTP.J. Extension, Akkamadhavi Road, DevangerePhone: 08192-255591

DHARWAD

BHARAT BOOK DEPOT & PRAKASHANA“Shankar Plaza”, P.B. Road(Opp. Kittel College)Dharwad-580001Phone: 0836-2447349

KRISHNA BOOK HOUSEKVV Complex (Opp. Kalabhavan),Dharwad-580001Phones: 0836-2435116, 2445116E-mail: [email protected]

GULBARGA

SRI SIDDALINGESHWARA BOOK DEPOTSaraswati Godam, Gulbarga-585101Phone: 08472-226303Mobile: 09448124431E-mail: [email protected]

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.No. 74, M.G. Road, Bengaluru-560001Phones: 25325422, 25091696E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.“Devatha Mansions”, Door No. 26,W.H. Hanumanthappa Road, 5th Main Road,Gandhinagar, Bengaluru-560009Phones: 080-22340930, 32936622E-mail: [email protected]

JAICO PUBLISHING HOUSE14/1, 1st Main Road, 6th Cross,Gandhi Nagar, Bengaluru-560009Phones: 22257083, 22267016E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSVikram Trinetra House, 81/10, Vatal Nagaraj RoadOkalipuram, Rajajinagar, Bengaluru-560021Phone: 23422976Mobiles: 9448049867 / 9686113194

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.“Crescent” Door No.148, 2nd Floor(Next to Gopalan Mall/above DHL Express Cargo)Mysore Road, Bengaluru-560028Phone: 080-26756377E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

BELGAUM

ADAMYA BOOK DISTRIBUTORSDoor No. 3327, Belvi Building, Gondali GalliBelgaum-590002 • Mobile: 09448790619

GAURAV BOOK CENTRER.P.D. College Road, Tilakwadi, BelgaumMobile: 09341101352

BELLARY

TECHNO BOOK CENTREBangalore Road, Bellary • Mobile: 09448070489

BENGALURU

BOOK PARADISE# 75, 8th Main, NIIT Towers, 4th Block,Jayanagar, Bengaluru-560011Mobiles: 09341217215, 09900107073E-mail: [email protected] • [email protected]

CHITRA BOOK HOUSE#3, Thimmaiah Chambers(Behind Tribhuvan Theater)Gandhinagar, Bengaluru-560009Phone: 080-41496066E-mail: [email protected]

GANGARAM’S BOOKS BUREAU72, Mahatma Gandhi Road, Bengaluru-560001Phones: 080-25581617, 25581618, 25586189Fax: 080-25587540 • E-mail: [email protected]

INFO BOOK DISTRIBUTORS416, 8th ‘A’ Main, 1st Block, HRBR LayoutKalyan Nagar, Bengaluru-560043Phones: 080-25484300, 25486200E-mail: [email protected]

HUBLI

NATIONAL BOOK STALLKoppikar Road, Hubli-580020Phones: 0836-2367902 / 2353209E-mail: [email protected]

VIJAYA BOOK CENTRE(Behind Mangal Deep Complex)Koppilar Road, Hubli-580020

MANGALORE

BOOK MARKP.M. Rao Road, MangalorePhones: 0824-4265430, 4273030

BOOK WORLDThe Trade Centre, No. 9, 1st Basement,Bunts Hostel Road, Mangalore-575003Phones: 0824-2445484, 2438219Mobile: 09845145858E-mail: [email protected]

BIBLIOS–BOOK POINTDoor No. 4-33/3(1), (Opp. Govinda Dass College)Main Road, NH-17, Surathkal-575014(Dakshin Kannada)Phone: 0824-2477080 • Mobile: 09343560101E-mail: [email protected]

SCHOOL BOOK COMPANY(Book Selection)1st Floor, School Book Building, Car Street,Mangalore-575001 • Phone: 0824-2496921E-mail: [email protected]

SITA BOOK HOUSE“Bhagavathi”, Kalakunja Road, Kodialbail,Mangalore-575003 • Phone: 0824-2497744E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

MYSORE

GLOBAL AGENCIES471, D. Subbiah Road, K.R. Muhalla(Near Ramaswamy Circle), Mysore-570004Phone: 0821-3012773Mobile: 09900143297E-mail: [email protected]

SAUHARDA BOOK STOREDoor No. 1683, Hanumantha Rao Street,2nd Main Road, Mysore-570001Phone: 0821-2424394E-mail: [email protected]

SAPNA BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.Narayan Shastry Road (Near Fab City)Devaraja Mohalla, Mysore-570001Phone: 0821-4004499E-mail: [email protected]

SHIMOGA

SHIMOGA BOOK BUREAU2nd Cross, Garden Area, Nehru Road,Shimoga • Phone: 08182-223911Mobile: 09880397279

KERALA

WHOLESALERS

COCHIN

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.37/116, Lisie Hospital Road,Ernakulam-North, Cochin-682018Phone: 0484-6562125E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS41/1212, Krishnaswamy Road, Pullepady,Ernakulam, Cochin-682035E-mail: [email protected]

ERNAKULAM

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.Acel Estate, Iyyattil Junction, Chittoor Road,Ernakulam-682011 • Phone: 0484-2368834

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.No. 40/8199-A, 1st Floor, Public Library Building,Convent Road, Ernakulam-682035Phones: 91-0484-2353901, 2373901, 2363905, 4064706Fax: 91-0484-2365511E-mail: [email protected]

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.25/2339 42, M.G. Road,Thiruvananthapuram-695002Phone: 0471-2331622

STOCKISTS

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM

ANE BOOKS INDIAT.C. 25/2710, # 6, Kohinoor Flats, Lukes LaneAmbujavilasom Road, Trivandrum-695001Phones: 0471-4068333, 4068777E-mail: [email protected]

TAMIL NADU

WHOLESALERS

CHENNAI

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD.751, Mount Road, Chennai-600002Phones: 28523938, 28523958, 28523984Fax: 28520649 • E-mail: [email protected]

ASIAN BOOKS PVT. LTD.17, Pycorfts Road, 1st Street,Royaloettah, Chennai-600014E-mail: [email protected]

B.I. PUBLICATIONS PVT. LTD.150, Agurchand Mansions (Ist Floor)1, Mount Road Chennai-600002Phones: 28461287, 28461289 • Fax: 28460361E-mail: [email protected]

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.116, Anna Salai, Chennai-600002Phone: 28511951 • Fax: 28528101E-mail: [email protected]

IBH BOOKS & MAGAZINES DISTRIBUTORS (P) LTD.140/1, Marshalls Road, 2nd Floor,(Rukumani Lakshmipathy Salai)Egmore, Chennai-600008Phones: 044-28592581, 28545743E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOK HOUSEOld No. 12, New No. 23, Damodharan StreetT. Nagar, Chennai-600017Phone: 044-42070237 • Mobile: 9444145334E-mail: [email protected] • [email protected]

JAICO BOOK DISTRIBUTORSNo. 48, Arya Gowder RoadWest Mambalam, Chennai-600033Phones: 24803091, 24803092, 24803093

SRI ESWAR ENTERPRISES‘Archana Arcade’, No. 27, Natesan Street,T. Nagar, Chennai-600017Phones: 044-24345902, 24339591Fax: 044-24339590E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]@vsnl.com

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSLaxmi Narayan Niwas, 3, Nallathambi Street,Wallajah Road, Chennai-600002Phones: 28524547, 28553168, 52157192E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTDNo. 60, Nelson Manickam Road,Near Lala’s Masala Aminjikarai, Chennai-600029Phones: 044-23746222, 23746351, 23746352E-mail: [email protected]

COIMBATORE

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.192, Big Bazar Street, Coimbatore-641001Phone: 2390431 • E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSNo. 88, N.G. Narayanaswamy StreetNew Siddhapudur, Coimbatore-641044Phones: 2520491, 2520496E-mail: [email protected]

UBS PUBLISHERS’ DISTRIBUTORS PVT. LTD.2nd & 3rd Floor, Sri Guru Towers, No. 1–7 Sathy Road,Cross III, Gandhipuram, Coimbatore-641012Phones: 0422-2499914 (Direct), 2499916, 2499917

MADURAI

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.21, Goodshed Street, Madurai-625001Phone: 2340528

TBH PUBLISHERS AND DISTRIBUTORS25/9A, Karpaga Complex, Good Shed StreetMadurai-625001 • Phone: 0452-4371552E-mail: [email protected]

PUDUCHERRY

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.34, Ambour Salai, Puducherry-605001Phone: 0413-2333836

TIRUNELVELI

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.Magnem Surakshaa Apartment, 59-A,Trivandrum Road (Opp. Palayamkottai Bus Stand)Palayamkottai, Tirunelveli-627002Phone: 0462-2574801, 2575016E-mail: [email protected]

TRICHY

HIGGINBOTHAMS PVT. LTD.25, Nandhikoil Street, Trichy-620002Phone: 0431-2704418

STOCKISTS

CHENNAI

BOOK PALACE25, Pycrofts Road, Triplicane, Chennai-600005Phone: 044-28442322

GAUTAM BOOK CENTRE1, Natesan Street, T Nagar, Chennai-17Phone: 044-24315857

GOLDEN BOOK HOUSE639/11, Poonamallee High Road, AminjikaraiChennai-600029

INDIAN BOOK HOUSE45, South Usman Road, T Nagar, Chennai-17

LANDMARK3, Apex Plaza, Nungambakkam High RoadChennai-600034 • Phones: 28221000, 42144444Mobile: 92822-44515

LANDMARKSpencer Plaza, 769, Anna Salai, Chennai-600002Phones: 28495767, 28490455

NATIONAL BOOK TRADERS12, Natesan Street, Chennai-17Phones: 044-42867546, 24311380, 24349062Mobile: 98403-33468 • E-mail: [email protected]

NEW STUDENT BOOK HOUSE6, Bharathi Salai, Triplicane, Chennai-600005Phone: 28443100 • E-mail: [email protected]

ODYSSEY6, First Main Road, Gandhi Nagar, AdyarChennai-600020 • Mobile: 98404-84937E-mail: [email protected]

POWER BOOK HOUSEDistributors & Library Suppliers13, Kalki Nagar Main Road, ArumbakkamChennai-600106 • Phone: 23633454E-mail: [email protected]

SARMAHA BOOKS5/331, M.M.D.A. Colony, Maduravoil,Chennai-600095 • Phone: 044-23783105Mobile: 9444182045E-mail: [email protected]

SNAMS BOOK HOUSE PVT LTDPublishers & Distributors1, Sannathi Street, Vadapalani, Chennai-600026Phone: 044-43507171 • Mobile: 93810-28872

TBH LIBRARY BOOK SUPPLIERS7-A, Sunkurama Street (Opp. Madras High Court)Parry’s Corner, Chennai-600001Phones: 044-22537156, 04144-225422

VEDLAN BOOK SUPPLIERS121, Kodambakkam High Road, NungambakkamChennai-600034 • Phone: 044-28173114Mobile: 9789891808E-mail: [email protected]

COIMBATORE

BOOK N ALLVimal Buildings 1241, Big Bazar StreetCoimbatore-641 001

CHERAN BOOK HOUSE238, Big Bazar Street, Coimbatore-641001Phone: 0422-2396623

PAI & SONSNext to UCO Bank,Near Suguna Kalyanamantapam Avinashi Road,Peelamedu, Coimbatore-641004Mobile: 9443339453Phones: 0422-2564239, 2568177

TILJAS BOOKS211-212, Big Bazar Street, Near Clock TowerCoimbatore-641001 • Phone: 0422-2303029

CUDDALORE

INDIAN BOOK CENTREConvent Street, Cuddalore-607001Phone: 0442-2231780

SRI SABARI BOOK CENTRE79, Natarajapuram Road, Annamalai NagarChidambaram-608002Phone: 04144-239325

WISDOM BOOK CENTRE107/1, SP Koil Street, Chidambaram-608 001

DINDIGUL

AYYANAR BOOK CENTRE13, 14, Dudley School, Dindigul-624001Phone: 0451-2426561

ERODE

MOTHERLAND BOOK HOUSE8/120, Raja Complex, Prakasam StreetNear P.S. Park, Erode-638001Phone: 0424-2226164

SELVAM BOOK CENTRE11-C, Gandhi Road, Near Central TheatreErode-638001 • Phone: 0424-257027

SKB BOOK SHOP33/33-A, 2nd Floor,Kalaimagal Kalvi Nilayam RoadErode-638001 • Mobile: 94433-04929

SRI KARTHIKEYA BOOK CENTRE13, First Floor, Bus Stand ComplexOpp. to Brindhavan Hotels, Erode-638003Phone: 0424-2241419 • Mobile: 9442293699

KANCHIPURAM

VBC BOOK CENTRE25-B, Gandhi Road, Kanchipuram-631501

KANYAKUMARI

HARI & CO153, W.C.C. Road, Nagercoil, Kanyakumari-629001Phone: 04652-232114

KOMALA STORES12, AP Road, Nagercoil, Kanyakumari-629001Phone: 04652-227018

SUDARSAN BOOKS74, East of Tower, Nagercoil, Kanyakumari-629001Phone: 04652-2228445

KARAIKUDI

SRI VINAYAKAR BOOK CENTRE316/7, M.A.M. Building, Sekkalai RoadKaraikudi-630001 • Phone: 04565-235660Mobile: 9443123037

GNANAM BOOK CENTRESekkalai Road, Five Lamps, Karaikudi-630001

KRISHNAGIRI

GOWRI BOOK CENTRE5, Muthulakshmi Ammal Lane,M.G. Road, Hosur, Krishnagiri-635107

MADURAI

GLOBAL BOOK SYNDICATENo. 57, Teacher Colony, Mela Anna ThoppuMadurai-625016 • Phone: 0452-2360595

MALLIGAI BOOK CENTRE11, West Veli Street, Opp. Madurai JunctionMadurai-625001 • Phone: 0452-2341739

NATIONAL BOOK AGENCY19, First Floor, Good Shed StreetMadurai-625001 • Phone: 0452-2341304

SARVODAYA ILAKKIYA PANNAI32/1, West Veli Street, Madurai-625001Phones: 0452-2341746, 6548483

SELVI BOOK SHOP89, 1st Floor, Nethaji Road,Near Arya Bhavan Signal, Madurai-625001Phone: 0452-5380169

SWAMI BOOK AGENCY1, New Cinema Bazar, Near Kishkinta GarmentsNethaji Road, Madurai-625001Phone: 0452-2341383

TURNING POINTIst Floor, Sri Venkatesh Towers,75, Town Hall Road, Madurai-625001Phones: 0452-2347398, 4370937

NAMAKKAL

AMMAN BOOK GALERY4, MKP Complex, West Car Street,Tiruchengode, Namakkal-637211Phone: 98427-67666

PUDUCHERRY

BHARATHI BOOKSNo. 79, Sankaradass Street near Ajantha SignalPuducherry-605001Phone: 0413-2332322 • Mobile: 09443534364E-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

NEW INDIAN BOOK AGENCY117, Kamaraj Salai, Opp. to M.O.H. Petrol BunkThatachanvady, Puducherry-605009Phone: 0413-2275051

VINAYAKA BOOK PALACE45, MG Road Opp to Perumal Koil StationPuducherry-605001 • Phone: 0413-232336E-mail: [email protected]

SALEM

AJANTHA BOOK CENTRE127, Cherry Roa, Salem-636007Phone: 0427-2417755

BOOKZILLAFive Roads, Salem-636004 • Phone: 0427-2330680E-mail: [email protected]

S K B BOOK SHOP137-A, Cherry Road, Salem-636001Phone: 0427-2452579

SIVAGANGAI

KNOWLEDGE BOOK HOUSEMuthuganesh Tower, Alagappa Engineering College Post,Near Sriram Nagar, Railway GateKaraikudi-626004 • Phone: 04565-230262E-Mail: [email protected]

THANJAVUR

APPAR BOOK STALL1621, South Main Road, Thanjavur-613009Phone: 04362-237348

L K R PUTHAKA NILAYAM210-E/1785, South Main Street, Thanjavur-613009

THIRUVANNAMALAI

COLLEGE BOOK CENTRE85-K, Thirumanjana Gopuram StreetTiruvannamalai-606601 • Phone: 04175-224022

SRI SANGARI BOOK HOUSE3/1-5, By Pass Main Road, Gandhi NagarThiruvannamalai-606601 • Phone: 98435-39539

TIRUNELVELI

CHITRADEVI BOOK CENTRE44, T.M. Building, Tirunelveli JunctionTirunelveli-627002 • Phone: 0462-233889

NEW PADMA BOOK STALL39, T.M. Buildings, Tirunelveli-627001Phone: 0462-2332708

PADMA BOOK STALL56, T.M. Buildings, Tirunelveli-627001Phone: 0462-2337650

VELAVAN BOOK CENTRESugantham Complex, 104-A, Trivandrum RoadOpp. VOC Ground, Tirunelveli-627002

TRICHY

COLLEGE BOOK SHOPPEYNo. 5, 1st Floor, Vignesh Aparna,Vayalur Road, Puthur, Trichy-620017Phone: 0431-4030298 • Mobile: 98424-76419

GOLDEN BOOK HOUSENo. 5, Ist Floor, Vignesh Aparna, Vayalur Road,Near Bishop Heber College Puthur, Trichy-620017Phone: 0431-2771298 • Mobile: 94432-65298E-mail: [email protected]

INTERNATIONAL BOOKS23, Nadhi Koil Street, Teppakulam, Trichy-620002Phones: 0431-2703743/2711599

P.R. & SONS21, Veeramamuni Complex, Opp. Chatram Bus StandTrichy-620002 • Phone: 0431-2702824Mobile 94433-70597

P.R. BOOK SHOPPEPNR Building, Malaivasal, Trichy-2Phones: 0431-4011902, 2709924

TRICHY BOOK HOUSE87-A, Devar Colony, Ist Floor, Thillai NagarWest Extention, Trichy-620018Phones: 0431-27666815 / 2764198E-mail: [email protected]

VISWAS BOOK CENTRENandhi Koil Street, Teppakulam, Trichy-620002

TUTICORIN

CHITRADEVI COLLEGE BOOK DEPOT280/575, Main Road, KovilpattiPhone: 04632-230739

VELLORE

ADIGALAR BOOK HOUSE28, Sarathy Mansion, Ist Floor, Vellore-632004Phone: 0416-2221675

BALAJI BOOK STORESVit Campus Deemed University, Vellore-632014Phone: 0416-2249354

BHARATH BOOK HOUSE38/39, Jawans Market, Burma BazarVellore-632001 • Phone: 0416-22233670

VELLORE BOOK CENTRE34, Sarthi Mansion, Vellore-632004Phone: 0416-2225034

VILLUPURAM

BOOK PARK171/E/15 RKS Complex, Nehruji RoadVillupuram-605602 • Phone: 04146-220266

VIRUDUNAGAR

SRI MARIYAMMAN STORES439, Main Bazar, Virudunagar-626001Phone: 04562-245417

Humanities and Social Sciences - CiteSeerX

Documents

Transcript of Humanities and Social Sciences - CiteSeerX